I
‘
K
FANUG 10/100 series
FANUC 1 1 / 1 1 O series
FANUC 12/120 series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B 5 4 8 1 5E/05
>
/
This manual describes the following products.
Abbreviation
Name of products
FANUC 10T-MODEL A
10T-A
FANUC 10T-MODEL F
10T-F
FANUC 10M-MODEL A
10M-A
10M
FANUC 11T-MODEL A
1IT- A
1IT
FANUC 11TT-MODEL A
11TT-A
FANUC 11TT-MODEL F
11TT-F
FANUC 11M-MODEL A
11M-A
FANUC 11M-MODEL F
11M-F
FANUC 12T-MODEL A
12T-A
12T
FANUC 12M-MODEL A
12M-A
12M
FANUC 100T-MODEL A
100T-A
100T
FANUC 100M-MODEL A
100M-A
100M
FANUC 110T-MODEL A
110T-A
HOT
FANUC 110M-MODEL A
110M-A
110M
FANUC 120T-MODEL A
120T-A
120T
FANUC 120M-MODEL A
120M-A
120M
10T
10 series
1ITT
11 series
11M
12 series
100 series
110 series
120 series
CONTENTS
.
1
1
2
21
36
36
39
41
48
GENERAL
1.1 Structure
1.2 Construction
1.3 System Block Diagram
1.3.1 10/100 series
1.3.2 11/110 series
1.3.3 12/120 series
1.4 PCB and Units Table
.
.
2.
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE
2.1 Periodic Maintenance
2 2 Maintenance Equipment
2.3 Main Spare Parts
.
3.
TROUBLESHOOTING
64
64
75
75
EQUIPMENT
.
...
.
..
.
3.1 Procedures
3.2 Error Message
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures
3.3.1 No power can be turned on
3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number
3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB
3.3.5 JOG operation failure
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure
3.3.8 Tape is not ready normally
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return
position
3.3.14 System error
3.4 Power Voltage Check
3.4.1 Input unit
3.4.2 Input power voltage check
3.4.3 DC voltage checking
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB
3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment
3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment
3.6 Connecting Diagram of NC Inside
3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function
3.7.1 Interface display
3.7.2 Display of
3.7.3 Memory contents display
3.7.4 I/O signal diagnostic data
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT
3.7.6 LED display of I/O module
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System
3.8.1 Block diagram of position control
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of M series velocity
control unit
3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB
3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit
.
.
.
.
.
.
......
...
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
....
76
76
76
77
77
78
78
97
104
105
106
106
111
112
114
115
116
121
124
124
127
133
143
144
144
146
150
169
169
170
172
173
187
224
225
225
227
228
231
232
3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram
3.9 Connection with Servo
3.9.1 Connection to M series servo
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor
3.10.1 When using M series servo
3.10.2 When using analog AC servo
3.10.3 When using digital AC servo
3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit
3.11.1 Machine tool runs away
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates
3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy
3,11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control
,
unit and position control unit (For analog servo)
3.12 Error Display and It's Contents of I/O Unit
3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)
3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C)
3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module
233
237
237
242
256
256
261
264
265
265
265
266
.
.
269
270
270
272
274
296
.
..
..
4.
302
ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Procedure of Adjustment
4.2 Connection of Power Transformer
4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer
4.2.2
4.2.3
5
.
302
309
309
Connection of M series servo power transformer
Connection of AC servo power transformer
309
312
....
PARAMETER
5.1 Parameter Display
5.1.1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error
compensation data
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data
5.2 Parameter Setting
5.2.1 Parameter tape format
5.2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape
5.2.3 Setting from MDI
5 3 Parameter Tape Punch
5.3.1 Punching all parameters
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensatio
5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data
317
.
317
317
317
317
.
.
5.4
5.5
317
319
319
320
320
320
320
321
333
333
334
.
. ...
.
and Display (PCPRM)
Parameters
PMC Data Setting
5.5.1 Timer setting and display
5.5.2 Counter setting and display
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory
5.5.4
5.5.5
6.
control data
Setting and display of data table
Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameter
SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT ON PCBs
335
336
338
...
."
340
6.1 Setting and Adjustment on the Control Unit PCBs
6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on
control unit PCBs
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG
6.1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB
6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment
6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit
6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB
.
..
340
340
347
348
362
..
367
385
392
392
6.3
Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit
for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB
6.3.2 Setting terminal
6.3.3 Variable resistor
398
398
408
419
419
.
6.3.4 Check terminal list
6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for
423
423
429
430
431
431
AC Servo Motor
6.4.1 Parts location on PCB
6.4.2 Setting terminal
6.4.3 Check terminals list
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor
model 3
15
6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resister on the PCB for
AC spindle servo unit
6.5.4 Description of check terminal
6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit
6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation
6.6.2 For position coder system
.
7.
432
434
439
441
441
452
456
REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS
7.1 Replacing Methods of Power Supply Unit
456
457
7.1.1 Procedure
7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for
10/11/100/110 series) and
Control PCB (for 12/120 series)
7.3 Replacing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette
7.4 Replacing Methods of Master PCB
7.5 Replacing Methods of 12/120 Series
7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F, Conversational PCB
7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1
7,8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 2
7.9 Replacing Methods of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB
(12/120 series only)
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit
7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit
7.10.1 Exchange methods of power supply module
7.10.2 Exchange methods of main control module and 1/0 module
7.10.3 Exchange methods of base units
7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB
7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)
7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB
7.13 Replacing Methods of 14" Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB
7.13.1 10/11/12 series
7.13.2 100/110/120 series
7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit
(vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader
7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without
reels photoamplifier
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuse
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and
AC Servo Amplifier
.
457
459
460
469
470
472
473
.
.
.
477
477
478
479
479
480
..
483
485
485
485
487
490
490
492
.
.
494
495
495
496
.... 496
496
...
499
500
APPENDIX
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 3
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
DETAILS OF POWER UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR PARTS IN M SERIES VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
4 DC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
5 AC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
6 HOW TO INITIALIZE BUBBLE MEMORY
7 FUSES LIST
8 PROPERTY OF LUBRICATION OIL FOR MAINTENANCE OF TAPE READER
9 FAN UNIT LIST
10 PARAMETER AND DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION OF
POSITIONING MODULE
505
574
589
592
601
603
608
.. 623
626
627
1.
1. GENERAL
10/11/12/100/110/120 series is specifically designed to be latest CNC system
It can easily satisfy
having a structure common to both software and hardware
the demands of many different machine tools. This up-to-date CNC system uses
powerful microprocessors, newly developed large-scale custom LSI, optical fiber,
large-capacity bubble memory, color CRT, and other components created by using
the latest technology.
This manual describes preventive maintenance for using the 10/11/12/100/110/120
series, quick troubleshooting procedures for possible failures, check points and
adjustments at the time of installation.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E) for
various pieces of technical information such as detailed description of
parameters
.
Please refer to the
(B-54813E) when needed.
operator's
manual
(B-54814E)
and
connecting
manual
Description of terms frequently used in this manual
Least input increment
Least command increment
Detection unit
Command multiplier (CMR)
Detection multiplier (DMR)
....
The minimum unit for program input of the move
command
The minimum unit of a command given from NC to
machine tool
The minimum unit to detect a machine tool posi¬
tion
A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
(Note) The relationships among the least input increment, detection unit, CMR
and DMR are as specified below.
Least input Increment = CMR x detection unit
Movement per rotation of motor
Detection unit =
DMR x No. of pulses of detector per rotation of motor
Abbreviation for Manual Data Input & CRT panel
CRT/MDI panel
This operation panel is used to input a command
to the NC and display NC conditions by using key
_
_
.. .......
Parameters
.....
..
.
switches
Values to be set to fully display functional
features of an NC machine tool to the maximum
extent when the NC is combined with the machine
tool.
1
1.1 Structure
CRT/MDI (interna! type) (10/11 only)
Small
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151
(11 series only)
Velocity Control Unit
A.
or
Adapter for separate
CRT/MDI
Standard
CRT/MDI
type detector
(digital servo only)
Tape Reader
\
Tape Reader
10M/100M
AO 2B-007 2-COO1
A02B— 0073—COO 1
A02B-0076-C022
A02B-0076-C021
11T/110T
A02B-0076-C022
A13B-0073-B001
Without Reels
11M/110M
A02B-0076-C021
A13B-0070-B001
A13B-0080-B001
With Reels
Input Unit
B
C
D
A14B-0076-B003
A14B-0076-B004
A14B-0076-B005
A14B-0076-B101
A14B-0076-B102
A14B-0076-B103
0
Tape reader
with reels
without reels
Velocity control unit
/
Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
X
1
Connection Unit 1
ro
A20B-1000-0940
7
LlS
i
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C900
10T/100T
i
i
Y7
/
Battery case
(10 series only)
'1
i
(Front view)
Punch panel
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
(11 series only)
Input
Unit
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C931
.....
Multi-tap transformer
MCC Transformer
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C901
10T/11T
10M/11M.... A02B-00 47-C90 2
Fan Unit
A05B-2020-C903
(10M and UMonly)
\
(Rear view)
Fig. 1.1 (a)
Free-standing cabinet internal component location for
Servo Transformer
(One more would be mounted)
10/11/100/110
10T
Small
CRT/MDI
Standard
CRT/MDI
10M
A02B-007 2-COO1
A02B-0073-C001
A02B-0076-C022
A02B—0076-C021
11T/11TT
11M
Fan unit
A02B-0076—C022
A02B-0076-C021
A02B-0076-C941
(10M and 11M only)
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C941
/ (10T, 10TF and 11T only)
CRT/MDI (Internal view)
/
i
\
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
/
/
X
A14B-0076-B001 (10T, 10M)
”
-B104 (11T,IIM)
Input Unit
(11T, 11M only)
/
i
OJ
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151
(11T, 11M only)
Punch panel
or
Adapter for separate
type detector
1
A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)
\SiAA
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
J
I/O cards D1~D3
A20B-1001-0240
A20B-1001-0241
A20B-1001-0242
/I
i
Fan Unit
A02B-0076-C902
i
. i
i
(I/O cards D1~D3 are only for 10 TF)
1
i
O
Jj
\
I
/
Y
Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
Battery case
(10T, 10M only)
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C094
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C904 (10M and 11M only)
Fig. 1.1 (b) Built-in 1 cabinet internal component location for
10/11/100/110 series
(10T, 10TF and llTonly)
Battery case
(10T only)
Fan unit
Tape reader without reels
Velocity control unit
A02B-0076-C932
i
i
i
/ÿ
/
I
\
\
__
T7
7
N
\
\
l
J
l
y
x
\A/\
)
Remote buffer
Terminal unit
A16B-1200-0270
(1IT only)
I
Input unit
I
1
I
I
i
I
i
/
/
/
Fan unit
A02B-Q047-C907
Terminal unit
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
I/O cards D1 ~D3
A20B-1001-0240
A20B-1001-0241
A20B-1001-0242
X
Velocity Control Unit
i
i
i
Servo
;
transformer
10T
Input unit B
C
D
A14B-0076-B003
A14B-0076-B004
A14B-0076-B005
Fig. 1.1 (c) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10T/11T)
1IT
A14B-0076-B101
A14B-0076-B102
A14B-0076-B103
10M
Small
1IM
lirr
A02B-0076-C021
A02B— 0076-C021
A02B-0076-C022
A13B-0073-B001
A13B—0070-B001
CRT/MDI A02B-0073-C001
Standard
CRT/MDI
Tape Reader
Without Reels
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C910
Tape Reader
With Reels
A13B-0080-BO01
sr~'\
J
/i
CRT/MDI (Interioi)
V
r~rs
)7
1
“Ii
Input unit
A14B-0076-B002 (10/100)
A14B-0076-B105 (11/110)
t
Connection unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
i
i
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
l
i_n
I
Tape reader
With reels
Without reels
71
/
\
Punch panel
7ÿ
/
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
(11M only)
\
4
/
Battery
case
Z
/
A02B-0076-C151
(11M only)
\
7
(10M only)
Small connecting board
or
Adapter for separate type
detector (A20B-1002-0290)
(Digital servo only)
Fan unit
A02B-0060-C906
Multi-tap transformer
Fig. 1.1 (d) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10M/11M/11TT)
UK
10M
Small CRT/MDI
Standard
CRT/MDI
Tape Reader
Without Reels
Tape Reader
With Reels
A02E-0073-C001
A02B-0076-C021
A02B-0076-C021
A13B-0073-B001
A13B-0070—B001
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C903
A13B-0080-B001
*7\
''
—
i
2ÿ
CRT/MDI
t
>
i
i
Input unit
=n
Lbr
_
t
(Interior)
A14B-0076-B001 (10M)
A14B-0076-B104 (11M)
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
i i
ON
I
i
Connection unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
Tape reader
Without reels
With reels
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
S
N
\
f
\
(1IM only)
i
Punch panel
i
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151
Battery case
(10M only)
Fig. 1.1 (e) Built-in 2-2 cabinet internal location {for 10M/11M)
Fan unit
A02B-0076-C920
(11M only)
or
Adapter for separate
type detector
A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)
Fan unit
A02B-Q076-C911
21
r
__
ft— r1
I
I
I
Remote buffer
i
r
i
\
I
[
I
I
A16B-l 200-270
(for 11T and 11M)
l
I
I
i
I
!
1
!
!
!
I
IS
Connection unitI
1
I
A20B-l000-0940
ox I/O card D1 #-,D3
A20B-l001-0240
A20B-l001-0241
A20B-1001-0242
(I/O card D1-D3
are only for 10 TF)
_
i
Input
unit
f
I
_
j
1
I
A14B-0076-B001 (10)
A14B-0076-B104 (II)
J
\
Battery case
(for 10T and 10M)
Fan unit
Small connecting
A02B-0076-C151
A02B-0076-C901
(11 only)
Adapter for separate
or
type detector
A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)
Fig. 1.1 (f) Unbundled cabinet control component location for 10/11/100/110 series
Fan unit
I
A
"7!
r---ÿ
/
if
/
/_
/
i
I
---/
i
'\<i
( &
'
/
i
Velocity
Velocity
control
unit
control
unit
<
i
I
c
"
----
—p
<ÿ
\
* /y
S/
—r—yr
< < rW
/
A20B-1000-0950
—i
! r'N‘
r 7-s
I
i
— -Vÿ-I
I
control
unit
Fan unit
I
1 1
11
1
1
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
CO
I
JJ
/
Connection unit 2
Velocity
n
/ / y{
/ -4//
/
3
— if/A
--
'
I
s
f
\_S
/
f
\
/
Fan unit
\
i
L
Velocity
control
unit
1
Input unit
Fan unit
Servo transformer
/
/
*
Fig. 1.1 (g)
X
/
AX'
14
Built-in 3 cabinet internal component location for 11TT/110TT
/
/
/
/
/
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
Fan unit
A02B-0055-C025
CRT/MDI unit
12T : A02B-007 6-C022
12M-'
”
-C025
Velocity Velocity Velocity
control
unit
control control
unit
unit
CM)
(L)
(N)
_T
VXJ
Tape reader
(with reels
1 without reels,
A14B-0076-
Fan unit
A02B-0055-C026
§
5
B205
Input unit
£
c2
I
© J
Basic control unit
1
— A02B-0075-COO
Fan unit
A02B-0055-C024
Built-in type
I/O unit
A03B-0801-C001
Transformer box
Fan unit
A05B-2020-C903
Servo
Servo
trans¬
trans¬
former
former
u
Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262 #B
Reai view
Front view
Fig. 1.1 (h)
Free-standing cabinet A internal component location for 12/120 series
CRT/MDI unit
12T : A02B-0076-C022
-C025
12M:
Fan unit
/
LE
Fan unit
A02B-0075-C005
Built-in model
JE
additional I/O unit
Built-in
&
i
I/O unit
A03B-0801-C001
1
Fan unit
A02B-0055
-C024
]
o
A03B-0801-C001
control
- Additional
A02B-0075-C002
Fan unit
A05 B-2020-C905
cc
g5
.2 "
3
Tape reader
without reels
with reels
-
o
Basic control unit
A02B-0075-C001
Fan unit
I
•sa
A02B-0055-C026
Input unit
A14B-0076-B205
5
&
£
$
Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262#C
Rear view
Fig. 1.1 (i) Free-standing cabinet B internal component location for
12/120 series
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C910
r
T><]
Input unit
A
A14B-0076-B20I
o
D
CRT/MDI unit
l® y /
fit
M
I2T, A02B-0076-C022
12M, A02B-0076-C025
Built-in I/O unit
A03B-0801-C001
Basic control unit
Tape reader
Without reel
• With reel
*
A02B-0075-C001
a
Power unit
A20B-1000-0770
I
Punch panel
0
o
Fan unit
A02B-0060-C900
Remote buffer
A 16B-1200-0270
Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262#B
Fig. 1.1 (j)
Built-in cabinet internal component location for 12/120 series
1.1
10/11/100/110
Master & Option PCB
1) Analog servo 10 series master PCB structure
PMC casette
or interface converter
I ZA
Power unit
A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB
A16B-1010-0040
I
A
\A
Optional fiber interface
/
OPTION 1
(10TF only)
Conversational type PCB
A16B-1210-0360
or I/O card A1 A3
A16B-1210-0320
A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322
A16B-1210-0410
~
(SUB CPU)
ROM/RAM & additional axis (A16B-1210-0380)
A16B-1310-0300
ROM/RAM board (A16B-1210-0381)
(MEMORY)
Fig. 1.1 (k)
2) Analog servo 11 series master PCB structure
r
i
Power unit
A16B-1210-0560
Mater PCB
A16B-1010-0050
!
I
!
:
/
i
i
i
!
I
ROM/RAM board
A16B-1210-0470
Bubble memory unit
Additional axis
A16B-1210-0430
(4th pulse coder, 5th pulse coder)
Conversational type PCB
A16B-1210-0410
(11MF only)
A87L-0001-0086 (1280 in)
A16B-1210-0450
A87L-0001-0100 #8M (2560 m)
A87L-0001-0100 #12M (3840 m)
4th resolver, 5th pulse coder
or 4th inductosyn, 5th pulse coder
A16B-1210-0450
(4th resolver, 5th resolver)
A87L-0001-0017 (80 in)
A 87 L-0001-0084 (320 m)
A87L-0001-0085 (640 m)
Fig. 1.1 (I)
12
-
1.1
3) Digital servo 10
series/lOOseries
PMC cassette
or interface converter
Power unit
A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB
A16B-1210-0190
I/O card A
A16B-1210-0320
A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322
Small type CRT/MDI
Interface
A16B-1211-250
/
OPTION 1
A16B-1210-0350
Addition axis
(3, 4 axis)
A1GB-1211-0270
A16B-1211-0271
ROM/RAM
A16B-1210-0290
(iOTF only)
Conversational type PCB
A16B-1210-0410
Memory PCB
A16B-1210-0300 or
A16B-1210-0480
13
1.1
4) Digital servo 11
series/110
series
/WMWI
Power unit
Master PCB
A16B-1010-0200
1/
Bubble memory unit
Axis control PCB
1st and 2nd axis,
3rd and 4th axis,
5th axis from right side
A16B-1211-0270 (for 2 axes)
A16B-1211-0271 (for 1 axis)
Conversational type PCB
ROM/RAM board
A16B-1211-0291
PMC cassette or
interface convertor
CRT/MDI addapter (110 series only)
A16B-1211-0260
Power unit
Bubble memory unit
Conversational
type PCB
These are same as analog servo.
PMC cassette
Interface PCB
14
1.1
5) 12 series basic control unit PCB structure
s
1
3
s
o
3
1s
£*
3
»
o
*
£ «
& S
s
8AH
S
D
so
g
a
o
r-
sa i ? i
siI b 5
1111
—i
-s s s I
4>
o
|
<N
ro u-
o
o o
PH
£ £ £ £
o
o
o
'S
t< -a<
8
Q
g
«, ° o
o
«
-S
o
-a< s
Q
inÿC'-vor--
£ £ £ £ £
H
H
o o
H
O
r)
r)
o o
Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing cabinet
A. (One of synchronous operation, hybrid control and double check system is
not performed when 5 or less axes are controlled.)
Fig. 1.1 (m) 12 series basic control unit layout {1)
3
1
s
& 3
1ss
|
PH
3
00
AH
1
8
§
e S
:§ §
$
iS
O
K,
§
m
o
Ch
s
o
e
Q«
o
O
3
, 11 ,
Ilblgbi|§&8|
I f iiiIIiiii1
SgSSS§ooooS§
slsilssssiss
o
o
o
§
I
I
S
Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A
(One of 6 axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
cabinet
double check system is performed.)
.
Fig. 1.1 (n) 12 series basic control unit layout (2)
15
>
CL
W
P
CO
Cu
H-
£
O
n
3
n
—
i
3
1
-
T1
<P
o
02P08
Axis CPU
Tl
02P06
Axis control
<P
02P09
Additional detector control
PSU1
Power unit
BMU
Bubble memory
3*
O
3
PC ROM PMC ROM cassette
S,
02P07
DSCG interface
£
sr
03P08
Axis CPU
Fo
Axis control
8
2
01P17
03P06
03P09
Additional detector control
1'
cn
01P01
ROM/RAM
03P07
DSCG interface
S’
03
04P08
Axis CPU
04P06
Axis control
01P09
Additional detector control
33
01P07
DSCG interface
Axis CPU
5
&
<3
05P08
05P06
Axis control
S
o
05P09
Additional detector control
05P07
DSCG interface
PSU2
Power unit
r>o
1
<J>
rt
Additional buffer 2
Cd
TT
I
c
K
01P15
t
S’
s-
o
hh
o
I S
°c
rt
3‘
<
—
03
s
n
o
I
l-h
01P02
Peripheral control
01P03
Main CPU
01P04
01P10
Main buffer
01P08
Axis CPU
rt
01P06
Axis control
a
01P07
DSCG interface
01P09
Additional detector control
01P13
Spindle control
01PI4
Additional buffer 1
3
CL
H*
W
2.
o
-
<T
2
<
o
w
Graphic control
(D
ro
Sub CPU
rt
w
1.1
6) 120 series basic control unit PCB structure
o
o
£
8
O
Ia I§
2
oi
I
8
II
l§
S 2 E|
a
§
s
3 SI2
§
a
t
t-
£ 1§
I-H
N
S
o
I
I1I
18s § 1I1
e i1
J eE 8 I
II g 3 3 1 s .a
to
8
8
« 3
c?!
,a
hMioat'®SJ
r-ioooooooooppop
aaaaa-saasassss
oooooooooooooo
Sk
Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A
cabinet. (6 or less axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
double check system is performed.)
Fig. 1.1 (q) 120 series basic control unit layout (1)
o
8
o
£
b §
I8
I|
JB
£
g
CM
O
*
IIs
11
„
111
1!t!y s !1 § § 1 1 1 S
|
•§ '3
lit
S£2gSSS££g£
12
*-<
1-t
T-H
»*H
o o o o
*“<
•-<
o o o
O
o
J-il-i
o o
I
Basic control PCB layout of free-standing cabinet B.
Fig. 1.1 (r) 120 series basic control unit layout (2)
17
a
1
O
1
c
2
Or
o
>
CL
0.
rt
o
o
h-'
c
H-
01PI 5
Additional buffer 2
02P08
Axis CPU
rt
-n
£•
o
I
OO
\
1
-
sc
02P06
Axis control
n
02P09
Additional detector control
sr
02P07
DSCG interface
03P08
Axis CPU
&
03P06
Axis control
s,
03P09
Additional detector control
03P07
DSCG interface
04P08
Axis CPU
04P06
Axis control
ho
Cd
't
Hi
CD
(D
i
£
I I.
O
2.
!
a;
<
2
w
01P09
Additional detector control
01P07
DSCG interface
05P08
Axis CPU
O
05P06
Axis control
or
05P09
Additional detector control
H-
OQ
P3
w
rt
KJ
05P07
DSCG interface
PSU2
Power unit
. Mount positions of the two modules at
the right are fixed,
. Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
on the mount positions 1-10.
. The I/O interface module (IF04C) can
Mount position fixed
be mounted on any mount position 1-10.
I/O interface
module
(IF01A/01B)
Slot
number
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
4
2
1
10
Power supply
module
POW
CA 1 5
CA1 6
i
TI
F31F31
vO
ALC
(5A)(5A)
I
ALD
CO
CO
COP 4
CP3l|
m
[
©
®
GND ©
©
+24V
C2A) ©
+ 24E
F35I
©@
I I/O module mount slots (10 modules)
0
Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU10A
Note 1
There two
terminals
cannot be used.
Do not connect
anything to these
two terminals.
M4 tap
Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the external contacts,
when using a non-insulai type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the + 24E of other base units.
Fig. 1.1 (t)
M3 screw
x
•
.
.
Mount positions of the two modules at
the right are fixed.
Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
on the mount positions 1-8.
The I/O interface module (IF04C) can
be mounted on any mount positions 1-10.
Slot
number
_
8
7
6
5
Mount position fixed
I/O interface
module
(IF01A/01B)
4
3
2
1
0
Power supply
module
POW
CA1 5
CA1 6
i
N5
O
I
F31 F32ÿ
( 5A) ( 5A) g
COP4
CP3l|
T1
§ÿ
ALC
ALD
§ÿ
+24E
[S
©
GND
+24V(2A)
©
©
i
(8 modules)
(6 modules)
(4 modules)
Fig. 1.1 (u) Module mount drawing of
J
BU08A
BU06A
BU0 4A
} Note 1
F 35
0©
Mountable position of I/O machine
M3 screw
W\
M4 tap
Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the
external contacts, when using non-insular
type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the +24E of other base units.
I/O base unit BU04A, BU06A, BU08A
1.2
1.2 Construction
1) Analog servo 10 series connecting construction
a) For small CRT/MDI
a,
P<
o
ao
g
'o£
5
1
a
00
s
g
s
I
£
1
<*
a
•-§
£
3
cd
+
8
•a
O
a
3
O
S
s£
as
<2 11
o
ll
o
Readcr/puncher
J7
-r-*
</)
<
o
-ÿ
>
s
ru
CD2
CA8
CV4
CF4
?!
PH
4th axis velocity control unit
(position detector)
:K]
w
1J<1
w
<
O
04
1
-
4th axis servo motor
JM
o
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
I-
]<:
Jo
03
o
3
ID
s
s
*
K
Odji
»—
To magnetic cabinet circuit
L
_
I
Ml
M2
M18
Spindle velocity control
unit
Position coder
M20
M1Q
\
!
CD1
CAl
CA2
«
CA3
CV3
CF3
<D
CA4
CV2
CF2
CAS
CV1
CF1
3rd axis
2nd axis
£
O0
Servo motor
(position
detector)
1st axis
-3
S
- 3rd axis
—
2nd axis
1st axis I:
O
A)
£ *3
Ig li
Is,
S 3
o S
Q*
o
Small CRT/MDI
*
Fig. 1.2 (a) 10 series master PCB structure
21
Velocity
control
unit
1.2
b) For standard or 14" color
CRT/MDI
p.
&
ft
§
«
*
Bo
T
•3
1
o
D
O
ft
I
a
ft
11
55
§
II
o
31
o
§
~i
<J L
a
£a.
o
u
§*‘33
.a
ft
<
H
-J
ft
w
Reader/puncher
( High speed skip
< High speed measuring
l position arrival signal
Jo
ft
3
&
[
ft
a
ft
ft
,
]
[
.a
u
c
[
1
a
Battery unit
O
<i
u
l<i
Jo
CAl
]
sS
|sg|
<1
o
O
a
Q
u
C=M=]
CVS
CA3
ki
[
<st
Q
o
CF3
CZK CD
CV2
CF2
C=K CZh~
CA4
5
Bl
a
ft
nn
CA2
]
CA5
CV1
CF1
-
I []
o
I
a
I
-
4->
a
42
bO
02
oo
ft
ft
<
B
8
O'
o
73
«go>
s
.5
ft
3
s
42
ft
[]
Position coder
3rd axis
---
2nd axis
g
Ss[l
H ftuLJ
"2 jy
0
§3
§[}
11
ill a]
S
p.
§
ft
42
13
£
o
>
o
eg
.a
42
§
42
ft
cd
02
ce:
42
ft
cd
42
Fig. 1.2 (b) 10 series master PCB structure
22
_
Position
detector
1st axis
3rd axis
2nd axis
1st axis
O
s
1§
T~
S2
o
.£>
Velocity
, control
unit
.3S
a
S .2
8
B42 1
C
Spindle velocity control unit
o
IfeS
.t!
I []
IfS D
H]
CDl
m
02
+->
o co
a.
5
O']
ft
•ac
8
13o
o
m
CO
rH
7
ft
<1
U
ft
CF4
H
O
£
CV4
4th axis servo motor
(Position detector)
_
Jo
S
5
]
5
O
ft
_ 4th axis velocity
control unit
PJo
8
CA8
CD2
td o
O
Jj
1.2
c) Digital servo
is
a
p.
.s
o
%
T—
a
g
5
c
303
I
03
TJ
cs
.2
S
£
c
< i_
i
I
Power unit
a,
o
a
]<
-I o
g
•5
'd
to
So
CD 2
°
S-g
§on
Reader/puncher interface
High speed skip
High speed measuring point
arrival signal
CAB
n
c
o
|*i
_/
o
Battery unit
CO
C
S8
CJ
£§
Pk
M
rH
<1
<
w
1nJ
03
w
<1
u
14” CRT/MDI
(100 series only)
CD13B
iJ
H
Jd
3rd, 4th axis pulse coder/
servo amplifier
3=rf=EftzfiEP
CV2 2BCV21B CF9 2B CF91B
I
u
HH
Manual pulse generator
CA5 \
£
H
03
0>
< =fL
/
u
O
o
a
>>
CA4\
|
J
Ml
J
30
|is
[
CAl
H sb
CA2
jzzn
]
COP 2T~~1
CV21
CV 2 2
CL>
5
Sc 2
it
H
oPÿ
feu
o> 3
SO
S
-jj
.§
8
1
'S
To magnetic cabinet
spindle
velocity
coder
— Position control
unit
/ CF9 1 / CF9 2
/ CDl
COP1
Keyboard
CRT
CA3
u
S’c-
A)
.13P<
g HI II li?
£ fss ii
4>
PH
<D Q
O
0:1
o
8
bs
§
cJ
till
SSHH
H *3*
k*/
a
23
-
|
J§
lleSS
!.»§§
£
Fig. 1.2 (c) Digital servo 10 series master PCB structure
*
» o5|
oi
'd
r*H
Small type
CRT/MDI
1.2
2) 11 series connecting construction
(a) Analog servo
ft
ft
3
S3
£
a
§
p,
o
.3
o
c
<3
a
5
&
o
1
o
§
0
4)
B
o
u
K
&
g
o
~1
a
Irl
B
41
a
°ir<
8 -a
2
a.
n
n
1S
m
8
43
]
o
S3
.3
13
4)
&
i
Jo
o
£
va
o
1
o
s
&H
<D
Pi
1“o
]
J
u
*o
VI
rr
FT
<12
o
43
13
{
T3
5th axis
|:::|
CV5
CV4
CP 5
4th axis
4 th axis
[zri
CF4
CM
5 th axis
]%
<
o
- External position indicator
.. Reference proximity signal
xk
J <_>
cm
CA8
CA10
Spindle velocity
T_f
[
control unit
Position coder
CAl
CA2
CV3
CP 3
[
Reader-punclter interface
CD4
Reader/puncher
interface
[
]
CD 3
CA11
a.
CA 12
o
% 3
]
o
CV2
o
r</a
ill
cvi
38
2nd axis
}
1st axis
CPI
M
3rd axis
(1>
H"1
2nd axis
\
n
s
o
CM
s
u
co
3
Position
detector
CP 2
[
in
g3
3rd axis
}
CM
CL
U
[
Position
detector
o
5
I
J u
.
High speed skip
High speed measuring|
position arrival signal ‘
Velocity
control
unit
a
Connection unit
for operator’s
panel
m
e
|s i
—
m
Reader/punelier
interface/20 mAC/L
Manual pulse generator
[]§ |M
&B
’-f
o
o
I
{]e
DS
Q
rn
„ c[P
sip •a sLi
in
G
g
gÿ
<3
3
/
uL J
sri—/
S[]“ÿ
CM
8w U£ srm
uLJ
o
g
5ri
oL|J
g
R
e[H
3
in
CM
a.
Fig. 1.2 <d) 11 series master PCB structure
)
3
1
11
<N
£ sgrruv
CJ
ool I
rt
- 24
control unit
1st axis
3
—
its
cj
Velocity
-s
cd
1.2
(b) Digital servo
£
3
H
s
b
s
H
b
to
o
PH
a
>>
S
<D
o
3
£4
o
o
6
*
a
<D
£5. «>
HO
r-H
P_|
a. o
o
PQ
1
g
Connection unit
or I/O unit
S
PQ
3
p
-2
18
1
1
5
_l
<£
K
8
1
OL
o
.O
*2
—
Ok|
•a
o
£
n
M
V)
C
l/l
3
o
s
Pk
<N
w
Po
[
<!
cj d-
<
17lM
J o
p
m
14” CRT/MDI
(110 series only)
C=£
ae i CID
7—1
. 2nd axis
K
Mst axis
<
1st axis
2nd axis
4th axis
3rd axis
° azZ7vTÿTZrÿa3M09TMD
2
R
3
M
3
<
azzAoXizAoNizeeio
°
ai6jio
CO
_4tli axis
a
3IZAO
External position display
oo ._.
Reader/puncher
PCIO
Near zero signal
eao
]
o
2
Servo amplifier
Servo amplifier
Pulse coder
nnu
/
CM
ft
‘IP
all
Separate type
detector interface
aivox azvo
C=L [
VTVOÿ vzvo
O
H
Pulse coder
&H
U
Cu
8
M
Servo amplifier
H
CDo
u
1)
5 th axis
5 th axis
ai6cio
IIVO
/ z i vo
/3rd axis
Pulse coder
.S
P
00 OO
81t
m If!
<u
<U
<u
S- & o
2nd spindle
—1st spindle
-2nd spindle)
-1st spindle f
Fig. 1.2 <e) Digital servo 11 series master PCB structure
25
-
Position coder
Spindle velocity
control unit
1.2
3)
12/120
12/120
series construction
series is divided into the following 3 types according to the cabinet
in which the control unit is installed.
Cabinet type
where the control
unit is installed
1
2
3
Note)
Built-in type
cab inet
Free-standing
type cabinet A
Free-standing
type cabinet B
Controlled
axis number
2-5 axes
(Note)
Axis control
The main CPU controls the axes
directly.
6 axes
(Note)
Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
which controls the axes.
2-5 axes
(Note)
The main CPU controls the axes
directly
6 axes
(Note)
Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
which controls the axes.
7-8 axes
Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
which controls the axes.
9-15 axes
Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
which controls the axes.
The sub CPU is prepared to
control this axis CPU.
.
The axes are controlled by the axis CPU when the hybrid control,
synchronous operation, or double check system performed even though
only 2-5 axes are controlled.
- 26
1.2
— To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit
Basic control unit
|
CNctj
P S'UT
CPU®c Nr [|
Basic
i ipBack panel II - Power unit c r > ,
UO 1 2
CNDCNE
To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit
Input
' unit
-
_
_
AC power
CNF[nsMu
’ 11
Bubble memory |
CNT[|
uo
t l
CNA
Basic
Back panelI
ROM
I
1 1 PMC
PMC ROMcassette
Tape
reader
- Graphic display control
.0 1 P I 7
CN;\[|
CNA[]
0 t P0l
ROM/ RAM
Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)
CDt
CNA[] o i P o 2
Peripheral c D 3 I
control
CA1
>
9[
J>
Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)
Position coder
Spindle speed control circuit
CA 1 0[>
CA2 (>
CNc|]
CA 1 l>
CN! [|
CNA[| 0 1 P 0 3
Main CPUC 0 3
ONE []
P
13
CN2 []
CNC I!
CNA[| 0 IPM
Main
CRafl] buffer
CNC[)
External position display (1st)
External position display (2nd)
Macliine side (analog input)
CA 1 7A(£>
CA1!B()
CAIS |>
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector COP4 on I/O unit
COP 1 [ 3
CO P 2 [3
o t -02P08CNI |J
Axis CPU
CNA
CNB
CNA|f|ÿi-«2P06 c,!51l)>CF5
Axis
control
}
2[ÿ_
—
CF5 3 [ Ji
C V 1 (>-
|>-
CV 2
CNC
Velocity
control unit
C V 3 (>-
0 1-02P07 C F 3 1 rfcj
CF3 2
DSCG
Interface c F 3 3 (H
C F 7 1 13
__
Inductosyn
preamplifier
CF7 2(3
CNC[]
CNA
Inductosyn scale
-Inductosyn slider
CF7 3[3
CA 1
2l>
j]0 1 ~ 02P0 9 CF3 1[ 3
Additional CF32|:>
c F 3 3ip
detector
control
CF7 11 >
Inductosyn
Inductosyn slider
or resolver
3ta
c A 1 2(>
Additional
detector
control
(PC type)
switch
preamplifier
(DSCG type) c FI-it>
CF 7
-
Reference point
detective signal
cF6iip
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
2l>
CF6 3l>
CF«
CA1J>
Reference point
detective signal
switch
When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A
(When 6 or less axes control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are
performed)
Fig. 1.2 (f)
12 series basic control unit connecting structure
27
1.2
To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit
To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit
Basic control unit
UO L 2
CNG
(p-
PSU1
CPI 4 1 1
CNP
Basic
Power unit c i- 1 1 ft
back panel II
CNDCNE
c NF
Input
J=
(| 11MU
AC power
unit
Bubble memory
To power unit PSU2
I .11 I..1
CNT [|-
PMC ROM
1
PMC ROMcassettg
CNA
U0 1 1
Basic
--Graphic display control
back panelI
0 1P1 7
CNA
CNA|]°
PO 1
ROM/ RAM
CD([>0 1P D 2
Peripheral CD3(>
control
CA !«!!>-ÿ
CA10[>
CNA
CA
0 1P0 3
CNA
HE
CN 1
CN2
CNC
CNA |)«
C A 1 7 A[
1 P0 4
>
External position display (1st)
External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)
CA 11 BO¬
Main
C!<B li buffer
CA 1 8 [>
COp 1 l
(]
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector COP4 on I/O unit
>
COPZ i>
« lp l o
CNA
Sub CPU
CN11
8
CNA [| 0 1 P 0
Axis CPU
CNB []
CNC
Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)
Main CPU co r 3
1a
CNB
CNA
Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)
c A 21
CNC [|
CNC
Tape
reader
[ |S 1 P P
6
CN1
(]
CN I
[|
>- >—
3 [>-[
CF 5 1
Axis
control
cF6 2 (
CF$
[|
cvi
[>-
CV 2
|
CV 3
[>-
Velocity
}
}
>-
CK3 1
0 1 PO 7
C F 3 2 [3-
DSCG
control unit
Interface c F 3 3 [k.
aInductosyn
CF7 1 { 3C F 7 2 J 3*
CA 1 2O
CF 3 1
1P0 9
I 0Additional
cF3 2
detector
,
:)
y
C F3 3[;t.
control
Inductosyn
slider or
C F 7 30
resolver
C.A 1 2f
(PC type)
CNA[)01P13
CNB [) Spindle
control
CNC ||
l| 0 1 p r
Inductosyn
C F 7 2|>
>
AddltTomiTTo"i(>
detector
CR6 212control
CP6 3l>
CNA
I'
CA 1
Reference points
detective signal
switch
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
Reference point
detective signal
switch
ZIP'
CAl 7 C [
CA 2
>
I>
CA 1 [>
External position display (3rd)
-
-Position coder
-— Spindle speed control circuit
-
To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021
To the connector CN2 on tire additional back panel U021
To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021
4
[ | Additional
buffer I
Inductosyn slider
preamplifier
C F 1 lo
(DSCG
type)
CNB
Inductosyn scale
C F 7 30
CNC
CNA
preamplifier
CN 2 [
]-
CN 3 [
f
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (g) 12 series basic control unit connecting structure
28
-
1.2
b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure
Additional control unit
CN 1
(}
CN2
I}
CN3
(j
CNA ||
To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
0IP15
CKI)[| Additional
buffer II
CMC |
|
CNA
[f 02—05P08
CN 1
Axis CPU
CNB(| --CNA
C F 5 I [)_.
C F5 2 [>i- .
[I 02~05Por,
Axis
control
Velocity
c F 5 3 (>- .
control unit
} —a
()•-C V 2 [>-ÿ
cvi
_
CNC (|
02-0SF03
CNA
E1- •
CV3
CF 3 1n
detector
(DSCG
type)
U0 2 1
preamplifier
CF 3 3 I y
CF7 1 ,3CF? 2 [ >
control
Inductosyn slider
or resolver
>
CAJ.2j>
CF7 3
Additional
[
back panelI Additional cm I >
detector CF6 2
control
(PC type)
02-04P07
}
C F6 3
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
Interface
CA 1 2
CP-3213CF 3 3
( 3_
uo
CA 1 2
05P07
2 2
C F3
DSCG
Additional
back panel II Interface
1
- Inductosyn slider
- Reference point
detective signal
CF7 3 I>
()
Inductosyn scale
Inductosyn
preamplifier
CF 7 1 | 3CF 7 2 13CMC
Reference point
detective signal
switch
0-
CF311D-
DSCG
CND
CMC
cm-
Inductosyn
Additional CF 3 3 J-,
O
- switch
(>
C F 3 2 ( 3-
CF3 3 t>
CF7 1 I
CF72 [3.
Inductosyn
>
preamplifier
1
I
CF7 3
CNC
CNF
CNG (
CA 1 2 [>
cr l l [ y
PSU2
Power unit cm If
Inductosyn scale
From input unit
Inductosyn slider
Reference point
detective signal
switch
jl
To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit
To the connector CND on the additional buiit-in I/O unit
When using free-standing cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (h) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure
29
-
1.2
Basic control unit
— To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit
CNGO
PSU 1
cTTTjjj.
c N i*|]
Basic
pi
Back panel II =Power unit c ii>
"EMU
C N F 11
Bubble memory
CNDCNE
U0 12
£3
|— To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit
AC power
' Input
- unit
_
CNT||
CNA||
U0 11
Basic
Back panel 1
,
C MA
11
CNAj|
PMC
I
ROM
PMC
Tape
reader
KOMcassette
Graphic display control
0 1P1 7
0 1P 0 1
ROM/ RAM
Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)
cm [>.
CNA[| 0 1 P 0 2
Peripheral
control
CD3
Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)
Position coder
Spindle speed control circuit
CA 1 9[ Jp
CA1
>|>-
CA 1
(
C A 1 0(
C NC (
1
>
CtfA|| 01P03B
CS0(]
CNR [ft
/MMcT
cm!)
OIPO3A
CMAII Main
CPU
C N B j|
14” CRT/MDI
CD13BO
CNC
11
CN2
C A 1 7 A|
CNA[| «IP0t
CA 1 7
CNB|] buffer
c Nc [ ]
External position display (1st)
External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit
COP 1 l>
C O P 2 I>
CNAll 0 1~0 2 PC
Axis CPU
qNA||0 1 — 02 P 0 6
Axis
control
CNC
>
B| y
CA 1 8 (>
Main
C Nil
|]
||
8CN1
CF5
'!>
CP5
2[>
CV1
(>
CV7
f>
Ih
CV3
—
3
C Pi 3[>
02 PS 7 CPS I
C F3 2
DSCG
Interface cpjsb
0 1
Inductosyn
c F J 11 3
___
preamplifier
CFl 2[3
CNC [
]
Velocity
control unit
Inductosyn scale
I*'"'- Inductosyn slider
Reference point
detective signal
CF7 30
CA1 i[)
CNA||0 1 ~ 02PO9
CF3 l[b
Inductosyn
Additional CF3213
CF3 30
detector
control
CF7 to
(DSCG type)cK7 2i>CF7
CA 1
Additional
CF6
Inductosyn slider
or resolver
3'3-
2l >
I|>-
detector
control
CF62[)
(PC type)
CA12,k
CF6
- switch
preamplifier
)
3l>
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
Reference point
detective signal
switch
When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A
(6 axes or less control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are
performed)
Fig. 1.2 0)
120 series basic control unit connecting structure
30
-
1.2
To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit
To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit
Basic control unit
U0 12
CNG (t
Pstn
CP 1 a ( )
CNF
Basic
Power unit c p i i d)
back panel II
CNDCNE
Bubble memory
Tape
reader
o lpo l
CNA
ROM/RAM
Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)
Machine side (RS422 interface)
Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)
CD([jf
c 0 30CA19|>-
c N A (| 0 1 P 0 2
Peripheral
control
CA i oO
C A 20
[|
CAIO
01P03B
CNA[]
PNCCPU/
CNB[] MMCIF
CSC
(]
CN1
[|
(]
CN'
j)
14” CRT/MDI
CD13BI0-
[)
CN2
CNC
Main
CXB (J buffer
CNA
o
CNB
Sub CPU
CNA
0 1P 0 8
{
COP 2
(>
CN1
(]
CNI
N
o
CFS 1 |>
01P0 6
CNA
To the connector C0P3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit
>
COI’I
Axis CPU
CNB
>
(>
CA 1 8
[I
1P1
External position display (1st)
External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)
CA 1 7 A[)C A 1 7 B|
0 1P0 4
CNA
CNC
To power unit PSU2
PMC ROM
1
PMC ROMcassettg
CNA
uo 11
Basic
back panelI
CNB
AC power
unit
'
CNT[i
CNC
Input
IiMU
CNF
Axis
control
CF5 2 [>CF53 O
CNC ||
CV 1
o
CV 2
O
cv 3
O
C F3 1
0 1P0 7
DSCG
C F 3 2 (J.
_____
Interface c F 3 3 < >
Velocity
control unit
}
>
C F 7 1|
C F 7 2 [>
CF7 3
CNC ||
CNA
CA I 2
CF3 1
0 1 PO 9
Additional
detector
control
(
|| 0 t p 1 3
CNB ( | Spindle
control
CNC (
preamplifier
CF7 2[>
Inductosyn
slider or
CF7 30
resolver
CAI
CA 1 7
c [>
l>
CA2
CA 1 [>
I
[ | Additional
buffer I
Reference point
detective signal
switch
Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder
--
External position display (3rd)
Position coder
—
-Spindle speed control circuit
To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021
To the connector CN2 on the additional back panel U021
To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021
CNA (| 0 1 P 1 4
CNB
switch
Inductosyn
c F3 2 [
Additional cF6ii>
detector
c F s 2!i
control
CF6 3l>
Inductosyn slider
Reference points
detective signal
&A_1_2( >
CNA
!
IP-
C F 7 l(>
(PC type)
Inductosyn scale
>
C F 3 3 ( 3.
(DSCG
type)
Inductosyn
preamplifier
C N 2|jCN 3 ( }-
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (j) 120 series basic control unit connecting structure
31
1.2
b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure
Additional control unit
To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01PI 4
To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
CN 1
CN 2
CN3
01P15
CNA
CNB 11
Additional
buffer II
CMC
j 02—05P08
Axis CPU
CNA
02 -05 ['06
CNA
Axis
control
CNC
CNA
CNl
[|
I
CNB
[
____
02 —05 POO
Additional c K 3 2
detector
control
(DSCG
type)
U0 2 1
Additional
crs l [)j_
CFS 2 [JfCF 5 3 |>CV 1 |>c v 2 [)>-•
C V 3 (>-ÿ
CF3I|3
Velocity
control unit
£
Inductosyn
preamplifier
CF33(>
CF7 1 |>
Inductosyn slider
C F 7 2 |>
>
or resolver
(>
Pulse input
CF7 3I
C2W
back panelI Additional
detector
control
(PC type)
02~(HP07
CF« i
detector or
pulse coder
C F« 2
C F6 3
CA 1 2
CF3IID-
DSCG
Interface
C F 1 2 I 3-
C i'3 3
1
[ j.
Inductosyn
preamplifier
C F 7 1 13CF7 2 |>
CND
CNC
CJ
CA 1 2
>
l>
05P07
CF3
I
[>
DSCG
CF3 2
< D-
Additional
back panel II Interface
}
}
C F 3 3 l>
C F 7 1 l>
C f 7 2 |y
CF 7 3
CNC |
C N I'
(I
CA 1 2
PSU2
Power unite
Inductosyn slider
Inductosyn
preamplifier
Inductosyn scale
I
>
|
Cl i 1)
FI i (i
--
Inductosyn scale
- Reference point
detective signal
- switch
C F7 3 I
CNC [|
U0 2 2
Reference point
detective signal
switch
2j>
From input unit
Inductosyn slider
Reference point
detective signal
switch
CNG[(
To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit
To tire connector CND on the additional built-in I/O unit
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (k) 120 series additional control unit connecting structure
32
-
1.2
c) 12 series
CRT/MDI unit
9" CRT/MDI unit
Software
keyboard
XcKK
CKK 1 U
CI'K
keyboard
Power c f 2 I ( y
supply
CPP
C OP 3[
CME'2(|CMI'
AC power (from input unit)
4
—
Control
To tlie connector COP1 on
the main buffer 01P04
>
CAS i)
Back
board
-'"I
-CRT
unit
CN!
Punch panel
CD 1 1>
cA 2[
>
de DM
CMD[}CDP ti¬
Connection unit
for operator's panel
(]c P2 4
cm CJU on
Reader/puncher Interface
device
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
Oil
7ÿ
:S
Machine side operator’s panel
(output signal)
Machine side operator’s panel
(input signal)
Fig. 1.2 (I)
14" CRT/MDI unit
. Software
-G
--
/ÿ-( I Power supply
—(| CMP
keyboard
AC power
|)
To the connector COP1 on
the main buffer 01P04
0P3
CA
<jf
s (>- cm
1) C MK
Control
CRT
CDl (>
CA3
[>
Connector unit
for operator’s panel
4|CDM
CMD
CM
Punch panel
unit
CDP
P2 4
Reader/puncher interface
device
ASR33
Manual pulse generator
(3rd)
CMl CMl Oil
Machine side operator’s panel
(output signal)
Machine side operator’s panel
(input signal)
Fig. 1.2 (m)
d) 12 series built-in type
CM AO
I/O unit
To the connector C0P2 on
the main buffer 01P04
[] Interface
module
I/O base
! F0 l A
CNA t
n
1
11
C NA 5
C2
DI module
ID99A/B
.2A[)
Machine side (input signal)
C2 2E
CNA
(i
n DO module
N
CNA l 0
C2 3A ,
CMC
CND
oD 9 9 A
Machine side (output signal)
*
C 2 3 li
0-0
From the connector CNG on the basic back panel II
From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSUi
Built-in type I/O unit used in
Built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A
Fig. 1.2 (n)
-
33
1.2
From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU1
From the connector CNG on the basic back panel
()
CXAO
base
To the connector COP2 on
the main buffer 01P04
[K
module
[
CXA 1
I/O
interface c o
F0 1A
n DI module
1
1D9 9A/II
c xA5
c 2 JA
Machine side {input signal)
i
C2 ?E
CXA 6 1 DO module
1
OD9 9A
CXA I 0
C? iA
Machine side (output signal)
ct 3 E
CA t 5
C*
C AI$
(I Interface
module
CXA A
J F 0 1»
Addi¬
CX B
tional
CXA I
Dl module
C iiA
_
I/O
base
' (1
CXA 5
cz 2E
CNAS
!
Ur
CSD
2
ra Q cxc
Maciiinc side (input signal)
|j DO module
CXA I A
C 2 3A
jc
Il> 9 9 A/B
(J D
9 9A
»
Maciiinc side (output signal)
From the connector CNG on the additional back panel ll
From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU2
Built-in type I/O unit used in free-standing type cabinet
Fig. 1.2 (o)
e) 12 series connecting with servo system.
When an M series servo motor is used, the connecting differences caused by
the type of position detector are as follows:
i) For resolver
o
1
-o 5po 6
Axis control
C F 5 1/C F 5 2/CF5 3
(L)
<M)
CV1 /C V 2
(L)
0 1
(M)
(N)
/C V 3
(N)
Velocity
control unit
-0 5 P0 7
DC motor with a tachogcncrator
and resolver
DSCG Interface
Note)
L = 1st, 4, 7, 10, 13th axis
M = 2nd, 5, 8, 11, 14th axis
N = 3rd. 6, 9, 12, 15th axis
ii) For inductosyn
o
1
-o 5Po 6
Axis control
CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3
(L)
(M>
CV1 /C V 2
(L)
0 1
(M>
(N)
/C V 3
(N)
Velocity
control unit
-0 5P0 7
—H
i-
|>C
motor with a tachogeneratoj
DSCG Interface
C F 3 1/CF32/CF33
(L)
<M)
(N)
£ ] Preamplifier
C F 7 1/C F 7 2/C F 7 3
(L)
<M)
<N>
Inductosyn scale
Inductosyn slider
-
34
1.2
iii) For built-in type pulse coder
0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6
control unit
C F 5 1/CF5 2/C F 5 3
(M)
(L)
CV1 /C V 2
(L)
(M)
[>
(N)
/C V 3
J" ] Velocity
(N)
1+* control unit
Ml
(DC motor with pulse coder)
iv) For separate type pulse coder
0 1
-0 5P0 6
control unit
re*
C F 5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3
(L)
CV1
(L)
(NO
/C V 2
(M)
(N)
(Separate type pulse coder)
[>
/C V 3
Velocity
(N)
control unit
Ml
(DC motor with tacho generator)
v) For pulse input detector (optical scale, magne-scale)
0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6
Pulse
control unit
input
detector
CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3
(D
CV1
(L)
(M)
/C V 2
(M)
(N)
/C V 3
(N)
J" 1 Velocity
[?
control unit
=Q
(DC motor
with tacho generator)
vi) For reference point detective signal switch
0 1~ 0 5 P 0 7
DSCG Interface
Reference
point
detective
signal
switch
CA 1 2 [>
-
35
1.3
1.3 System Block Diagram
1.3.1 10/100 series
Magnetic cabinet
Manual
Small CRT/MDI
circuit
pulse
generator
20 mAC/L
I
PMC ROM cassette
Interface
ROM
MDI/CRT
interface
PMC
I/O card A1 ~A3
NC
CPU
Interface
CPU
Battery backup
ROM
RAM
Reader/
punch
interface
Serial interface
Master PCB
Servo interface
E
i
Conversational
function card
Option card 1
High speed skip
High speed measuring
position arrival
signal
Additional axis
+
Additional memory
Reader/
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Velocity control unit
puncher
Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram (when small CRT/MDI is used)
-
36
1.3.1
Reader/punchcr
interface
— O/E
Standard type
or 14” color
CRT/MDI
Manual pulse
generator
l
Optical fiber cable
\
1
Optical fiber interface
PMC ROM cassette
O/E
ROM
!
O/E
Connection unit
or I/O unit
O/E
Connection unit
for operator’s
panel
NC
PMC
Interface
CPU
CPU
Battery back up
ROM
RAM
Reader/
puncher
interface
Serial interface
Master PCB
Servo interface
Conversational
function card
Additional axis +
additional memory
Option
card 1
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
!
Otj
.1
5
«
So
flj
ID H
•§,
Velocity control unit
Tr S
S, SLg
S
a sw
-a'S
(Note)
O/E shows optical/electric conversion circuit.
Or
Fig. 1.3.1 (b) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram {when standard or 14" color
-
37
CRT/MDI is used)
1.3.1
Reader/puncher
--
j interface
:}
Standard type or
14” color CRT/MDI
(100 series only)
Manual
pulse
generator
CRT/MDI adapter
PMC ROM cassette
Serial
Interface
CPU
ROM
„
O/E
inter¬
face
Connection unit
or I/O unit
o
Connec¬
tion unit
for oper¬
ator’s
panel
\
Optical
fiber cable
%%
PMC
CPU
NC
CPU
Interface
Reader/puncher
Serial
interface
interface
Servo
interface
RAM
Master PCB
}
Axis control PCB
ROM/RAM
Option
Conversational
function card
card 1
card
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Servo amplifier
cm
II
•&3
a)
4)
”
H
<U <0 ri
&&!
.sp.a> g
S3
o
Battery
a
back up
O. 4)
M
S2
cS.S
Note)
O/E shows optical/electric
conversion circuit
Fig. 1.3.1 (c) Digital servo 10/100 series system block diagram
- 38
Position
control
circuit
1.3.2
1.3.2 11/110 series
-
I
O/E
Standard type
or 14” color
CRT/MDI
Reader/puncher
interface
l
Manual pulse
generator
j
PMC 11PM cassette
Bubble memory
ROM
Optical fiber
cable
-O/E
Connection
unit for
Connection unit
or I/O unit
operator’s
panel
O/E O/E
NC
PMC
Interface
CPU
CPU
Interface
-
Position display
RAM
Readcr/puncher
interface
Serial interface
Master PCB
Servo interface
;
Conversational
function card
ROM/RAM PCB
Additional axis
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Velocity control unit
(Note)
O/E shows optical/elcctric conversion circuit.
Fig. 1.3.2 (a) 11 series system block diagram
-
39
Position
control
circuit
1.3.2
Standard type or
14” color
}
PMC ROM
cassette
CRT/MDI
Adapter
memory
interface
CPU
Reader/puncher
interface
Manual pulse
generator
J
Connec¬
adapter
Bubble
ROM
CRT/MDI
Li
tion unit
O/E
Serial
inter¬
face
Connection unit
or I/O unit
o
for
operator’s
panel
\
0/15 0/E
PMC
CNC
Interface
CPU
Optical fiber
cable
CPU
Interface
Position display
RAM
Serial
interface
Master PCB
Servo
interface
Axis
Axis
control
Axis
control
PCB
PCB
PCB
control
Conversational
function card
ROM/RAM
board
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Position
control
circuit
Servo amplifier
Note)
O/E shows optical/electric
conversion circuit.
Fig. 1.3.2 (b) Digital servo 11/110 series system block diagram
-
40
-
Reader/puncher
interface
1.3.3 12/120 series
1.3.3
To each units
Input unit
AC power
U01: Basle control unit
PSUl
BMU
i
Bubble
memory
Power unit
PMC ROM
1)C output
PMC ROM cassette
1
01P17: Graphic display control
CPU
Memory
l
-
Spindle speed control circuit
position coder
- ROM
Reader /puncher
01P01: ROM/KAM
Main memory
Machine side
Tape reader unit
01F02: Peripheral control
Interface
: CRT/MD1 unit
01P03 Main CPU
Keyboard
CRT unit
PC CPU
Operator’s
panel
Mem-
Interface
orv
Main CPU
Interface
1
|
E/O
E/O
Punch
panel
O/E
:
0IP04: Main buffer
\
O/E
Reader/puncher
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
I/O unit
J
Interface
DO
DI
01P08; Axis CPU
Memory
CPU
Machine side
ROM
External position display (2nd)
t
Machine side
01P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
01P07: DSCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
01P09: Additional detector control
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale
Position detector
02P08: Axis CPU
Memoryj— —| CPU
-
~~j ROM |
02P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
02F09: Additional detector control
Position detector
Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale
Fig. 1.3.3 (a) 12 series system block diagram
When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A
(When 6 or less axes control, hybrid control, synchronous operation
or double check system is performed)
- 41
1.3.3
AC power
Input
To each unit
To additional control unit
unit
UOJ: Basic control unit
BMU
PSUl
Bubble
Power unit
memory
PMC
I
DC output
PMC ROM cassette
L
01P17: Graphic display control
Memory
--
CPU
Readcr/punchcr
ROM
Machine side
0 1 PO 1 : ROM/RAM
Main memory
Tape reader unit
Q1P02: Periphera1 control
Interface
01P03:
:
CRT/MDl unit
Main CPU
Keyboard
CRT unit
PC CPU
Memory
Operator's
panel
Interface
ilt
Main CPU
Interface
I
Reader/punchcr
ASR33
Punch
panel
{o£
E/O
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
E/O
: I/O unit
01P04: Main buffer
O/E
Interface
I
DO
D]
01PI0: Sub CPU
Memory
CPU
Machine side
ROM
External position display
Machine side
01P08: Axis CPU
Memory
CPU
ROM
015*06: Axis control
Velocity control
Motor
unit
Position control
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator,
pulse coder)
011*07: I)SCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
01P09: Additional detective control
Resolver inductosyn
Position detector
Optical scale, magne scale
01PI 3: Spindle control
Interface
'*ÿ
01T14: Additional buffer 1
To additional control unit
Fig. 1.3.3 (b) 12 series system block diagram
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
- 42
-
Spindle speed control circuit
position coder
External position display (3rd)
1.3.3
From input unit
U02; Additional control unit
PSU2
Power unit
01P15: Additional buffet 2
I
From basic control
unit
DC output
021*08: Axis CPU
I
Memotyj— j CPU|
\ ROM|
*
02P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Motor
Position control
Motor (resolver, lachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG interface
Induct osyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
02P07: Additional position detector
Resolver induct osyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
03P08: Axis CPU
Memory!—*—
CPU
T
ROM
03P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Motor
Position control
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
03P07: DSCG interface
lnduclosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
03P09: Additional position coder
Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
041*08: Axis CPU
CPU
Memory
ROM
D4P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
—
-—
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
04P07: DSCG inter face
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
04P09: Additional position detector
-
Position detector
Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
05P08: Axis CPU
h-0
Memory
\
ROM
|
05P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
05P07: DSCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
051*09: Additional position detector
Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Posilion detector
Fig. 1.3.3 (c)
12 series system block diagram
When using free-standing cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
- 43
1.3.3
To each units
Input unit
AC power
U01: Basic control unit
PSU1
BMU
Bubble
Power unit
memory
i
PMC ROM
DC output
PMC ROM cassette
L
1
01P17: Graphic display control
Memory
CPU
-r—
speed control circuit
- Spindle
position coder
ROM
-
01POl : ROM/RAM
Main memory
Rcadej/pnncher
Machine side
Tape reader unit
Q1PQ2: Pcripheratcontrol
Interface
MMC
PMC
CPU
I/F
CPU
ROM -
: 14” CRT/MDI
RAM
01P03: Main CPU
CRT unit
Keyboard
Operator’s
panel
DV/RV
B
DV/RV
Interface
HI
Main CPU
interface
] O/E
E/0
E/O
JJ
i
—
Punch r*
Readei/punchci
//
Manual pulse generator
:
01P04: Main buffer
\
(3rd)
I/O unit
O/E
Interface
fpol
DI
01P08; Axis CPU
Memory
CPU
Machine side
ROM
External position display (2nd)
Machine side
i
01P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)
(pulse coder)
01P07: DSCG interface
lnductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
01P09: Additional detector control
Resolver induct os yn
Position detector
optical scale,
magne scale
02PD8: Axis CPU
Memory
CPU
ROM
02P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG Interface
lnductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
O2F09: Additional detector control
Position detector
Resolver lnductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale
When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
control, hybrid control, synchronous operation or double check system is
performed)
Fig. 1.3.3 (d) 120 series system block diagram
-
44
1.3.3
AC power
To each unit
Input unit
To additional controlunit
U01: Basle control unit
BMU
PSU1
Bubble
Power unit
memory
\
PMC
DC output
PMC ROM cassette
01P17: Graphic display control
Memory
t
01P01:
Sleader/pu richer
ROM
CPU
Machine side
ROM/RAM
Main memory
Tape reader unit
01P02 : Peripheral control
Interface
MMC
PMC
CPU
i/F
CPU
01P03B: PMC
1 ROM h
] RAMV
CPU/MMCIF
:
01P03:
14’* CRT/MDI
Main CPU
CRT unit
Keyboard
Operator’s
panel
Memory
DV/RV
DV/RV
Interface
3
Interface
1
| Main CPU |
H/O
E/O
/E
Punch
panel
K
: I/O unit
01P04: Main buffer
fo/E >
Interface
DO
|
01P10: Sub CPU
Memory
Reader/punchcr
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
-
WJ
CPU
Machine side
ROM
External position display
Machine side
01P08; Axis CPU
Memory
j CPU |
-— —|ROM |
01P06: Axis control
Velocity control
unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogencrator,
pulse coder)
01P07: DSCG interface
Indue to syn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
01P09: Additional detective control
Resolver inductosy n
Position detector
Optical scale, magne scale
01Pi 3: Spindle control
Spindle speed control circuit
position coder
Interface
External position display (3rd)
01P14: Additional buffer 1
To additional control unit
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 9 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.3.3 (e) 120 series system block diagram
-
45
-
1.3.3
From input unit
1)02:
Additional controlunit
PSU2
Power unit
01PI 5: Additional buffer 2
T
From basic control
unit
DC output
02P08: Axis CPU
1
CPU
Memory
ft
ROM
ft
02P06: Axis control
Velocity conirol unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogencratoi)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG Interface
Indue tosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
02P07: Additional position detector
Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
03PO8: Axis CPU
CPU
Memory
ROM
03P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor {resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
03P07: DSCG interface
- Reference
[nductosy n preamplifier
interface
point approx, switch
03P09: Additional position coder
Resolver fnductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
04P08: Axis CPU
— CPU
Memory
ROM
04P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
Q4P07: DSCG interface
Indue tosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
04P09: Additional position detector
Resolver inductosyn
- 0pileal scale, magne scale
Position detector
05P08: Axis CPU
Memory
CPU
ROM
05P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit
Position control
Motor
Motor (resolver, tacliogenerator)
(pulse coder)
05P07: DSCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch
05P09: Additional position detector
Resolve; inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale
Position detector
When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.3.3 (f) 120 series system block diagram
-
46
1.3.3
AC input power
Connection unit
for operator’s panel
T
I
Power
supply
I
CP24
CP24
]
{ CDM
CM1
CM2 CM3 CM4
Lÿ_J L-ÿJ L-ÿJ
CMD
Sub
CPU
CD13
CD14
]
CA3
Main
CD 13 11
CRT/MDI
——
(NC main body)
Manual pulse generator (x3)
CD12
Serial interface
CPU
CD15
CD16
Printer
RAM tile
CA7
Battery unit
Floppy
interface
CNF
Floppy unit (For debug)
Fig. 1.3.3 (g)
14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series
47
r
Operator’s panel
Adapter
1.4
1.4 PCB and Units Table
Table 1.4 (a) PCB & units for 10/100 series only
Name
Master PCB
I/O
Abbreviation
Specification
A16B-1010-0040
Analog servo
A16B-1010-0190
Digital servo
DI/DO 1
A16B-1210-0320
DI/DO = 40/40
DI/DO
2
A16B-1210-0321
DI/D0
=
80/56
DI/D0 3
A16B-1210-0322
DI/DO
=
104/72
A20B-I00I-0240
DI/DO
=
40/40
A20B-1001-0241
DI/D0
=
80/56
A20B-1001-0242
DI/DO
=
104/72
A16B-1211-0290
Digital servo system
only
A16B-1211-0250
Digital servo
system only
Analog servo system
only
MASTER
Card
Remarks
(10T/M)
I/O
Card
(for 10TF)
ROM/ RAM board
ROM/ RAM
Small type CRT/
MDI interface
CRT/MDI
Optical Interface
OPT. INTERFACE
A16B-1210-0360
Option 1
OPTION 1
A16B-1210-0350
Additional Axis
Card
AD. AXS (P)
A16B-1210-0431
Additional Axis +
Additional ROM/RAM
ADD. AXIS /MEM
A16B-1210-0380
ADD. MEMORY
A16B-1210-0381
CRT/MDI
A16B-1210-0370
Additional
ROM/RAM
CRT/MDI
Switcher
CRT/MDI
Panel
INT
SWITCHER
Analog servo system
only
A20B-1001-0090
T keyboard
A20B-1001-0091
M keyboard
A98L-0001-0111
Sheet switch
A20B-1000-0842
Small CRT/MDI
panel soft key
A61L-0001-0079
Small, standard
CRT/MDI panel
common CRT unit
A13B-0056-C001
-
48
-
1.4
Name
Specification
Abbreviation
CRT/MDI
Panel
(for 10TF)
A20B-1000-0850
Controller
A20B-1001-0200
Keyboard
A20B-1000-0890
Soft key
A20B-1001-0160
Power supply
Power Supply PCB
A16B-1210-0510
PCB for Input Unit
A16B-1600-0090
-
Remarks
49
1.4
Table 1.4 (b) PCB 84 units for 11/110 series only
Name
Master PCB
ROM/RAM Board
Abbreviation
MASTER
ROM/RAM
Remarks
Specification
A16B-1010-0050
Analog servo system
A16B-1010-0200
Digital servo system
A16B-1210-0470
Analog servo system
A16B-12 11-029 1
Digital servo system
Additional Axis
(PP)
AD.AXS(P.P)
A16B-1 210-0430
Pulse coder x 2
Analog servo system
only
Additional Axis
(RP)
AD.AXS(R.P)
A16B-1210-0440
Resolver +
Pulse coder
Analog servo system
only
Additional Axis
AD.AXS(R,R)
A16B-1210-0450
Resolver x 2
Analog servo system
only
RES/IND
A16B-1210-0460
Analog servo system
only
(RR)
Resolver /Inductosyn Interface
Power Supply PCB
A16B-1210-0560
PCB for Input Unit
A16B-1600-0080
Tape Reader
A20B-0007-0750
Photoamplifier
Tape Reader 2
A20B-1001-0050
Controller
A20B-100 1-0060
Keyboard
CRT/MDI Panel
A20B-1000-0900
(14" for 11TTF)
Controller
A20B-1000-0990
A20B-1001-0200
Keyboard
A20B-1000-0890
Soft key
A20B-1001-0160
Power supply
A20B-0001-0074
CRT unit
- 50
-
1.4
Table 1.4(c) PCB & units common to 10/11/100/110
Name
Abbreviation
Specification
Remarks
A16B-1211-0270
Digital servo 2 axes
A16B-1 211-027 1
Digital servo 1 axis
A20B-1000-0913
(except 11TT)
PMC Cassette A
A20B-1000-09 10
4000 STEP
PMC Cassette B
A20B-1000-0920
16000 STEP
A16B-1210-0340
For PMC-I
A20B-1000-0800
Controller
A20B-1000-0970
Backboard
A20B-1001-0160
Power supply
A61L-0001-0079
CRT unit
Axis control
PCB
Interface
AXIS CONTROL
INT. CONVERTER
Converter
PMC RAM Board
PMC RAM 1
Standard CRT/MDI
Panel (9")
(10/11 series
only)
A13B-0056-C001
A20B-1000-0830
M keyboard
A20B- 1000-0831
T keyboard
A86L-0061-0110
Sheet switch
A20B-1000-0840
Horizontal soft key
A20B-1000-0841
Vertical soft key
Panel
A20B-1000-0850
Controller
(14")
(10/11 series
only)
A20B-1000-0870
Horizontal
keyboard M
A20B-1000-087 1
Horizontal
keyboard T
A20B-1000-0880
Vertical keyboard M
A20B-1000-0881
Vertical keyboard T
A20B- 1000-08 90
Horizontal soft key
A2 0B- 1000-0891
Vertical soft key
A20B-1001-0160
Power supply
A61L-0001-0074
CRT unit
CRT/MDI
-
51
1.4
Abbreviation
Name
Specification
Remarks
Connection Unit
for Operator's
Unit
A16B-1210-0480
DI/DO
=
96/64
A16B-12 10-0481
DI/DO
=
64/32
Connection Unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
Tape Reader 1
A20B-0007-0750
Photoamplif ier
A20B-0008-0280
Serial interface
A20B-1000-0472
Power supply
A14B-0075-B120
PPR
Conversational
function card
(for 10TF and
11TTF)
(for 11M graphic)
ACP
-
A20B-1000-0200
I/O controller
A20B-1000-0190
Power supply for
100 V AC
A20B-1000-0191
Power supply for
200 V AC
A13B-0117-C001
Switch unit
A16B-1210-0410
SDB CPO
A16B-1310-0300
MEMORY ( 10TF,
11TTF only)
A16B-1310-0301
MEMORY ( 1IMF)
A16B-1310-0310
MEMORY (11MF)
A16B-1310-0480
MEMORY (10TF,11TTF)
52
1.4
Table 1.4 (d) PCB & units list for 12 series
Module name
Cabinet
PCB
Name & function
specification
U01
(12 series)
A02B-0075-C001
U05
(120 series)
A02B-0075-C012
type
(Note 1)
Basic control unit
Control PCB is mounted
\
/Consisting of 2 kinds
of the back panel PCB
A16B-1010-0010 (12 series)
A16B-10 10-0230
(120 series)
A20B-1001-0100
.
Bu,
Group
(Note 2)
B
A,
B
(12/120 series)
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05
01P01
A16B-1210-0012
ROM/ RAM
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
Peripheral control
Spindle speed analog output
Position coder interface
Bu ,
B
A16B-1211-0600
01P02
A16B-1210-0080
... Reader/puncher
interface
speed DI/DO
. High
Tape reader interface
.
01P03
A16B-1210-0060 Main CPU
(12 series
only)
01P03A A16B-1211-0540
(120 series
only)
01P03B A16B-1211-0550
(120 series
only)
01P04
A16B-1210-0070
.
. Shared RAM
Main CPU
. PMC CPU
Main CPU-1
Main CPU
Shared RAM
Interface for
.
.
.
14" CRT/MDI
Main CPU-2
Main CPU
PMC CPU
.
.
. Interface for 14" CRT/MDI
Main buffer
Main buffer
Buffer of main bus and
peripheral bus
Buffer of main bus and
global bus
Position display control
(for 1st or 2nd)
Analog input interface
.
.
.
.
.
Note 1) The cabinet type is abbreviated as follows:
Bu
Built-in type cabinet
Free-standing type A cabinet
A
Free-standing type B cabinet
B
Note 2) The abbreviations are as follows:
Basic
B
Basic option
B.O.
0
Option
53
A,
B
1.4
Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05
01P05
PCB
Name & function
specification
A16B-1210-0090
Adapter
A16B-1210-0030
5
02P06
01P07
A16B-1210-0110
5
02P07
01P08
A16B-1210-0020
$
02P08
type
Group
. Buffer
Bu,
A
B.O.
Axis control
Position control 3 axes
(pulse coder, pulse input
detector, and resolver
inductosyn are available
as detectors. Resolver
inductosyn requires DSCG
interface)
Bu ,
B.O.
DSCG interface
Bu,
A,
B
0
Axis CPU
CPU
Bu ,
B.O.
. 1 pee
B
of global bus and
axis bus
01P06
Cabinet
.
.
Resolver, inductosyn
interface
memory for axis
. control
A,
B
A,
of this PCB can
control 3 axes
(The hybrid servo control,
double check system, and
synchronous operation are
possible)
01P09
A16B-1210-0180
5
Additional detector control
(DSCG)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
.
02P09
check system
inductosyn is
available as a position
detector
. Resolver
A16B-1210-0170
Additional detector control
(pulse input type)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
Pulse coder and pulse
input type detector is
available as a detector
.
.
54
Bu,
A,
B
0
1.4
Module name
PCB
specification
Cabinet
Name & function
type
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
01P10
A16B-1210-0100
Sub CPU
CPU memory for sequence
control when more than 7
axes are controlled
or U05
01P13
A16B-1210-0160
Spindle
(Used in the system where
sub-CPU is used)
Spindle analog output
Position coder interface
Position display control
(for 3rd)
.
Group
B
0
.
.
.
01P 14
A16B-1210-0250
Additional buffer 1
, Buffer to expand the
global bus to the
additional control unit
B
B
A20B-1000-0910
PMC ROM cassette
64 kB
ROM for PMC
Bu,
A,
B,
B.O.
A20B-1000-0920
PMC ROM cassette
128 kB
ROM for PMC
A20B-1000-0913
Interface converter
ROM for PMC
16 kB
A87L-0001-0017
Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (60 m)
Bu,
A,
B.
B.O.
A87L-0001-0084
Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (320 m)
A87L-0001-0085
Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (640 m)
01P16
0 IP 17
PMC
ROM
BMU
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
A87L-000 1-0086
Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (1280 m)
.
.
A87L-0001-0100
#8M
Bubble memory
. Memorize
parameter
. Part programm) memory
edit (2560
55
&
1.4
Module name
PCB
BMU
PCS
A87L-0001-0100
#12M
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05
Cabinet
Name & function
specification
type
Group
Bubble memory
. Memorize parameter
. Part program memory
&
edit. (3840 m)
A87L-0001-0100 Bubble memory
#16M
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
.
.
PSU1
U02
A20B-1000-0770
A02B-0075-C002
edit (5120 m)
Power unit
.
Supply the DC voltage to
basic control unit
Additional control unit
for 4th
or subsequent axis
position control when
more than 7 axes are
. PCB is mounted
Bu,
B
A,
B
B
B
controlled.
Consisting of 2 kinds
of back panel PCBs
A16B-1010-0020
A20B-1001-0180
PCB
mounted
in addi¬
tional
control
unit U02
A16B-1210-0030
Axis control
B
B.O.
A16B-1210-0110
DSCG interface
B
0
A16B-1210-0020
Axis CPU
B
B.O.
A16B-1210-0180
Additional detector control
(DSCG)
B
0
A16B-1210-0170
Additional detector control
(pulse input type detector)
01P15
A16B-1210-0260
Additional buffer 2
Buffer to receive the
global bus from basic
control unit
.
B
B
PSU2
A20B-1000-0770
Power unit
Supply DC voltage to
additional control unit
B
B
02P06
5
05P06
02P07
$
05P07
02P08
5
05P08
02P09
$
05P09
.
56
1.4
Module name
PCB
specification
A03B-0801-C001
PCB
Cabinet
Name & function
type
Built-in type I/O unit
I/O PCB is mounted
5 pcs
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output
.
...
..
IF01A
A16B-1310-0020
Interface module
Interface between basic
control unit and built-in
type I/O unit
ID99A
A20B-1000-0750
Input module
Low speed input 48 points
Used as a receiver of
contact signal
.
.
ID99B
A20B-1000-0751
Input module
High speed input 48
points
Used as a receiver of
photo coupler, etc.
mounted
in
built-
Group
Bu,
A,
B
B.O.
B
0
.
in
type
I/O unit
.
.
OD99A
A20B-1000-0760
Output module
. Contactless
output 32
points
A03B-0801-C001
.
t
PCB
IF01B
Built-in type additional
I/O unit
I/O PCB is mounted
5 pcs
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output
A16B-1210-0030
mounted
in
built-
...
..
Interface module
Interface between builtin type I/O unit and
.
built-in additional
unit
in
type
addi¬
ID99A
A20B-1000-0750
Input module
ID99B
A20B-1000-0751
Input module
OD99A
A20B-1000-0760
Output module
tional
I/O unit
-
57
I/O
1.4
Module name
PCB
Name & function
specification
Cabinet
type
Group
A14B-0076-B201
Input unit
Power ON/OFF control
circuit, power magnetic
contactor and fuses are
mounted
.
Bu
B
A14B-0076-B206
Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is not installed in
the free-standing type A
cabinet)
A
B.O.
A14B-0076-B207
Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or less)
A14B-0076-B208
Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or more)
A14B-0076-B205
Input unit
B
B
A16B- 1600-0080
Input unit PCB
(Commonly used in the input
unit for built-in type
cabinet, and free-standing
cabinet type A and B)
A20B-1001-0210
Input unit PCB
(Used in the input unit for
free-standing type B
Bu,
A,
B
0
cabinet)
A02B-0075-C003
Punch panel
Connection to ASR33
.
. Connection
to
reader/
puncher interface device
58
-
1.4
Name
CRT/MDI
unit
(12 series only)
A02B-0076-C022
Cabinet
Remarks
Specification
9" horizontal
type
type
for 12T
A02B-0076-C025
9" horizontal
Bu,
A,
B
type
for 12M
A02B-0076-C042
9" vertical
type for
12T
Exter¬
nal
type
A02B-007 6-C062
14" horizontal
type
for 12T (color)
A02B-0076-C063
14" horizontal type
for 12M (color)
A02B-0076-C082
14" vertical
type for
12T (color)
9" CRT/
Control PCB
A20B-1000-0800
MDI unit
compo¬
Back board
A20B-1000-0970
Power
A20B-1001-0160
CRT unit
A13B-0056-C001
Key board
A20B-1000-0831
For 12T
A20B-1000-0832
For 12M
A20B-1000-0840
For horizontal type
A20B-1000-0841
For vertical type
nent
PCB
Soft key
PCB
59
Group
B.O.
1.4
Name
14" CRT/
Remarks
Specification
Control PCB
A20B-1000-0850
Power
A20B-1001-0160
CRT unit
A61L-0001-0074
Keyboard
A20B-1000-0871 Horizontal type for
12T
Cabinet
type
Group
MDI unit
compo¬
nent
PCB
Soft key
A20B-1000-0872
Horizontal type for
12M
A20B-1000-0881
Vertical type for 12T
A20B-1000-0890
Horizontal type
A20B-1000-0891
Vertical type
A16B-1210-0480
DI 96 points,
DO 64 points
A16B-1210-0481
DI 64 points,
DO 32 points
A13B-0070-B001
Without reels
PCB
Connection unit for
operator panel
Exter¬
nal
0
type
Tape reader
Bu,
A,
A13B-0080-B001
With reels
Tape
reader
compo¬
Photo
amplifier
A20B-0007-0750
Without reels
nent
Control PCB
A20B-1001-0050
With reels
Keyboard
A20B-1001-0060
With reels
60
B
B.O.
1.4
Table 1.4 (e> 14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series
Name
Remarks
Specification
lV'CRT/MDI unit
A02B-0087-C200
14”
Main CPU
A20B-1001-0830
Sub CPU
A20B- 1001-0840
CRT/MDI
unit
compo¬
nent
ROM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0860
ROM file (1 MB)
A20B-1001-0870
RAM file (128KB) A20B- 100 1-0880
RAM file (256KB) A20B-1001-0881
RAM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0882
Bubble memory
(512KB)
A20B-1001-09 11
Bubble memory
(1MB)
A20B-1001-0910
Floppy
interface
A20B-1001-0901
Power supply
A20B-1001-0930
Back panel
A20B-1001-0920
Key board
A86L-0001-0130
Floppy unit terminal
board
A20B-1002-0060
ROM file adapter
A20B-1002-0110
61
For debug.
For ROM file and PMC writer
1.4
Table 1.4 (f) PCB & unit for
I/O unit (common to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series)
Remarks
Specification
Name
BU10A
A03B-0801-C009
I/O
unit back panel (for 10 pcs)
BU08A
A03B-0801-C004
1/0
unit back panel (for 8 pcs)
BU06A
A03B-0801-C006
1/0
unit back panel (for 6 pcs)
BU04A
A03B-0801-C007
I/O
unit back panel (for 4 pcs)
Power module
POW
A16B-1310-0010
Common to main unit and
200 VAC input
I/O interface
IF01A
A03B-0801-C101
Optical signal -*ÿ 1/0 bus,
electric signal
I/O bus
IF01B
A03B-0801-C102
1/0 bus extension
IF04C
A03B-0801-C103
Optical signal extension
0D64A
A03B-0801-C141
DO=64
0D32A
A03B-0801-C140
DO=32
OD64B
A03B-0801-C113
DO=64
OD32B
A03B-0801-C112
D0=32
OD16B
A03B-0801-C111
D0=16
OD08B
A03B-0801-C110
D0= 8
0D16C
A03B-0801-C115
DO=16
OD08C
A03B-0801-C114
D0= 8
OA16D
A03B-0801-C117
00=16
OA08D
A03B-0801-C116
DO= 8
OA16E
A03B-0801-C119
D0=16
OA08E
A03B-0801-C118
D0= 8
ID 64 A
A03B-0801-C133
DI=64
24VDC/20mS
ID32A
A03B-0801-C132
DI=32
non insula¬
tion
ID16A
A03B-0801-C131
DI=16
ID08A
A03B-0801-C130
DI= 8
I/O base
unit
module
Output module
24M8VDC/
0. 125A
Input module
-
62
-
I/O unit
Connection
via
connectors
24ÿ48VDC/
0.25A
24ÿ48VDC/
0.5A
Connection
via terminals
24ÿ48VDC/
2A
120VAC/1.6A
240VAC/1.6A
Connection
via
connectors
Connection
via terminals
1.4
Name
Input module
(cont ' d)
Remarks
Specification
ID64B
A03B-0801-C137
DI=64
ID32B
A03B-0801-C136
DI=32
ID16B
A03B-0801-C135
DI=16
ID08B
A03B-0801-C134
DI= 8
ID64C
A03B-0801-C123
DI=64
24VDC/2mS
non insula¬
Connection
via
tion
connectors
Connection
via terminals
24VDC/20mS
insulation
Connection
via
ID32C
A03B-0801-C122
DI=32
connectors
ID16C
A03B-0801-C121
DI=16
Connection
via terminals
ID08C
A03B-0801-C120
DI= 8
ID64D
A03B-0801-C127
DI=64
24VDC/2mS
Insulation
Connection
via
ID 3 2D
A03B-0801-C126
Dl=32
connectors
ID16D
A03B-0801-C125
DI=16
Connection
ID08D
A03B-0801-C124
DI= 8
IA16E
A03B-0801-C129
DI=16
via terminals
120VAC/30ms
insulation
Positioning
module
(software is
IA08E
A03B-0801-C128
PT01A
A03B-0801-C05 1
Connection
via terminals
DI= 8
necessary)
A03B-0801-J501
Positioning
module control
Software for positioning module
#775
4
Analog input
module
AD04A
A03B-0801-C052
Analog input
Analog output
module
DA03A
A03B-0801-C055
Analog output = 3
DA02A
A03B-0801-C053
Analog output = 2
CT01A
A03B-0801-C054
Pulse input
PCB for power
input unit
A16B-1600-0090
200VAC input
PCB for addi¬
A2 OB- 1001-0210
200VAC input
Pulse counter
module
tional power
input unit
63
=
= 1
2.
2. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
10/11/12/100/110/120 series is designed for ease of maintenance, such as
reduction of regular check points, easy adjustment, etc. It is also important
that the user make the departments concerned fully aware of the concept of
preventive maintenance in order to keep the NC machine tool in good condition.
Preventive maintenance includes the following:
Routine check and adjustment.
Arrangement of maintenance tools.
Main spare parts.
.
.
.
2.1 Periodic Maintenance
(1) Tape reader cleaning
(a) Tape reader without reels
Item
Cleaning point
Reference
drawing
Cleaning
period
Surface of read head
(light sensing part)
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Daily
2
Surface of read head
(light emitting part)
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Daily
3
Tape retainer
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Daily
1
CD
Cleaning method
Cleaning with gauze or
thin brush with pure
alcohol
.
(D
©
4
Tape path
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Daily
©
5
Capstan roller
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Weekly
<D
6
Guide roller
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Weekly
©
7
Pinch roller
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Weekly
©
8
9
Assembly under tape
path plate
Fig. 2.1 (a)
Inside tape reader
Fig. 2.1 (b)
cover
Monthly
Clean with cloth or a
brush.
©
64
Monthly
2.1
&
*sw
••
•
‘
•
•
4
wm&m
: x§'V
r
:
-VO 09
—*=f
,
1
'
JV)
F
•
\
.
h
Si
J£*)
/*
XV
i
•_F
BM
m
FM
•7
V
'Brake magnet
iV8 60 ~0 O’G 0 -V 0 0 4
6
JTjfe
8
(A13B-0070-B001)
Fig. 2.1 (a) Tape reader without reels front view (with cover removed)
—(ft
C
9
Fig. 2.1 (b) Tape reader without reels side view
65
2.1
(b) Tape reader with reels
Reference
drawing
Cleaning point
Item
Cleaning
period
Surface of read head
(light sensing part)
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Daily
Surface of read head
(light emitting part)
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Daily
3
Tape retainer
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Daily
4
Tape path
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Daily
5
Capstan roller
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Weekly
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Weekly
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Weekly
Assembly under tape
path plate
Fig. 2.1 (c)
Monthly
Inside tape reader
cover
Fig. 2.1 (d)
1
2
©
CD
©
©
6
Guide roller
Cleaning method
Clean with gauze or a
thin brush with pure
alcohol.
©
7
Pinch roller
©
8
9
Clean with cloth or a
brush.
©
Monthly
s'-'\
i?
©
m
:
—
.
'
.
or-i
um
®
1
liiili
O ©
pi
Jk
TAPE P/
)m
wa
S'
V
\
:
.
.
•;
«
mmj
lfaisi
'
©
:- - -
1i
ag
MS#®
1
vV::.
ililifc
© ©:
AUTOS; s
® .-REELALARM
0
ON:
RESFE
s'
Slllp;:.'
111©
Fig. 2.1 (c) Tape reader with reels front view {with cover removed)
-
66
-
fiB
*
,, ,
2.1
:
9
Fig. 2.1 (d) Tape reader with reels side view
(2) Tape reader lubrication
a) Tape reader without reel
The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item
1
Period
Lubrication point
Magnetic section
See Fig. 2.1 (a) (7)
Light machine oil
Lubrication
(Note) _
Amount
3 months
Light machine
oil
1 drop
1 year
Rocol paste
Sufficient to
form a thin
film
Rocol paste
67
2.1
b) Tape reader with reels
The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item
1
Lubrication point
Magnetic section
See Fig. 2.1 (e> (J)
Period
Lubrication
(Note)
3 months
Light machine
_
Araoun t
1 drop
oil
Light maclune oil
Rocol paste
Sufficient to
form a thin
film
6 months
Rocol oil
2 V 3 drops
ch
Rocol paste
2
1 year
See Fig. 2.1 (e)(2)
Guide roller
Rocol oil
i
/
/
3
10
Tension arm guide roller
See Fig. 2.1 (f)(3)
6 months
Rocol oil
J.
68
Rocol oil
2ÿ3
drops
2.1
3
3
M
!V>-i
\
m
gg :
V
>4-iS )
'ÿS'
•'
m
m
r'* X?
mm
\
;
!
!
g
i ifefffiassffisSil
&-R -Si
Iilw
:
»gm
©
Rgtl QH
fl£tFA$E
MASH
©
ft££v OFF.
FORMftO
Stc-C*
:
If
iSil* ,
\J
V
ftEW.NO.
Fig. 2.1 (e) Tape reader with reels front view
(Note) Lubricant
Manufacturer
Name
Item
1
Rocol oil (ROCOL ASO)
ROCOL CO., Ltd. (U.K. )
2
Rocol Paste (ROCOL ASP)
ROCOL CO. , Ltd. (U.K.)
3
Luna oil
Nippon Sekiyu
Refer to appendix 18 about characteristics of oil.
(3) Air Filter cleaning (For free-standing type cabinet only)
When the air filter installed at the bottom rear of the equipment is dusty,
the dust collection efficiency will drop, and the temperature in the equip¬
Therefore, the filter must be cleaned weekly as follows:
ment will rise.
a) Remove the fastener and air filter from the bottom rear of the equipment.
b) Blow the air filter out with compressed air from the inside while shaking
the filter lightly.
c) When the filter is very dirty, wash it in a neutral cleaner with pressure
and then dry in the shade. (At this time, do not wash it by rubbing.)
Wash it with pressure in a neutral cleaner and water (about 40°C or
104°F) (cleaner 5%; water 95%), then rinse in clear water.
69
2.1
A
A
o
o
Air filter
(4) Check and Cleaning of Motor Brush
a) Check and clean the motor brush as
abnormally worn due to neglect, the
If the motor brush is
can be damaged as a result;
follows.
motor
therefore, be sure to check the motor brush periodically.
i) Periodic checks should be made at the intervals listed below.
When using a general machine tool (lathe, milling machine, machine
center, etc.): Once a year.
When using a machine tool with a high frequency of acceleration/
deceleration (turret punch press, etc.): Every two months
However, it is recommended that the check interval be determined
by judging the actual wear of the motor brush.
ii) Confirm that the power supply to the DC servo motor (machine) is OFF.
Immediately after the DC servo motor has been operated, the brush may
be hot. In such case, make the check after the brush is completely
cooled
iii) Remove the brush cap, as shown in Fig. A, using a screwdriver which
fits the slot.
iv) After taking out the brush, measure (visually) the length of the brush
(see Fig. B)
If the length of the remaining brush is shorter than 10
mm (5 mm for model 00M) , the brush can no longer be used. Taking this
into consideration, make a judgement as to whether the brush can be
used until the next check and, if necessary, replace the brush.
v) Check the brush carefully. If any deep groove or scar is found on the
contact surface of the brush, or if any mark of arcing is seen on the
brush spring; replace the brush. If this occurs, check the brush
occasionally for about a month after the replacement; if this recurs
during this period, contact our nearest service office.
.
.
.
.
70
-
2.1
vi) Blow off the dust in every brush holder with compressed air (factory
air), and the dust will come out through another brush holder. Before
using the compressed air, confirm that the air does not contain iron
dust or a large amount of moisture.
vii) After the check, put back the brush and tighten the brush cap
completely. Be careful as sometimes the brush spring may be caught in
between the conducting metal and brush holder and the brush cap may
not go in correctly make sure that all the brush caps are tightened
into the respective brush holders to almost the same level.
When putting the brush into the brush holder, sometimes the brush
cannot slide smoothly due to brush dust which adhered to the inside
surface of the brush holder. In such a case, clean the inside surface
(Take care not
of the brush holder with the tip of a screwdriver.
scratch the commutator surface.)
viil) When replacing the brush, use a brush similar (in quality, shape,
etc.) to the existing one. After replacement of the brush, run the DC
servo motor without load for a while to fit the brush surface to the
commutator surface.
Length of brush
Brush
I
I
I
1
Ui
Brush holder
I
Brush cap
Fig. A Structure of brush holder
Motor model
L
Length of
new brush
Usable length
Model
00M
10 mm
5 m
Model
0L, 5L, 0M,
5M, 10M, 20M,
30M, 30MH
19 mm
10 m
Fig. B Brush length
-
71
2.1
(5) Cleaning of heat exchange
The heat exchange and fan motors should be cleaned periodically.
If they are contaminated with dust, mist, or foreign substances, the heat
exchanging capacity may deteriorate, or fan motor trouble may occur.
The cleaning interval differs according to the installation environment of
the units.
Clean them at least once a every year; or clean more frequently according to
the environmental circumstances.
a) External view of unit
i) A type cabinet
The mounting face of
the heat exchange is
open, and the heat
exchange can be cleaned
from the outside of
the cabinet
.
(free-standing
0
Air outlet
Fan motor
type,
built-in type 1,
unbundled type)
N
Air inlet
Rear view
ii) B type cabinet
The heat exchange is
mounted at the coupling
joint with the machine
tool, and it cannot be
cleaned from the outside
of the cabinet.
L
Air outlet
(10M/11M built-in
Fan motor
(Mounted inside the heat
exchange)
type 2, etc.)
(Clean the heat exchange
of this type from
the interior of the cabinet
after opening the door)
\
\
Air inlet
Rear view
72
-
2.1
b) Preliminary work for cleaning
Turn off the power supply before starting the following work.
Before cleaning, blow compressed air through the air inlet.
For the i)-A type cabinet: detach the fan motor together with its
mounting plate, detach the protective caps from the terminal board
mounted at the innermost part of the heat exchange, and disconnect the
power cables of the fan motors.
Fan motor
Power cable
For the ii)-B type cabinet:
open the front door, and detach the unit
mounted in front of the fan motor.
these units, see Chapter 7For
instructions on how to remove
"Replacement of PCB and Units".
The mounting structures of the fan motors in the heat exchange are
divided into the fan motor rear plate mounting type (the mounting plate
and fan motor are separated from each other) and the fan unit type (the
mounting plate and fan motor are assembled together)
Remove the blind plate from the former or remove the fan unit from the
latter
Disconnect the power cable
Ground wire Power cable
and grounding wire from
the terminal board.
Detach the blind plate or
A1
fan unit by removing mounting
\
.
.
.
.
screws
.
l
Terminal board
. Detach the protective caps
.
/
from the terminal board; then,
disconnect the fan motor power
cables in case of the fan motor
rear plate mounting type.
Unscrew mounting screws and
remove the fan motor.
Blind plate or
fan unit
Protective cap
1
!
Power cable
73
Fan motor
2.1
c) Cleaning method
i) Cleaning of fan motors
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the fan motors,
terminal board, fan mounting plate, and other parts by using a brush
or other cleaning tool.
If they cannot be removed easily, wipe them off with a damp cloth
after wetting the cloth with water containing a neutral detergent.
Be careful not to allow detergent to go into the fan motor rotors and
other electric parts.
Completely dry the fan motors if water or detergent was used.
ii) Cleaning of heat exchange
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the interior of
the heat exchange through the mounting opening of the detached fan
motors or fan unit by using dry waste or something similar.
d) Installation
After cleaning the fan motors and heat exchange, remount the fan motors
or fan unit, blind plate, and other parts, and connect the power cables
Be sure to fully cover the terminals with their
to the terminals.
protective caps.
Mount the units which have been removed in the preliminary work for
cleaning to their specified mounting places.
Be particularly careful not to connect the cable connectors incorrectly.
(Note) If defective, replace the fan motor. Mount the protective caps as
illustrated below. (If protective caps are not mounted correctly,
a leak may occur. )
i) Pass the protective cap through each lead wire of the fan motor before
attaching the crimp-style terminal.
Protective cap
I"
"(}
Lead wire
Crimp-style terminal
ii) Fully cover the terminals with protective caps,
Protective cap
Through type terminal
board
Lead wire
74
-
2.2
2.2 Maintenance Equipment
The following equipments are recommended.
1) Measuring instruments
Instrument
AC voltmeter
Requirements
Usage
AC power-supply voltage
can be measured with a
tolerance of +2% or
Measurement of AC powersupply voltage
.
downward
DC voltmeter
Maximum degree of 10 V,
30 V Tolerance of +2% or
downward (digital volt¬
meter may be required.)
Phase rotation meter
Oscilloscope
Measurement of DC power-
supply voltage
Check of connection
sequence of AC 3-phase
Input power
Frequency bandwidth of
5 MHz or upward, 2
Adjustment of tape reader
photoamplifier, etc.
channels
2) Tools
+ screw driver: large, medium and small
screw driver: large, medium and small
3) Chemicals
Tape reader cleaning liquid (pure alcohol) and oil.
2,3
Main Spare Parts
Always keep the following parts on hand:
o Fuses (see Appendix 17)
o Motor brush (see Appendix 14)
As required, provide P.C.Bs and units.
o P.C.B. and unit (see Table 1.4)
o Primary parts of the velocity control unit (see Appendix 13)
75
3.
3. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedures
Troubleshooting procedures are classified below, according to the status
failing NC.
1) No power can be turned on
Section
2) Nothing is displayed on CRT screen after power is turned on
Section
3) Troubleshooting by alarm
Section
4) LEDs on the master PCB light
Section
5) Jog operation is not possible
Section
6) Manual pulse generator does not operate
Section
7) Synchronous feed or feed per revolution is not possible.
Section
8) Tape reader does not operate normally
Section
9) Automatic operation is not possible
Section
10) Spindle binary analog output voltage is abnormal
Section
11) Analog output voltage linearity is not possible
Section
12) Reader/puncher interface do not operate normally
Section
13) Stop position does not coincide with reference point
Section
in reference point return
.....
....
...
....
....
.
.
....
....
....
....
... .
....
....
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)
System error
Power supply voltage checking
.
Tape reader photo-amplifier adjustment
Connection diagram inside the NC
Status display by self-diagnostic function
Block diagram and standard setting of servo system
Confirmation of connections between NC and servo unit
Motor normal connection and reverse CONNECTION
Troubleshooting for servo unit
Error display and its contents of I/O unit
.
| Survey on Trouble Phenomena
....
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
of the
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
3.3.14
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
1
Inform our Service Center of checked data on the following items, when trouble
occurrs
1) Phenomena
i) Mode in which the trouble occurred
ii) Position where the trouble occurred
iii) Alarm number
iv) Trouble frequency
v) Amount of error in the position
vi) Display of the position when trouble occurrs
2) Other information
i) Software series and edition number displayed on the CRT when the power is
turned on (see Subsec. 3.3.2)
ii) Parameter contents
Inform our Service Center of the results of a comparison between the
parameter table attached to the NC and the parameters set in the NC.
iii) Program contents and cutter compensation values for automatic operation
iv) Contents of other items if checked
.
3.2 Error Message
See error meassage table of a separate volume (B-54810E).
76
3.3
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures
3.3.1 No power can be turned on
Item
1
Check points
Cause of trouble
No input power
supply is con¬
nected to NC.
Countermeasures
1
See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that
input unit pilot lamp PIL
(green LED) is ON.
2
When PIL is OFF, make sure
that input power is supplied
at input unit power-supply
terminal TP1.
3
When power is supplied at
input unit TP1 and pilot lamp
is OFF, see Sec, 3.4. fuses
FI, F2 or F3 are considered
blown out
Remove blowout
causes and
replace fuses.
.
See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that
input unit alarm lamp ALM (red
LED) is OFF. When ON, remove
the cause (see Appx, 12 for
details) and press POWER OFF
button once; then press
POWER ON button.
2
Alarm lamp is ON.
1
3
OFF contact of
external powersupply ON/OFF is
faulty.
Make sure that EOF and COM are
shorted at input unit terminal
4
POWER OFF switch
on CRT/MDI unit
is faulty.
1
Make sure that POWER OFF
button contact is closed.
2
Make sure that two pins
are shorted in input unit.
5
POWER ON switch on
CRT/MDI unit is
faulty
.
j-OFF *"1
1 Make sure that pressing POWER
ON button closes the contact.
2
Make sure that pressing POWER
ON button short circuit two
pins
6
in input unit.
Replace the input
unit
Input unit is
faulty.
.
77
3.3.3
3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply
If no display appears on CRT screen after power is turned on, a faulty point can
be checked by the display conditions of 7-segment LED on the master PCB
(10/11 series) or LED on the each PCB in the control unit (12 series). For
details see 3,3.4.
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number
1) SR590
TH error (Tape Horizontal error)
If a tape code which is not covered in the code table is detected during the
significant information section of an NC tape (other than the section from
When the
control out to in), the readout operation of tape is stopped.
control unit is executing the previous block, it stops after completion of
the block, and SR590 is displayed on CRT.
The block in error is invalid, and is not executed.
The alarm condition is reset by pressing the RESET button,
Locate the cause according to the following information obtainable through
the diagnostic function.
No.
Meaning of data
Display
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER)
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER)
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)
If TH alarm occurs, the position of
the character in TH alarm is dis¬
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in front)
F
The readout code of the character in
TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in front)
F
If TH alarm occurs, the position of
the character in TH alarm is dis¬
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in back)
B
The readout code of the character in
TH alarm is displayed by the bit
(TH alarm in back)
pattern.
B
Causes and countermeasures
o Contamination of NC tape and tape reader
Clean NC tape.
Clean the tape reader.
o Tape setting failure NC tape is set upside down;
Reset the NC tape correctly.
o Punching error of NC tape
Correct NC tape.
2) Alarm number
SR591 TV error (Tape Vertical error)
If during parity check, an odd number of characters are in a block (from the
character next to EOB) , the control unit will execute the preceding block,
(The tape stops on the next character to
stopping after completion of it.
the EOB of the erroneous block.)
,,SR591’' is displayed the CRT.
Alarm status is reset by pressing the reset button.
Error block is ignored.
78
-
3.3.3
This TV checking function can be made effective by setting the parameter.
Countermeasures
o Something (a space symbol, for example) that is ignored by the NC should be
punched before *(EOB) code for odd-numbered holes. The tape punched out by
CNC is checked by the TV check.
The number of characters in one block must be made an even number.
o If this lamp lights up with an even number of characters punched, the tape
reader may be misreading. Clean the reading section of the tape reader or
the NC tape.
3) PS200 Pulse coder synchronous error
The one-revolution signal of the pulse coder was not applied in reference
point return, or the feed rate is too low.
When using a pulse coder, after turning on the power or resetting an
emergency stop, the reference counter is synchronized with the one-revolution
The following
signal when the first reference point return is performed.
conditions are required to catch the same edge of the 1 revolution signal:
a)
The position deviation (DGN No. 3000) should be 128 or more.
b)
After
the position deviation amount
has
exceeded 128
the
one-revolution signal should be input at least once before the
deceleration dog is separated again.
The one-revolution signal is not used during the second or subsequent
reference point return. This alarm check is not made.
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Feedrate is too
low.
Check points
Perform reference point return
under the same conditions in
which the alarm occurred.
Confirm that the position
deviation is 128 or more by
using the self-diagnostic func¬
tion (DGN 3000)
The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the dece¬
leration dog.
.
2
The start point
of the reference
Check the distance from the
start point to the reference
point return is
too close to the
reference point.
point
.
Countermeasures
Increase the feed
.
When the
rate
position gain is
30 sec
a feed
rate of at least
300 mm/min is
necessary
.
The distance from
the start point to
the reference
point must be
equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions
3
Source voltage for
the pulse coder is
too low.
4
Defective pulse
.
The source voltage of the pulse
coder should be 4.75 V or more.
(Remove the pulse coder cover
and measure the source voltage
terminals on the
at the + and
pulse coder board.)
Cable loss must be
0.2 V or less
including both
sides of 5 V and
0 V.
Replace the pulse coder.
Replacement
.
Replace the master PCB.
Replacement
.
coder.
5
Defective master
PCB.
79
-
3.3.3
4) OT007
0T008
+
-
OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, the above
alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes stop in auto operation. In
manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on stops.
To stop the movable part of the machine tool, two limit switches (LSI, LS2)
are provided on each axis in each direction as shown in the figure below.
Feed rate
LSI
2
Position
LS2
This alarm
operates, the feed is stopped after deceleration.
message is displayed on CRT.
(LS2 operates only when
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped.
LSI malfunctions)
o When LSI
Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures
1
Check the reference point setting for errors; then, correct the program.
Check the program for errors; then, correct the program.
2
Release
a) When only LSI operates
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation (Jog, Step
or Handle) in the opposite direction (safe side) to separate it from the
limit switch. Push the RESET key on the MDI panel.
(Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved in the
opposite direction only.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Follow the same instructions given for LSI.
(Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 in operation,
the movable part is movable in both directions by manual operation.
Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved when LSI has
malfunctioned.
5) OTOOl
I
OT006
+
OVERTRAVEL (S0FT1)
-
OVERTRAVEL
I
I
(S0FT3)
1r
J
Stored Stroke limit alarm
When a machine reaches stored stroke limit, one of these messages is
indicated on the CRT screen. When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes
In manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on
stop in auto operation.
stops
.
Cause of trouble
a) Program miss
b) Setting of stored stroke limit is abnormal.
Countermeasures
o The movable part of the machine tool can
.
be moved in the opposite
direction.
o If the movable part of the machine tool can not be moved, push the
emergency stop button and command G23 (Stored Stroke Limit Function OFF).
If the setting value is in error, correct the setting value and return to
reference point.
80
3.3.3
Confirm
Check the actual machine position (position on machine coordinate system)
from the reference point displayed on CRT screen.
(Note)
stored stroke check 1 invalid until the
end after turning on the power, in the
following operation should be done.
To
make
return
Operating procedure
_
(i) Turn on the power while pressing | ~
(li)
and
|
*
| keys.
It is attached to IPL mode and the following menu is displayed on the
screen :
IPL
1 CUMP MEMORY
2
3 CLEAR FILE
4 SETTING
5
6 END IPL
(iil)
Key is
[T] [
(iv)
Key in
[¥]
(v)
|
reference point
10 series, the
INPUT | to select
in response
to
"4 SETTING"
the question "CHECK SOFT 0T AT POWER ON?"
The menu described in (ii) is displayed on the CRT,
to change IPL mode.
Key in
|~6 |
| INPUT 1
6) SV023 SV overload
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Check points
Check if OVERLOAD lamp lights
when turning on NC power
supply.
Countermeasures
Connection/ setting
.
failure
Proceed to item 6
or 7.
Check to see if thermal relay
of M series velocity control
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )
Proceed to item 2
or 3.
Check to see if radiation fins
of AC servo velocity control
(M series
unit are overheated.
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)
Proceed to item 2.
Check thermostat of servo
transformer functions.
Proceed to item 2
or 4.
Check thermostat of regenera¬
tive discharge unit functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Check thermostat of AC servo
Proceed to item 2.
motor functions.
81
3.3.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
Overload of motor
Check points
Countermeasures
Measure the motor current.
The continuous rated current
is as specified below:
M series servo
00M
4A
OM
7A
9A
5M
10M
12A
20M
18A
30M
24A
AC servo
30R
4-0
0.93A
29A
3-0
0.93A
3A
2-0
2.9A
1-0
0
4.6A
6.8A
5
11A
10
20
20A
30
22A
Reduce the cutting
condition. If the
continuous rated
current exceeds
the specified
value during idle
feed. Adjust the
machine tool.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
. ..
...
...
...
...
3
Setting failure of
thermal relay of M
series servo
Check to see if the thermal
relay is set to the continuous
rated current value of the
motor specified in item 2.
Reset the thermal
relay setting.
4
Thermostat of
servo transformer
is defective.
If thermostat functions when
the surface temperature of
transformer is lower than
Replace trans¬
former
.
60°C, it's defective.
5
6
Excessive regene¬
rative energy
Wiring failure
1) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the
positioning frequency
exceeds 1ÿ2 times/sec in
rapid traverse. Check that
no alarm occurs when this
frequency is reduced.
Reduce the accele¬
ration/decelera¬
tion frequency by
inserting a pause
time
.
2) Counter balance on machine
tool side.
Correct the
Check to see if the following
wiring is correct.
o NC (CV1 -v )
velocity control unit (CN1)
o Servo transformer
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o AC servo motor
- velocity control unit (CN5)
Correct wiring.
-
-
82
counter balance.
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
7
Setting failure on
velocity control
Check to see if setting pin S20
is set as specified in M series
servo. Check to see if setting
pin SI is set as specified in
AC servo.
Reset pin S20 or
SI, as specified.
unit PCB
7) SV000 TACHOGENERATOR DISCONNECT
a) For M series servo
Item
1
2
3
Cause of trouble
Checking points
The motor power
cable is not con¬
nected to termi¬
nals (5), (6), (7)
or (8) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.
If the alarm occurs when a
motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.
PCB setting is
incorrect
Check the setting according to
section 6.2. "Setting and ad¬
M
justment of PCB
ting.
Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.
Measure the velocity feedback
voltage between check terminals
CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (GND) with an
oscilloscope. Verify whether
the voltage is being inter¬
rupted.
Repair the cable
carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (i.e. ,
.
Countermeasures
Correct the power
cable connection.
Adjust the set¬
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.
b) For AC servo
Countermeasures
Cause of trouble
Checking points
1
The motor power
cable is not con¬
nected to termi¬
nals (5), (6), or
(7) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.
If the alarm occurs when a
motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.
Repair the power
cable of motor.
2
PCB setting is
Check the setting.
Adjust the
Item
incorrect
3
.
Pulse coder feed¬
back signal is not
setting.
Check the feedback cable.
Repair the feed¬
back cable.
be sent.
83
3.3.3
8) SV001 MOTOR OVERLOAD
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
PCB is defective.
Checking points
Countermeasures
The OVC alarm occurs if the power Replace the PCB.
is turned on when the motor power
cable is disconnected. (In this
case, the gravity axis may fall
down; therfore, it should be
supported )
(The S23 terminal should be
shorted so that the TGLS alarm
does not occur. After confir¬
mation, the S23 connection
should be opened.)
.
2
PCB setting is
incorrect
.
Check the setting of variable
registor RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit of the motor
current
(Generally, RV3 is set
to 10, but the adjustment may
differ with the machine tool.)
Change the RV3
setting.
Observe the waveform between
check terminals CH8 and CH3 with
an oscilloscope. Check whether
the current which is determined
by RV3 flows more than 600 msec.
Remove the me¬
.
3
Mechanical load is
irregular
.
chanical overload.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Pulse coder feed¬
back signal is not
Checking points
Check the feedback cable.
Countermeasures
Reconnect the
feedback cable.
sent.
2
Motor current
Check motor current.
exceeds rated
current
.
Change the cutting
conditions ,
9) SV002 VELOCITY UNIT BREAKER OFF
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
The no fuse
breaker operated.
Checking points
The breaker is open when it is
as shown below.
See section 3.4 for the location
of the breaker.
This button pops
up when the breaker
§
operates. To reset
or
the breaker, press
the button after
turning off the
power.
0
-
84
Countermeasures
Turn off power and
reset the breaker.
(If it does not
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )
3.3.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is
defective
The breaker operates again when
power is restored after the
countermeasures of item 1.
Replace diode
module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.
Mechanical load is
Observe the motor load current
at rapid traverse between ter¬
minals CH8 and CH3 on the PCB
with an oscilloscope.
Check whether it exceeds the
rated current.
Remove the
mechanical over¬
load
The BRK alarm occurs when the
no fuse breaker is not
Replace the PCB
or the velocity
unit
.
3
excessive
4
.
The PCB or the
connection between
the PCB and the
operating.
Countermeasures
.
.
velocity control
unit is defective.
This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.
10) SV003 EXCESS CURRENT IN SERVO
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Incorrect motor
power cable con¬
nection
.
Countermeasures
The HCAL alarm does not occur
when the power is turned on when
the motor power cable is dis¬
connected
(In this case, the gravity axis
may fall down, so it should be
The S23 terminal
supported
on the PCB should be shorted so
that the TGLS alarm will not
The S23 connection
occur
should be opened after con¬
firmation. )
Fix the motor
power cable con¬
The HCAL alarm goes on when the
cable is discon¬
nected.
Turn off power and measure the
resistance between the following
terminals using a multi-meter.
If the measured value is 10 ohms
or less, the transistor module
is defective.
Replace the tran¬
sistor module.
.
nection.
.
.
2
The transistor
module is defec¬
tive
.
motor power
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2
X
Confirm between
Cl-El , C2
El, C2-E2
.
.
-
85
3.3.3
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Incorrect con¬
nection of motor
power line.
Checking points
HC alarm does not occur when
turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the motor
power line,
(Since the gravity axis may
drop, support it or dis¬
connect the drive cable of
gravity axis brake.)
2
Transistor module
is defective.
Check if HC alarm occurs when
turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the power
line according to item 1.
Turn off the power supply,
remove PCB, and observe the
resistance between terminals
of the transistor module with
a circuit tester.
Countermeasures
Reconnect the
motor power line
correctly
.
If the motor power
line is checked
while dis¬
connected, set
terminal S10 set¬
ting to L side, or
TG alarm occurs.
Replace transistor
module
* Check resistance
between Cl - El
and C2; also
between El and
C2-E2
Check resis¬
tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.
.
.
**
*
M
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2
©
Cl
B1
El
C2
B2
E2
(H003)
(H004 ,H005)
3
Internal shortcircuit failure of
motor windings.
Check motor windings for normal
insulation.
Replace the motor.
4
PCB is defective.
PCB is defective if HC alarm
Replace the PCB.
occurs when there is no defect
in items 1, 2, or 3.
86
3.3.3
11) SV004 EXCESS VOLTAGE IN SERVO
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Input AC power
voltage is too
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check the tap connection of
servo power transformer.
Correct the tap
connection.
high.
2
Servo motor is
defective
Check to see if the insulation
resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.
Clean brushes.
3
PCB is defective.
Check to see if alarm occurs
when item 1 and 2 are normal.
Replace PCB.
.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
2
Countermeasures
Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.
Check to see if the servo
transformer taps are properly
connected
Repair the tap
connection.
Servo motor is
Check to see if the insulation
resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.
Replace the motor.
defective
3
Checking points
Cause of trouble
.
.
Load is exces¬
sively motionless.
Increase the
acceleration/
deceleration time
constant
4
PCB is defective.
PCB is defective if HV alarm
occurs when there are no
defects in items 1, 2, or 3.
.
Replace the PCB.
12) SV005 EXCESS DISCHARGE CURRENT
a) For M series servo
Item
1
2
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Discharge transister Q1 or the
PCB is defective.
The alarm occurs immediately
after turning on power.
PCB setting is
incorrect
Terminal S26 is shorted although
the separate regenerative dis¬
charge unit is used with the
gravity axis.
.
Countermeasures
Replace transis¬
tor Q1 or replace
PCB.
87
Open terminal S26.
3.3.3
Item
3
Cause of trouble
Countermeasures
Machine tool
counterbalance is
incorrect
The waveform shown in the
following figure is measured at
stated periods on check terminal
CH10 while the counterbalanced
axis is moving down at rapid
traverse speed.
Adjust the
counterbalance
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high
Check whether the positioning
frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per
Check that the alarm
second
indicator does not go on when
the rate is decreased.
Use a dwell period
.
4
Checking points
.
.
.
and decrease the
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
1.2 ±0.2 V
0V
Discharged
time
1
0.2 ±0.2 V
J
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
1
Regenerative tran¬
sistor Q1 is
defective or PCB
is defective.
DC alarm occurs immediately
after power is turned on.
Replace the transistor Q1 or re¬
place the PCB.
2
PCB setting is
incorrect
Setting pin S2 is set to L
side, although a separate
regenerative discharge unit
is used.
Set S2 correctly.
3
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high.
Check whether the positioning
frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 times per
second
Check that the alarm
does not occur when the rate is
decreased
Use a dwell period
and decrease the
.
.
.
88
acceleration/
deceleration rate.
3.3.3
13) SV 006 VELOCITY-UNIT POWER TOO LOW
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Checking points
Cause of trouble
AC power voltage
is too low.
Check to see if connection
between input AC power voltage
and servo transformer tap is
correct
2
Connection is
defective between
servo transformer
and CN2 on the
PCB.
PCB is defective.
Correct the tap
connection.
.
Check to see if PCB voltage
+24 V and +15 V are correct.
Check that the servo trans¬
former terminals (41
43,
44 -v 46, 47 -v 49) and PCB CN
2 (1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly
3
Countermeasures
Correct the
connection.
.
LVAL alarm occurs when above
items 1+2 are normal.
Replace the PCB.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Checking points
Cause of trouble
AC power voltage
is too low.
Check to see if the connection
between input AC power voltage
and servo transformer is
correct
2
Connection is
defective between
servo transformer
and PCB CN2
.
3
+5 V fuse is blown
out
4
PCB is defective.
14) SV013
Item
1
.
Correct the tap
connection.
.
Check to see if PCB voltage
+24 V, +15 V and +5 V are
.
Correct the
connection
.
Check that servo
transformer terminal 41
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2 (1, 2,
3) are connected correctly.
correct
Check to see if the fuse for
+5 V is blown out.
Replace the fuse.
PCB is defective if LV alarm
occurs when above items 1 *v 3
are correct.
Replace the PCB.
Improper V-READY OFF
Checking points
Cause of trouble
100 V AC is not
supplied to
velocity control
unit.
2
Countermeasures
No fuse breaker
is turned off in
AC servo.
Countermeasures
Check to see if 100 V AC is
supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of the velocity control unit.
Supply 100 V AC.
Check the no fuse breaker
If the button is
off, proceed to
button
on/off
state.
next
89
block.
3.3.3
Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo
Item
1
Check procedure
Countermeasures
The operating condition is
illustrated below:
This button is
pushed inward
during normal
operation of
the motor. If
the breaker has
functioned,
turn off the
I
three-phase
power supply
TTI
once and press
this button.
Reset the no fuse
breaker after
turning off the
power supply.
(If the no fuse
breaker cannot be
reset, wait for
about 10 minutes,
then try again.)
Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in velocity
control unit.
No fuse breaker functions sim¬
ultaneously when power supply
is turned on after counter¬
measure in item 1.
Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control
unit
Irregular me¬
chanical load
Check to see if the motor load
current exceeds the rated cur¬
rent during rapid traverse,
while monitoring CH10 and CH11
or CH12 and CH3 (OV) of PCB
using and oscilloscope.
Eliminate irregu¬
lar load from
machine tool side,
Cause of trouble
No fuse breaker
function
/
f®l
2
3
15) SV008
SV009
.
Excess error (Stop)
Excess error (Moving)
Position deviation excessive alarm
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
1
Mis-setting of
position deviation
Check that parameters 1828 'v
1830 are the same as the para¬
meter list attached to the NC.
Correct the
parameter setting.
2
Overshoot
When sufficient current does
not flow to the motor during
Increase the rapid
traverse time
acceleration or deceleration,
deviation value of position
control circuits increases.
Check waveform at CHI on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5%.
constant of NC.
(set at NC side)
90
Increase gain
(RV1) of the velo¬
city control unit.
3.3.3
Item
3
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Drop of input
power voltage
Countermeasures
Check to see if input power
voltage is within +10% and
-15%.
Change the input
tap of power
transformer for
servo
.
4
Voltage of power
supply is
irregular.
Check the voltage of control
part .
Repair the fault.
5
Connection is
erroneous
Check the connection of power
line of motor, tacho-generator ,
Repair the fault.
etc.
6
Trouble with posi¬
tion control cir¬
cuit on the master
PCB (for FS10/11)
Replace the PCB with a new one
(if provided) and recheck.
Adjustment and setting.
Replace the PCB
with spare.
Confirm the motor brush contact.
Tighten the brush
cap
or 01ÿ05P06 axis
control PCB, Ol'v
05P07 DSCG inter¬
face PCB (for
FS12)
Trouble
with velocity con¬
trol unit PCB.
.
7
Poor brush contact
due to loosened DC
.
motor brush cap
16) SV010
Item
1
Excess drift compensation
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Bad connection
Check the connection of power
lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo
Countermeasures
Repair the fault.
motor.
2
Setting of drift
compensation
value is
incorrect
Check whether the contents of
When emergency
parameter No. 1834 exceed 500.
stop condition
occurs, set 0 bit
(ADR) of parameter
.
number 1800 to "0"
and set the
contents of para¬
meter No 1834 to
"0". Then reset
ADR to "1" and
release the
emergency stop.
.
- 91
3.3.3
Item
3
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Trouble with
velocity control
unit or/and posi¬
tion control
circuit on master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series)
Trouble
with 01M15P06 axis
control PCB (for
12 series)
Check by changing with spare
PCB (if provided).
Countermeasures
Replace the PCB
with spare.
Adjustment and setting must be
done correctly.
.
.
17) SV011 LSI overflow
These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
1830) are set correctly,
positional deviation limits (parameters 1828
alarm SV008 or SV009 is displayed before any of the above-noted alarms
occur. So they usually cannot occur on this condition,
b) D/A converter velocity command value does not include the +8191 to -8192
range
.
D/A
velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6
servo loop gain multiplier (parameters 1826)
servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1 (parameter 1825)
position deviation (can be verified by DGN 3000)
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)
1
F
1 in2
E = vyr x r; X
10
G
a
60
where F: feed rate
mm/min (inch/min)
a: detection unit
mm (inch)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1
converter
where K:
G:
E:
—
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Parameter setting
is incorrect.
Checking points
1) Check servo loop gain multi¬
plier.
Parameter 1826
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter 1825
3) Check CMR.
Parameter 1820
4) Check DMR.
Parameter 1816
92
Countermeasures
3.3.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
2
Extreme positional
deviation.
Compare the theoretically cal¬
culated value with positional
deviation by DGN 3000.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
Countermeasures
parameter 1420
3
Machine tool does
not move the
usual distance.
Feed rate is correct; positional
deviation is also correct.
Proceed to 6.
Feed rate is correct; positional
deviation is incorrect.
Proceed to 3.
Issue a command (feed of several
mm) (do not cause alarm) to see
if machine tool moves by a normal
value
.
If machine tool does not move by
a normal value.
Proceed to 4.
Machine tool does move by a
normal value.
Proceed to 5.
4
Position detector
is incorrect.
Replace the posi¬
tion detector,
5
PCB is incorrect
(for 10 and 11
series )
For pulse coder,
replace master
.
.
PCB
For
resolver/
inductosyn,
replace PCB A16B1210-0460.
6
and 11 series)
7
Replace the master
Master PCB is
incorrect (for 10
PCB.
.
01M15P06 axis
control PCB or
0K05P07 DSCG
Replace the PCB with the spare
PCB (if provided). Adjustment
and setting should be correct.
interface PCB is
bad (for 12
series)
.
93
Replace the PCB.
3.3.3
18) SV018
UNFIT DSCG FREQUENCY
UNFIT PHASE SHIFT VALUE
SV020
Position detecting system trouble.
Item
Cause of trouble
(Resolver/inductosyn)
Checking points
Countermeasures
1
Connection is
bad
Check to see if connector
connection, cable signal line
connection, and the signal line
are shorted to the ground or
to another line.
Repair error
2
Detected gain is
bad
See Subsect. 6.1.2 or 6,1.5 for
detected gain adjustment.
Adjust detected
gain.
3
Phase shift is
bad
Check to see if phase shift
value was initialized (parameter
1802, bit 0, PSF=0) at first
field adjustment or after position detector replacement.
Initialize phase
shift value.
4
Setting on PCB is
erroneous
Check the short circuit of
inductosyn/resolver interface
Correct erroneous
.
.
.
.
setting.
PCB (for 11 series) or 01ÿ
05P07 DSCG interface PCB (for
See Subsect. 6.1.1
12 series)
or 6.1.5.
.
5
Parameter setting
is erroneous.
Check if resolver inductosyn
Set parameter
parameters RES (parameter 1815,
bit 0) is set to "1" for pulse
correctly.
coder-type position detection.
6
PCB adjustment is
bad
.
Check Fmin and Fmax adjustment
on inductosyn/resolver interface
PCB (for 11 series) or 01ÿ05P07
DSCG interface PCB (for 12
series) (see Subsect. 6.2.1 or
6.1.5).
Readjust
.
7
Position detector
is faulty.
Change position control axis
to another axis for checking.
Replace the posi¬
tion detector.
8
Inductosyn gap is
clogged with
chips
Insert a piece of paper in the
gap. While NC-side cable is
removed, check to see if
scale-side signal and sliderside signal are insulated.
Remove chips.
Inductosyn/
resolver inter¬
Replace the PCB for checking.
Replace the PCB.
A16B-1210-0460
.
9
face PCB is
faulty (for 11
series)
.
94
3.3.3
Item
10
Cause of trouble
Inductosyn pre¬
Countermeasures
Replace the preamplifier for
checking
Replace the pre¬
amplifier
Replace the PCB for checking.
Replace the PCB.
Replace the PCB for checking.
Replace the PCB.
.
.
amplifier is
faulty
.
11
Checking points
Master PCB is
faulty (for 11
series)
.
12
01M15P07 DSCG
interface PCB or
01M35P06 axis
control PCB is
bad (for 12
series)
.
19) SV015 Pulse coder disconnection
(Disconnection detective alarm)
Item
Cause of trouble
1
Cable connection
is erroneous.
2
PCB is faulty.
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check pulse-coder feedback cable
connection and wiring.
Replace the master
PCB or replace the
additional axis
PCB (for 11
series)
Replace 01M)5P06
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)
.
.
3
Replace the pulse
coder
Pulse coder is
faulty.
20) 0H001
.
Locker overheating
"OHOOl”
is
.
displayed
when
overheating
inside
the
NC
control
unit
detected
Release
Restart is impossible with reset button while this alarm is displayed.
After the temperature is lowered, the alarm releases.
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Surrounding tempe¬
rature is too
Countermeasures
Lower surrounding temperature.
high.
2
Air filter is
dusty
Clean the air filter.
3
Fan Motor of NC
is not working
Replace the fan motor.
.
properly.
95
is
3.3.3
21) OHOOO
Item
1
2
Overheat alarm of DC servo motor
Cause of trouble
Overload
Winding insulation
trouble
Checking points
Check that the motor armature
current exceeds the rated
Decrease load
current
Decrease cutting
condition
.
Shortcircuit
inside of winding
Demagnetization of
field system
magnet
.
Check the insulation between
the terminals A1 or A2 of motor
power cable and the motor
bodies with a tester or a
megger
Over 1 MSI at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.
Clean around the
commutator with
forced air.
Change the motor
if the above
counter measure
is ineffective.
Measure no-load current by re¬
moving the motor from the
machine
If the current
increases in proportion to the
motor rotation rate, there is
a short-circuit inside of
winding
Clean around the
.
.
4
torque
.
.
3
Countermeasures
Check to see if the motor
terminal voltage between A1 and
A2 is normal at rapid traverse,
commutator
.
This problem can
easily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator
.
Change the motor
if terminal vol¬
tage is low and
the motor is over¬
heated at the same
time
.
5
Trouble with heat
pipe fan operation
Check the fan voltage and the
wiring
Check whether the fan does not
touch a wire gauze
Check the fan motor itself for
a problem.
.
.
6
Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency
Rearrange the
.
wiring
Refix the wire
gauze
Replace the fan
.
motor.
The heat pipe does not work
when a motor with a heat pipe
is overheated, despite the fact
that all the above items are
normal
Replace the motor.
.
7
Brake trouble
Check to see that the brake
connection corresponds to the
power source frequency.
Check to see that the voltage
is 100 V +10% (allowable value.)
Replace the brake.
8
Connection trouble
Check the overheat connection
between motor and position
control.
Repair the fault.
96
3.3.4
Cause of trouble
Item
9
10
Checking points
Countermeasures
Master PCB and/or
additional axis
control PCB is
faulty.
Replace the PCB.
01M35P06 axis
control PCB is bad
(for 12 series)
Replace the PCB.
.
3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB
If an alarm occurred, an alarm message should be displayed on the CRT screen.
However, it is possible that no alarm will appears if the display function is
not working.
In such case, the alarm contents are displayed by the LED on the master PCB as
shown below.
(i) For 10 and 11 series
WDALM O
7 -segment LEDf~j t
Master PCB
The 7-segment LED display changes after turning on the power supply, and it
If an alarm occurred, it displays as
finally displays "1" after stopping.
follows
.
Display
Alarm contents
MDI connection failure
Countermeasures
Check optical fiber cable connection
and connector of CRT/MDI unit.
Replace master PCB, MDI PCB, or optical
fiber cable.
l—-j
RVTOMKMZI O
MDI failure
(Incorrect ID number)
Check the type (9", 14", etc.) of CRT/
MDI unit or the edition number of NC
software
Connection unit of operators panel or
its connecting cable is defective.
.
97
__
Display
3.3.4
Alarm contents
Connection failure of
connection unit or I/O
D3
cards D1
Countermeasures
Check the optical fiber cables connec¬
tion of these units and connectors.
Replace master PCB, connection unit,
I/O cand D1 D3, or optical fiber
cable
!o
.
Different type of above
mentioned unit
(Incorrect ID number)
Check the above units for their
specified types or check the edition
number of NC software.
Connection of unit 2 or its connecting
cable is defective
Transfer error through
optical fiber cable
Check alarm LED of the units connected
by optical fiber cable. Replace master
PCB, MDI PCB, connection unit PCB, I/O
unit, or optical fiber cable.
Replace PMC RAM in case of PC debug.
PC or interface converter
does not function
(While waiting for answer)
Check if PMC-ROM cassette, PMC RAM
board or interface converter is mounted
on master PCB; or replace the above
PCB.
Waiting for PMC ready
Replace PMC ROM, PMC ROM cassette or
PMC RAM board.
Check PMC program.
RAM check error
Replace master PCB or ROM/RAM board
additional memory board.
System error
Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or
ROM board.
o
r~'i
o
a.
L
,
o
E
(IPL mode)
o
—
i
L
Others
(Normal operation is
in progress )
.
System error
Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or
ROM PCB.
WDALM
lights
Watch-dog alarm occurs
Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or
ROM PCB.
98
-
3.3.4
ii) For 12 series
a) The "HALT" red LED is mounted on MAIN CPU (01P03), SUB CPU (01P10) and
05P08) PCB in 12 series as shown below. The LED is lit
AXIS CPU (01
when CPU is in "HALT" condition.
Main MALT
PC HALT
\
bd
HALT
I
Main CPU (01P03)
Axis CPU (01 - 05P08) or
Sub CPU (01P10)
The following conditions are considered to correct this:
(D Replacement of PCB that LED is lit
(2) Replacement of ROM on the PCB that LED is lit
(3) Replacement of Main buffer PCB when all HALT LEDs are lit
Furthermore, when power is ON, the LEDs are lit for about 0.5 sec.;
however, it causes no abnormality.
b) The PALM(L) / (H) red LED is mounted on ROM PCB (01P01) and the GNMI/WDALM
red LED is mounted on MAIN BUFFER PCB (01P04) respectively, as shown
below.
WDALM
GNMI
~ka
a''
E
PALM(L)
[
[
PALM(H)
c
[
99
3.3.4
The following conditions are considered to correct this:
Alarm contents
Countermeasures
PALM(L)
Parity error detection in
low-byte RAM on ROM PCB
Replacement of ROM PCB
(01P01)
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.
PALM(H)
Parity error detection in
high-byte RAM on ROM PCB
Replacement of ROM PCB
(01P01).
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.
GNMI
RAM parity error detection
in AXIS CPU
Replacement of ROM of the
PCB which the four LEDs
for CPU condition indica¬
.
tion becomes "E" condition.
(See Item C-2) in AXIS CPU
(01 'o 05P08), or PCB.
Watch dog alarm detection
WD ALM
Replacement of NC software
ROM or replacement of each
PCB.
c) The four green LEDs for display of the CPU condition are mounted on the
each PCB of MAIN CPU (01P03) , (01P01) and AXIS CPU (01M)5P08) as shown
below.
The following are details of the LEDs.
LED8
LED4
LED8
LED 2
O
LED4
LED2
LED1
LED]
Axis CPU (01
Main CPU (01P03)
— 05P08) or
Sub CPU (01P10)
How to check the LED:
The ON or OFF condition of LEDs are regarded as 1 or 0 respectively.
These are coded like as following formula,
23
22
21
2°
(LED8) x
+ (LED4) x
+ (LED2) x
+ (LED1) x
and
shows
LED8
"A" in hexadecimal.
LED2 are ON. It
Ex.
The display of four LEDs changes after power on, and stops on display "1"
at last. If a trouble occures, its display stops as follows.
100
-
3.3.4
C-l
o OFF
®
*
ON
Flick¬
ering
Light on
condi¬
MAIN CPU (01P03) A16B-1210-0060
Alarm details
Countermeasures
tion
o
o
o
o
0
Power system failure
Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3.1.
Replace MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB.
©
F
System doesn't start
Check ROM mounting and mount¬
ing position.
Replace PCB of ROM PCB
(01P01), MAIN CPU (01P03) and/
or MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
©
.
o
**
e
o
B
(Flick¬
RAM check error
Replace ROM PCB (01P01) or
MAIN CPU (01P03)
Abnormality of CRT/MDI
unit connection
Check optical fiber cable
connection and connector of
CRT/MDI unit.
.
ering)
A
o
Replace MAIN CPU (01P03),
MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.
o
o
3
(Flick¬
ering)
D
e
o
©
o
o
o
1
(Flick¬
ering)
Discrepancy in CRT/MDI
unit (ID number doesn't
conform)
Check the type of CRT/MDI unit
(9 inch, 14 inch, etc.) or NC
software series.
Abnormality of connec¬
tion with built-in type
I/O unit or external
I/O unit
Check optical fiber cable
connection or connector of
.
Discrepancy in
I/O
(ID number doesn't
conform)
*
101
unit
unit
.
Replacement MAIN CPU (01P03) ,
MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.
Check the type of I/O unit or
NC software series.
3.3.4
o OFF
© ON
¥ Flick¬
ering
¥
¥
o
Light on
condi¬
tion
C
(Flick¬
Alarm details
Trouble sending data in
optical fiber cable
ering)
o
Countermeasures
Check alarm condition of LED
on the unit connected by
optical fiber cable.
Replacement of MAIN CPU
(01P03), MAIN BUFFER (01P04) ,
MDI PCB, optical interface PCB
in I/O unit or optical fiber
cable
Replace PCRAM PCB when PC
debugging.
.
¥
o
o
8
(Flick¬
PMC doesn’t start
(waiting answer)
ering)
PCB.
Replace the PCB as described
above
o
©
.
B
Waiting PMC-ready
E
System error
o
©
©
©
Check the mounting of PMC ROM,
PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM
Replace the PMC ROM,
PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM
PCB.
Check PMC programming.
See Item (b) when the red LED
©
on MAIN BUFFER (01P04) or ROM
o
PCB (01P01) is lit.
o
Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) ,
when the "E" condition dis¬
plays on the MAIN CPU (01P03)
and SUB CPU (01P10) PCB only.
Replace NC software ROM or
MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB when the
"E" condition displays on the
MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB only.
©
C
IPL mode
1
Under normal operation
o
o
o
o
o
Others
Replace NC software ROM or
PCB each.
System error
102
3.3.4
(C-2)
Light on
Condition
0
F
Alarm details
Countermeasures
Power system failure
Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3.1.
Replace the AXIS CPU (01M15P08)
that is not lit.
AXIS CPU software doesn't
Check ROM mounting or PCB
mounting position.
Replace AXIS CPU (01M15P08)
start
E
05P08) A16B-1210-0020
AXIS CPU (01
.
.
See Item (b) when the red LED is
lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
RAM check error
System error
PCB.
Except in the above case,
replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(Ol'vOSPOS) or AXIS CPU PCB.
D
ROM parity error on AXIS CPU
1
Under normal operation
(C~3)
Light on
Condition
Replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(0K05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.
SUB CPU (01P10) A16B-1 2 10-0100
Alarm details
Countermeasures
0
Power system failure
Trouble in LED
See Item 3.3.1.
Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) that
is not lit.
F
SUB CPU software doesn't start.
Check ROM mounting or PCB
mounting position.
Replace SUB CPU (01P10)
.
E
See Item (b) when the red LED is
lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.
RAM check error
System error
Except in the above case,
replace ROM on SUB CPU (01P10)
or SUB CPU PCB.
D
ROM parity error on SUB CPU
1
Under normal operation
103
Replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(01ÿ05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.
3.3.5
3.3.5 JOG operation failure
Item
1
2
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Machine lock MLK
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check whether the position
display functions under dis¬
play lock DLK OFF condition.
1) Position display functions,
but machine does not move.
Proceed to item 2.
2) Neither position display nor
machine functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Check MLK signal by DGN.
ON
3
Servo off signal
ON
Check servo off signal by DGN.
Check parameter No. 1802.
4
Servo system
failure
See 3.11.
5
Interlock signal
Check DGN No. 1000.
ON
JOG override is
0%.
6
No mode signal is
input
Check whether JOG or "J+H" is
displayed on CRT status display.
7
Feed axis direc¬
tion signal is not
input
Check whether feed axis direction signal of DGN is applied.
(Note) If an axis command is
applied before JG mode
selection, the axis does
Turn off the
not move.
axis command once and
input it again. The
axis should move
.
.
.
8
JOG speed setting
failure
Check parameter No. 1423.
Check rapid traverse speed
parameter No. 1420 ,v if the
rapid traverse does not func¬
tion.
9
External reset ERS
ON
Reset & rewind RRW
Check whether "RSET" is dis¬
played on CRT status display.
Check connections.
Check connections.
ON.
10
Reference point
return ZRN ON.
Check whether "REF" appears
on CRT status display.
11
LED of master PCB
is other than "1"
See 3.3.4.
104
3.3.6
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check whether the position
display functions under the
display lock DLK OFF condi¬
tion.
2
Machine lock MLK
1) Position display functions,
but machine does not move.
Proceed to item 2.
2) Neither position display nor
machine functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Check DGN
.
ON
3
Servo off signal
ON
Check DGN, and parameter No.
1802.
4
Servo system
failure
See 3.11.
5
Interlock signal
JOG override is
0%.
Check DGN No. 1000.
6
Mode signal is not
input
Check whether "HND" or "J+H"
is displayed on CRT status
display.
7
Feed axis select
signal is not
input
Check whether feed axis select
signal of DGN is applied.
External reset ERS
Check whether "RSET" appears
on CRT status display.
.
.
8
ON
Reset & rewind RRW
ON
9
10
Reference point
return ZRN ON
Check whether "REF" appears on
CRT status display.
Manual pulse
generator cable is
faulty
.
11
LED lights on
See 3.3.4.
master PCB
12
Option is added.
Check it according to the data
sheet
.
105
3.3.8
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure
Item
1
2
Cause of trouble
Cable connection
failure
Spindle revolution
number check
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check the connection between
NC and position coder.
Check spindle revolutions on CRT
screen,
Check DGN No. 1000.
3
Position coder
failure
Replace the
position coder.
4
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series)
PCB
5
Replace the master
.
Replace the PCB.
01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (when
more than 9 axes
are controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)
3.3.8 Tape is not read normalfy
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
1) Tape does not move even when
pressing the START button in
tape mode.
Proceed to item 3.
2) Tape moves when pressing
START button in tape mode,
but it is not read properly.
Proceed to item
3) An alarm message appears on
CRT.
See 3.3.3.
4) Alarm lamp on tape reader
lights (tape reader with
reels) ,
Proceed to item
106
10.
16.
3.3.8
It|,em
2
Cause of trouble
Setting failure
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check to see if input device
number for foreground is set to
the tape reader being used.
(Setting input No. 0020.)
Check to see if select device
number of tape reader is correct.
10/100 series (small MDI)
3:
10/100
2:
Reader/puncher
interface 3
series (standard MDI)
Reader/puncher
interface 2
11/12/110/120 series
0: Tape reader
Check to see if corresponding
parameters are correct.
3
Mode signal is
not input.
4
Start signal is
not input (in
tape mode only)
5
AC power is not
supplied to tape
reader.
6
DC power is not
supplied to tape
reader.
(+24 V, +5 V, 0 V)
(in case of 11/12/
110/120 series
tape reader
without reels)
7
Tape reader is
faulty.
8
Tape is set up¬
side down.
9
Tape is not black
in tape reader
with reels.
10
EOB code punch
Check to see if "TAPE" is dis¬
played on CRT status display.
Check to see if start signal
turns to 1 or 0 when turning on
of off according to DGN.
Check to see if tape reader motor
is rotating. If this motor is
not operating, AC power is not
being applied.
Check to see if the tape moves
when setting the tape reader
switch to MANUAL. If the tape
does not move, check DC power
supply on PCB in tape reader.
Replace the tape
reader.
Change to black
tape.
Check EOB code of paper tape.
failure
11
Tape reader
adjustment
1) Check if LED (green) lights
on photoamplifier PCB, refer¬
ring to 3.5.
2) Adjust the photoamplifier,
referring to 3,5.
107 -
Proceed to 3.5.
3.3.8
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
12
LED on master PCB
is not ”1".
See 3.3.4.
13
Cable connection
failure
Check cable connection.
14
Tape reader is
faulty.
Replace the tape
reader.
15
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10/11/
100/110 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (for 12/120
series)
Replace the PCB.
.
16
Tape reader is in
an alarm condi¬
tion. (tape reader
with reels)
The alarm condition is known
by the lighting conditions
of LED on the front panel of
tape reader with reels.
For details, see next page.
108
-
Set front panel
switch to RELEASE
to release the
alarm.
Item 16
No.
Alarm contents concerning tape reader with reels
Lighting
ALARM
1
2
ALARM
FORWARD
Reel function is abnormal
1. No tape is loaded or tape is
loosened with REEL ON.
2. Reel is used with REEL OFF.
Tape readout failure
1. Malfunction of brightness
ratio
2. Punching failure.
i
4
STOP
REWIND
o
1.
2.
Adjust photoamplifier.
2.
Replace tape.
Tape end
1. Tape comes to an end.
1.
Load tape.
Tape does not stop in EOR during
rewind
1. Stop magnet is faulty.
1.
Tape reader is faulty if tape is
lightly stretched with REEL OFF.
Adjust the photoamplif ier
.
i
2.
5
ALARM
REWIND
ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND
Tape readout failure.
Reverse operation was made with REEL
OFF.
1. Rewind command or reverse
2.
6
Load the tape correctly with REEL
ON.
Load the tape correctly with REEL
OFF.
1.
.
3
Countermeasures
Contents
Flickering
2.
1.
Perform rewind operation with REEL
ON.
1.
2.
Check baud rate (4800 bauds)
Check to see if stop bit is 2.
Check cable disconnection.
command was applied in AUTO mode.
REWIND switch was pressed in
MANUAL mode.
Serial data failure
1. Baud rate error.
2. Stop bit error.
3. Transmission does not stop when
CS is turned off or DC3 is
received on the host side.
(PTR BUFFER FULL)
.
3.
.
OJ
oo
No.
7
Lighting
Flickering
AUTO
ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND
8
All lamps light.
Contents
1.
2.
Watch dog
Power failure
Power abnormal
Countermeasures
1.
A power alarm occurs if power on/
off frequency is short. Wait for
30 seconds after turning off power
once, then, turn on power switch
again.
If the same sympton appears again,
the tape reader is faulty.
Check fuse in tape reader with reels.
If an alarm occurs again after the above countermeasures, check to see if the PCB voltage for tape reader with reels
is as specified. If the alarm occurs again when the voltage is normal, the tape reader with reels is faulty.
i
o
i
U)
00
3.3.9
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis )
Checking points
Turn the start button off and
on in AUTO mode (T, D, or MEM).
1) STL lamp does not light.
Proceed to item 2.
2) STL lamp lights, but no axis
moves
Proceed to item 7.
.
2
Mode signal is
not input
Check to see if "TAPE" "MEM"
and "MDI" are displayed on
CRT status display.
3
Start signal is
not input
Check start signal according to
DGN.
4
Automatic opera¬
tion stop signal
(*SP) is applied
Check to see if "HOLD" signal
appears on CRT status display.
5
Reset signal is
Check to see if "RSET" appears
on CRT status display.
Check DGN No. 1000.
applied
6
LED on master PCB
is other than "1"
See 3.3.4.
7
1) Override is 0%
2) Start lock/
Check DGN No. 1000 and 1001.
interlock is ON
3) Imposition
check is prog¬
ressed
4) Waiting for
spindle one-
revolution
signal during
thread cutting
5) Waiting for
spindle revolu¬
tion in each
revolution feed
6) Waiting for
spindle speed
arrival signal
7) Read operation
from tape
reader in
progress
8
Dwell is being
executed
Countermeasures
Check to see if "DWL" is dis¬
played on CRT status display.
111
3.3.10
Item
9
Checking points
Cause of trouble.
M, S, or T func¬
tion is being
Countermeasures
Check if "FIN" appears on CRT
status display.
executed
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
Item
1
(analysis)
(3/6 interface
only)
__
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Countermeasures
Perform G97S-M03 command by MDI.
Check to see if R01 'u R12
conform to the following equa¬
tion in DGN 424 and 425.
R12x2n+Rllx210+
Sovr
S
„ „
= 0.8 x -- x -----
R01x2°
x4095
100
Smax
s
: Specified revolutions rpm
Smax: Maximum revolution of
selected gear (Parameters
120 'U 123)
Sovr: spindle override %
All R01
2
(analysis)
(in case of BMI
only)
R12 are 0.
'u
R01 'u R12 are other than that
specified in the above equation.
Proceed to item 5.
R01 'u R12 are as specified in
the above equation, but no
analog voltage appears.
Proceed to item
10.
Check to see if voltage is cor¬
rectly written into DGN output
RIO
RI15 by PC.
The written voltage value is
correct, the analog voltage is
low.
Proceed to item
11.
The written voltage value is
The spindle revoincorrect
lution output R00 'u R015 is
not output normally.
Proceed to item 6.
The voltage value is not writ¬
ten correctly, R00 'u R015 are
Proceed to item
15.
.
output normally.
3
Spindle stop
signal (*SSTP)
(3/6 interface
only)
Proceed to item 3.
Make sure that "SSTP" is not
input according to the follow¬
ing:
1) DGN *SSTP = 1 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "0"
2) DGN *SSTP = 0 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "1"
-
112
3.3.10
Item
4
Cause of trouble
Parameter setting
failure of S code
output (3/6
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check to see if 7th bit of
parameter No. 5600 is "0"
.
interface only)
5
Gear select signal
is applied in¬
Check DGN (in case of analog
output B type).
correctly (3/6
interface only)
6
Maximum spindle
speed setting
failure (parameter
setting failure)
Check to see if parameters
No. 5621 'v 5627 are set
correctly.
7
Analog output
gain setting fail¬
ure (parameter
setting failure)
Check to see if parameter
No. 5514 is "1000".
8
Check to see if
Check it with data sheet.
spindle speed
binary code /analog
output option has
been added.
9
10
LED on master PCB
is other than "1"
See 3.3.4.
(analysis)
Make sure by reviewing DGN 004
and 005 that R01
R12 are the
same as DGN 424 and 425 (for
the NC with Programmable
Controller may vary according
to its specifications).
Same as above, but no analog
voltage is output.
Proceed to 11.
Output voltage is varied.
Proceed to 15.
.
11
Cable connection
is erroneous
NC-side output connector is CA1
Check the cable for connection.
12
Load is abnormal
Remove the cable connected to
NC-side output connector CA1
and check the voltage between
CA1 connector pin 7 (VCMS) and
pin 19 (ECS).
Note: VCMS voltage is;
v
=
JL_ x io (V)
Smax
-
113
-
3.3.11
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
13
Check specifica¬
tions of Program¬
mable Controller,
if attached
Check to see if the signals
from the machine tool clamp
the analog output on the
Programmable Controller.
14
LEDs on master PCB
are other than "1"
See Subsect. 3.3.4.
15
Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series)
Countermeasures
.
16
01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (more
than 9 axes are
controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)
.
3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good
Item
1
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Parameter setting
is wrong.
1) Command SO so that output
voltage can become 0 V;
then make sure that S analog
voltage is 0 V (offset
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5613 so that 0 V
can be output.
bf)
a)
SP
£
o
*
3
3
{Offset value
S command
114
S command
-
Countermeasures
3.3.12
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
2) Command Smax so that output
voltage becomes 10 V;
then make sure that S 4-digit
analog voltage is 10 V (gain
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5614 according to
the following equation, so
that 10 V may be output.
10.0
x 1000
Measured voltage (V)
= Setting value
_
_
10V
10V
8>
IӤ
2
o
o
-a
5
*
S command
2
Load is abnormal
3
PCB is faulty
S max.
S command
S max.
See art. (11) of Subsec. 3.3.10.
See art. (15) and (16) of
Subsec
. 3.3.10.
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Countermeasures
Punching or reading is impossi¬
ble. As a result, "PUNCH" or
"READ” not displayed below on
CRT screen.
Proceed to 2.
After confirming
by operating again.
Punching or reading is impossi¬
ble, but "PUNCH" or "READ" is
displayed
Proceed to 6.
Alarm occurs.
Proceed to item
.
3.2.
2
Reset signal is
input
Check DGN No. 1000.
Check to see if "RSET" appears
on CRT status display.
3
Mode signal is not
applied
Check to see if either EDT or
MEM mode is "1" by DGN No. 003.
4
Check to see if an
option is added
Check it with data sheet.
115
3.3.13
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
5
LED on master PCB
is other than ”1"
See 3.3.4.
6
Setting failure
Check to see If correct I/O
device is selected (or check
parameters No. 20 'v )
Countermeasures
.
7
Baud rate setting
failure
Check to see if correct value
is set on I/O device number sel¬
ected by parameter No. 5001 a. ,
1) Baud rate.
2) Stop bit.
3) Use control code.
8
I/O device
Check I/O device operation
according to the operator’s
manual.
opera¬
tion is wrong
9
Cable operation
failure
Check to see if cable is con¬
nected to correct connector.
Check cable connection and
wiring
Signals are connected according
to the specifications determined
between machine tool builder and
I/O unit maker.
.
10
LED on master PCB
is other than "1"
11
CRT/MDI
See 3.3.4.
PCB is
Replace the PCB.
faulty
12
Master print PCB
is faulty (for 10
and 11 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (FS12)
Replace the PCB.
.
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return position
a) 1-grid deviation
Item
1
Cause of trouble
The deceleration
dog position is
incorrect
Checking points
Move the machine tool from the
reference point position to the
deceleration dog direction and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the decel¬
eration dog position on the NC
position display.
116
Countermeasures
The distance be¬
tween the decele¬
ration dog and the
reference point
should be equiv¬
alent to one-half
of a motor revolu¬
tion. (Resolver
inductosyn)
3.3,13
Item
2
3
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Countermeasures
The deceleration
dog length is too
short
Use the procedure given in
item 1 to read the length of
the deceleration dog.
Replace the dog,
according to
The position of
Move the machine tool from the
the reference
point approximate
signal switch is
bad
reference point position to the
deceleration dog direction and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the decel¬
eration dog position on the NC
position display.
The distance be¬
tween the refer¬
ence point and the
reference point
approximate signal
switch should be
about 1/2 of the
grid width.
Motor 1/2 rota¬
tion: for pulse
coder
1/2A: for re¬
solver
.
CONNECTING MANUAL.
inductosyn
b) Random deviation
Item
1
2
Cause of trouble
Noise
Source voltage to
the pulse coder is
too low
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check to see if the shielding
is grounded. Check that the
spark killer is connected
to the solenoid coil, etc.
Check to see if the pulse coder
cable and the power cable are
in close proximity.
Ground the shield¬
ing wire. Connect
the spark killer.
Separate the pulse
code and power
cables
When the voltage at power dislik¬
ing terminals on the master PCB
Is 5.0 V +0.05 V, the source
voltage should be 4.75 V or
Cable loss must be
0.2 V or less,
including both
sides of 0 V and
5 V.
The voltage at
+5 V terminal on
the master PCB
should be within
the range of 4.95
to 5.10 V.
.
more
(Measure the pulse coder voltage
or +5 V and
between + and
0 V of checking terminals or
pulse coder PCB)
.
3
Coupling between
the servo motor
and the machine
tool is loose
Mark the motor shaft and check
the correspondence between the
shaft and machine tool position.
Tighten the
coupling
4
Defective pulse
coder
Replace the pulse coder.
Replacement
117
.
.
3.3.13
5
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Item
Defective master
PCB (for 10 and
11 series) or
defective 01ÿ05
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)
Countermeasures
Replacement
Replace the PCB.
.
c) Minute deviation
Cause of trouble
Item
1
Broken cable or
defective
connector
Checking points
Make sure the cable connector
is tight. Check the solder
connections and bends in the
cable
2
Variation in
offset voltage.
Defective master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series), Ol'vOSPOb
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)
Repair the con¬
nection.
.
Replace the
In case analog servo system
Release the drift compensation
function with the parameter
(7th bit of No. 1800 is "0") ,
and check the position devia¬
tion using the diagnostic
function. (DGN No. 3000ÿ)
The offset value variation
should correspond to the vari¬
ation of the position deviation
value at stoppage. Replace the
master PCB, axis control PCB or
the velocity control unit PCB
to determine the source of the
problem.
Checking method of reference point return operation
position.
1) Set the parameter according to the following table.
As for parameter No. 1580, set "0" at beginning.
Parameter
number
Countermeasures
master PCB, axis
control PCB or
velocity control
unit PCB.
and
deceleration
Contents
1400
Manual rapid traverse is effective without performing
the reference point return.
1006
Reference point return direction.
1816
Capacity of reference counter for each axis.
1005
Reference point return function is provided (Return method)
1850
Setting of grid shift amount of each axis.
1425
Low feed rate (FL) for reference point return.
118
.
dog
3.3.13
Parameter
number
Contents
Coordinate value of reference point in machine coordinate
1240
system.
FM feed rate at reference point return by magnetic switch
method.
1024
2) Perform the reference point return and confirm the operation is correct.
If reference point adjustment is needed:
i) grid method
Adjusted by grid shift amount (parameter No.
1850)
1
shifts a portion of
If
reference point
revolution of detector (pulse coder, resolver),
deceleration dog must be moved.
ii) magneswitch method
Adjusted by position of proximity switch.
3) Confirm the deceleration dog position (grid method only).
i) Perform reference point return.
ii) Write down position display value at reference point.
iii) Check deceleration dog signal (*DECX, *DECY, *DECZ, *DEC4, *DEC5) and
return the machine to DEC signal beginning at reference point with low
speed
iv) Calculate the distance from reference point to DEC signal using position
in (ii) and (iii) procedure. Make that distance a half of 1-revolution
distance of detector by adjustment of Deceleration dog.
.
119
3.3.13
Reference point return direction
Normal reference point
Deceleration dog signal
First
Reference signal
when grid shift
amount = 0
Set a to shift amount
for shift by a
V
2nd
Reference signal
after setting
grid shift amount
=a
-*j
@
a
fl
'i'
This signal is neglected
because deceleration
signal is not turned
1
Macliinc stop position
i
off,
H
Shift by or
©
*
Machine stops at this
position since the
deceleration
signal is
turned off.
Positioning adjustment of
deceleration dog
j
-*ÿ
'
Normal reference point ,
Deviated by the shift
amount corresponding
to one revolution of
position detector.
V
3rd
Reference signal after
adjusting the decelera¬
tion dog signal position.
n.
Reference signal after
setting grid shift amount = a
(Set amount of the first time)
This signal is neglected
since the deceleration
signal is not turned off.
(Note)
120
Machine stop
position
Set this distance to about 1/2 of
the shift amount of one rotation
of position detector.
3.3.14
3.3.14 System error
If a system error occurrs, the system can rarely be repaired by users. Please
contact your nearest FANUC service center.
The system may be recovered by changing parameters and other countermeasures.
For details, refer to the following table.
1) System error when power is turned on
No.
1
Display on CRT
ROM PARITY ERROR aaa bbb
Error contents
. ..
Inconsistency of ROM parity
aaa,bbb,...: Faulty ROM No.
Counter¬
measures
Check to see
if ROM is
mounted
correctly
.
2
RAM TEST : ERROR
(LED display b)
An error was detected by
RAM test. (RAM in short
area)
3
RAM TEST : ERROR
aaaaaa : wwwwwwww rrrrrrrr
An error was detected by
RAM test.
aaaaaa: Address
WWWWWWWW !
rrrrrrrr: Readout data
4
MISSING OPTION ROM aaa bbb
Essential option ROM is
missing
aaa,bbb,...: Required ROM
No.
.
Check to see
if ROM is
mounted cor¬
.
rectly
Check para¬
meter set¬
ting is
correct
5
MISSING OPTION RAM
Essential option RAM is
missing
.
.
Check option
RAM for cor¬
rect mount¬
ing condi¬
tion. Check
to see if
parameters
are set cor¬
rectly.
6
IMPROPER NUMBER OF AXIS
The number of preset con¬
trolled axes is incorrect.
(Not within the range of
(the number of in¬
1
stalled axes) )
.
Check to see
if the addi¬
tional axis
card is cor¬
rectly in¬
stalled
Check to see
if parameter
setting is
.
correct
121
.
3.3.14
No.
7
Display on CRT
LOAD SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
SAVE SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
LOAD PC PARAMETER : ERROR
CLEAR FILE // n : ERROR
LOAD FILES : ERROR
BUBBLE PREPARATION : ERROR
Error contents
Counter¬
measures
An alarm occurred halfway
during read/write operation
of bubble memory.
CLEAR BUBBLE : ERROR
aaaa bbbb cccc (Displayed
after one of the above is
displayed)
8
BUBBLE INITIALIZE : NO BUBBLE
BUBBLE PREPARATION : NO BUBBLE
CLEAR BUBBLE : NO BUBBLE
Essential bubble memory is
not
mounted.
Check to see
if correct
bubble
memory is
mounted
.
9
10
CHECK BUBBLE ID : ERROR
Identification code showing
the type of bubble memory
is incorrect.
BUBBLE PREPARATION : NOT READY
CLEAR BUBBLE : NOT READY
Power-on processing of
bubble memory has been
terminated incorrectly.
This alarm does not usually
occur at first, but is
displayed when bubble was
accessed after alarm 7, 8,
etc.
11
NO SYSTEM LABEL
,
occurred.
System label (area used to
store the type of system,
construction, and other
data) does not exist.
This alarm does not
usually appear at first,
but appears after the
system label was accessed
after alarm 7, 8, etc.,
occurred
12
CHECK SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
.
System label (see item 11)
is incorrect. This alarm
is generally displayed when
a bubble memory has been
installed without initial¬
izing it for the system or
when the memory has not
been initialized -after
fully clearing it.
122
-
Initialize
the system.
3.3,14
Display on CRT
No.
13
FILE // n : DATA BROKEN
Error contents
Data of file No. n is
broken. This alarm is
displayed when power was
turned off halfway during
the course of changing
the file. (10 series)
Counter¬
measures
Clear cor¬
responding
file, and
remake it.
Note 1) If one of the above system alarms occurred, a message in "CRT display"
column is displayed on CRT. The system is set to IPL and the initial
menu of IPL is displayed after the alarm message.
The system cannot be operated normally until the cause of the system
alarm has been eliminated.
2) System alarms during system operation
Display on CRT
No.
1
TRAP 15
Error contents
System software functions
abnormally
.
2
ADDRESS ERROR
An address error (access to
odd address) occurred.
3
BUS ERROR
A bus error (invalid
address access) occurred.
4
ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION
An attempt was made to
execute an invalid command.
5
ZERO DIVIDE
An attempt was made to
execute the division when
divisor is zero.
6
CHECK INSTRUCTION
Register exceeds the range
in register range check.
7
TRAPV INSTRUCTION
Overflow trap occurred.
8
PRIVILEGE VIOLATION
A privilege command viola¬
tion error occurred.
9
TRACE
CPU was set to the trace
condition
10
L1010 EMUL
.
An attempt was made to
execute a command having a
command code of Axxx.
11
LI111 EMUL
An attempt was made to
execute a command having a
command code of Fxxx.
12
UNASSIGNED TRAP
An unassigned TRAP occurred.
123
Counter¬
measures
3.4
Display on CRT
No.
13
UNASSIGNED INTERRUPT
Counter¬
measures
Error contents
An unassigned interruption
occurred.
14
SPURIOUS INTERRUPT
A false interruption whose
cause remains unknown
occurred.
15
NON MASK INTERRUPT
A NMI whose cause remains
unknown occurred.
16
WATCHDOG ALARM
Watch dog alarm occurred.
17
RAM PARITY ALARM
An RAM parity error is
detected
Clear all
memory in
case of
10 series.
.
18
ROM PARITY ALARM
An ROM parity error is
detected.
19
PC ALARM
A serious PC error
occurred.
one of these system alarms occurred, the CRT displays it and the
The "display on CRT" in the above table
system cannot be operated.
on the top of the CRT screen.
message
displayed
will
be
indicates a
are
displayed in the remaining part
Diagnostic data caused by the error
(Detail
omitted.)
is
of the CRT screen.
Note 1) If
3.4 Power Voltage Check
3.4.1 Input unit
1) Types of input units
Six types of input units are provided for 10/11/12/100/110/120 series,
(The input units for 10/100 series are different from those
respectively.
series.)
for 11/110
Fig. 1
a) For control unit (multitap transformer is not connected)
(10/100 series Built-in type 1, 10TF Built-in type 3, 10/100/ 11 /I10M
Built-in type 2-2, 10/11 series unbundled type)
Fig. 2
b) For control unit (multitap transformer is connectable)
2)
(10/11/100/110M Built-in type
Fig. 3
c) For control unit and servo
0T
Built-in type 2)
(10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type, 10/ 11/100/11
Fig. 4
d) For control unit
(12/120 series Built-in type)
Fig. 5
e) For control unit
(12/120 series Free-standing type A)
Fig. 6
f) For control unit
B)
(12/120 series Free-standing type
Fig. 7
g) For additional power input unit
(I/O unit)
...
...
.
....
124
3.4.1
2) Input unit PCB
For 10 series
For 11 series
For 12 series
A16B-1600-0090
A16B-1600-0080
A 16B- 1600-0080
A20B-1001-0210 (only 12 series free standing type B)
Fuses FI, F2 , F3, F91, F92 on the PCB
FI, F2, F91, F92
A60L-0001-0901//P4110H (10A) (Control unit input fuse)
A60L-0001-0172//DM03 (0.3A) (Power on/off control circuit fuse)
F3
LED on PCB
PIL
Pilot lamp
Green light-emitting diode
This lamp remains lit when power is applied to NC.
Alarm
Red light-emitting diode
ALM
This lamp lights when an alarm signal is received from stabi¬
lizer power supply unit.
The PCB (10 series: A16B-1600-0090 , 11 series: A16B-1600-0080) in the power
input unit
The maintenance procedure on this PCB is mentioned below.
(I) Two LEDs of PIL and ALM are provided with this PCB. PIL (Green LED)
lights while the power is supplied to the power input terminal board TPl.
ALM (Red LED) lights when this PCB receives an alarm signal from the power
stabilizer unit. When ALM lights, NC line contactors LC1 and LC2 rurn
To reset this
OFF. NC power cannot be turned on under this condition.
condition power supply must be once cut off or the POWER OFF button
(Either NC POWER OFF button or external POWER OFF button) must be pushed.
(2) Even when NC power is off, the power has been supplied to the circuit
before the line contactors LC1 (adn LC2) while PLl lighghts. When you
touch some units inside the power input unit, confirm that PIL is not
lighting.
(3) Check the voltage for relays in the PCB Unit between (0) and (E) , 21 to
22V is normal.
© When it is desired not to cut off the power with an alarm at
troubleshooting by ALM lighting, connect check pins between Pi and P2.
However, the time taken for troubleshooting must be as short as possible
and you must disconnect the check pins immediately after the trouble¬
shooting
The fuse F3 (0.32A) will blow out by short-circuiting of parts within the
PCB.
Replace the fuse after troubleshooting.
The ordering number of F3 is A60L-0001-0172//DM03
©
.
.
3) Multitap transformer input fuse (Fig. 2-6)
A60L-0001-0042//JG1- 10 (10A)
For 10/11/100/110 series Fl, F2
For 12/120series Built-in type, Free-standing type A:
Fl, F2
A60L-0001-0042//JG1-20
For 12/120 series Free-standing type B:
Fl, F2
A60L-000 1-004 2# JG1-30
4) Servo transformer input fuses
The fuse capacity differs according to servo transformer capacity.
following table.
125
See the
3.4.1
Table 3.4.1 (a) Servo input fuse for 10/11/100/110
Power voltage
FCF type made by
PC type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.
Fuse type
Transformerÿ
Capacity (KVA)
Fuji Electric
Co.
1.5 kVA
15 A
20 A
2.5
20
30
5
30
30
10
40
40
15
50
50
1.5
10
10
2.5
10
15
5
15
15
10
25
30
15
30
30
1.5
10
10
2.5
10
15
5
15
20
10
20
30
15
25
30
200 V
220 V
380 V
5
440 V
480 V
$
550 V
Table 3.4,1 (b) Servo input fuse for 12/120 series
__
Fuse type
Power voltage
200 V
Transformer
Capacity (KVA)
JG type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.
1.5 KVA
15 A
2.5
20 A
5
30 A
10
40 A
$
550 V
126
3.4.2
3.4.2 Input power voltage check
Check to see if the input power voltage satisfies the following requirements:
1) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 1.
+10%, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6, AC 220 V +10% , 60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
AC 200 V
-15%
-15%
2) In case of the input unit shown in Fig. 2, 4 and 6 (when multitap transformer
is used)
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
Rated fluctuation range
.
-15%
3) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 3 and 5 (when multitap transformer is
used)
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 3(6
Rated fluctuation range
.
-15%
CONTROL UNIT POEWR TRANSFORMER
A control unit power transformer (A80L-0001-0176) is required when the input
power supply is other than AC 200V, 50 Hz and AC 220V, 60Hz.
This transformer has taps for AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550V on the
primary side (MULTI-TAP TRANSFORMER). Select one tap depending on input power
voltage
.
550 O
480
Tap change
(Select one tape
depending on
input power
supply)
O
460
O-
440
a
415
O
380 O240 o230
a
220
O-
200
o-
200 A- 200 B 200V, 5 A (Used within the NC)
100A-100B 100V, 1 A (For measuring device at maintenance)
(Terminals 100 A and 100B are attached for the transformer of
edition 2 or later)
---
200 A
O 100 A
COM O-
---
T
-O 200B
'
TB1
O 100 B
t
TB2 (Screw size on the terminal board is M4)
An output between 100A and 100B is used only for measuring device at
maintenance. This output must not be used for a long time. Also, because this
output does not have any protective means such as fuses, even when used for
measuring device, you must carefully examine whether the measuring device has
the shrot-circuit or whether the load current does not exceed 1A.
Moreover, when you touch on the terminals such as TB1, TB2, etc, you should
(You can
touch after turnign off the main switch of the magnetics cabinet.
the
input
PIL
unit.
PIL
in
lamp
the
and
power
ON
OFF
by
confirm the main switch
OFF.)
is
extinguishes
while
that
ON,
but
is
lights while the main switch
127
3.4.2
Input unit PCD
/
+
LTL
H
SO
T77(.
1
4*
S
go
o
in
w
o
-
-
CO.
§§
H
W
3
tn
*0-
HWH
SP
Wo.
s
8883
sr
&
n°
T1
Op
«l
Ml
TP 2
n°
FI
EON EOF COM FA FB
o
0
o
§
§ÿ
o
co
EH
E2
I
I
ot
CO
C4
®E
EEI
0
+
o
i
zzJ
Fig. 3.4.2 (a) Input unit for 10/11 series built-in type 1, 10TF built-in type 3 10M/11IVI built-in type 2-2,
and 10 series 11T/M unbundle-type cabinet
Input unit PCD
Input fuse for multi-top transformer
U L
OH
|o
FI
1I..J
<IOA:/K2
TPI
/
Eo
IFANUC
m
LTD
SO
082
oc
o
o
I
CZJ
T1
[]
Tl>2
EON EOF COM FA FB
«o
FI F2
TIM
luujyuu
i
F
R1
Fig. 3.4.2 (b) Input unit for 10M/11M built-in type cabinet
128
SI
i
O
3.4.2
j
Input unit PCB
gO
0 ON0 DOCR
0
*!OFF
r\
UL
INT- IJOCK
o
7
Input fuses for servo transformer
t
ALM PIL
oo
r\
J
u
n
<
1
>
2
F4
5
4
F5
SV
a
T
3
i
SW
F6
l.Cl
®Q
K>
S
LCS LCR FNSFNK
R
o an
FANUC LTD
SKI
a
TP 1
K
TIM
FI
pjjjyuuju
o
10A
rrrrtTinrni
o
_
U
F?.
W
V
o
Input fuses for multi-tap transformer
Fig. 3.4.2 (c) Input unit for 10T/M, 11T/M free-standing type and 10T/11T built-in type 2 cabinet
Input unit PCB
Multi-tap Input fuse
La
FI
+
F2
3
2
I
7
A
,
7
CP94
Q
+
<31
3°
7
+
3
2
I
AJ
u
CP5
o>
RC.B.
cb
AI6B - 1600-0080
T02
B
B
+
p
K
e
a
200
A1
200 EMC EMG 200 200
B I OUTI 0UT2 R I
-
+
R
+
O
Fig. 3.4.2 (d)
input unit for 12 series built-in type cabinet
129
8°
+ Dc;
O
w
S
O
Servo transformer fuse
7/7
F3
1ft
7
LCI
+
+
H13
7
F4
8-f
Multi-tap transformer input fuse
7+
I
14_2
3
5
23
4
6
24
e-f
+
e
F 1
F2
+
n
*H*o
Q_
so
<
CP94
I
3
TB3 1234
+
o
i
A
SKI
U>
i
A
A
+
B
F5
B
A
7
+
2
Input unit PCB
-h
FNR
U es
2
CP5
I
DOOR
I
1NT.LOX
P. C. B.
AI6B- 1600-0080
+
RI
JJ,
ON
R
OFF
i
:
EON EOF COM FA FB
TBl
<<
IOO
+
1
S
§
‘u. U.
TB2
U
4
V
w
+
R
$
200 200 200 200 MCC MCC 200 200 1NT 1NT 1NT INT EMG EM3
3
4 OUT OUT
2
Ai
2
1
Rj St
81 A2 B2 1
e
I
AC INPUT
Fig. 3.4.2 (e)
+
4
Input unit for 12 series free-standing type A cabinet
to
Multi-tap transformer input fuse
P1L
JL
o
O
B
B
o
F2
Q_
ALMo
-
CM
to
j
o>
rO
n
KWr:
CD
ci-
FI
o
FNR
-
CM
l
in
k.
CD
ro
Q.
CL
J
CL
U
to
G)
O)
<J)
(?)
CL
CL
O
CL
(L
O
O
O
P. C. B. 2
A20B- 1001 -0210
SI
EON EOF COM FA
R
R
OFF
o
L|.,r
in
RC.B. i
AI6B- J600-0080
o
<J)
RI
ON
I
D.
ro
CM
to
CL LCS
o o o
INT LOCK
A
_TU
k.
LCR
CM
a
A
CM
1
FNS
DOOR
I
IfO
S
s
FB
a
S
<
IX.
cm
<
§
£
Oi
Li.
2
<
CVJ
<si
Input unit PCB
TB2
R
_
S
200 200 200 200 200 200 I NT I NT INT INT EMG EVG
SI
2
4 OUTI 0UT2
3
AIBIA2 B2 Rl
o
TB3
I
2
3
4
o
Fig. 3.4.2 (f) Input unit for 12 series free-standing type B cabinet
w
to
Additional input unit PCB
£
O
+
i
N5
CP96
F92
CP95
F91
+
-L
-rÿ
-h
CP 94
3
O*
I
2
CP93
J
u
CP92
+
CP9I
-
4~
II"
-1D-
O
Fig. 3.4.2 (g) Additional power input unit
u>
’*
to
3.4.3
3.4.3 DC voltage checking
DC voltages supplied from the power unit must be measured at CPI 7 checking
terminals on the power unit. Confirm that DC voltages are within the allowable
range
1) Rated output voltage
.
Rated
voltage
Allowable
fluctuation
+5
+5 V
+5%
+24
+24 V
+10%
Bubble memory, tape
reader, Small type, CRT
+24E
+24 V
+10%
I/O
+15
+15 V
+5%
Position control circuit
-15
-15 V
+5%
Position control circuit,
Bubble memory
AO
0 V
Terminal
name
133
Use
Logical circuit
signals
2 3 4 5 6 7
1
E
V¥W<
Used for test of units
a b c
32[HTT L
31
VRll
+ÿ
E3
1
28
+15
27
26
25
24
-15
C
15
14
-
CP12
13
c
(With cover
removed)
MASTER
interface
17
16
t
+
©
@
©
+
+5
19
18
I
A10 ADJ.
FN
30
29
23
22
21
20
]
c
12
11
10
9
BLUE
0
VS11
Q
8
7
6
5
2
I
Fll~12 5 A
AC200/220V
O
PI3 3.2A
O
:!
Input fuse
L_
CP 14
4
3
-v
m
+ cpi?ÿ
+ 24
+ 24E
BROWN
7 6 5 4 3 2
CP15
BROWN
1
<
£
?s;?
+
A16B-1210-0510
\ BLACK
3*2 1
v
©
3
F14 5A
+24 fuse
W
y
CO ci
[
O
POWER UNIT
CPU
+24 fuse
i
2 3
so
For connection unit
1 2 3 4 5 6
o o
as
+
<
=0
CL CL
AC200/220V input
PA-PB interface
6 5-4
For MDI/CRT
unit
Fig. 3.4.3 (a) Power unit for 10/100 series outer view
CO
LJ
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
<N
CL
Used foi testing units
a b
<©=
c
1
32 H T | L
31 *PF IEN
'>n
30
29
28 + 15
A+
o
H
r-
o
<1
•O
2
“
CO
fl
f
4
CP 16
I—
4
27
26
25
°2
VRll
m
A10 ADJ.
©
©
l)
(§)
-15
24
23
22
21
+
I
+5
20
I
19
Master
18
17
16
15
interface
With cover
removed
14
"f
13
U>
Ln
12
I
11
10
CP 12
(
BLUE
J
0
9
8
7
6
a
CP 14
+ 24
+ 24E
6
5
°2
12
7
r
CP 13
10
CP 17
I
ICP11
BLACK
4 3 2
s++
+
Input fuse
IT] '
K 11
SA
F13 3.2A
+24 fuse
ifllliLHyi'
N.
F14 5A
WHITE
BROWN
i
"\
POWER UNIT
I
Fll ~12 5 A
AC200/220Vÿ
VS 11
5
4
3
2
©
t*
A 16 B - 1210-0560
+24E fuse
i Fl
<§>
r
I
f
T
0
©
1 2 3
o
<
os
1
2 3
1 2 3 4
o
SE
bi
S
+
Connection unit
interface
5 6
to O
AC200/220 V
input interface
O G
CL
-j
I< <
Power input
unit inter¬
face
CL
CO
Fig. 3.4.3 (b) Power unit for 11/110 series outer view
4L-
t
I
©
©
I
O
©
©
©
o=
<S=*
a b c
32 H T L
31
1
©
Pf EN
30 115 NR VN ?
+15
29
28
-15
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
+
+5
20
For
back
[9
!8
With
cover
removed
panel
17
16
15
14
l
H-*
LO
ON
I
X CPI2
i
13;
12
BLUE
II
i
*
—
Fll 12 7. 5 A
10
9
AC200/220V
0
SUES
Input fuse
8
7
|ÿ]AIO ADJ.
CP16
+
3
2
z
A
CPl 4
pi
<\J
2 3 4
u
t
I
-Oooxoÿa
o
BLACK
5 6 7 8 9
Q.
o
POWER UNIT
A20B-1000-0770
CPI i
WHITE
BROWN
l
CPI3
*
+ 24
°
O
VRl I
6
5
4
I
d
2
o
©
15
2A
-+F14
24E fuse
•
U.
E3
It
i
©
©I
3
a: co o
12 3 4 5 6
«r>
ift
+ +
Q
For built-in I/O unit
1
2 3 4 5 6
220/220 V
(AC input)
as
<1 <
For power input unit
Fig. 3.4.3 (c) Power unit for 12/120 series outer view
CO
OJ
Used for
testing units
2 3 4 5 6 7
1
1
2 3
r—i
E-H O
a b c
32 HTL
31
BN
30 : 3AIC
:D
29
28 -4-15
27 -15
o
fife
u>
f
V
»
CP 16
¥
L
I
&
(
a
&
CP 18
A10 ADJ-4-5
For
back
18
17
+
panel
CP 32
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
w
VR11
19
"v!
in
I
25
24
J
o
TH
&
< < <2<
o
\
26
23
22
21
20
o
04
&
o
With
cover
removed
4
c
0
BLUE
F31-32 5 A
AC 200/
220V
Input fuse
0
7
6
3
VS11
o= +
CP 17
5
4
m
3 +24
2
+24 E
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
1
o w
o
r
]
in
+
POWER UNIT
A16B-1310-Q010
CP 31
BLACK
4
&&
\
H S1
El
CPlOOO
31 1 ooo
H
I-"
0—
w
F33 0.5 A
+24 *
fuse
F34 2A
+24E
fuse
3 2 1
O
CQ
CO
<
220/220 V (AC input)
PA-PB
cu
6 5 4
Fig. 3.4.3 (d) Power unit for
I/O unit outer view
CO
CO
3.4.3
2) Adjustable points on power unit PCB
A16B-1 2 10-0510
10/100 series
A16B-1210-0560
11/110 series
A20B-1000-0770
12/120 series
It is not usually necessary to adjust the reference voltage (+10 V)
However, if the reference voltage is deviated due to a certain cause, a power
alarm may occur.
The reference voltage can be readjusted by VRll (A10 ADJ) to +10.00 V while
A10 terminals of CP16 using a digital
measuring the voltage between A0
voltmeter.
.
-
3) Mounting position of the input unit and power unit in each cabinet
a) 10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type cabinet
Input unit
7a1
1
1
1
Front panel
Rear panel
Master PCB
Power unit
b)
10/11/100/110
series Built-in type 1 cabinet
Input unit
Master PCB
Power unit
Front panel
!
138
3.4.3
c)
10/ 11 / 100/ 110T Built-in
type 2 cabinet
7
/ Master
PCB
/
Power unit
Input unit
Front panel
d)
10/11/100/110M
Built-in type 2 cabinet
Input unit
Master PCB
Power unit
Front panel
e)
10/ 11 / 100/ 110M Built-in
type 2-2 cabinet
Input unit
7
7 Master
2/1
PCB
Power unit
Front panel
139
3.4.3
f)
10/11
series Unbundled type cabinet
Master PCB
7271
Power unit
Input unit
Front view
g) 10TF Built-in type 3 cabinet
Master PCB
Power unit
Input unit
/
Front view
h) 11TT Built-in type 3 cabinet
Master PCB
Power unit
1
Input unit
140 -
3.4.3
i)
12/120
series Free-standing type A cabinet
Input
Basic
control unit
unit
/
7
Power unit
Rear view
Front view
j)
12/120
series Free-standing type B cabinet
Additional
control unit
Power
/ unit
Basic control
unit
Input
unit
Power unit
Front view
k)
12/120 series Built-in
Rear view
type
Input unit
Power unit
Front view
141
-
3.4.3
4)
12/120
series power voltage checking position
OO
£
t-H
o
£
<—i
M
I
III
+ 5V i— j
Basic control unit
OV
+ 15V
t=C
-15V c=C
n
+ 24V
i
i
Additional control unit
142
3.4.4
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB
1) Check each power
for each axis.
o CH15
+24
+15
o CHI 6
o CHI 7
-15
output at the check terminals of velocity control unit PCB
V (+23
+27 V)
+15.45 V)
V (+14.55
V (-14.55
-15.45 V)
2) Check 100 VAC power supply at T1 screw terminals No. 3 and 4 for each axis.
If the emergency stop button of the operator's panel or the emergency stop
circuit of the machine tool side is functioning, the 100 V is turned off. In
such a case, the emergency stop button or emergency stop circuit must be
reset in advance.
d
dj
>§
?d
M
CD
U.
2 5X
X
U
o
OOJ
o|
\i> o|
03
CO
O
°1
y
>
ii
o
s i
n?
£
5
O
5O x o5 Ox
0000
OOO
[o <H
|o
I
*
cH
§
i<V
rmmiwvM.*
1IC]
ro
I
V
Q>
I
00
O
cu
.t:
£
C
z
g
.ill
Bias n
s
E
S
7.
--8 8--
B (
000000000000000000000
si
5~
5ÿ
£ %
5= 5S gs 52 5
5* gs 5£ 5
8
p
5 § 5 52 5a
>>
>
in 10 tf
r++
I
i
>1
cd
O
<D
OS
£
§
<5 a-
1
g O
|S
§ÿ
o
s
O
—
.e
CD
I
in
in
in
.
1-H
4-
LO
in
CM
J
/
l-i
to
00
t'-
-
§
s
i
I
"CJ
'z
CO
o
Cd
c
<!
n
s
8
&
o
<D
>
•S
cd
M
o
a
§ Q
z
<3 a
143
-
is
-
CN
£
» £
& 5,
2
3
*g
•§
w
p“<
£ b
«
£
I
8
§ g
“ 89
£
0
CD
o o
> <
3.5
3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment
3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment
1) With paper tape, make a test tape (approx. 40 cm) as illustrated below that
alternates punching and non-punching and connect ends to form an endless loop
of tape. (See Note 2, Note 3.)
ISO code
EIA code
or
••:
DELETE
CR
*u*u*u
2) Mount the test tape in the tape reader and turn the switch to MANUAL to read
the tape.
AUTO
I—1
Q
(g>
RELEASE
FANUC
MANUAL
Tape reader without reels
y
3) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform between check terminals S and OV
(ground) on the photo-amplifier.
Adjust it with RV1 so that the ON/OFF
timing ratio is 6:4.
4) Measure the waveforms at check terminals 1 through 8 on the photo-amplifier
using an oscilloscope. Find the channel where the ON width is the shortest.
(Use the terminal OV for grounding.)
5) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest among 1 through
8 and compare it with the waveform of S. Adjust with RV2 so that the timing
indicated in the diagram below is obtained.
6) Confirm that waveforms 1 through 8 satisfy the timing in the diagram below.
OFF
ON
S waveform
ON: OFF = 6:4
(RV1)
I
I
I
Shortest ON width
measured from
1 through 8
(RV2)
J
above 300
-
jus
I
t
above 300
ON
OFF
144
-
jus
3.5.1
Ajusting position of tape reader without reels photo amplifier
For the tape reader without reel (A13B-0070-B001)
I
200 VAC
Photo -amplifier PCB
A20B-0007D750
.ggWsMSl
ov
00
SP
Data puncliing signal adjustment
Sprocket signal adjustment
Check terminal
(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:
Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with black tape.
When performing an output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray) to perform the adjustment.
The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc. with a tape reader adjusted with
a black or gray colored tape may sometimes cause a read error. For the
case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape may be
used for adjustment.
145
3.5.2
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment
1) Prepare about 40 cm of the following test tape (see Notes 2, 3 on the
previous page) which alternately repeats punching and unpunching, and splice
both ends to make an endless tape,
In case of EIA code (see Note 4)
In case of ISO code
or
DELETE
CR
*U*U*U*U
Adjust the photoamplifier by using the built-in adjusting program of the tape
reader with reels.
2) Start the adjusting program
a) Press FORWARD and REWIND
switches at the same time
while
RELEASE
the
in
lÿ-pp
;
PE
WrA'.
:
condition.
(©)
b) AUTO and ALARM LED flicker.
c) The adjusting program mode
has now been set.
:3
'
.
.i
,
V:- O'"
S
•'
RFVCkO
FCaV.Wt>
&
&
(See
d) Load the test tape.
Note 3.)
e) Set REEL OFF.
f) Press FORWARD switch.
g) The tape starts moving.
p.
IS
aSis
.
T
*
I
v
'
V.tf.M
«
jSS)
BtLF*>5
:
. REwmot;
n is IRI
©
146
3.5.2
M
y
still
00
P7-
*
'If: b't
LDO
i
BJOSS
ns
LD4
UD5
L06
LD7
m
'
feg
JQ:
LDL
LO?
1 1)3
1
14
*
11
.
i
i
t
v
r
.
tiv.
R4
4) Adjustment end
a) Press STOP switch.
•TAPE,
1
f£
liflKlfl
*;
3) Adjustment
a) The adjusting position
is mounted on the right
side as viewed from the
rear face of the tape
If
reader with reels.
it is not mounted at the
position shown in the
(it
is
figure,
left
See
mounted at "A".
Note 4.)
b) Turn SP knob until LD5
lights
c) Turn DATA knob until LD1
flickers. (See Note 5.)
This adjustment cannot
unless
LD5
made
be
lights
.
•V
1>
(IV.U
•*14
:
O'
OIF
0
y‘-
.
f&fWiAfiO : . 5i0?-' ft£W8t>.
'
.Hiifl
e>
b) Set RELEASE.
c) Press FORWARD and STOP
switches at the same
time
d) Normal mode has been
.
Sfi
set
IP-'" :
44
! I
-
HHB5
FORWSb
a
tctSAt-E
PI
11
m
IHit
.V
V*
.
*4
R€¥df>’!>
147
.
e) Operate the tape reader
with the signal cable
normally connected.
0
3.5.2
(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:
Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with a black tape.
When performing an' output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray), to perform the adjustment. The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc., with a tape reader adjusted
with black and gray colored tape, may sometimes cause a read error.
For the case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape
may be used for adjustment.
(Note 3) EIA test tape is applicable when the edition number of the built-in
program of the tape reader is B or subsequent.
(Note 4) The PCB is opened in the arrow direction with the lower screw used as
the fulcrum by loosening the four screws shown in the following figure.
Tighten these screws after adjustment.
PCB
Loosen screws
DATA
Screw
CD
Rear face
SP §
o
Front panel
LD0~7
o
This side
Screw
Open
Screw
Never touch the power supply
(which produces 5 V and 24 V
from 200 VAC) by hand,
(Note 5) If LDO and LD3 flicker when turning DATA knob, adjust the following
knobs
.
m
DATA
DATA
o-'*
-;o;-
/
I
LD3
LD1
1) LD3 is flickering.
2) Turn the knob toward the midpoint until LD1 flickers.
148
*o/esoz- looi-osev
*o/*so±- looi -osev
5V fuse
Voltage check terminal
24V fuse
Te1 ITÿCNTS
TP TcP r9~1CNT4
ri3ÿ
Tt T1 rT1 T1
T2>
SCNT2
ATS
3
)i°?
2
CNT3
T
0SL
CN' 1
'
5
.
I*
24v ruse
v
\
y
O)
A
Q
SA
Variable resistor
for adjusting
photoamplifier
O
iOcSS
<
>
K
o
4S
VO
O
I
13
CD8
Fuse
/
5A
F4
I 14 I f
/
y
A20E-IOQI-005K
/
MADE IN JAPAN
13 i I 12 l
i
I I i MO
[
l
9
l l 8 i i 7 i i 6 i f 5
n4
i i
3
j
i
2
i \ I i
FANUC
100V AC fuse
Fig. 3.5.1 (a) Adjusting points on the tape reader with reels PCB
LO
V/»
to
3.6
3.6 Connection Diagram of NC Inside
=:
il
_Y.
p 1 I
I
I ill
I!
I
a;
f! nm
I
L
enovo
8C D- t
IHVO
IOV3
w*V PPV
r=—1Z3V3
r§ Bt I*
-°r st o
r„
HD
I
—1
501
gg
I
U
D-J
IH|
rS
D-
>-0
rlg[
I
& £[H1
« siMD—
cp cp
lit
1
M-3
kD
3?|S[
li*
>
hr
58E-3
:oc
|
s
i
izisi
I
s I®
S
sED
H cl Vi
ff=r3SVD<o
ri
§&*?
jilt?
IS If 3 i
ci ijsrv.
£
>!
ll
(uoiido
It
lB§£
ISE-3
I§1 ilSE-
«
Ii
OJMD
M
SI
r*™i
|XU01-|BH| B
It
-a
FSE3: ft
II
I
Ji
Isvo
si
fh
H
s
SI
!
§
,2i%[0
°§ g[D
I
2
r-fi
kV-J
EZ)
rz/
i
s
i
— 3 Ilst D—-) N°£
Mto— ?1 ridD
0—
m •I
gCO -J
fc
apS gg
—fl]0
WM
:K=r
SI-iEiJ
— W--J1
S|»iU
muv
(5
fiPr
*
—
cp
->
Siil—
5
I
5
ill
8
ms
—
tD
I
i
*3-
i
Jmm
rr
=32
2
2'
5I1
I
m
TT
U«
IML n M
i’
-;y
81
&& &
i
i
f
2
'
I
! 3 g 13 i I
IT,
SJL
3
i
T T T
-
•s
=o
s
Fig. 3.6 (a) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series free-standing type cabinet
150
3.6
S
g
il
-
1
I-
*
2
--
1
Df>l i
D3d
-
:2
g
! S’-
Bt
5 cm
—i
2
35
i
Ip)9-1
l!d,D
i
-033
t
Sg it
§ E|
| 2 »
g e e
a,_,gto
8
Sjgjl
10 §3
18 i3
*
rfag
§
S|
I
i
5
.li-gJa0-
§5
S'|@
II a§£
31
S? 21*
!lt|f
Si 155
atD
{]]§
#444
I
-J
it
11
Q)
"X i
i:
ir
B
z {?
5
2 2
iisgu— |
o
irn—-
5
>
T
8
-asirs§[ÿ—
rrr«
a
rfflg i a
§ st
t
g
gqtj-
fe
?(
§-]
Ef i
-t
i ii’-1 1
-i
i
g
r'
g
:
2 ra-i I
0—
41ii—- MS-1 1
H3IS
£
-HI—01g
£
s
st-J
sM
H0
8t
&
J
-i -q&
®!
r
@1
i
i
•s
£
§—tSM3"—I
i
Off
Bft i|fis=,-nalai
f
I
-t-fi
UR
-1—1m fel'S&CD
ml Qp-I-Mi
ttii;
fldGOO
1
{-
+
3b vR
II
r AA
t i-444
m.
I
4
a
Fig. 3.6 (b) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series built-in type 1 cabinet
151
i
cf
8—
l
y
sr
w
?•- .
Term inal
703
Motor power
Door interlock
HZ>D= switch
witch
cn
CN1
Door
Int- lock*
--
Power input |
IN1.2
3*
Terminal' unit 1
03
o
J*.
TCI
!
I°o?
COM
*
(KIT
3
&
jcMmp
h
Velocity
Control
unit
2nd axis
COP 2
CFP
nr?
CIA
ww»:
TET
RS232C
interface
unit
AC
200V
PTR
wi thout
L-D ]CV1
reels
CNT4
1
CPII
Z23
*
J5
l
Pan unit.
Symbols of connector
CN?| h
unit
1st axis
100V
Reader /puncher interface
COD (.Interface B>
High speed DI
Oil CN6
Control
UQ
ALU
TO I/O
*
1
•Hi
•o
CPS ElCP4 |
|CP6Cp5P5|
—s—
Cÿ)— ....
I
rs2
!l!
Terminal
3
Ui
IS
sw
0090
0>i/0FF SW
I
5:
I
Input
.Jzoovl
A16B-T6 00
£
o
gg}—.
W
i
Velocity
EMGT °
AC
(§6
CK2 j
poc d Back
Tpnr
J
a
AC :motor
-0 ]CV2
AC
]CV3
2XV
J
irr
1E
CP12
Power Supply
r°
]CA1
CFAI
X
I
PMC ROM CA8CD2
CASSETTE Option I
CSA
CCA
I
uli
—
'
(96pin)
Yamaichi
.'.«0p tr
—8ÿ (Spin)
‘(Spin )
BURNDY
Opt. connector
JAE connector
-
fjCAl
)
HONDA
(D -Sub)
ggpis
Mas
•C-B
CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2
cp
m
CA2B
CAP
A16B 1010 0040
CA5ICA4CA3 CD1
command
B-
CA1B
Positon coder
Peed Back
up cp cp cp
A16B 1210
0510 CPM|
©
H
CPl s[
o
{|RS232C linterface
cC)
h
(Interface
i
—i
<1 :-:.v
CD6
a*
TC2 DC24
5‘
“Otl
—Db
—ad
(20pin)(S0pin
—06
CA6
style termin?l
_____ _ _
TC5 AC20O.
TC4 AC200
ro
o
E
I
-O
CA4B
.Video
Key Switch
To 9 inch final l Type
Power supply connection
Mill* CRT
roSv
: :: ;19/in“,yp'CRT/MD'
TC4 AC200V .... 9 inch standard
type or
14 inch color graphic CRT/MDI
ETO.
CUPIB
j
i
_n r2'-''s“ Lg Jx>P4C1
] M29Q
rO
J
AI«H iirio IVCO
Ml 8
"'ÿ11ÿ
lIIS
__
COP2B.M2B M19B M20BM18B Ml B.
IKlt
TO I/O
J
To 9 inch standard type
Terminal unit l
TO machine sklo
LaO™ ss
1
i
COD 1 CPS2
IMC e
Ml 9 M2 M20 M18 Ml
SIIII
M19BM2BM20BMI8BM1B
Terminal unit 1
TO machine side
-CÿOmi C/
sir, XL'
COS C04 C03 C02 COl
•
(Interface A)
CP~ “2
arsssy
CA3B
C09 CIO ClI C12iC13
SIIII mu
Manual pulse generator
(MPG) x 2
CU5B C04BC03BC02B001B C09B C10BC11BC12BC13B
Terminal unit 1
Terminal unit 3
To machine side
CRT/MDI unit or
14 inch color graphic
CRT/MDI unit.
Note) The specification connections of PCB
with * mark are changed in digital
servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).
w
ON
3.6
=
13
IIJ
-I
s
&
g
II
gI
£
s
BJ"
g[t>
S
si
- II
B
§
§
=§* B §=>s!|!
§ÿ8
£
*3
g fe
8 8
S
8
nut
e
-
s
ri s
££
5
5
_
dt
§ÿ,+
f|pyTfl3gc a— I
JitD— 5
>
OP—
T
-§[ÿ
8
—
1M
•"
5EH
5H
et-j
1
O
o
2r n
oT
-DisiJfD—
§{
;
8
--
M
-t
>8
-i
-•§
S
m
H
.eg
sH
i
1
3
8
i S0-3 “
SE -D
8t-
\*U1 j
Ui
ot&
|l 111,
gi
&
3S i
n
-tfihW
-ÿ¥§1
I
;» §cD”
I
8
§|-s
~ fr
a a
ii
]8„
§flJ
-gt
-s§r
IIlit
£
D-h>
I«
P?
1I
a cin
liiPMrriÿ
liiDiwus
« n I\J
rtisJ
S£-3? =
i ‘iiA
E
fÿrhl
kil=u
SÿE
1,,
si
z
=
6 n ft r1]
Fig. 3.6 (d) Connecting diagram inside 10M/100M built-in type 2 and 10M/100M built-in type 2-2 cabinet
153
-
I
<
Mi
I
L
11
fiS
2
o
rsE
£5
•>H
- sC Lh
H
rDil ifSEH
I
„ i s[D—
rflpj ec o
b[0
2
BCD
3DQ
<PD
-QBTPE
«—
P
II iAs
Hit
+
4) 38 |BED
HstO
A
AistO
JT
S
3=
as
£
I
fc
H
o§ 1
3B 6
5!
5M
eE-3
?
-
S
a
§H S
p
HHJI
a-3 1
§H
stH
Sf 3
<
H
£
-I)
J
®
J
li~
5..
§[|[hJ~I
TT
ft
TlPs
r-o ?§
B
<
uh
TIT
ll Isi
§ls i
I,
11
g
lia sal
I© a
° II
s
—
HH
4 SI
s§
(*
agg
§
—
cp
ill
S!3
!H
3
a
11 eM
So
|*
JS 3 o
st— a
|S
11
i
Ho
II®
fp
He D-
-Dll
-o
II
oS[ 0— g
>1
sn
1
IS
ga
|0[ 0— M
t t-s
A
3
*1
c-ÿ-g a s[ D— I
*<§?[ S-* e
{
5
Si
hU H<
Ik
eCIP
gOCH
SOD—
UQ
:!_
I
Ja 5 34
A
Z
4
§“
S
aa
<
§
£
Q
OO OS
5
p
SO
O
1
0
]5
I
Jgs |
4,
| HI
11
SQ
J
35
is
I
o
9
H
C=3§
L
Ss
I
0D
I
01§
i
__
3.6
!(Q) I® f
P
||!| li li 1
l!
g£ £“ IS
-
*“ J,i
x i.
|
- = -<„
§2 I oil p
F£
5
r
pi
*
201
Fig. 3.6 (e) Connecting diagram inside 10TF built-in type 3 cabinet
154
<*ÿ
a:a.
m
SI,
*”
4 4
i
<?ÿ
~
“
>*
<
C
—
J,ut
——
-L1J
<J
-R->,7-
3.6
s
£8
u
g
So 2*
Ss
It
n_
&
6
Uj
8IIg
PW
-Gl<
H
B
I
i
-i
C
<i
tZp
B*-®:
5
p
S
iS
i
----
u
11
If
Si 6*0
Hall
O'
O'
CS
oH
a
.
33 S
'? ? ?
11
£
*-§-<.*
]
s
I
5
§
o
gj
JX.
ZL
rgi
SgStD-
|--o(0)
h>(3)
0 5SID-
jg[[h
-m
lien—
r-aefa
g
;-
A
M!
+•>
o
a a ssg
—Hid
-0 ]S
•
s-gS
«> »d
Ln
o
|
3„
t-
iI
13
g s
E=§ 3
£>**
§.a 3
12 Site
I 11
_:
a
|
tin
Sj
°
s4
fl>
:•
:
o
:
—Big|E
5
0
£ §
-4A|
e
i
i
a
P
r°(Q)
r
a
@1
Pho*
2
t
i t gfF
g|gag—
fl J j
r~
~~
CO
c
I
)
J
g-BB
—I
co
CO
r1
Si e
S BIS S
UK®
o5 %l
ft|S
1
B—s
3
&
&
££<=
§SS
IÿSSIlII
g
?
|po
-o(o]
|H
41Hi
€>s
:
I
-0]§d
i U«U
!
!L
1 ifsiff
1
§5
"
>
§
Fig, 3.6 (f) Connecting diagram inside 10 series unbundled type cabinet
155
-
t
14” CRT/MDI
(100 series)
£
=' O
Standard 9”/14”
Small type
CRT/MDI
°les|
CRT
sag
(10 series)
O
]>
Manual pulse
’ÿgenerator
_Tl "1ÿ
U
CD13B
I I
<£>
S.D
®
as
s
U
—&
u10
c
I
0
0
PMC cassette
Conversational
function card (10TF)
OPTION
Connection unit
or I/O unit
£_
i i
CNl
Tl
€
Digital
servo
ampli¬
fier for
1st axis
o
T1CN2
<P
w
i
Ln
O'
I
Uso-EL
is.
£
i—i
CNl
Digital
servo
ampli¬
fier for
2nd axis
Tl CN2
TT¥
I/O card A -
a
0
EE
n
d 2 COP 2 o£ i
O O
n n n o
O
£ > > >
> > >
K r w S woo
Master PCB
d 3 CV2 1
d 3 CV2 2
A16B-1010-0190
o
<
</>
CD
£
O
o
m
o
c/>
CD
I'
CFE CF91CF92
£
TIT
CNl
CNl
Digital
servo
amplifier
3rd axis
Digital
servo
ampli4th axis
Tl CN2
Tl CN2
F=1
E3
r~i r~i
IT
CA2 CA1 CD1
—I
[
—
E
Powr Supply
I l
up rp
Punch panel
(For small type CRT/MDI)
Spindle amplifier
_
Position coder
fier
Dll
Ull
U
J5
Spindle control
Feedback
1st to 4th axis AC servo motor
Power
jggL
Servo transformer
Battery
unit
bb
kfd,
S
—Q 3f I
Separate type
detector
CF
101CF102 CF103 CF104
— —
l I
l I I I
I I
T?TT
Feedback of separate
type detector 1st to 4th axis
Note) Other specifications and connections than above mentioned
are same as in analog servo system
u>
ON
READER/
PUNCHER
TO
TO
SERVO PULSE
3ÿAC ACIOOV
DOOR
4EMG
rsw INTERLOCK
SW
FORMER-1
LTRANS
-cfo
:
MOTOR ENCODER I/O
UNIT
POSITION
DPL
M
FORMER
-*
——•)
C V'lH -
r~
A
-
TO HOST COMPUTER INTERFACE
(S)
CSA
CBA
CASSETTE
S'
CO
O
3*
-
INTERLOCK
s
-
.
INPUT UNIT
R.S
FNR.PNS
-‘
7fS
6o—fyoTK
— —
CP4
ON .OFF
CP2 CP 3
CPI
O
3
3
QTZ3
—
I II It
n
E 0—i
an
(yap
V6I
L
I
—
CN1 CN6 CN5
—
I
7
T Cvÿ)
=K™>=)
CN1 CN6 CN5
I I
I !
— —
—
7
t
I II I I !
°
V82
CD
O
C vi1 X VI2 )
3
( v
©
o
©
k>
©
2D
CQ
05
I II I I 1 1
3
I
l—. I L_J
CPl3 CPU
POWER CP 12
SUPPLY
UNIT
3
Q.
Un
CD
FAN
O
ui
CD
Cvp
vm
<voT>
SYMBOLS
3
DIRECT
CQ
COUPLING
<
HONDA
(96PRO
O
o- SCREW [
FASTONI
o o- TERMINAL
CD
cr
[D-
(SOP IN)
HONDA
CD-
(20PIN)
It
Ph
YAMAICHI
OPTICAL
FIBER
E0E B-
[D-
BURNDY
(6PIN)
BURNDY
C0P3L-T
(SPIN)
D-SUB
OOO
MPGX3
——
————
CV4 CF4 CVS CF5
1 II II II
an
i—i n
visa
V62
V82
V81
< V4i >
—
L_!
-if
200V
l_fcOP3
—
i
1
C13
1CBL
TJCOP4
—1 rm
a
M
K
CL
CO
C±3 rrn
a
CONNECTION CDM CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL
I
P
c
P
o
C
I PC
5
E
Lsl
w
<5
s
z:
o
<
CO
Cll
CIO
LJ
p
C09
O
£-*
CO
o
CL
\
!~) EZ3
LLU
CDD2 CP55
CONNECTION UNIT 2
C13 C12 Cll CIO C09
cpcpcpcpÿ
TO MACHINE
C05 C04
u
2
9 c
2
C12
1
1
cpgcpcpcp
E—
CL
2
rn P
CM4 CM3 CM2 CM1
GEO a
CP52
CONNECTION UNIT
CP51
—
I C™>
III
6
AXES
< V42 >
V22
14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
CP24
CD 3 CA3
——
CHA
TO SERVO AMP.
FOR ADDITIONAL
ON/OFF
J
rrr
E
CP14B
r
o
9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
CDl CA3 CMD CP24
rn 1 1 r 1 I I
PUNCHER INTERFACE
HONDA
CP14A
J
L2J
CP91
READER/
CAEI
MASTER PCB
n
V13
TERMINAL
CA?
A
i ii ii ii 1
o
SL
05
3
3
o
—
cn
<D
O
t
IT
ON/OFFo
CD
CD
05
O
PCB
CABM
PP
CABCA10CA12CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3
1—ii—ii—it—ti—ii—ii—i
i — —
III
*
CD
O
m
BUBBLE
MEMORY
3
3 U ft
CAN CASCAE2CAHCABCAFCAX
PPCOP 2
TAPE READER
WITHOUT REELS
200V
__
I I I I LJ
CD3CD4CD11
CAT
C0P1
CNTI
0+
Hi
a.
—£| J
Cvjs-0
1 200V
C2*D-o
Itti
CD9
CP41
•
CPME D
!
*
—I
TAPE READER
WITH REELS
&
CDS
O O
Q.
b
]
|4
CQ
PCBÿ
rv&ofygp)
AC SERVO AMP. UNIT AC SERVO AMP. UNI
CN1 CN5 CN6
T
o
—
L
AC SERVO AMP- UNIT
<- OQ-(7ios>-0
EON, EOF.COM
REMOTE BUFFER
6 C-3 i
O
o *
1 I I 0-0
&! i"i L 0—0 Oi *I I 1 I ;—0-0- O-j
CN 2 A»I>2,3 ,4 5,6 CN2A,1’2>3>4 5,6 CN2A,1,2,3,4 5,6
U.V.W.C SU>SV •sw <K3
FI F2
PCB
GL <n-
<3E>
o
EMC
ACP PCB
ROM/ RAM
(V02 )
T5
CFA
PMC ROM
1
U
I
C03
rn rn Jt 1 » \ njH 1
C02
COl
C13 C12 Cll
~i
CIO
rj
C09
I
1 1 o 1
1 » I L~> \ I » I L » I
L*i UiLi LJU Lfe 1 L-O
•I TERMINAL
UNIT (FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)
TO MACHINE
TO OPERATOR PANEL
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with * mark
in digital servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
aie changed
oo
REMODE
TAPE READER
TO HOST COMPUTER
POSITION
DPL
READER/
J/0
PUNCHER
INTERFACE
UNIT
i
DOOR INTERLOCK
< V02 >
&
INTERLOCK
OQR , S ,G FNR. FNS O
INPUT UNIT
09EON .EOF,COM ± v
ON, OFF CP4
CPl CP 2 CP 3
AC200V
1
*n
1
1
1 1
1 1
1
w
1
E
< V05 >
< V180>
a
F
r
@@©
m
133
[
200V
O
1
L_J
!
CD
fyfofyiT)
V54
*
o
©
o
CNTl
[
*
VZ4
CAP
a
CABM
CABÿÿ'CAX
CP14A
CAEI
0&
E
MASTER PCB
CP14B
COP2 *cvi
cv2
CAI
CAIO
CFl
CA12
CA2
r~CAB
CF2CV3-CF3
t nnnnrhnrunnnn
o
(XpD
BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB |
J
*
ADDITIONAL
AXES PCB
CHA
CV4ICF4-CV5 CF5
—11
n 1—inj
nnDDnnnnQnnczi
Qa
vis?
Supply
03
tO
rL
r-.
COP1
a
<w>
Power
c_
CFA
.J
CAN CAS CAE2
CD5
CP 12
CvoID
3
to
ROM/ RAM ACP
PCB
_
— —
4]]
o
±
CP13 CPU
r+
CBA
cassette
CAT
VI8-1
1 11 i DU
L... 1 I LU
3
PMC ROM
I Ii I I 1
CD3ICD4CA11
ST
V27
O
3
©
PCB
CN3 CNl CN2
REMOTE BUFFER PCB
I CN5 CN4
F—1 CP11-
TAPE READER.
WITHOUT REELS
V14
a
OE]
to
1
£4=53
CSA
CP»E B
UNIT
<vrr>
4-
03
I
3
Ln
00
in
<w>
3
1
E
CDlr—
V31
c
3
—
I nm
U~
D5D
READER/PUNCHER 20mA
?
o
03
O'
©DIRECT
LING
HONDA
—
(See 9 INCH
CRT/MDI)
( 96 PIN)
3
[J
TERMINAL
o o-F ASTON
TERMINAL
HONDA
( 50 PIN)
r P BURNDY
rl ri_ HONDA
U li"( 20 PIN)
...
Iff
YAM Al CHI
OPTICAL
FIBER
--
( 6PIN)
E EhBURNDY
(
r
3PIN)
-D SUB
o
©
%»
CP52
I
"
CONNECTION UNIT'l
C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09
_ j LUJ
COS C04 C 03 C 02 coi
CDML
1
©Q©
CD
ljJC0P4
CP 51
t±D
G_D
U-J
CDD2
LDU
LAJ
t-
CONNECTION UNIT 2
Cl 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09
z
Li
CL
i—'
C
c o
a a o
g
a a
0- CL
w w
=
3: 3
Cl 3 C 12 Cll CIO COS
m
4 rsn r~©~i r<r~i r~j~i
•
a
t
r.51 r*i
2ÿ
*
H
23
o
a
O
a
<
2
a
o
a
2
o
E-
1 < 1 03
KJ
a
TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER
i"Tfi
1 1 » 1 1
1 1
LAJ U5J
LAJ 1
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL) I
TERMINAL UNIT
L_iU L_*J
J
E-
CP55
MACHINE
C±D tzn
CONNECTION
CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL
[CM 4 CM3 CM2 CMl
O-S CREW j
cb tr
LU
TTTTT TTTTT
Rtnu-
1
©
CMP CP 24
CD1 CA3
PUNCHER
1 20mA C/L
SYMBOLS
- CUP
•
YJC0P3
14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
*o
G3
tr
READER/ MPG
C/L
INTERFACE
INTERFACEi /o
o
o
o
ON/OFF 200V
9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
F—1 1 1
, j—|CA3CMD CP 24
O
<4
tr
a
I
1
J
To
MACHINE
TO OPERATOR PANEL
MPG x 3
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
changed in digital servo system.
* marktoare
Fig. 3.6 (m).
Refer
cs
REMODE
TAPE READER
TO HOST COMPUTER
DOOR
PAN
r-u
AC200V
-OQ
LI?
<HD
V14
rm m m
-n
c5‘
CvLQCviD
O
j
-
rvon
3
O
I
LD
O
UUU
ID
CAT
!
V24
HI]
C0P1
a3
J
“1
i nnnnnnnn nnn
?
(XL
PCB
|
*
0& -J
E CV41CF4ICV5
MASTER PCB
CP14B
C0P2
CV2
CVl
CA1
i p-j
CA10
CF2*CV3,CF3
CA8
CFl
CA12
CA2
QD
<HL>
CP14A
CAE1
CAP
BUBBLE
MEMORY
u LL Li CABM
CABCaF|CAX
CAN CAS CAE 2
CD 5
-3-
o
Power
Supply
UNIT
CP 14
nannooannnn
ADDITIONAL
AXES PCB
CHA
—
—
— CF5
—
I II II II I
QQ
bQ
T
<m>
Q.
5*
CO
Ln
njÿy
CP 12
3
CQ
_
j-.
H
-21CD3ICD4CA11
v;
CP 13 CPU
O
3
CBA
CFA
CASSETTE ROM/ RAM ACP
PCB
PCB
2
J L_
C5
11
CSA
PMC ROM
*
*
_?
1
L
:
LJ L
CN3 CNI CN2 n
REMOTE BUFFER PCB
CNTl
200V
C
w
INTERFACE
TAPE READER,.
WITHOUT REELS
i
!
PUNCHER
*
via
CP4ÿ
cpi CP2ICP 3 b tr
ON, OFF
C3C
©@©
o
INTERLOCK
06R, S ,GFNR. FNS
INPUT UNIT
EON.EOF.COM*
I/O
UNIT
‘
INTERLOCK",
o
POSITION
DPL
READER/
CD
VO
3
i
3
±Q-CmTy
Q.
l cb u
r?
cP2ii—icopÿj'
O
T0N/0FF
CD
CDI
V31
O’
c
L
<
CD
-•DIRECT
o
05
O3
CUPLING
HONDA
(
96 PIN)
C
©-SCREW!
TERMINAL
o o-FASTON
TERMINAL
CD
HONDA
(50 PIN)
r1 n HONDA
u Lr( 20 PIN)
YAMAICHI
.
O
ON/OFF 200V
Fit
[JC0P3
14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
cm
CMD
CA3
CE24
po
OPTICAL
FIBER
So-
BURNDY
( 6PIN)
MPG x 3
BURNDY
E 0-
( 3PIN)
[0
D-SUB
U-J
ULU
fr-
CP55
CDD2
CONNECTION UNIT 2
C13 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09
!
—
CMl
]CM4 CM3 CM2 I I I-f I-1 I
!
C04 C03 C02 C01
1
LI
>/ÿ
TERMINAL UNIT
l
ryi ro'H 1 T 1 1 T
• 1 •
1 1
9
1
i i i ~fl
i i » I L*_l
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)
L_*J l_±J L*J
fr3
Q
w
C.l 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09 j;
i
CL
C_
3
MACHINE
E~
2
CL
r
I
J
CONNECTION CDMli— CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL
m
OQQ
j
LLJJ
TTTTT TTTTT
MPG
(See 9 INCH
CRT/MDI)
_
U
CP 51 ycoP4 CP 52
CONNECTION UNIT 1
C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09
l I C05
SYMBOLS
•
tr
a
INTERFACE
-J20mA C/L
RS232C 20mA C/L
I/O
INTERFACE
3
n
:
V43
——
npsicM0
WMg
PUNCHER
9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
r~i m f 1 1
i
H
<3H>
O
3
?
o
a Q
Csl
Kl
CL
3
2
fr3
CS
3
ce
o o
u
u
N
C
q
ee <
77.
<
<
Z
CO
2
fr¬
CO
O
CL
i
TO VELOCITY
i
PULSE ENCODER
CONTROL UNIT
ij
To MACHINE
TO OPERATOR PANEL
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
changed in digital servo system.
* maiktoare
Fig- 3.6 (m).
Refer
U)
Cs
n:
READER/
PUNCHER
INTERFACE
TO HOST COMPUTER
[
A C2 0 0V
—
(MD
LO<
TRANS'
r'ORKER
DOOR INTERLOCK
n
?ÿ)
£
6
INTERLOCK
[ÿ
'INPUT LN IT
OOSON. KOP.COM
1
ON. O Fr
CP4
C™
fP2 m
rm m
-<SW—
E El—cvio—
TAPE READER
WITHOUT REE
20 0V
7 L-o
5
Cyp<Q>
O
3
CL 1 1
i
o
S'
(2
[
Fp t=]
B
u
GO
s
—i r4
C D1CA3
i
cr
c
'HI
=?
n
__
P5.CP24
P 1 i—i
i
READER/PUNCHER
A
tl
O
ONÿ2OOVCOP31J
CD 1 CA3
I i rn
CMP CP2 4
m
mm racm
20mA C/l.
. Srf 9 INCH
CRT/MDI
INTERFACE
SYMBOLS
©
DIRECT
COUPLING
o
HONDA
O-TK!KM NAt.
il-M
I
AL
( 9 6P IN)
HONDA
( 5 OP IN)
[D-
r n HONDA
fr
BURNDY
_ ( 6P IN)
LI Q-( 20PJN) _ _
Ltt
YAMAICHI\2
r—T.OPT I CAL
BURNDY
3PIN)
j_D- SUB
BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB
LJ CABM
CPI 4 A
CAEI
MASTER PCB
CAP
F
a ]T3COPi
Efr
0
'—jC0P2CA10 CA12 CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3
-
(V22>
Q i
7=-!
'
INTERFACE
IS
y0
4>
CASICAB2JCAH CAB CAK TAX
CAN
CD5
i
rn
i
i i
1 1
——
ii
H
READER/'
PUNCHER
3
DL„
i
i i
——
\ i
ii
\ i
i
:
fl ADDITIONAL
PCB
O
AXES
CHA
—-— —
CV4ICF4CV5ICF5
1 II II II I
<sn>
"? CP2lLEJCOp7y'
O
9
uuu
is:
i
I
:
01
<vn>
o
ACP PCB
CD 3 CD4CA1 1
CAT
CV2/0
>1-
CF A
PC
•
&
r+
l \p
m
CO)
CPl4fI
s
3
r—i r—i
CBA
RO14 RAM
:
[: £j—<S3>-
41
CD9
EZl
3
5'
2
CN2
r
CP4i
i
i
CPI 3 CPI 1
CPI 2
POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT
9:
03
N5
CNI
REMOTE BUFFft PCB
I CN5 Of 4 CPI
Lÿl- S—|_
;
PMC ROM
CASSETTE
i»g issp
o
03
O
!
i I
CM3
i
POS >TtON
DPI.
CS A
-ol_? r
a
i
m
°±
ca m
£
REMOTE
I
_
FAN
©@©
Lrts
i Lf:;,.?*':
l
™> •™
vOgEFi-Qy . »i*
3!
O
UNIT TAPK READER
m
o©o
i
CPSl
UC0P4CP52 CDDI
CONNECTION UNIT
1
03 O 2 CI 1 CIO C09
—
L
L
cm
J LL—J
CDD2 CPS 5
CONNECTION UNIT 2
Cl 3 Cl 2 Cl l CIO
m
fi"£
trl cm
H
D
s
?TTTT TTTTT
cp cÿp np
COS C 04
CO 3
00
C13 CI2
L-g-J
T
iijT±i i_g_j L_gj
i
rru g~i i
ryn
ryi np ryn nsn
1
1
_i_ HJ
I—®J
LsJ !
!
TERMINAL UNIT
(FOR EACH
o
Q
g
Su
00
gt =l
u
CI 1 CIO
C01
C02
s.
1
C09
r •1 rs
3C
i
i
MACHINE TOOL)
D
0.
TO MACHINE
UONNKCT ION
UNIT KOtt OPERATOR PANEL
CM2
CMI I
CM-S CM3
tn
cb n
— —
I <S3> i
trl
omtn
O
1
§
P: c
L>
§ z
N2
O
ci
3
<
z z
w
(
CO
TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER
Jj
TO MACHINE
TO OPERATOR PANEL
MPG x 3
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
* mark are changed in digital servo system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
IBER
CN
3.6
5
m.
5
ggg
fi
as
m
m
SC
g
E[
gg
.<=£=] 5
1r
3
D-
—
41 ]i CD
_n npCD—
sr
I “L 0—
g
]s
]g
;sc
ra
na
c=i
M
t
j-B gg sc
s
ooi
la
Si
{3
i
(D
rO
a|
—
If sE EH
*
WM&K D* e
4 uz
C-OO-O
-l>oo 6
m
JlEhÿ-BipBO-il
i=i P
—
tb
L—J
S’S-S
__l
>s
n——1
? i-j
;ll4—a 38|*I G
8
§•£
8g
-a 5UWU
lie—OPP
]s|c
=>-
2U
is g[sE -s1
D±1
fHit
ii
-
§
§e
{=)
p
8
I
I
It.CO
s
pc
o-l
Higa-J
Chn
0-1
?
0
> II
a 0-
3
02
U0
-0
Q
SI
°«*si-eD
o
-o®
rCl|
Lj
la
E.E S
T| i\ aE EH
ch
a
d ||
|» j|
-11CSEEHH3DS“
0-@—B Di II
sr
cizi
3
Fig. 3.6 (I)
Reader/punchei
U interface
Si
Aicb
It
+J
*1a
[>
3. e
Czij i—i n ri 'k
II
PH
-si
GDI SC
SC Q
3
I
E
P.l 2[ []--
rQ
J
£
8I H] r *![[]—
11s 2[ n -
SC Q
a SC D
sc DSC Q
sc 0
lil
in
P
sc Q
i
**
3
SC 0£
I
r~T~is
Q
a£a
n
CO—
*[ D
is
£[ Q
pg
5
I
oD-
-{=
—
3=
:
0
cC] rzizs
jt %I S 5te
1
2
ti"
t
EZCD db tEl
—11 U
Connecting diagram inside 11/110 series unbundled type cabinet
161
14” CRT/MDI
(For 110 series)
Reader/puncher interface
LJ
Near zero signal
CD13B
External position display
o
9”/14” CRT/MDI
PMC Cassette
(For 11 series)
ROM/RAM board
Connection unit
or I/O unit
Tl
CQ
CO
05
3
O
1
<Q
s>
ON
to
I
_I
I
CN1
Conversational function
card (11M-F, 11TT-F)
Bubble memory
£_
_i
I
l
1
CN1
CN1
Digital
servo
amplifier
1st axis
Digital
servo
amplifier
2nd axis
Digital
T1 CN2
T1CN2
T1 CN2
nn
nn
<>-o
rm
nn
rm
uu u u
4>
fier
m
Tape
reader
0001000
I
]=]COP2
servo
ampli3rd axis
_
CA11CA12CD3 CD4 ,
J
CAT
n
o
>
x
£w
Master
PCB
A16B-1010
-0 200
OCi
r
CA8 CA1ACA2ACA1B CA2B
r~i
o
n
O
Q
r~i
CFE
Tj?
i>
>
u:
s
CP14A|j
CPI 4B[l
CAP
n-n
m
QOo
C"v
10
CD5
©
O
>
>
> >
W EJ
w
Power supply
i
Position coder
1
c/>
©
2.
J (1ITT only)
Position coder
}
Spindle amplifier
©
2nd spindle
Spindle amplifier
O
1st spindle
C/3
Servo transformer
Servo amplifier
of 4th and
5 th axis
High speed skip
C±]
H3 3§3
9
HU Hi
C3
©
AC servo motor
C3
Ox
W5T
o
a
AC servo motor
feedback of
1st to 5th axis
3
-ÿ31
MU JQ.
Power line of
HU
3
g
ri3 31
_o
HD ns
u
Adapter for separate
C£F type detector
9
es£g
3
M3 3s
“*03
9 ngH3 3l
HD “is9 s3
o
n o
Q Q Q
"=3
I—*
I—*
oo-o©
*-*
w rfi.
to
)—»
©
cn
nnn nn
mi!
Separate type detector
feedback for 1st to 5th axis
Note) Other specifications and connections than above
mentioned are same as in analog servo system
ON
3.6
r~
•i
i
i
i
l
U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT
BASIC HACK
PANEL II
fluiSg.
I
!
wteE
pWlf
CD9~
CND CNECRG C
E
— —/
Z 3t{ —-I7TT5
{:
R
o
3
8
i
I
I 3$
AC
U.V.W.G
F1>F2(Jo-{
g§
s
I
FNS
FNR OO
TB3
(1-4)
-INT4)
A
1
m
CNTlÿHiT
i
}
200RI'X>./
EOFF
ON/OFF COM
200V
1
o
inJ
§
o
o
linn
Kffl
}
u
C D-
CD
I
"1
-
P
SJO CA2CO
5
CD
cm GET
jr
*
S. I
Jo
HIGHSPEED D1
D-
°V gCA17BCQCO
I
1
£
C
S&copz_3=a--v
OS-SD CO—
aii-ÿ—up qo— rI OPERATOR
PANEL
M..IS _a
lrffei5
c
1
I
3
0
z
o
gi|
1
l
:
—
co
8s
it
III
‘2
CA17ACO
"OO
\h
l-S
N
o|
6
g(JS£CA18
°n5SC0,>I
co—
M
itid
CD—.
nil
1 INDUCTSYN
1
) PKE AMP
2
-i*.
t
t
e
s
S|P II
CF51C O
<fTZ
•zU o CF52 c
s
OH
s
o
CF53C
o
z
U
CNS
A
SJ—
3
V5U)
V51b a
®i
Pill
CA 12
35
-a-a CN6 |S
V51c
en
a. CN2
rC1 J at
VSIa -a CN5>g
V5la
<nZ CVlc o
CV2C C>
<->Y* CV3C O
N
£
£
3
MID -a
-a
co
V51c
-a
u
o£
4
1
NEAR ZERO
!
MOTOR
L
(RESOLVER)
oo
3
34 60-
CN5gg
?N1-S
j
} INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
4-
21
cog
DO
J
rJ
CDl C
<9*
<
T
rz
.Uiss
So
>3
£
-
-ft
T21 ON/OFF r
I=CP2r
ul g CAlCO
03
Reader' puncher interlace
POSTJON DPLII
ANALOG INPUT
*ÿ
gÿCAlOCO
7.
ft. o
HOST
COMPUTER
POSTION DPL I
*ÿ
CD3ri[>
<
S
1
POSITION CODER
*
-s- S ANALOG OUTPUT
0)4 C
Sp"-
I
I
-**• HIGHSPEED
ggCAlOCO
O
200 "550V
50/COHz
(MACHINE)
Oil
<
o
1
AC100V 10
fi,
<
z
es o
3
ft.
1
i
J
Machine
MCC2
*
u-ucti
m
z
1
J
SWITCH
MCC1 OUT
W
—
CEID—q EMC
200S1 U 1
EMG
EON
tE2J-0<{> Former
Trans io-)
1
i
BASIC BACK
PANEL I
0
-il g
(vro
Z
£<
ft. z
3D
l--Q*3CP2
1CP
u.
z
i
my
I
I
TBZ
Q ipl (INTI
OD-
n
©@@(g)
O
I
0-7-
<
fDQQR
[INTERLOCK
Add
Locker
Interlock
r
e~c:
u.
1st— 3rd
I DC:MOTOR
co
Axes
/ (PULSE
ENCODER)
.J
) AC:MOTOR
—o-
IK5&0
-o
ww
'l—
}
CO
S
(PULSE
ENCODER)
CO
o
} SERVO MOTOR
<«
K
N
J
</>
in
O
a. CN2
U)
cw ?g
RK.J_
a.
cow
7-7
V)
V>
o
z
<«
«o
o
o
X
r*
T
72
u
}INDUCTSYN
PRE AMP
1 1NDUCTSYN
NEAR ZERO
./SLIDER
MOTOR
>3
<<
4th' 5th
Axes
\(RESOLVER)
<
z
V
>0
£
ul
5U
CF51c 0{:"
o CF52C \>{±J
g CF52C
WZ
§8
CVIC
A
o
CV2C
TUT
CNCCND
CV3C
<
|al
CF31 cS o
OK32 «=
a:
QH
CK7? =[C=H—
V
t»a9A.
COP 4
IF01A
1099H
CNA1
CNAO
SHS 0f
—--
CAL2«c
±24E
O-
r
I
I EXTERNAL
L
4-
60ÿ
S16 ol
-}
O
DC:MOTOR
I
1
I/O UNIT
COM
-
v
N
"g||g
C23A
"2.1E
tili
-)
?i
*L?
UV
<
Q
T--T
DI
O
mm
t
SERVO AMP
CNA6
-CNA10
JQ
c'o
> >
OI399A
"CNAS
*
E53
«!) 8
AC:SKRVO AN I*
* (PULSE
tNCODtJcj
C3
Si Si
a
I.C
1/3
-J
J
3S
>ÿ
DO,
Z.S .5
S E
—
6A
lixss
LIT UU LI
V)
MACHINE
Fig. 3.6 (n) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is not performed in 5 or less axis control)
163
-
r
__
r'DOOR
i
i
Add
Locker
Interlock
I
U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT
;
L
BASIC BACK
PANKI.il I
Lfcg. cmas-j
{KT}
sPsiicpi,fgJ
BE]—
cm
H
X
<
X
X>
33
—tsa—/
3E-{
—m3
3
bw
Cl
1
i
!
[
\
FNS
FNR Oc>
4)
U-V.W.G
F1.F2 DO-{
2oos)
{
-Ji
I
iflT-
i
rm
o
Machine
Too
ACIOOV lA
(MACHINE)
HOST
COMPUTER
{: Q
“I
Reader ‘puncher interface
HIGH SPEED D!
HIGH SPEED DO
’-J
POSITION CODER
croc
££ CAIOC
o
U
X
£§
CZ
CA2C o
CAIC O
wC
I <a.
a.
s1
SCA)7BC
5(j-[tCAl8
C D'
-(ViD—
{
ofSSCOP1
COP2 <
*
r- Y
&
~
3pS
X
t
ISo
CN5
V51a
D3
|m
ulif|1
si!
MID -D
V5U
VSlb
V51c
CV3C
2
>
S
o
V51c
CF62C
S
<
¥
Q
}
a
CA 12
L
—
u
io
u
oE i2r
>g 3.4 >o—
*2
5.6 yo—
HU,
I
CV2C O'
(ÿ}-
?N5 >2 3.4 6oJ
<
u
.lip g
gaiiii
UJ
:ÿÿ:
«Q
5
—o
«rO—o
b
a
1F01A
CNAO
Sÿg 4-
£
—"
CF62C
g CF63C O
< g CA12C
}
4 jo—pza—oi
r“
I
I
_J
CNAI
-CNA5
n
I
, COM
CNA6
-CNA10
O
C2?.A
il
EXTERNAL
I I/O UNIT
)
otyj<jA
1)1
v
-i”i>
I
DO,
o
w
a.
W)
JNDUCTSYN
E } Sl.IDER
0
S
CO
} PULSE
ENCODER
3
ID-JOB
+ 24K ~C22E
CA12
f Da
CE6I C 0~
ll)«*9A
CO
YN
} INDUCTS
PRE AMP
2?
CN1
»
CMC CiND C0RU
CV3C O-
g
a.
-a
L?)
z-
O
K
-K
-J
“tu LLU
x
s
} SERVO
MOTOR
A
z
ei
ENCODER)
/
-
C0
Axes
/(PULSE
'A
X3
CF52C CK-J
CV1L O
1st -3rd
1 AC:MOTOR
I
,°oT
DC:MOTOR
> (PULSE
ENCODER)
J
[—
H
£
i
\
C
CF51C o{:
5 CF52C o{-
"l
(RESOLVER)
r
56
0
AMP
INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
MOTOR
n
3.4 oO-'
S
•D
1INDUCTS YN
NEAR ZERO
ISoig
<
CO— ?OPERATOR
PANEL
CO¬
CO— J
CN2C0
3NIJ-
CF63 c
CAlZc D-
<=ÿ
M
CD—]
/PRE
HD- -a 3 &. CN2{
CN6 S-n T <Z 1?
D
§g"CF61C
p
a, D
CR6
CN5
V51b
JO
—\
-
CF32R cs
C=}
O
o
llsi
*£ -y5
T >9.
CN1
CF53C
evic O
CV2C
<
£
rO
CE52C
u
M
a.
CF51 C O'
H
3 u
z
o
7X
O
mg
Ip
S
5
as
CAI2 r D
£2?
<
5
a
-S
E
fa £
3
<
SM
-O0 3
<
w
§
p
m
1
S
—
sPF3
I-
L.j
E0--@D
y§5 3IE— —HE
5HD C
, n-OS
5||
I
c
Lrÿ3 Jp
ajCAlMC o
SH
-V
a.
IS
fc
[> J
CM
<
POSTION DPLII
ANALOG INPUT
l'S
-8 cm C
O
S3
_i
Hi
ICKO
1
3CMD-
CN7[ B-1
S ANALOG OUTPUT
POSTION DPI, 1
—
CD3C
CAJSC o
y
—
I
SWITCH
in
<U
E]
I
200 550 V
50/601Iz
i
KMG
*oil
<
X
[
l‘'(irmcr
I
my
£<
S
OO—t
QE
WP
30
t— AC
Input
mn-o J
O’ Trans
:Fi
-_
-
-
i
200R1 Ky~{
r1
gg
5 J w Lr-ii
BASIC BACK
PANEL l
0.
C 4T1
i
I
T$3
x EON
KMC
EOFF MCCl OUT
ON/OFF COM MCCZ
o—o o
OX
)
32M\
J
J
:rP9 IINTl
— INT4)
IO
i
TYY7
i
f3 ]CIM
,
/-oAT-
HoLJrT
CNDCXE CNTG
f--t-S
CPJI
~j
@©@@
O
0 ] CP3
—ixm—
Q
0T gM so |
INTERLOCK
i
nCPi TIJZ
Cf
CPU
3.6
} NEAR ZERO ,
1
} INDUCTSYN
PREAMP
T
-1
S
u-H v;H c 3
A <!>
1 (RESOLVER)
> AC:SERVO
4lh— 6ih
Axes
£ } INDUCTSYN
PRE AMP
>
Q
a >
Hill3
tU
da tL
inrtn inrÿ
} INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
NEAR ZERO
co
o o
AMP
ENCODER
£ } PULSE
e
|| e2
/SLIDER
NEAR ZERO
X MOTOR
(PULSE ENCODER)
} ‘SERVO
AMP
.a
g
INDUCTSYN
lDC:MOTOR
is
-J
< <
<
9.:
V)
-I
O
c
*—« •*
' •-*
<J)
U>
fXi
O
c c
•— 0m
O
Q
M W
cn
7r.
(f)
MACHINE
Fig. 3.6 (o) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)
164
r~
01P14
CNB CNA
ADD
BUFFER I
0IP13
SPINDLE
CONTROL
S Q S o>
n—n p-n F-nin
Irni Jrp) Fpl
to
01P09
CNC CNB CNA
o
>ÿ
PJ
n
CNA
ADD DETECTOR
(PULSE TYPE)
n
(DSCC TYPE!
01P07
CNC
CNC
-o
DSCG
INT
0IP06
CNA
AXES
CONTROL
non
o o n ol r. GGGQGQ g3EQQ8
b5
2 Si £
w
o
n n n n mn innnnn Hn nnnnnn Mn n n n n n
177 7
one PGoanQ
>
-j
N5
M
H
ty;
01P10
01P04
01P03
01P08
DIP02
CNB CNA CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC
CNA
-OCZF-OCZH=JMA1N
AXIS
SUB
PERIPHERAL
MAIN
BUFFER
CPU
CPU
CONTROL
nna o n
CPU
o o>> >
n o nQ Q2 p
c3 05 -v) "
“O
<ÿ> 10
mnnn n n n
A A nnn
—
r
i1
IP
7?
T
AP00
01P01
CNA
01PI7
CNA
a
>
> C/I
ACP zo
3=
>
n
ROM
/RAM
—
CNA
ni CNF
BUB
n -BLE
3:
i
>
c-
1
TYPE
I/O UNIT
it¬
&ES<X
3
C7N
Ln
"I-
55
3
I
-
>
c«(-\
1
'
. D
=r;z
tTJ
'ÿ*
n
>
o
_.
TZTTP
=0
4K7-J
rZ
_
9 INCH
CC
§
Z
H
nmn
ST3Z
•25
6000
c
N"
*w.
4ÿ Co
C>0
°P§I91|
L3
o
!
14INCH
CRT/MDI
UNIT
nn
j
I
3011
——
oo o<>
00
Oo-
r?
8
O.
li—d LUJ
HI s si
—
Z
b
§ §
o
c
o
c
t/3
O
O
4
rtQ_50Pin
[=D_20P)n.
C > 20Pin
1
c
N
•Ji Sen ra
jnO
>0
-J
c/i
< '-< a
-<
Z
Z o 2;
z
\l
r
5<o S3
11
I
IliSs 2
"3
"3
-3
HONDA
96Pin
a
B
li>!
i\l\
E
H
1st —3rd
Axes
=
SYMBOLS
c
“ C
“
T u
Hi sg §Hi s|
!rt/\0
7
!
"i
1
m
OOO
1
rr>.
H
O
M|
11 a
||g
OOO
£0
>~3
f!
®
5ÿ5
if
MPGX3
V
©
©
(D
L
ern
pÿi
r-
On
HFI
CONNECTION
UNIT FOR
OPERATOR
PANEL
ta
J
I
I
GmJ O
L
2
I apo
o. w
Reader* puncher interfacel
20mA C/L J
1
60
—
V
M
5
UNIT
Ui 1
'3T
i
z
=3 k
i~ L~r i r
"H o c o o n
«—
3
t/i
c
INPUT
IM
c>
1 ’ 3 1 jj
-PKTTT
CRT/MDI UNIT S'
|S
ggj
nn
rm
CO
o
Elll
~
*
Bis:
m
-[gTT]
S
—)
z
“
a
H:::gD? [B-ÿ
-
tit;
v»-
0
WITH REELS
«K
1
1
.
o
*5
TAPE READER
IV
9ES
er
fIII<
{}>> J
/
I
TAPEM
WITHOUT
REELS
V5rp
BASIC
INTERNALS
5
-4
j
—
c
;r
P-U
Cs
ZX
Hz
33
O
r
C
no
c:
> “
a
£5
H
r
u
n r—1 m
3
S3
? 1 1
O [0
s c
REMOTE>
BUFFER1
o
c*
—
n—3_ m
cp
§3
-1
:
£ o>
C3C
>2
POWER
n
Irpi
7
3
-
CNP
£2
SUPPLY z c. n
0&
r = Ct
UNIT
sms
o MEM
> o
ri o
G
n
CNT 2 •ORY
2 2 IS = “ z
PCROM
li-1
00
XX
£
*0
0“
S2
5
0=
Sc
c
-3
m
50
3
<y
r
VA
31
I
Q
“ =
3*
SU
J
pÿ
Si
cn
N§
<
n
R_ BURNDY
PASTON
o o- TERMINAL
n- BURNDY
o o- SCREW
(3PIN)
TERMINAL
(6Pin)
HIROSE
cfV OPTICAL
FIBER
IL_ YAMAICHI
„
n
* : HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20L BMH/20LBEH
n means number
of cables.
CO
Fig. 3.6 (p) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (a)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)
ON
C3>
=58
~
If
£
o
“
>
2
2
CNP
II
n
§
rO
DSCG
INT
POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT
02P09
-05P09
05P0?
CNC
n
2
o
2
>§§11
fj
UM-UN
nnnnnnn
nm
pnnannn
02P09
-05P06
CNA
CNC
|-C3-
DSCG
INT
nnnnnnn
ADD DETECTOR
(PULSE TYPQ (D50G TYPEJ
PO WIO
AXES
CONTROL
AXIS
ADD
BUFFER II
CPU
oo o QQ
< < M is: 3?
S £ 53S2(SSSt5 <
w ro
nnn nnn
~ln n n n nDHtirinf
Q
— -s
nnnnnnn
>332332
02P06
02P08
-05P06
0IP15
-Q5P08
CNA CNB CNA CNC CN8 CNA
CNC
|[j CMMÿ>j>||[ 0000
9900
— —
INTERNAL 0
TYPE
%
1/0 UNIT
2
1
o
1:
2
1
>
2
2
2—»
T
06 2
§
o
R
so
1
1
o
2
M
rwi fi—n
[ml Im]
oc"? 999
n—ii
Em! 2
I
< < <
ft
Cr
UM1
§
.ADD
200 o
O
r2
ci n H
53
2 2 O
u
U
1
1
>C
2~> 2S
>>o a
1
9.1 s
o
P>2
0
*1S3
£°r
2
-OP
o
-
i
3
c?
U5
5
10!if
03
~
rr
s
1
0
?
n T SQ n on §
V1'
1M
’
2
SggSg
gsqgq
n
m-o
IN
5W
zc
>
nr
53
ow
ra
50
O
13th-loth
Axes
—
2
r;
ag”g
Sqgq
•< -<
2 2
4th- 15th
Axes
11 5BSS
SsSo°o
’ fblg
so
Z
R
S
R
53
R
ra
p"2
II
55|
2
>0
2H
•<
2
4 th -12th
Axes
Fig. 3.6 (q) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (b)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)
ON
r
02P07
CNC
rQ
DSCG
INT
CNC
CNA
DSCG
INT
AXES
CONTROL
QQ2Q2GG
>332322
CONTROL
ooo
01P04
n n nn nn
PUPPljl l
V7 ??
il-
t>s
K? <i?S?
0IP02
01P03
CNB CNA
CNCCNBCNA CNCCNB CNA CN'C
AXIS
ADAPTOR
/.MAIN
CNA
AXES
C*J t>ÿ
W
DD
01P05
01P06
CNC
-
—
7,
>
JUlnnn
t
OIPOI
CNA CNA
a
0IPI7
CNA
cs
CNA
jj.g CNF
AGP
zo
PCROM
r-
CAS
SETTS
ni„
PERIPHERAL
CONTROL
/RAM
n o n> > oQ
MAIN
CPU
BUFFER
n c nnp
o>>>
o
*-fl »-3
00
3
S
tZZZZZZ <<<222.
w
~ n.no
nnnnnnn nnn
<<<333
«
N »-
n nnnnnn
JJ
01P07
02P06
CNC
T
VC’C1?
---
SLY
|® 111
CNT
P—n
n
[3
IS-c=>/ I
O
z
=o H
rr» m
CÿT)
o
*o
70
[jj G 3
c
z
H
REMOTE
BUFFER
in in
L"§>
>
-a n n n n n n
AODD
< <
<
Cn
rj
M C3
“O
og
>
S3 C3C
CNP
>2
2
POWER >w
zo r:
BUB
-BLE
—
c- a>
n1 i
—i
i
QDp
o
!
I|
n
INTERNAL
TYPE
I/O UNIT
>
r*
bQoo
if-
o
T
OON
O
-
2
2
i
}
HESS-
2
o-{
(
9
"TTS
3
no
COCO
iO
umm
i>
r
is
-
"0
less
22*
D
T»
«h
~rn
1T
*z
-CKUP
g -n
92 0 £
3
n n P—n rm
n
-orh
£3?
0
WITH REELS
GTT
J
E B-
C RT/MDI UNITzOO-
CO io
c
i
£
s
TAPE READER
—
•l|-
cO-
9 INCH
I
u~u
REELS
c
"K
zz =I
0 j0§ »
ift>
>
5
I
z
CJJ
WITHOUT
o
JIII-
ctLfi
TAPE READER
i
f
sill
INPUT
UNIT
;
z
2"
73
5°
-"*J
I
- tgR
1
I
'
20mAC/L
nn
i
i
CONNECTION
UNIT FOR
PANEL
ffl
1®I1|II| l|
-jagg's- s| »s
> 2:°P3S
22 s=
BnOÿ
2
3
n>
Pi
2
O
J
HONDA
96Pin
W
TCUBURNDY
(3PIN)
Q_ 50Pin
20Pin,
[>_
20Pin
ca-HIROSE
c[
_ c/J-OPTICAL
_ FIBER
jj[£- YAMAICHI
"<
Z
z
70
<
c
>
2
"0
;
OO-MDKAL
©Q-STNAL
—
ffl
i n nn n
TTTT
JII
1
1
1
p sq >q
§
-
Sg ||
o i?
S
2:
m
5 >
g;
X
11
n$>
3
iiii
HI
©OQ
MPCX3
I ir. n
111*18! ! 11
03
1
ilsilll f
»
*~
W
1
«*>
C
TJ!g°
S§•1ig
i\
-P3
sup
r-
R
3
(D
©
X
I
CD
L J CD
Cn -t-
70
SYMBOLS
c/:
fckt
u
i
Hm
FrD EID
OPERATOR
8
i
UNIT
J
i_
9ggr“'i
25 s
I
CRT/MDI
L
§S 112 &>•*
I
X
14INCH
N3
ro P.
Reader* puncher interface
V
siko
J
m
n
L_?
H
OOfvv
od-*
Si
—
•~t»i
N
cn
O
<
n
CL
: HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH
n
n means number
of cables.
Fig. 3.6 (r) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series built-in type cabinet
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control,
double check system is not performed in 6 or less axes control)
u>
ON
r
i
02P06
02P09i
CNA CNC
.ADD DETECTOR
,
yyp
W
H-
ADD DETECTOR
INT
CPU
(PULSE TYPE) (DSCG DTE)
concnoo noon!
y
>TTJTT5-q'5*
nooQ$S
cX w>
<
<< V
W
M M
> 3 2 s >3332*2
k>- n n n nln nnnnnn
CNA CNC
DSCG
AXIS
CONTROL
norm! QQGGQGQ
t?
CNA
AXES
(DSCG DTE)
(PULES TYPE]
W—lvtO—
i_
n nnnnnn
nnnnrin
0IPO6
01P09
02P07
02P08
CNB CNA CNC
—
•si *TJ
>S
S 2‘
conorion
CÿCOtO-UM-
n n n nfn nnnnnn
CNA
AXES
CONTROL
OIPOS
CNB CNA
0IPC7
CNC
DSCG
INT
AXIS
CPU
SQS8SSS
O
—
<<<323
1S»
OO Cs> >— W
5S$=3KS2
n nnnnnn
n n n n rr rr
00.
01P03
01P02
01P04
CNC CN8<CNACNC CNB CNA CNC
OIPOl
CNA CNA
MAIN
BUFFER
nQ c a d
_
oo>>>
t»3 >Z
“°1
ROM
PERIPHERAL
CONTROL
MAIN
CPU
n
non n
>00
z>>>
o
Co -o -v>
-O
AAnnn
rjjr
1—
0IP17
CNA
ACP
/RAM
c=
>2
£
BUB POWER 2ÿ o
•BLE SUPPLY
o
CASUNIT
r?
o
rb
SETTS
z MEM g o o >
c 2
CNT D
!
:2cc
Ci
HI
P—*T
nn nnnn
r
m
=s
=
—
mm rm
ST
aWurn
APDCJ
a rac:
CNP
CNF
Ha rO-
PCROM
—
[NS
CNA
>
o
n
CJDCjUGQ
c
z
H
REMOTE
-H
BUFFER
iii
---
H
n r~n m
Q C2 tZP
1
ini
On
cX
ZX
.INTERNAL
HZ
>
r-
TYPE
I/O UNIT
«K
SoGOOO
n
T
6S
m
o
2
<
Z
P?
•fÿTTK?
II
on
FJ> T
» sf
g
zz
„
iij-~
Ft-
B
L-,
-O COI
!
ON
00
i
l
£
82 c
8£ nS'
q
"t~0
CM LO
4
O
Z
—
J
i
€n>
.
z
n-3
zc
>
73 8ÿ
5B
N
F5
X
X
o
ffl
1
IF)
=1
11 SpHlllSl |1 >z
2c
>q Sgpg8S-5§ >q
Isz 5:I§gs S sq Is? g
z
FI o
H
M
-4
0
2
2
0
—
ii II n
rr.n
w—
cn
xQ >G
w
r*
“
%
z
z
n
co
*<
o
>
2
ff1 if1 "i'H
V
rr
4QÿSOPin
HONDA
96Pin
P
c
20Pin
BURNDY
50s (SPIN)
n_ BURNDY
rHÿOPIN)
C2
HIROSE
gS|l| LTIT
2
3 Sog| o
2
SYMBOLS
imJ LL_U
C3
"S
2
z
50
>x
zra
W?3
r>
O
X
u
"1
m
I
:ai
Q O ds)
>nnv)r:
——
222QSSS
=
Cl.LCDd
H" H2C”
D5
c
H
„
FASTON
u
H
CO
A
I
4'~G|*
Nil tilt-,
L
MPG X3
8
£5
Hf?n
i'
gl SK Si
nr c/52
§s>is §s
H
R
73
r-x
20mA C/L
UNIT FOR
OPERATOR
PANEL
ta CD
----
I
INPUT
CTTI CD
r r
W tv
22*
Reader* pancier interface"!
CONNECTION
-
X T "0 "0
O.
OOO
UNIT
nn
liJ LL1 b-1 uu
noon
rtsn UNIT
CRT/MDI
J
Tin
5
14INCH
u
Uf-
H
V
CO CO OS
~m
tl!=*if
T
co2o<lWw.to
8
WITH REELS-
S
<
j
n"n -lu-nT—i
“
nDSQQzz i
>
U%T>£
is
o
CRT/MDI UNIT
Co co
C
KT?
9 INCH
0
3.
TAPE READER
“a$~
«ih
SSD-
o
t
—0 3 8s
IVN >
sg
i
s <=o
>
2
>
s
an
b-j
TAPE READER
WITHOUT
g
Oo
2w
H
=
c
r
E
-T
“J
F!
I com
if [ 32
i
2 rt
“
s:[ ”
n
a
!
n
8
(D
X
Cv?
to
7HF
lH
A
L_?
L
J
UlfJ-i-
0,1
N O
<
s
CL
O 0- TERMINAL
O O- SCREW
TERMINAL
: HOUSING’S SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH
_-Hÿn OPTICAL
FIBER
Jg-YAMAICHI
n*.<r>&$L'r— '7tu5-T<T,
Fig. 3.6 (s) Connecting diagram inside built-in type
(when one of synchrous operation, hybrid control
or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)
CO
ON
3.7
3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function
General
If trouble occurrs, you must clarify whether the trouble occurred inside the NC
or on the PMC or machine side.
In order to do this, examine the interface
condition between NC and PC or between NC and machine as well as the internal
conditions of NC.
How DGN function displays the condition of NC on the CRT screen when a problem
occurs is described in this section.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual for general operation of
CRT/MDI.
The 9" CRT/MDI unit is equipped with five soft keys. The 14" CRT/MDI unit is
equipped with ten soft keys. In this manual, the 9" CRT/MDI unit equipped with
five soft keys will be described.
POSITION PROGRAM
OFFSET
The soft keys are displayed as follows:
PRG-CHK
CHAPTER
+
The characters in the frames are the names of the soft keys displayed at the
bottom of the CRT screen. The "+" mark at the right shows that "+" is displayed
at the right end of the lowest line on the CRT screen. This means that some key
is not displayed on the CRT screen because of insufficient soft keys.
The basic operation of the 9" CRT/MDI unit is the same as that of the 14"
CRT/MDI unit. With the latter, more keys can be operated simultaneously, so
there is less need for changeover of the soft keys.
3.7.1 Interface display
Interface signal ON/OFF (1/0) conditions can be displayed.
a) Set the soft key as a function select key by pressing the function menu key.
SETTING
SERVICE
CHAPTER
NOTICE
+
b) A maintenance screen is selected by pressing SERVICE Key.
c) If the maintenance screen is not a diagnostic data screen, press CHAPTER key
to select the soft key for the chapter select key.
PARAM
PITCH
DIAGNOS
DSP. MEM
Press DIAGNOS key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a diagnostic data screen
appears
d) If a desired diagnostic data screen does not appear, observe the following
procedure :
d)-l Method by page select key
Select pages by using page select key,
d)-2 Method by soft key
i) Press the operation menu key to select the soft key of the operation
select key.
.
INP-N0.
169
-
+
3.7.2
ii) Press INP-NO, and the soft key is selected for the operation guide key.
(VALUE)
iii) Input a data number key of the desired diagnostic data to be displayed.
When data number is entered by the key, the soft key becomes as shown
below.
EXEC
iv) When EXEC key is pressed, the CRT screen displays the diagnostic data
The soft key is
of the data number entered by the keying operation.
returned to the operation select key.
For I/O signals list, see 3.7.4.
3.7.2 Display of internal conditions of NC
The internal conditions of NC can be displayed by the same method used in the
interface display method described in 3.7.1.
1) Display of the condition where a command is apparently not executed
Internal conditions when 1 is displayed
Display
No.
Bit
1000
0
INPOSITION CHECK
1
2
FEED RATE OVERRIDE
JOG FEED OVERRIDE
3
5
INT. /START LOCK ON
SPEED ARRIVAL CHECK
WAIT REVOLUTION
6
STOP POSITION CODER
7
FOREGROUND READING
Inposition check is in progress.
Feed rate override is 0%.
Jog feed override is 0%.
Start lock/interlock is ON.
Waiting for speed arrival signal to turn on
Waiting for spindle 1 revolution signal in
threading
Waiting for the rotation of position coder in
spindle revolution feed
Tape is being read in foreground.
0
BACKGROUND READING
Tape is being read in background edition.
4
1001
2) Display of reset condition
The conditions of the input signals related to the reset and feed hold are
displayed
.
Bit
No.
1010
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RST
ERS
RRW
ESP
Display of "1" means the following conditions
ESP Emergency stop condition
RRW Reset & rewind signal is turned on.
ERS External reset signal is turned on.
RST Reset key is being pressed.
170
3.7.2
3) Display of TH alarm conditions
TH alarm conditions are displayed as follows.
Meaning of data
Display
No.
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER) F
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) F
1100
POSITION (CHARACTER) B
1101
BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) B
Indicates the character position where TH
alarm occurred by the number of characters
(TH
counted from the start of the block.
alarm of foreground)
Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
(TH alarm of
character by bit pattern.
foreground)
Indicates the character position where TH
alarm occurred by the number of characters
(TH
counted from the start of the block.
alarm of background)
Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
(TH alarm of
character by bit pattern.
background)
4) Display of abnormal conditions of bubble memory
Abnormal conditions of bubble memory are displayed as follows.
No.
1200
Bit
7
6
PR4
5
4
3
2
1
0
PR3
MWP
PR2
WPE
TOE
UNL
No.
1201
Bit
7
6
BPE
PR4
PR3
MWP
PR2
WPE
TOE
UNL
BPE
PSO
PR1
TME
MDL
NOM
UNC
5
4
3
2
1
0
PSO
PR1
TME
MDL
NOM
UNC
MAP SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR
MAP MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TOO MANY WRONG PAGES
DATA SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR
WRITE PLOTECT ERROR
READ /WRITE TIME OUT ERROR
UNL0SSED
DATA BUS PARITY ERROR
PAGE SIZE OVER
DATA MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TRANS MISSING ERROR
MANY DEFECT LOOPS
NO MARKER
UNDEFINED COMMAND
When "1" is displayed, it shows that the above error occurred.
171
3.7.3
5) Display of position deviation amount
The position deviation amount of each axis is displayed.
Meaning of display data
Display
No.
3000
X SERVO ERROR
Y SERVO ERROR
Z SERVO ERROR
Indicates the position deviation amount of X axis in
the detection unit.
Indicates the position deviation amount of Y axis in
the detection unit.
Indicates the position deviation amount of Z axis in
the detection unit,
6) Display of resolver or inductosyn frequency check results
Resolver or inductosyn frequency check results are displayed.
is used for frequency adjustment.
.
This display
Display
Meaning of display data
3001
DSCG PULSE LOW
3002
DSCG PULSE HIG
(Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a
range of 230 'v 800.
(Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a
range of 1466
1900.
No
7) Display of servo control information
The servo control information is displayed as follows.
No
3010
3030
3050
*
n,
*
.
3023
3043
3063
Axis corresponding to number
Servo control information of 1st axis
Servo control information of 2nd axis
Servo control information of 3rd axis
3.7.3 Memory contents display
Memory contents can be displayed as follows:
a) Set the soft key to the function select key.
SETTING
SERVICE
CHAPTER
NOTICE
4*
b) Press SERVICE key. A maintenance screen is selected.
c) If the maintenance screen does not indicate memory contents, press CHAPTER
key to switch the soft key to the chapter select key.
PARAM
PITCH
DIAGNOS
DSP. MEM
Press DSP MEM key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a memory contents
display screen appears.
d) Select the soft key for the operation select key.
INP-NO.
172
+
3.7.4
e) Press INP-NO and the soft key is switched to the operation guide key.
(VALUE)
f) Enter the address of the memory to be displayed using a six decimal number by
pressing keys.
When the data number is entered, the soft key is reset as shown below.
EXEC
g) Press EXEC key to display the memory contents of the input address.
key is reset to the operation select key.
3.7.4 t/O signal diagnostic data
I/O signal diagnostic data
of the NC are constructed as follows:
1) When PMC is not provided;
o
NC
42
Macliine tool
2
DGN No.
400~, S00~
(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types aie provided)
173 -
The soft
3.7.4
2) When PMC is provided;
PMC
I
PMC
NC
PMC
NC
Inter¬
face
'—*
Macliine tool
MT
Inter¬
face
In case of BMI
DGN No. 0~, 200~
screen displays
—»• PMC
diagnostic data
(Input) (Output)
In case of 3/6 compatible
DGN No. 400~, 500~
(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types are provided)
(Input)
(Output)
No. XO.O
~
No. Y0.0~
PMC diagnostic data display method
(T)
@
(§)
(4)
(5)
(6)
.
A PMC basic menu is displayed in the soft
Press
on the keyboard
key part.
The CRT screen shows PMC diagnostic function, and
Press | PCDGN | soft key.
the soft key menu turns to [ SEARCH-].
Press | SEARCH"] key after inputting the address to be displayed.
Continuous 10 byte data are displayed by a bit pattern from the designated
address on the top stage of the CRT screen.
To display other addresses, repeat operation starting with step(3).
After display operation, press | RET | key to reset the menu to the PMC basic
menu
.
174
3.7.4
BMI signal list
-
BMI
DGN
No.
DI
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
ERS
RRW
*SP
*ESP
SKIP1
UNIT
*CSL
*IT
1
SKIP4
SKIP3
SKIP2
AE3
AE2
AEl
*BSL
*AIT
2
ZRN
BRN
SRN
MOVE
TCHIN
3
AGJ
EDT
MEM
T
D
4
MLK
DLK
ABS
ovc
SBK
5
KEY 4
KEY 3
KEY 2
KEYl
6
RT
ROV2
ROVl
7
BDT9
BDT8
BDT7
8
TMRON
9
TLSKP
TL64
TL32
10
TLRST
OMEP
OME
11
HS2D
HS2C
HS2B
12
*FV7
*FV6
13
*AFV7
14
15
J
H
S
EDT1
DRN
AFL
FID
FFIN
FIN
ST
MP4
MP2
MP1
BDT6
BDT5
BDT4
BDT3
BDT2
*CSM2
*CHF
PRC
TL08
TL04
TL02
TL01
HS3D
HS3C
HS3B
HS3A
HS2A
HS ID
HS 1C
HS IB
HS 1A
*FV5
*FV4
*FV3
*FV2
*FV1
*FV0
*AFV6
*AFV5
*AFV4
*AFV3
*AFV2
*AFV1
*AFV0
*JV15
*JV14
*JV13
*JV12
*JV11
*JV10
*JV9
*JV8
*JV7
*JV6
*JV5
*JV4
*JV3
*JV2
*JV1
*JV0
TL16
175
3.7.4
- DI
BMI
DGN
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
AJSTB
-AJ
+AJ
AJA12
AJA11
AJA10
AJA9
17
AJA7
AJA6
AJA5
AJA4
AJA3
AJA2
AJA1
AJAO
18
AJP2D
AJP2C
AJP2B
AJP2A
AJP1D
AJPlC
AJPlB
AJP1A
19
*BECLP
*BEUCL
WN16
WN8
WN4
WN2
WN1
DIST26
DIST25
DIST24
No.
20
0
AJA8'
21
DIST23
DIST22
DIST21
DIST20
DIST19
DIST18
DIST17
DIST16
22
DIST15
DIST14
DIST13
DIST12
DIST11
DIST10
DIST9
DIST8
23
DIST7
DIST6
DIST5
DIST4
DIST3
DIST2
DIST1
DISTO
24
RISGN
RI12
Rill
RI10
RI9
RI8
25
RI7
RI6
RI5
RI4
RI3
RI2
RIl
RIO
26
WO SET
GS4
GS5
GS1
*SECLP
*SEUCL
27
CDV7
CDV6
CDV5
CDV4
CDV3
CDV2
CDV1
SPC
SPB
28
29
30
31
176
SPSTP
CDVO
SPA
3.7.4
-
BMI
DGN
No.
4
DI
2
1
0
EXSTP
EXRD
EXPUN
EIA3
EIA2
EIA1
ElAO
EID44
EID43
EID42
EID41
EID40
EID37
EID36
EID35
EID34
EID33
EID32
EID30
EID29
EID28
EID27
EID26
EID25
EID24
EID23
EID22
EID21
EID20
EID19
EID18
EID17
EID16
38
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EIDIO
EID9
EID8
39
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EIDO
7
6
5
32
EISTB
ERDRQ
EOREND
33
EIA7
EIA6
EIA5
EIA4
34
EID47
EID46
EID45
35
EID39
EID38
36
EID31
37
3
40
41
TL256
42
43
TL128
44
45
46
47
177
3.7.4
-
BMI
DGN
No.
DI
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
48
UI031
UI030
UI029
UI028
UI027
UI026
UI025
UI024
49
UI023
UI022
UI021
UI020
UI019
UI018
UI017
UI016
50
UI015
UI014
UI013
U0012
UI011
UI010
UI009
UI008
51
UI007
UI006
UI005
UI004
UI003
UI002
UI001
UI000
52
UI131
UI130
UI129
UI128
UI127
UI126
UI125
UI124
53
UI123
UI122
UI121
UI120
UI119
UI118
UI117
UI116
54
UI115
UI114
UI113
UI112
UI111
UI110
UI109
UI108
55
UI107
UI106
UI105
UI104
UI103
UI102
UI101
UI100
56
UI231
UI230
UI229
UI228
UI227
UI226
UI225
UI224
57
UI223
UI222
UI221
UI220
UI219
UI218
UI217
UI216
58
UI215
UI214
UI213
UI212
UI211
UI210
UI209
UI208
59
UI207
UI206
UI205
UI204
UI203
UI202
UI201
UI200
60
UI331
UI330
UI329
UI328
UI327
UI326
UI3 25
UI324
61
UI323
UI322
UI321
UI320
UI319
UI318
UI317
UI316
62
UI315
UI314
UI313
UI312
UI311
UI310
UI309
UI308
63
UI307
UI306
UI305
UI304
UI303
UI302
UI301
UI300
178
-
3.7.4
BMI - DI
DGN
No
.
64
2
1
0
*IT1
*-EDl
*+EDl
*-Ll
*+Ll
PK1
MLK1
Mil
-J1
+J1
*IT2
*-ED2
A+ED2
*-L2
*+L2
PK2
MLX2
MI2
-J2
+J2
*IT3
A-ED3
A+ED3
*-L3
*+L3
PK3
MLK3
MI3
-J3
+J3
*DEC4
*IT4
*-ED4
A+ED4
A-L4
*+L4
*CL4
PK4
MLK4
MI4
-J4
+J4
6
5
DTCH1
*SVF1
*DEC 1
65
4
3
7
*CL1
66
67
68
DTCH2
*SVF2
69
*DEC2
*CL2
70
71
72
DTCH3
*SVF3
73
*DEC3
*CL3
74
75
76
77
DTCH4
*SVF4
78
79
179
-
3.7.4
-
BMI
DGN
No.
80
81
DX
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DTCH5
*SVF5
*DEC5
*IT5
*-ED5
*+ED5
*-L5
*+L5
*CL5
PK5
MLX5
MI5
-J5
+J5
11/12/
110/120
82
series
only
83
Continued in the same way (for 12/120
104 'u 107:
84
87: 6th axis
*
108 -v 111:
91: 7th axis
88
112 'v- 115:
92
95: 8th axis
119:
116
96
99: 9th axis
120
123:
100 4, 103: 10th axis
series only)
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
180
3.7.4
BMI
-
DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
200
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
RWD
201
CSS
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
202
MZRN
MBRN
MSRN
MMOVL
203
MAGL
MEDT
MMEM
MT
MJ
MH
MS
204
MMLK
MDLX
MABS
MSBK
MEDT1
MDRN
MAFL
205
MBDT9
MBDT8
MBDT7
MBDT6
MBDT5
MBDT4
MBDT3
MBDT2
206
MSALM
EGPSALM
DIALM
SYALM
OTALM
OHALM
SVALM
PSALM
207
TLCHB
TLCHA
ESEND
RPBSY
BCLP
BUCLP
208
SSP
SRV
FMF
209
DM30
DM02
DM01
DM00
210
ROl 5
R014
R013
211
R07
R06
212
AR15
213
EF
MD
BF
TF
SF
MF
ROl 2
ROl 1
R010
R09
R08
R05
R04
R03
R02
ROl
ROO
AR14
AR13
AR12
AR11
AR10
AR9
AR8
AR7
AR6
AR5
AR4
AR3
AR2
AR1
ARO
214
MR15
MR 14
MR 13
MR 12
MR11
MR 10
MR9
MR8
215
MR7
MR6
MRS
MR4
MR3
MR 2
MR1
MRO
181
3.7.4
BMI - DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
216
M31
M30
M29
M28
M2 7
M26
M25
M2 4
217
M2 3
M22
M21
M20
M19
M18
M17
M16
218
Ml 5
M14
M13
Ml 2
Mil
M10
M9
M8
219
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
M2
Ml
MO
220
S31
S30
S29
S28
S27
S26
S25
S 24
221
S23
S22
S21
S20
S19
S18
S 17
S 16
222
S15
S 14
S 13
S 12
Sll
S10
S9
S8
223
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
SI
SO
224
T31
T30
T29
T28
T27
T26
T25
T24
225
T23
T22
T21
T20
T19
T18
T17
T16
226
T15
T14
T13
T12
Til
T10
T9
T8
227
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
TO
228
B31
B30
B29
B28
B27
B26
B25
B24
229
B23
B22
B21
B20
B 19
B 18
B 17
B16
230
B15
B14
B13
B12
Bll
BIO
B9
B8
231
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
Bl
BO
182
3.7.4
-
BMI
DGN
No.
7
232
EOSTB
233
EOA7
EOA6
234
EOD47
235
DO
4
3
2
1
EOA5
E0A4
E0A3
EOA2
E0A1
EOAO
EOD46
EOD45
EOD44
EOD43
EOD42
EOD41
EOD40
EOD39
EOD38
EOD37
EOD36
EOD35
EOD34
EOD33
EOD32
236
EOD31
EOD30
EOD29
EOD28
EOD27
EOD26
EOD25
EOD24
237
EOD23
EOD22
EOD21
EOD20
EOD19
EOD18
EOD17
EOD16
238
EOD15
EOD14
EOD13
EOD12
EODll
EODIO
EOD9
EOD8
239
EOD7
E0D6
EOD5
EOD4
EOD3
EOD2
EOD1
EODO
240
BTAL
PBATL
PBATZ
SPAL8
SPAL4
SPAL2
SPAL1
SPCO
SPBO
*REEL
SPAL
SCLP
SUCLP
6
5
0
ElREND
241
242
SPAO
243
244
245
246
247
183
3.7.4
BMI
-
DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
248
U0031
U0030
U0029
U0028
249
U0023
U0022
U0021
250
U0015
U0014
251
U0007
252
2
1
0
U0027
U0026
U0025
U0024
U0020
U0019
U0018
U0017
U0016
U0013
U0012
U0011
U0010
UO009
U0008
U0006
UO005
U0004
U0003
U0002
U0001
UOOOO
U0131
UO130
U0129
U0128
U0127
U0126
U0125
U0124
253
U0123
U0122
U0121
U0120
U0119
U0118
U0117
U0116
254
U0115
U0114
U0113
U0112
UOlll
U0110
U0109
U0108
255
U0107
U0106
U0105
UO104
U0103
U0102
U0101
U0100
256
U0231
U0230
U0229
U0228
U0227
U0226
U0225
U0224
257
U0223
U0222
U0221
U0220
U0219
U0218
U0217
U0216
258
U0215
U0214
U0213
U0212
U0211
UO210
U0209
U0208
259
U0207
U0206
U0205
U0204
U0203
U0202
U0201
U0200
260
U0331
U0330
U0329
U0328
U0327
U0326
U0325
U0324
261
U0323
U0322
U0321
U0320
U0319
U0318
U0317
U0316
262
U0315
U0314
U0313
U0312
U0311
U0310
U0309
U0308
263
UO307
U0306
U0305
U0304
U0303
U0302
U0301
U0300
184
-
3.7.4
BMI
DGN
No
.
264
7
6
INP 1
5
ZP41
-
DO
4
3
2
1
0
ZP31
MD1
MV1
ZP21
ZP1
MMLK1
MMI 1
ZP22
ZP2
MMLK2
MMI 2
ZP23
ZP3
MMLK3
MMI 3
ZP24
ZP4
265
266
267
268
INP2
ZP42
ZP32
MD2
MV 2
269
270
271
272
INP3
ZP43
ZP33
MD3
MV 3
273
274
275
276
INP4
ZP44
ZP34
MD4
MV4
MMI4
277
278
279
185
3.7.4
-
BMI
DO
DGN
7
No.
280
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INP5
ZP45
ZP35
MD5
MV5
ZP25
ZP5
MMLK5
MMI5
281
11/12/
110/120
282
series
only
283
Continued in the same way (for
284
288
292
296
300
*
*
*
287
291
295
299
303
6th
7th
8th
9th
axis
axis
axis
axis
10th axis
304
308
312
316
320
12/120
n,
n,
307:
311:
315:
319:
323:
186
series only)
11th
12th
14th
14th
15th
axis
axis
axis
axis
axis
3.7.5
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT
BMI-DI 1
(i
7
5
4
2
00
AE3
01
IJINT
AE2
AE1
#1
#1
#1
0
1
SKI PI
II 1
#1
TCSL
#1
TBSL
*AIT
#1
#1
02
03
B1)TI
OVC
04
#1
#1
PIN
#1
05
06
07
BDT9
08
TMRON
09
.10
#1
TLSKP
BDT8
#1
BDT7
#1
BDTG
#1
BDT5
#1
BDT4
#1
BDT3
#1
BDT2
*1
TCSMZ TCIIP
#1
TL64
TL32
f1
#1
TLI6
n
TL8
n
TL4
TL2
11
#1
#1
TL!
TLRST
#1
11
12
TFV7
13
TAFV7
#1
#1
TFV 6
#1
*FV 5
#1
TAFV6 TAFV5
#1
#1
TFV 4
TPV 3
#1
TFV2
TFV1
#1
TAFV4
TAFV3
TAFV2
TAFV1 TAFVO
#1
#1
#1
III
#1
#1
TFVO
#1
#1
14
15
(Note) There are some signals which are provided for the first and second tool
posts respectively and they provide just the same function.
These signals are identified by symbol #1 or #2 which is affixed to their
names. Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool
post, while symbol //2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second
tool post.
187
3.7.5
BMI-DI 2
7
5
6
3
'1
1
2
0
16
17
18
19
WN2
VVN1 6
#1
VVN8
#1
in
HI 1 2
#1
RT 1 1
ill
R110
#1
RI 9
RI 4
Ri 3
RI2
RI 1
WN 4
WN1
#1
#1
20
21
22
23
24
25
RI SON
#1
RI 7
RI5
RI 6
#1
#1
#1
#1
26
27
28
29
30
31
188
#1
#1
RI8
#1
#1
RI 0
#1
111
3.7.5
BMI-DI 3
32
33
7
6
5
4
3
2
f
0
IJ1 0 3 1
1)1 030
UT 029
UI 0 2 8
U1 0 27
in
in
ll 1
#1
U1 0 2 5
111
UI0 2 4
111
U1 0 2 6
#1
UI0 2 3
U1 0 2 2
UI0 2 1
U 10 2 0
UI0 1 9
UIOl 8
#1
UI0 1 7
UI01 6
#1
UI010
#1
UI0 0 9
•II 1
UI008
#1
#1
#1
*1
U1 0 1 5
UI0 1 4
UI0 1 3
U1 0 1 2
UIOl 1
in
#i
#1
#1
#1
35
UI 00 7
in
UI 0 0 6
in
UI0 0 5
#i
UI0 0 4
UI 003
itI
U1002
urooi
in
uiooo
#1
36
UI1 3 1
111
UI 1 30
UI1 2 9
UI 1 28
U1 1 2 5
UI1 2 4
ill
ill
UI 1 27
#1
UI1 2 6
#1
#1
III
#1
UI 1 23
UI 1 22
ill
UI 1 21
UI 120
ill
UI 1 1 9
II- 1
UI 1 1 8
#1
UI 1 1 7
#1
U1 11 6
ill
Ul 1 1 1
#i
UI 1 1 0
Ul 1 09
UI 108
ill
it i
#1
Ul 1 02
#1
UI101
111
u11 o o
UI225
#1
UI224
34
37
ill
-If- 1
1
#i
#1
III
ill
38
Ul 1 1 5
in
UI 1 1 4
#i
UI 113
#i
UI 1 1 2
39
UI1 0 7
Ul 106
#1
UI 1 05
#1
U1 10 4
II 1
Ul 1 03
#1
40
UI231
ill
U1230
#1
UI 229
UI228
#1
UI227
ill
IJI2 2 6
#1
UI2 2 3
UI2 2 2
UI221
UI 220
UI2 1 9
UI2 1 6
111
ill
ill
ill
UI2 1 8
111
U1217
#1
ill
ill
UI 2 1 5
UI2 1 4
UI 2 1 3
UI2 1 0
it 1
U1212
ill
UI2 1 1
#1
#1
#1
UI2 0 9
ill
U1208
#1
UI2 0 7
UI 2 06
UI 20 5
ill
ill
UI 202
#1
UI2 0 1
#1
UI 200
ill
UI204
ill
UI2 0 3
ill
UI 3 3 1
UI3 3 0
ill
UI3 2 9
UI328
111
UI3 2 7
UI3 2 6
UI3 2 5
ill
ill
#1
IJ 13 2 4
ill
UI 3 2 3
U1 3 2 2
UI321
UI3 1 8
#1
#1
UI3 2 0
#1
Ul 3 1 9
#1
ill
#1
U1 3 1 7
it 1
UI3 1 6
#1
46
UI 3 I 5 UI3 1 4
#1
#1
UI 3 1 3
#1
UI3 1 2
UI3 1 1
ill
U1 3 1 0
ill
UI3 0 9
#1
IJI308
47
UI 30 7
111
UI3 0 5
#1
UI304
UI3 0 3
UI3 0 2
111
UI 30 1
ill
UI 3 0 0
41
42
43
44
45
#1
UI306
it l
#1
in
ill
#1
111
189
-
#1
ill
#1
ill
#1
ill
3.7.5
BMI-DI 4
6
7
5
4
3
48
AE3
49
2
1
SKI PI
#2
UINT
AE2
AEI
#2
#2
#2
0
*CSL
#2
*BSL
#2
#2
4A IT
#2
50
51
OVC
52
BDT 1
#2
#2
FIN
*2
53
54
55
BDT 9
#2
BDT 8
#2
BDT7
#2
BDT 6
#2
BDT 5
#2
BDT 4
#2
58
#2
BDT2
#2
*CSMZ *CHF
#2
#2
56
57
BDT 3
TLSKP
n
TL64
TL32
TL16
TL8
TL4
TL2
*FV6
*FV 5
>|<FV4
*FV3
#2
#2
#2
>KFV 2
*FV1
*AFV5
*A.FV4
#2
*AFV3
*AFV2
4'AFV 1 :pA l-’VO
n
n
n
n
n
n
TL1
n
TLRST
59
60
*FV7
61
4-APV7 4'AFV 6
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
62
63
190
-
*2
#2
#2
#2
>('FV 0
#2
#2
3.7.5
BMI-DI5
6
7
5
2
3
4
0
1
64
63
66
WN1 6
112
67
WN8
WN4
#2
WN2
#2
#2
WN1
#2
68
T
69
70
71
72
73
RI SON
#2
RI 5
RI 6
RI 7
#2
#2
#2
RI 1 2
*2
RI 1 1
RI 4
RI 3
RI10
#2
#2
74
75
76
77
78
79
191
#2
#2
#2
RI 1
RI 2
#2
RI8
RIO
#2
RIO
#2
#2
3.7.5
BMI-DI 6
7
6
5
80
UI0 3 1
#2
UI 0 3 0
112
UI0 2 9
81
UI 023
#2
82
4
3
2
I
U10 28
#2
UI027
#2
U1026
#2
UI 025
#2
#2
#2
UI0 2 2
#2
UT021
#2
IJI0 2 0
#2
UI019
#2
UI0 1 8
UIO 1 7
#2
UI01 6
#2
UIO 1 5
#2
UI0 1 4
UI 0 1 3
UI 0 1 2
#2
UI 0 1 1
UIO 10
11-2
#2
#2
UI0 0 9
#2
UI0 0 8
#2
83
UI007
#2
UI0 0 6
#2
U10 0 5
UI0 0 4
UI0 0 3
#2
UIO 0 2
#2
UIOO 1
#2
#2
UIOOO
#2
84
U 11 3 1
#2
IJII 3 0
#2
U 1 12 9
#2
UI1 2 8
UI 1 2 7
UI1 2 6
#2
#2
#2
UI 125
#2
UI 124
#2
85
UI 1 23
#2
UI 1 22
#2
UI 1 21
it- 2
UI 1 2 0
*2
UI11 9
#2
UU 18
UI 1 1 7
UI 1 1 6
#2
#2
#2
86
UI 1 1 5
#2
IJI1 1 4
UI11 3
IJI 1 1 1
#2
UI 1 09
UI 1 0 8
#2
UI 1 1 2
#2
UII1 0
#2
#2
#2
87
UI 107
#2
UI 1 06
#2
UI 1 05
#2
IJI 104
#2
U110 3
#2
UI 102
IJI 101
UI 100
#2
#2
#2
88
UI231 UI230
#2
#2
UI229
#2
UI2 2 8
#2
UI227
#2
UI 226
#2
UI2 2 5
#2
UI2 2 4
#2
89
UI223
#2
IJI222
UI22 1
IJI 2 2 0
UI2 1 9
#2
#2
#2
UI2 1 8
#2
UI 2 1 7
#2
UI2 1 6
#2
90
UI2 1 5
#2
UI214
#2
UI2 1 3
#2
IJ 1 2 12
U1211
#2
#2
IJI210
#2
UI2 0 9
#2
UI 2 08
#2
91
UI 2 0 7
#2
UI 2 0 6
#2
UI205
ti-2
UI 2 0 4
UI2 0 3
#2
UI202
#2
UI201
#2
#2
UI200
#2
92
IJI 33 1 UI33 0
#2
#2
UI 3 2 9
UI 328
#2
UI 3 2 7
#2
IJI326
UI3 2 5
IJI3 2 4
#2
#2
#2
93
UI3 2 3
#2
UI 3 22
UI 32 1
UI 3 2 0
#2
#2
U13 1 9
#2
UI 3 1 8
#2
U1 3 1 7
#2
IJI 3 1 6
#2
IJI3 1 5
UI3 1 4
#2
I UT313
#2
#2
UI 3 1 2
#2
UI311
#2
UI3 1 0
#2
UI309
#2
IJI3 0 8
#2
UI3 0 7
UI306
UI3 0 4
#2
UI3 0 3
#2
U1301
UI3 0 0
#2
UT305
*2
UI3 0 2
#2
#2
#2
#2
94
95
#2
#2
192
#2
#2
#2
1
0
III 024
#2
#2
3.7.5
BMI-DI 7
96
7
6
5
4
ERS
RRW
*SP
*ESP
EDT
MEM
D
SBK
97
98
ZRN
99
MLK
DLK
ABS
100
KEY 4
KEY 3
KEY 2
KEYl
101
RT
ROV 2
ROV 1
MP4
'
102
103
HS2D
HS2C
J IS 2 B
IIS2A
104
>fcJVl 5
>PJV 1 4
*JV13
t JVl 2
105
*JV7
*JVG
*JV5
*JV4
2
1
0
*IT
J
H
S
DRN
AFL
ST
PRC
MP 2
MP1
HS3D
IIS 3C
HS3B
HS3A
US 1 D
HS 1C
HS IB
MSI A
*JV9
*JV8
*JVl
*JV0
*JV
11
*JV3
*
JV 1 0
*JV2
T
DIST26 DIST25 BIST 2 4
106
107 DIST23 DIST22 DIST21 DIST20 DIST19 DIST18DIST17 DIST1G
108 DIST15 DIST14 DIST13 DIST12 DISTU DISTIO DIST9
109
DIST7
DIST6
DIST5
DIST4
DIST3
D1ST2
UISTI
DIST8
DISTO
IHEAD 2 IHEAD 1
110
111
193
3.7.5
BMI-DI 8
7
6
3
3
'1
ERDRQ EOREND El HEAD
2
1
0
EXSTP
EXRD
EXPUN
112
EISTP
113
EIA7
EIA6
EIA 5
EIA4
El A3
EIA2
EIA 1
El AO
114
EID47
E1D4 6
EID45
EID44
E1D4 3
E f 1)4 2
EID4 1
EID40
115
El 1)39
EID38
EID37
EID36
EID35
EID34
El 1)3 3
EID32
116
E 11)31
E1D3 0
El 1)2 9
El 1)28
EID27
EID26
EID25
E1D24
117
E1D23
EID22
EID21
El 1)2 0
E1D1 9
Ei D1 8
EID 1 7
E1D1 6
118
EID15
EID1 4
EID1 3
EID1 2
E1D1 1
EID 1 0
EID9
E r i)8
119
EID7
E1D6
E1D5
EID4
E1D3
E 11)2
EID1
EIDO
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
194
-
3.7.5
BMI-DI 9
128
7
(i
5
4
3
DTCH1
*SVF1
*DEC1
*IT1
?E-ED1
129
2
EDI
]
0
*-Ll
*+Ll
J1
-l-J 1
MLK 1
MI 1
>K-ED2
>E+ED2
*-L2
*-IL2
M I,K2
MI 2
—J 2
+J 2
*-ED3
*+ED3
*-L3
*+L3
MLK 3
MI 3
—J 3
-l-J 3
=k~L4
>E+L4
—J 4
+J 4
130
131
132
DTCH2
*SVF2
*DEC2
*IT2
133
134
135
136
DTCII3
*SVF3
*DEC 3
*IT3
137
138
139
140
141
DTCII4
*SVF4
*DEC4
*IT4
'E-ED 4
MLK 4
142
143
195
MI 4
3.7.5
BMI-DI 10
144
145
7
6
5
-1
3
2
DTCH5
*SVF5
*DEC5
*IT5
*-ED5
*+ED5
MLK5
MI 5
146
147
196
1
*•
-L5
—J 5
0
*+L5
l-J 5
3.7.5
BMI-DO 1
7
200
(i
CSS
#1
5
TURD
ttl
2
3
RPD
#1
*
1
203
MBDT9 MBD'J'8
#1
ttl
MBDT7 MBDT6
#1
ttl
TLCHB
ESEN1)
TLCHA
n
MBDT5
#1
BE
¥-
DM3 0
#1
DM0 2
-111
DM0 1
ttl
DM 0 0
206
ROl 5
#1
ROl 4
#1
ROl 3
#1
ROl 2
#1
RO 1 1
R07
R06
R05
R04
R03
209
210
211
MBDT4
ttl
MBDT3 MBDT2
ttl
#1
TF
SF
ttl
ttl
AR1 5
ttl
AR1 4
AR7
AR6
#1
MR 1 5
ttl
MR 7
ttl
#1
#1
MR14
ttl
MR 6
ttl
ROIO
R02
ROl
AR1 3
ttl
AR1 2
ttl
AR 1 1
ttl
AR10
AR5
AR4
AR3
AR2
MR5
ttl
R08
#1
ttl
ttl
#1
R09
#1
ttl
#1
MR 13
ttl
#1
ttl
ttl
MF
ttl
#1
#1
205
208
II 1
ttl
204
207
0
DEN
MBDTI
#1
201
202
1
IPEN
#1
ROO
ttl
AR9
#1
#1
AR8
#1
AR 1
#1
ARO
ttl
#1
#1
MRU
ttl
MRU
tt-1
M RIO
#1
MR9
ttl
#1
MR4
MR3
#1
MR2
ttl
MR 1
#1
MRO
#1
SPAL8
SPAL4
SPAL2
#1
SPAL1
#1
212
#1
213
214
215
197
n
ttl
ttl
MR 8
n
3.7.5
BMI-D02
6
5
'I
3
2
1
0
M2 9
M28
M2 7
M2 6
M25
M2 4
#1
M3 0
#1
M2 2
#1
M21
Ml 8
#1
M1 7
#1
Ml 4
Ml 3
Ml 0
M9
7
216
M3 1
217
M2 3
218
Ml 5
M7
220
S 31
221
S23
223
S7
224
T3 1
226
#1
S13
S 12
T1 5
#1
T6
#1
B23
B29
#1
B22
B2 1
B1 4
#1
#1
B20
B1 2
B4
#1
B1 9
B3
#1
198
-
#1
TO
#1
B2 4
#1
#1
R1 6
#1
B8
#1
B1
*1
T8
#1
B9
#1
B2
#1
#1
*1
B1 7
BIO
#1
T1 6
B2 5
#1
#1
T2 4
#1
#1
#1
#1
#1
T1
#1
SO
1
T9
B18
B1 1
#1
S8
#1
#1
#1
#1
SI 6
T1 7
B26
#1
#1
*
#1
#1
111
S9
#1
T10
#1
S 2 '1
T25
T2
B27
SI 7
#1
#1
#1
#1
B5
BG
B7
111
T2 6
#1
T3
B28
B13
#1
#1
T11
#1
#1
111
#1
B1 5
#1
I
#1
#1
T4
T5
B30
#1
T12
MO
SI
T18
T1 9
1
#1
#1
#1
#1
#1
#1
I
T27
#1
S2
#1
#1
T2 0
T13
T14
S10
#1
S3
T2 8
#1
#1
SI 1
#1
#1
T21
S 18
#1
#1
T2 9
#1
#1
#1
#1
S2 5
S26
S 19
Ml 6
#1
#1
#1
#1
S4
S5
#1
#1
B31
I
S27
#1
#1
Ml
M2
#1
#1
#1
#1
T2 2
228
231
S2 0
#1
#1
T7
230
S21
#1
T30
T2 3
S2 8
#1
S6
#1
M3
#1
M8
#1
#1
#1
#1
#1
#1
227
229
S29
SI 4
SI 5
Mil
#1
#1
#1
#1
S22
#1
Ml 2
#1
S3 0
tt 1
Ml 9
M4
#1
#1
#1
M20
#1
#1
M5
MG
#1
222
225
#1
#1
#1
219
#1
#1
BO
#1
#1
#>
3.7.5
BMI-D0 3
7
6
UO0 3 1
#1
UO0 3 0
#1
UOO 2 3
#1
234
5
4
3
UOO 2 9
#1
UO028
#1
UO027
#1
UOO 2 2
111
UOO 2 1
*1
UOO 2 0
#1
UOO 19
UOO 1 5
#1
UOO 1 4
# #1
UO 0 1 3
#1
UOO 12
#1
UOO 11
#1
UOO 1 0
235
UOO 07
#1
UOO 06
#1
UOO 0 5
#1
UOO 0 4
#1
UOO 0 3
#1
236
UOl 3 1
#1
UO 1 3 0
UOl 2 9
#1
UO 12 8
#1
237
UOl 23 UOl 22
#1
#1
UO 1 2 1
#1
238
UOl 15
111
UOl 14
#1
239
240
232
233
241
I
0
UO0 2 5
#1
UO0 2 4
#1
IJOO 1 7
#1
UOOl 6
UOO 0 9
#1
UOO 0 8
#1
UOO 0 2
#1
UOO 01
UOO 0 0
#1
#1
U012 7
#1
UO 1 2 6
#1
UO 1 2 5
#1
UO 12 4
#1
UO 120
UO 1 1 9
#1
UOl 1 8
#1
UOl 1 7
#1
UO 1 1 6
*1
UOl 1 3
#1
UOl 12
#1
UOl 1 1
#1
UOl 10
#1
UOl 0 9
#1
UO 1 0 8
#1
UOl 07 UOl 06
#1
#1
UOl 0 5
#1
UOl 04
1
UOl 0 3
UOl 0 2
#1
UO 1 0 1
111
#1
UOl 0 0
#1
U02 3 1
*1
UO2 3 0
#1
U0229
#1
UO 2 2 8
#1
U02 2 7
#1
U0226
#1
U0225
#1
U0224
#1
U02 2 3
U02 2 2
#1
U02 21
#1
UO2 2 0
#1
U02 1 9
U02 1 8
#1
U02 1 7
#1
U02 1 6
#1
U0211
#1
#1
#1
2
UO 0 2 6
#1
UO0 1 8
#1
#1
#I
#1
242
U0215
U0214
111
U0213
#1
U0212
#1
UO2 10
#1
UO209
#1
#1
UO2 0 8
#1
243
UO207 UO206
#1
#1
UO 2 0 5
#1
UO204 UO203
#1
#1
UO2 0 2
#1
UO2 01
#1
UO200
#1
244
UO 3 3 1 UO3 3 0
*1
#1
U03 2 9
U0328
#1
U0327
#1
U03 2 6
#1
UO 3 2 5
#1
#1
U03 2 4
#1
UO 3 2 3
U03 2 2
#1
U03 21
UO320
#1
#1
U0319
#1
U03 1 8
#1
U0317
#1
U03 1 6
#1
246
U03 15 U03 14
#1
#1
U03 13
#1
U0312 U0311
#1
#1
UO3 10
UO 3 0 9
#1
UO3 0 8
#1
247
UO3 0 7 UO3 0 6
#1
#1
UO3 0 5
#1
UO304
UO303
#1
UO3 0 2
#1
UO3 01
UO309
#1
#1
245
#1
#1
#1
199
*1
3.7.5
BMI-D0 4
248
5
(i
7
CSS
#2
TURD
3
'1
RPD
II 2
112
251
MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6
#2
#2
112
*2
TLCHB
#2
TLCHA
n
254
255
DEN
#2
MBDT5
#2
MBDT4
#2
MBDT3
#2
MBDT2
#2
RF
TF
SF
MF
ESEND
#2
252
253
0
IPEN
#2
MBDTI
#2
249
250
I
2
DM02
#2
DM0 1
#2
DM0 0
#2
ROl 5
#2
KOI 4
#2
ROl 3
ROl 2
R07
ROO
R05
DM3 0
#2
R04
#2
#2
R03
ROl 0
#2
R09
R02
ROl
#2
#2
A.R1 1
#2
AR1 0
#2
AR9
AR3
AR2
AR1
#2
R08
#2
#2
AR1 4
257
AR7
AR6
#2
#2
#2
II 2
#2
258
MR1 5
MR1 4
#2
#2
MR13
#2
MR1 2
-II- 2
MR1 1
#2
MR1 0
#2
MR9
259
MR7
#2
MR5
MR4
MR3
MR2
AR5
#2
MR6
#2
AR1 2
#2
112
AIM
#2
#2
ROO
#2
#2
AR8
AR1 5
#2
260
AR1 3
ROl 1
256
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
*2
#2
#2
#2
AR0
#2
#2
#2
MR8
#2
#2
MR 1
#2
MR0
#2
SPAL8
SPAL.4
SPAL2
SPA LI
n
261
262
263
200
-
n
n
#2
n
3.7.5
BMI-D0 5
6
5
M31
112
M3 0
M2 9
M2 3
M2 2
7
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
#2
Ml 5
#2
#2
#2
SI 5
278
279
S20
SI 3
S 12
T1 4
B29
B22
B1 4
B6
#2
#2
B13
B1 2
#2
#2
#2
B20
B21
#2
B4
B5
#2
#2
B27
*2
B1 1
201
#2
SO
T24
#2
T1 6
T8
#2
TO
#2
B2 4
#2
#2
B1 6
#2
B8
#2
#2
BO
B1
#2
#2
#2
B9
#2
B2
B3
#2
B1 7
BIO
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
S8
B2 5
B1 8
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
SI 6
T1
B26
B1 9
#2
S24
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
T9
T2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
MO
T1 7
T10
T3
B28
#2
T2 5
#2
*2
#2
*2
#2
#2
T1 1
*2
T4
T5
B30
#2
B7
#2
#2
#2
M8
#2
#2
T18
T1 9
Ml 6
#2
SI
T2 6
#2
#2
T1 2
T1 3
T6
#2
B15
#2
#2
T27
#2
T2 0
T21
#2
#2
B23
#2
#2
112
#2
#2
*2
#2
S9
S2
S3
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
0
M2 4
SI 7
#2
SIO
SI 1
T28
T2 9
S18
#2
#2
S25
#2
#2
SI 9
S4
S5
Ml
#2
S26
S27
112
#2
M9
#2
#2
#2
S 21
#2
T2 2
#2
S28
*2
*2
B31
M2
#2
T3 0
T1 5
M3
#2
2
#2
T2 3
M4
112
#2
T3 1
Ml 0
S29
S6
S7
Ml 7
Mil
#2
#2
I
M2 5
#2
Ml 2
#2
#2
S14
#2
Ml 8
#2
M5
S22
S23
Ml 9
#2
#2
#2
S3 0
S31
M20
M2 6
#2
#2
M6
M7
II 2
M2 7
#2
#2
Mi 3
M14
T7
277
M 21
2
3
#2
#2
#2
27S
276
#2
4
M2 8
#2
#2
3.7.5
BMI-D06
280
281
7
6
5
'1
3
2
1
0
UOO 3 1
#2
U00 3 0
#2
UO029
#2
U00 2 8
#2
UOO 2 7
#2
UO026
UOO 2 5
#2
UOO 2 4
#2
UOO 2 3
UOO 2 2
#2
UOO 21
#2
UOO 2 0
•#2
UOOl 9
#2
UOOl 8
#2
UOO 17
#2
UOOl 6
#2
UOOl 1
#2
UOO 1 0
#2
UOO 0 0
#2
UOO 0 8
#2
#2
#2
282
UOO 1 5
#2
UOO 1 4
UOO 1 3
if- 2
UOOl 2
if: 2
283
UOO 0 7
#2
UOO 0 6
#2
UOO 0 5
#2
UOO 0 4
#2
UOO 0 3
#2
UOO 0 2
#2
UOOOl
#2
UOO OO
#2
284
UO 1 3 1
UOl 3 0
#2
#2
UO1 2 9
#2
UOl 2 8
#2
UOl 2 7
#2
UOl 2 6
112
UOl 2 5
#2
U012 4
112
285
UOl 2 3
UOl 2 2
UOl 2 1
#2
#2
UOl 2 0
#2
UOl 1 9
#2
UOl 1 8
#2
UOl 1 7
#2
UOl 1 6
#2
UOl 1 5
#2
UOl 14
#2
UO 11 3
#2
UOl 1 2
#2
UOl 1 1
UO 11 0
#2
UOl 0 9
#2
112
UOl 08
#2
UOl 0 7
#2
UOl 0 6
#2
UO 1 0 5
#2
UOl 0 4
#2
UOl 0 3
#2
UOl 02
#2
UO101
#2
UOl 00
#2
U02 3 1
UO2 3 0
#2
U02 2 9
*2
U02 2 8
U0227
*2
U02 2 6
112
U02 2 5
#2
U02 2 4
#2
U02 2 2
#2
UO 2 21
UO2 2 0
#2
#2
U02 1 9
#2
U02 1 8
112
U02 1 7
#2
U02 1 6
#2
290
U0215
#2
U0214
#2
U02 13
112
U02 12
#2
U02 1 1
#2
U02 1 0
#2
UO2 0 9
*2
UO2 0 8
#2
291
UO2 0 7
#2
UO2 0 8
#2
UO 2 0 5
#2
UO2 0 4
#2
UO2 0 3
#2
UO202
#2
U02 0 1
#2
U02 0 0
#2
292
U03 3 1
#2
UO3 3 0
U03 2 9
#2
#2
U0328
#2
U03 2 7
#2
U03 2 6
#2
U03 2 5
#2
U03 2 4
#2
293
UO 3 2 3
#2
U03 2 2
#2
U0321
#2
UO320
112
U0319
#2
U03 18
#2
U03 1 7
#2
U03 1 6
#2
U0315
U0314
U03 1 3
#2
U03 1 2
#2
U03 1 1
*2
U03 1 0
#2
UO3 0 9
#2
UO 3 0 8
#2
UO307
#2
UO306
#2
UO3 0 5
UO 3 0 4
#2
UO3 0 3
#2
UO3 0 2
#2
UO3 01
#2
UO3 0 0
112
286
287
288
289
294
295
#2
U0223
#'2
#2
#2
202
*2
#2
#2
112
3.7.5
BMI-D0 7
296
7
S
5
'I
3
2
1
0
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
RWD
INCI-I
DST
MJ
MH
MS
MDRN
MAPL
SVALM
PSALM
297
298
MZRN
299
300
301
302
MMLI<
MEDT
MMEM
Ml)
MDLK
MABS
M SBI<
1 ALM
T
SYALM
OTALM
OHALM
RPBSY
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
OIIEAD2 OIIEAD1
310
311
203
3.7.5
BMI-D08
7
(S
5
'I
3
2
1
0
312
EOSTB
313
EOA7
EOA-6
EOA5
EOA4
EOA3
EOA2
EOA1
EOAO
314
EOD4 7
EOD4 6
EOD 4 5
EOD4 4
EOD4 3
EOD4 2
EOD 4 1
EOD4 0
315
EOD39
EOD38
EOD37
EOD3 6
EOD 3 5
EOD3 4
EOD33
EOD32
316
EOD31
EOD 3 0
EOD2 9
EOD 2 8
EOD 2 7
EOD26
EOD2 5
EOD 2 4
317
EOD 2 3
EOD 2 2
EOD21
EOD 2 0
EOD 1 9
EOD 1 8
EOD1 7
EOD1 6
318
EOD 1 5
EOD 1 4
EOD 1 3
EOD 1 2
EOD 1 1
EOD1 0
EOD9
EOD8
319
EOD7
EOD 6
EOI)5
EOD 4
EOD 3
EOD 2
EOD 1
EODO
El REND EOIIEAD
*REEL
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
204
TICl IK
3.7.5
BMI-D09
7
328
6
5
'1
3
2
1
0
INP1
ZP4 1
ZP3 1
MD1
MV 1
ZP21
ZP1
MMLK1
MMI 1
ZP22
ZP2
MMLK2
MMI 2
ZP2 3
ZP3
MMLK3
MMI 3
ZP2 4
ZP4
MMLK4
MMI 4
329
330
331
332
INP2
ZP4 2
ZP3 2
MD2
MV2
333
334
335
336
INP3
ZP4 3
ZP3 3
MD3
MV 3
337
338
339
340
INP4
ZP4 4
ZP34
341
342
343
205
MD4
MV4
3.7.S
BMI-DO 10
7
344
6
5
'I
3
2
I
0
INP5
ZP4 5
ZP 3 5
MD5
MV 5
ZP 2 5
ZP5
MMLK5
MMI5
345
346
347
206
-
3.7.5
Tool posts and BMI
11TT controls turning machines which can turn one or two workpieces concurrently
by operating two tool posts independently.
In other words, it is applicable to either turning machine (with 2 spindles and
2 tool posts) which can turn two workpieces concurrently by using two tool posts
with two spindles, or turning machine (with 1 spindle and 2 tool posts) which
can turn one workpiece concurrently by using two tool posts with one spindle.
The DI/DO signals of BMI can be sorted when dividing them from the viewpoints of
tool posts as described below.
- DI/DO
signals common to two tool posts
A signal having a certain function is provided to both first and second tool
The reset signal, emergency signal, and other signals that
posts in common.
select basic operation modes of the control unit belong to this group. If a
memory command operation mode is selected, for example, the memory command
operation is selected for both first and second tool posts in common.
Both first and second tool posts are reset or urgently stopped concurrently by
the reset or emergency stop signal.
- DI/DO
signals exclusively provided for individual tool posts
A signal having a certain signal is provided for the first tool post and
second tool post independently. These signals are affixed with #1 or #2 at
the end of their signal names.
Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool post, while
symbol #2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second tool post.
These signals are also subdivided into the following two groups.
-
Spindle control DI/DO
The following signals belong to this group.
R00 - R015
Command spindle speed signals
MRO
signals
speed
Maximum
- MR15
spindle
ii.
ARO
signals
MR15
iii. Actual spindle speed
signals
voltage
RISGN, RIO
motor
command
Spindle
iv.
-
-
RI12
In case of 2 spindles and 2 tool posts;
Individual tool post spindles are controlled by using spindle control
exclusively provided for tool posts.
DI/DO
In case of 1 spindle and 2 tool posts;
The spindle common to two tool posts is controlled by using spindle control
DI/DO signals provided for the first tool post.
-
DI/DO
other than those for spindle control
The feedrate override signal, auxiliary function code signals, stroke signal,
The override of the cutting feedrate can be
etc. belong to this group.
independently applied to individual tool posts, and auxiliary function code
signal and strobe signal are sent to these tool posts independently of each
other.
The DI/DO signals provided for each control axis may be said to belong to "DI/DO
exclusively provided for individual tool posts" because that the axis controls
either tool post only. However, these signals are not affixed with divided by
tool posts, but divided by control axis numbers as viewed from the entire
system.
207
3.7.5
In the 11TT the following three groups are provided as the configuration of
control axes.
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
2nd tool post
1st tool post
Not provided
1
XI
Z1
Z2
X2
2nd tool post
1st tool post
2
XI
Z1
X2
Additional
axis
Z2
Additional
2nd tool post
1st tool post
axis
3
XI
Z1
X2
Z2
Two axes are provided for each tool post (or, 4 axes in total) as the basic
configuration, and one additional axis is provided for either tool post (5 axes
in total) as the optional configuration,
208
-
3.7.5
10/11/100/110M
with same Interface as 6M
6M
-
MI
DI
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
400
DTCHX
*SVFX
*DECX
* ITX
*-EDX
*+EDX
*-LX
*+LX
401
HX
MLKX
MIX
-X
+X
*-EDY
*+EDY
*-LY
*+LY
MLKY
MIY
-Y
+Y
*-EDZ
*+EDZ
*-LZ
*+LZ
ZNG
MIZ
-Z
+Z
*-ED4
*+ED4
*-L4
*+L4
MLK4
MI 4
-4
+4
BDT1
DRN
AFL
FIN
ST
402
DTCHY
403
HY
404
DTCHZ
405
HZ
406
4NG
407
H4
408
MLK
DLK
ABS
OVC
SBK
409
ZRN
BRN
SRN
KEY
FID
410
ERS
RRW
ASP
*ESP
SKIP
UINT
SAR
411
GST
SOR
ASSTP
GRB
GRA
SPC
SPB
SPA
412
AGJ
EDT
MEM
T
D
J
H
S
413
MP4
MP2
MP1
*FV16
*FV8
*FV4
*FV2
AFV1
414
RT
ROV2
ROV1
*JV16
*JV8
*JV4
*JV2
*JV1
415
BDT9
AGSTB
BDT8
AG24
BDT7
AG 22
BDT6
AG2 1
BDT5
AG 18
BDT4
AG 14
BDT3
AG 12
BDT2
AG 11
*SVFY
*SVFZ
*SVF4
*DECY
*DECZ
*DEC4
*ITY
*ITZ
*IT4
209
3.7.5
6M • MI
-
DI
DGN
No.
7
416
TLRST
417
TLSKP
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TL64
TL32
TL16
TL08
TL04
TL02
TL01
AGST
WN16
WN8
WN4
WN2
WN1
418
419
ESTB
EA6
EA5
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
420
ED 15
ED 14
ED 13
ED 12
EDI 1
ED10
ED9
ED8
421
ED 7
ED 6
ED 5
ED4
ED 3
ED 2
EDI
EDO
422
UI15
UI14
UI13
UI12
UI11
UI10
UI9
UI8
423
UI7
UI6
UI5
UI4
UI3
UI2
UI1
UIO
424
SIND
R13I
R12I
Rill
R10I
R09I
425
R08I
R07I
R06I
R05I
R04I
R03I
R02I
R01I
426
5NG
*SVF5
*DEC5
*IT5
*-ED5
*+ED5
*-L5
*+L5
427
H5
MLK5
MI5
-5
+5
210
-
3.7.5
6M • MI
-
DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
500
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
RWD
501
CSS
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
502
SSP
SRV
FMF
EF
503
MMIY
SEY
ZP2Y
ZPY
MMIX
SEX
ZP2X
ZPX
504
MMI4
SE4
ZP24
ZP4
MMIZ
SEZ
ZP2Z
ZPZ
505
TLCHB
TLCHA
ESEND
EREND
MMI5
SE5
ZP25
ZP5
506
M30
MO 2
M01
MOO
M38
M3 4
M3 2
M32
507
M2 8
M24
M2 2
M2 1
Ml 8
M14
M12
Mil
508
T48
T44
T42
T41
T38
T34
T32
T31
509
T28
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
Til
S28
S22
S21
S48
S42
S44
S 18
S 42
S 14
S52
S48
S24
S51
S44
S41
S38
S41
S34
S 12
GRB
S32
Sll
GRA
S31
(param. )
S12BIT-A
S12BIT-B
511
B38
S28
S28
B34
S24
S24
B32
S22
S22
B31
S21
S21
B28
S 18
S 18
B24
S14
S 14
B22
S 12
S 12
B21
Sll
Sll
(param. )
S12BIT-A
S 12BIT-B
512
B18
B38
S58
B'14
B34
S54
B12
S32
S52
Bll
S31
S51
R12
R12
R12
Rll
Rll
Rll
RIO
RIO
RIO
R09
R09
R09
(param. )
S12BIT-A
S12BIT-A
513
R08
R07
R06
R05
R04
R03
R02
R01
514
U015
U014
U013
U01 2
U011
U010
U09
U08
515
U07
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
U01
UOO
510
BF
211
TF
SF
MF
3.7.5
6M • MI
-
DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
516
MMLK
MDLK
MABS
MZNG
MSBK
MBDTl
MDRN
MAFL
517
MBDT9
MBDT8
MBDT7
MBDT6
MBDT5
MBDT4
MBDT3
MBDT2
BCLP
MUCL
518
*
*
*
The underlined signals are added to 6M.
detach axis
DTCHX, Y, Z
machine lock axis
MLKX, Y, 4, 5
mirror image
MIZ
external deceleration
*+ED4, 5, *-ED4, 5
block return
BRN
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
threading mode
THRD
tapping mode
TAP
inch input mode
INCH
Interpolation end
IPEN
mirror imaged
MMIZ
axis select
SE5
DI
The following signals are not provided for 6T, but exclusively for 6M.
AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
DI FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB , AG11
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL
The following signals are defined in 6T, but not included in above.
STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ , CDZ , *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
DI
DO
SCLP, SUCL
212
3.7.5
10/11/100/ 110T
with the same interface as 6T
6T
MI
-
DI
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
400
DTCHX
*SVFX
*DECX
*ITX
*-EDS
*+EDX
*-LX
*+LX
401
HX
MLKX
MIX
-X
+X
A-EDZ
A+EDZ
*-LZ
MLKZ
MIZ
-Z
*-ED3
*+ED3
*-L3
MLK3
MI3
-3
A-ED4
*+ED4
*-L4
MLK4
MI 4
-4
+4
SBK
BDT1
DRN
AFL
FIN
ST
UINT
SAR
STLK
SPC
SPB
SPA
D
J
HS
GR4
GR3
GR2
GR1
402
DTCHZ
403
HZ
404
DTCH3
405
H3
406
DTCH4
407
H4
408
MLK
DLK
ABS
OVC
409
ZRN
BRN
SRN
KEY
410
ERS
RRW
*SP
*ESP
411
GST
SOR
ASSTP
EDT
MEM
MP2
MP1
412
*SVFZ
*SVF3
ASVF4
*DECZ
*DEC3
*DEC4
*ITZ
*IT3
*IT4
T
SKIP
*+LZ
+Z
*+L3
+3
*+L4
413
MP4
414
RT
ROV2
ROV1
*OV16
*OV8
*OV4
*0V2
*0V1
415
BDT9
BDT8
BDT7
BDT6
BDT5
BDT4
BDT3
BDT2
213
3.7.5
6T • MI
DGN
No.
7
416
TLRST
417
TLSKP
6
5
DI
3
2
1
0
ZAE
XAE
SMZ
CDZ
TL08
TL04
TL02
TL01
WN1 6
WN8
WN4
WN2
WN1
4
PRC
418
-
419
ESTB
EA6
EA5
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
420
ED 15
ED14
ED 13
ED 12
EDI 1
ED10
ED9
ED8
421
ED 7
ED 6
EDS
ED4
ED 3
ED2
EDI
EDO
422
UI15
UI14
UI13
UI12
UI11
UI10
UI9
UI8
423
UI7
UI6
UI5
UI4
UI3
UI2
UI1
UIO
424
SIND
R13I
R12I
Rill
R10I
R09I
425
R08I
R05I
R04I
R03I
R02I
R01I
*SECLP
*SEUCL
426
R07I
R06I
427
214
SPSTP
3.7.5
6T • MI
DGN
- DO
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
500
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
RWD
501
CSS
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
TF
502
SF
MF
503
MMIZ
SEZ
ZP2Z
ZPZ
MMIX
SEX
ZP2X
ZPX
504
MMI4
SE4
ZP24
ZP4
MMI3
SE3
ZP23
ZP3
505
TLCHB
TLCHA
ESEND
EREND
506
M30
MO 2
M01
MOO
507
M2 8
M2 4
M22
M2 1
M18
M14
Ml 2
Mil
509
T28
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
Til
510
S48
S44
S42
S41
S38
S34
S32
S31
511
S28
S24
S 22
S21
S 18
S 14
S 12
Sll
R12
Rll
RIO
R09
508
512
513
R08
R07
R06
R05
R04
R03
R02
R01
514
U015
U014
U013
UOl 2
UOll
UOIO
U09
U08
515
U07
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
UOl
UOO
215
3.7.5
6T • MI
DGN
No.
7
6
5
516
MMLK
MDLK
MABS
517
MBDT9
MBDT8
MBDT7
4
MBDT6
-
DO
3
2
1
0
MSBK
MBDT1
MDRN
MAFL
MBDT5
MBDT4
MBDT3
MBDT2
SCLP
SUCL
518
*
The underlined signals are added to 6M.
DTCHX, Z, 3, 4
detach axis
machine lock axis
MLKX, Z, 3, 4
mirror image
MIZ, 3, 4
external deceleration
*+EDX » Z, 3, 4
*-EDX, Z, 3, 4
block return
BRN
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
THRD
threading mode
TAP
tapping mode
inch input mode
INCH
IPEN
interpolation end
mirror imaged
MMIX, Z, 3, 4
axis select
SEX, Z, 3, 4
DI
The
* DI
DO
The
* DI
DO
following signals are not provided for 6M, but exclusively for 6T.
STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ, CDZ, *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
SCLP, SUCL
following signals are defined in 6M, but not included in above.
FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB, AG11 * AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL
216
-
3.7.5
10/100M
with the same interface as in 3M
M
• MI - Dll
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
400
DTCHX
*SVFX
*DECX
*ITX
401
HX/
ROV1
402
DTCHY
403
HY/
404
DTCHZ
405
*SVFY
*DECY
*DECZ
2
1
0
MLKX
MIX
-X
+X
MLKY
MIY
-Y
+Y
ZNG
MIZ
-Z
+Z
SBK
BDT
*ITY
ROV2
*SVFZ
3
*ITZ
HZ/
DRN
406
407
408
MLK
DLK
409
ZRN
BRN
410
ERS
411
ABS
KEY
*SP
SOR
OVC
*ESP
412
MP2
413
414
RT
FIN
ST
SAR
*ILK
SPC
SPB
SPA
MD4
MD2
MD1
*OV4
*OV2
AOV1
SKIP
*SSTP
AFL
MP1
*OB8
415
(Note) The underlined signals are newly added.
217
3.7.5
3M • MI
DGN
No.
7
6
4
5
-
DI
3
2
1
0
PN8
PN4
PN2
PN1
416
417
418
419
ESTB
EA6
EA5
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
420
ED 15
ED14
ED 13
ED12
EDI 1
ED10
ED9
ED8
i
421
ED 7
ED6
ED 5
ED 4
ED 3
ED2
EDI
EDO
422
UI15
UI14
UI13
UI12
UI11
UI10
UI9
UI8
423
UI7
UI6
UI5
UI4
UI3
UI2
UI1
UIO
424
SIND
SSIN
SGN
R12I
Rill
R10I
R09I
425
R08I
R07I
R06I
R04I
R03I
R02I
R01I
R05I
218
3.7.5
3M • MI
-
DO
DGN
No
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
500
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
501
CSS
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
DST
IPEN
.
502
BF
503
ZP2Y
TF
ZPY
504
505
SF
0
DEN
MF
ZP2X
ZPX
ZP2Z
ZPZ
EF
(param. )
EREND
506
M30
MO 2
M01
MOO
507
M2 8
M24
M2 2
M21
M18
M14
Ml 2
Mil
509
T28
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
Til
510
S28
S24
S22
S21
S18
S14
MIG
S 12
MDG
Sll
LWG
511
B38
B34
B32
B31
B28
B24
B22
B21
512
B18
B14
B12
Bll
514
U015
U014
U013
U012
UOll
UO10
U09
U08
515.
U07
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
UOl
UOO
508
513
219
(param. )
3.7.5
3M • MI
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
-
2
3
516
517
518
ENB
220
DO
-
1
0
3.7.5
10/100T with the
same interface as 3T
3T
MI
-
DI
DGN
No.
7
6
5
400
DTCHX
*SVFX
*DECX
401
4
HX/
ROV1
402
DTCHZ
403
HZ/
*SVFZ
3
2
1
0
MLKX
MIX
-X
+X
*DECZ
*+LZ
ROV2
MLKZ
MIZ
-Z
+Z
SBK
BDT
DRN
AFL
FIN
ST
SAR
STLK
SPC
SPB
SPA
MD4
MD2
MD1
GR2
GR1
*0V2
*0V1
404
405
406
407
408
MLK
DLK
409
ZRN
BRN
410
ERS
411
ABS
KEY
*SP
SOR
OVC
*ESP
SKIP
*SSTP
412
413
414
MP2
RT
MP1
*OV8
*OV4
415
(Note) The underlined signals are newly added to 3T.
221
3.7.5
3T • MI
-
DI
DGN
No.
7
6
416
5
4
PRC
3
2
1
0
ZAE
XAE
SMZ
CDZ
PN8
PN4
PN2
PN1
417
418
419
ESTB
EA6
EA5
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
EAO
420
ED 15
ED 14
ED13
ED 12
EDI 1
ED10
ED9
ED8
421
ED 7
ED6
ED5
ED 4
ED3
ED 2
EDI
EDO
422
UI15
UI14
UI13
UI12
UI11
UI10
UI9
UI8
423
UI7
UI6
UI5
UI4
UI3
UI2
UI1
UIO
424
SIND
SSIN
SGN
R12I
Rill
R10I
R09I
425
R08I
R07I
R06I
R04I
R03I
R02I
R01I
R05I
222
3.7.5
3T • MI
-
DO
DGN
No.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
500
MA
SA
OP
STL
SPL
RST
AL
501
CSS
THRD
RPD
TAP
INCH
DST
IPEN
DEN
SF
MF
ZP2X
ZPX
502
TF
ZP2Z
503
ZPZ
0
504
505
EREND
506
507
M2 8
M2 4
M22
M21
M18
M14
M12
Mil
T28
T24
T22
T21
T18
T14
T12
Til
B28
B24
B22
B21
B18
B14
B 12
B 11
R12
Rll
RIO
R09
508
509
510
511
512
513
R08
R07
R06
R05
R04
R03
R02
F01
514
U015
U014
U013
U012
UOll
U010
U09
U08
515
U07
U06
U05
U04
U03
U02
UOl
UOO
223
-
3.7.6
3T • MI
DGN
No.
7
6
4
5
-
3
DO
2
1
0
516
517
518
ENB
3.7.6 LED display of I/O module
The terminal board connection module of the digital input/digital output modules
is provided with LED for indicating the on/off conditions of each I/O signal.
u
©
©flo oo
©Ho 01
[o 02
©|[o 03
COM
©b
© O 04
©IIO 05
© O 06
Yellow LED
Lights . . .
Goes out .
O 07
m
10
Rx)llo u
HE 12
13
COM
HE 14
©|[o
15
m®
16
17
COM
BE 18
©
n
224
.
Input (or output) turns on
Input (or output) turns off.
3.8
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System
3.8.1 Block diagram of position control
1) Pulse coder
CCW revolution viewed from spindle
+V
r
Motor speed depends
on this voltage.
Command pulse = Least movement unit
+E
-E
Command
pulse
+(-)
JXTirL
D/A
CMR
J
(CMR) times
(Parameter
I
'Position deviation
1825,1826)
Least movement unit
Counting unit =
CMR
3V/1000 rpm
(DGN 3000)
+V
\
-F
Counting unit
(detection unit)
--
unit
io7T
[
-V
Velocity
Converter VCMD
-(+)
Counting unit =
_
Motor
Pulse
coder
\
+F
j~Ln|
DMR
2000 x DMR
(D/A: Digital to analog
Frequency to voltage)
F/V:
( DMR ) times
(Parameter 1816)
L
T
L
2000 x DMR
Light emitting (In the case of the pulse
coder of 2000P/rcv.)
Command pulse = 1
if
For detecting ‘
one revolution
it
Blight
receiving
section
.
2T
PCA
A light receiving section
B
\
-
PCB
Photo
clement
A
Slit
2000 or 2500 or 3000 pulses
per one revolution
Converter
L
Pulse coder
-jj'A/j/pVV
Li
1
J-L_nL
F/V
Table
PCA
° Waveform when motor rotates counterclockwise
PCB
o
T varies with the number of revolutions of motor
J
PCA
Position detection shift
of 90° for one slit
1
PCB
Waveform when motor rotates clockwise
2) Resolver/inductosyn
Command pulse = Least movement unit
_
n
-rum.
Command
pulse
D/A
CMR
converter
Velocity
r
unit
(Parameter
+V
1825,1826)
\
Position deviation
__
(DGN 3000)
Counting unit
(detection unit)
j
I
DMR
I
T
1
Resolver
Inductosyn
Control
I
,
A
Inductosyn
+
Tachogenerator
(Parameter
(Position control)
Motor
Table_ |
1816)
.
DCA_rji
DSA ! —IjJr
Resolver
I
J
1
Resolver/inductosyn
Interface PCB
225
j
3.8.1
the settings required to adjust the amount of table
with the command pulse.
Command pulse: 0.001 mm in metric system
0.0001 inch in inch system
CMR : Command multiply ratio
1 for pulse
Parameter number 1820 (Standard value:
coder, Resolver and Inductosyn)
DMR : Detect multiply radio
Parameter number 1816 (Standard value:
1/2 for
Resolver and Inductosyn)
L
: Movement amount (mm or inch) for one revolution of the
detector
Counting unit: The value which is obtained by dividing the traverse for
one revolution of the motor by the feedback pulse of (2000)
x DMR (in the case of the pulse coder of 2000P/rev)
CMR and DMR are the settings to equalize the weight of the command pulse
and feedback pulse for one pulse.
o CMR and DMR are
movement complying
.....
.....
Counting unit:
Minimum movement unit (mm or inch) _ L (mm or inch)
a x DMR
CMR
2,000 p/rev, 2,500 p/rev or 3,000 p/rev for pulse coder
4,000 p/rev for Resolver or Inductosyn
Minimum movement unit: Command pulse
(T) and DMR to (2) when a movement distance is
ex. CMR is set to
per (T) revolution of detector.
a:
[0]
Minimum movement unit
Command (0.001 mm/p)
pulse
Counting
unit
0.001 mm/p
Position
deviation
CMR
Motor
_
Table
A/fAiWS
0.001 mm
E)]
= 0.001 mm
Detector
£31
DMR
Counting
4 mm
= 0.001 mm
unit
2000 X
f(|j!
226
2000 p/rev.
(4) mm
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit
Amplify the error of VCMD and TSA
From position
control circuit
Velocity
1
command
(VCMD)
o-
EC
-5*
Amplifier
PWM
Control
Circuit
v-
Send the pulse to
Drive
circuit
transistor
T1 terminal
MOL
Direction
signal
Thermal relay
A2A
From tachogenerator
ox F/V converter
f
i.
Receive the output of
amplifier and control
the ON time of transistor Triangle
wave
generator
TSA
TSB
o
(8)
-7?T
l
j
A2 B
GDI
HL
Enable signal
1
ENBL1
2] DC servo motor
Current
\
detecting
ro
ENBL2 O +24
N5
circuit
l
B2
MCC
Protect the motor
from over current
TSA
[All
Tachogenerator
?B1
F
Power
T1
AC200V
3<>
From
machine
side
source
circuit
u --
TSB
+15V
(5)
-15V
err
I
§§=3
No fuse
circuit
breaker
Doide
module
%
100B
PRDY1
PRDY2
Position control
ready signal
t
i
PRDY 1
1
Solid state relay
MCC
LiÿHJ
+24 V
o
A1A
® A IB
5
CD1 CD2
100A
1
i
+2 4V
'Pulse coder
VRDYl
Velocity control
ready signal
MOL
MCC
TOH
—o-o—
96
95
l
OVL2
o
Thermostat in
servo transformer
|S20
0VL2
Overload signal
Reset the velocty control
unit MCC is ON
(Note) Open S20 for a unit which
connects to servo power
transformer.
oo
to
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of IV! series velocity control unit
a) For DC servo motor model 00M (A06B-6047-H001)
PWM circuit
A20B-0 009-0320
CN2
CN1
) 4
8
PRDY2
*ALM1 ) 5
PtiOfl
2
-0]
CNl
SNBU
8
£NBL2
3
*A1M2
J 6
ovu
]
)
i >CA
2
3
2 LBA
4
ntm
i;
4
VH*I
18
S
13
7
COM
4 L88
8 LE8
6 HCC
?
1NTL2
7 LfiC
H
13 VfPT2
1S|10QA
15
CVL2
I2VRDY1
11
19
TSB
14
20
E
TOD
isc
9 LBD
10 L3T
11
12 CE
13 _QD3
10 CVLl
I 2
6
TSA
INTL1
cxw
8 HK
9 HHK2
VfflY 2
1 1
i
CDI
4
4
FF
wu
0
CN4
CN3
ISA
2
3 |18B
From servo transformer
O
CN3
CN4
I
hO
NO
rI D s
CO
I
Tl
1
I
'"NFBYI
-4kro<£--
MCC
i
R
l_
AC 50V
<
T
0-0-0
Q1
B
I
I
3
4
S
t
23
MCC
O
—
?E
Cl
'4
PE
A2
©
LEC
1
jSuige
I
I
1
LEB
Q2
LB B
A
5
6
PVT
MOL
MCC
.96
E
co
Cl
C
LBD
Al DC
OOM
Q4
,1 2
£
B
MCC
0-0-0
O
MCC
00-0
B
I
22
J&SLoH
5
5
5
RM
6
MOL
SK
Cl
csi
>-
O
°"1
2
«
C2
o
5
B
3
I
3 100B
O
100A
HCC
\
LZN_R___1
4
LBC
00-0 7
I
I
R
LEA
<KH>
0ÿ>
'
J---BRK2
O
HCA
O 7
3
Q3
JL_
RM
I
rNFB71
2
O
Diode
module
Tl
-ITB
$
_ _ JBRK1
1 SA
1
I
4
MX
Q:
>
>C:
CM
J
5 £
......
CM
!—
2
J
>
O
AO 6 6-6 0 4 7 -HO 0 1
£
c
DCO OM
CDl
Motor
DCOOM
Setting
4A
4A
G
dT°
U)
oo
Fig. 3.8.3 (a)
b) For DC servo motor model OM
30M (A06B-6047-H002
4)
PWM circuit
14
PBDY1
8
PMJY 2
9
7T
ENa.:
2
ENBL1
CNl
_
*A1M 2 16
OVLi
I0
OVX.2
4
*ALM4 1 7
:l
VRDY1
s
CN3
CN2
CN1
1
i
2 CT
3 i86
2
3
4
4
5
6
5
CD!
18
19
12
vray?
TSB
20
E
13
CPU
><.
4
LEA
4
LBB
££B
$
7 LBC
8 LSE
9 LDP
10 LED
t I LBS
) 2 <X
l
6
1CA
Lm
3
5
' INTTLI
7 1WL2
8 BK
9 BBK2
to
12
TSA
7
CN4
1
2
VTOY l
vRpyz
13
a? 3
ms
14
cm
15 LOOA
CTE
A20B-Q 009-0320
CN2
To transformer
CN4
CN3
r
\
I
CD
N2>
ro
\D
R
rNFBT',
A
O
I
MCC
—
Diode
module
*
OCR
-----
SJLBAÿ B 1
21
-&T&>
i
?i
I
AC 185V
S
S
*Cl
<?
23
i
i
i
;
1
i
IV'iijSE
r
I
15A
i
!:
I
<*
cAji
i
D
f-U;
J
; !
DS
[ZNR
3 100B
W
2
R
1
fax I
<A 2 00A
MCC
_
MCC
MCC
>-
i
I
Q
>J
95
M0O3)
96
:
I
!Q.
1
1
I
I
1 El
IE 1
yLEAjÿ
C2
i
!
*
E2
-3
J
J
5 >
1
41BD<!B2
1
i
!
k
A06B-6047-H002
A06B-6047-H003
A06B-6047-H004-
2i ;
i
1
B1
DCOM
DCSM
!l
i
1
!
I
ILEPfrE2
4 E2
L ™2 J !TM4;H0«i
DC1 0M
DC20M
DC30M
IRM
(Re>
i
CM
9
v»
<!> B2
:
M
MCC
i
'TM3W0O4)!
-P
B2
1
RRRd>
5
2
i
:
t
2
I
l
I
l
1
6
!_TM1_J
4C2
i
I
I
I
RMftclcjal LEBiE2
i
«£i
i
i
I
t
m
i
El
i
t
i
riZ; tD
C4
i
I
.LBBjÿ B2
I83
|-
i
1
i
!
I
iZ
i
CM
CM
>-
L
MOL
A2o c£4 Ak>
C3
«0O4>
3
Surge
absorber
O
: R1
4i
?
sLBCÿBl
;; ;
i
C2
MCC
O
:
i
i
i
15A
i
Jci
HCC iCl
I
lBl
i
D2
ITI l
r~
vHCAi CI
MOL
5
(**)-£$>
CM
Q
%
Motor
DCOM
DCOM 5M
DC10M-20M
DC30M
Fig. 3.8.3 (b)
CP
o
C
O
I
Setting
6A
9A
DC5M
DC10M
DC20M
18A
DC30M
24A
12A
co
oo
u>
c) For DC servo motor model 10M
(A06B-6047-H040, H041)
CN X
PMA2
ENBL2
9
m
4
3
6
6 iBrru
3
4
8 BftKl
IB
6
19
13
7
COM
20
,
IBP
10 LED
11 LBE
Q Z
13 CDl
13 VRDY2
T8B
lÿCMP
4 IBB
5 LE 8
6 HOC
7
L8C
8 LEC
9 BRK2
10 OVLl
U
12 VRDY1
12
TSA
CDl
CD2
INTL2
*AIM4 17
TT VRDY2
5
>N1
2 I. BA
3
CT
3 1 ft B
*ÿ TQH1
S TOHZ
3
15
yRPYl
CN 3
l j-8-a-
14
3
*UM2 To
JV3U1 TO QVL2
CN1
30M for separate discharge circuit
CN 2
rr ><
JPRDY1 8
SSBU
'v
14
ucc
14 DI C
15 LC E
13 lOOA
E
-1
I
A20B-0009-0320
CN3
CN2
To transformer
CN4
UNIT
D1 s CHARGE
'V'A
—— -- ~n
[~T2 I >
i
I
?6
4
D2
i
ro
r
no
o
OCR/'
ED
$
i
i
\
B
i:
<LBcm
i
i
o*
j
i
.LBAÿBl
MCC
i
-Hccÿr
<P
I
!
I
AC 185V
-
9
i
ISA
<J-
,'NFB2~>
o=j
23
m_
|C
Cl
1
100 A
>CCA
£
>
\.-9
MDL
r
pi
IQ1
l
C2
i
!
C3
i
i
.El
LEA •C2
<*
?
i
S3
?i
'B4
1
RMCRt-ÿÿaXlEB
—
I
1C2
f-0
r
—
St
El
i
l2
sLBD
v.
i
t
>
c
t
]
„
E2
VXEqjp
KM
|
iÿTM2_ J <TM4_(I011_)
C4
HVKRd)
-1
CM
o
O
>
W
Motor Setting
DC10M 12A
DC20M 18A
*~X
DC10M
DC20M
DC30M
$
i
I
CM
T-
i»Bi
2
;;
M
r&cc
t
!
CM
2
El
<>C2.
9
1
:c
i
rO
CM
-B
.LBB ‘ B2
I
MCC
MCC
B
i
v---s-
:
fb ctf
>-
D
,EI
0-£CiC2
:
i
.
\ 00R
k
>•
__
]
l ZNR
O
u:i
I
absorber
4
R1
MCT
Surge
o-
fci
I
i
i
i
i
i
O
15A
3
Diode
module
DC30M
24A
(Rr)
MDL
O
15
O
A
LO
oo
OJ
Fig. 3.8.3 (c)
3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB
Chopping
frequency witch;
me
S16
Motor setting for voltage
feedback (strapped 00M
SL126
h n
t
CDl
CDR
|
Armature voltage
Overeuirent
circuit
circuit
detection
ENBL
+15 V
RV3
c
.
Enable and
I
ENBL1
circuit (For highed positioning)
Motor
S24
OVC operation 00M
timer
0M~20M
Jr
30M(H)
©
VCMD
width
wave oscil¬
Circuit
lation circuit
modulation
Insulation
A- phase
circuit
driver
circuit
Jli
'i
TRA
D1C
RV4
y
+1SV
£offsct
***2? H
- SSriH
Lo.ÿ
Voltage
feedback
circuit
modulation
circuit
circuit
_
S10
{X
S1I
Si 2
SI3
r
Power drop
detection
CH13 circuit
©
i
C-phase pulse-
CH9
Insulation
width
Current command
clamp circuit
(Current limiter)
D-phasc pulsewidth
RVS
Li
A
b>
A
circuit
Insulation
B*phasc
power source
circuit
D-phusc
driver
Power drop
D-phasc
detection
Circuit
Current
TRB
TRC
power source
b1
_
modulation
J
I
C-phase
detection
CH14 circuit
S14
B-phasc
driver
C-phase
driver
circuit
modulation
circuit
Power drop
777
S
TRD
power source
limiter
F
E-phase
power
supply
If transistor bridge voltage
rises, discharge command
is issued.
CH10
FISCAL
——
'enabid
Dischargc
alarm circuit
LCE
Voltage drop
alarm circuit
Reicience
contact
voltaee
Regenera¬
HCA
High voltage
No-fuse
Alarm
breaker abrm
n
__CD3,
CHI 5
VCCKDYR
B&.
(Breaker
Alarm
+15V
regulator
To postition
!
+1SV
H
ov
control
CH17
circuit
-15V
regulator
*3
//
abrm circuit
+24V
R8I
(Fuse resistor)
interface
circuit
//
?
CHI 6
:CH3 CH4
HVAL
1
-I5V
HCAL (High
current)
Excess!vc
Ov£ (Overcurrent)
current abrm
circuit
K3
PRDY
J
M CC
driver
PRDY1
3t alarm)
(Fuse resistor)
voltage)
circuit
circuit
(Pulse width modulation circuit power off
R81
TGLS (Tacho-less)
*3
BRK alarm enable
t
Absolute value
LV£ (LOW
tive umt>
setting
—
CJZ-B
BRK?
GE
•—
c
TGLS enable
|
(armature
- 4I circuit
voltage)
L-oS25o-fcDynamic
sensi*
tivity setting
alarm)
breaker abrm
X
Run away
detection
circuit
DCAL (Discharge
HI
No fuse cirCuit
Tachogenerator
voltage checking circuit
-t<3-
+15V
Discharge transistor
18B
6T
IInsulation
B-phase pulsewidth
width
limit
<§>
S9
$6
;:RV2 *-i -15V
i
Discharge
transistor
GE
Ql
feedback
0.2
A-phasc
power source
adjustment
j,
I
Current
sation circuit
SS
S7
Cain
’ RV1
A
J
|»r
Approx. 0.2
I
Power drop
detection
CH12 circuit
Maximum
pulse
Phase compensation
S5
t |Tÿ
(At rapid fecdCH10 rate dccclcration)
Power
CHll
1
CHS
£
in switchxnj
T$1 S2
transformer
Open
circuit
<©CH2
TSA
HCR
Triangular
Phase compen¬
Norn linear circuit
(Fo•r high-speed
posiitioning)
S3
circuit
enable
!
Velocity
commune
0.06
XI
Non linear
Clil 8
|Ca$(V/A)
To alarm processing circuit
CHI
CH23
UO
T1
0.8 msec.
Strapped
A-phasc pulse-
oscillation
To alarm processing circuit
detection
cr>2
I
V
S16
0V
CH7
M
la
ro
T1
A
©
Square wave
Armature voltage
detection
circuit
ft
/
r° °\
only)
EEC
A
//
from overcurtent detecting circuit
from enable circuit
I
dyl
1
PRDY
AIRI
CO
CT
4ÿ
Fig. 3.8.4 (a)
3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit
Current detector
AC
~6~&
Control
circuit
+
*
30
m
Detector (Pulse coder)
A
I
oR
Torque command
CH5 CH6
i-o
OJ
ISO
l
Amplifler
circuit
£
from positional
control unit
_
(VCMD)
CH2 O
+
I? _
CHI
Velocity command
<
Current command
CH7
i
AC servo motor
*2
IR
:ÿ-O CH10
CH16
|
+
*2
PWM
Driver
IS
"—O CH11
F/V
io
r- *1
6
Rotor position
detecting
circuit
_
*2
IT
CH9
3
CHI2
Triangle -O
wave
CH13
generator
To positional
control unit
Drive
circuit
Receiver
circuit
*1:. Multiplication circuit
*2: Amplifier circuit
Fig. 3.8.5 (a)
OJ
’oo
C/1
3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram
a) For model 2-0, 1-0 (A06B-6050-H002)
CN2
CN1 (M)
I 1 8A
1
2 ENBL1
8
1 5 ENBU
9
2
3 LEG
16 OVL2
2CT
3 1 1 8B
4 TOHI
5 TOH2
3 OVL1
4 VRDYl
5
10
17 VRDY7
7 VCMD
6
6 CDVl
7 CDV2
8 CPU!
9 CPU2
10 TH1
11 TH2
12jINTL2
18
I:
6
4 CDH1
S
19
1•
E
PWM circuit
A20B-1000-0560
To position
control unit
5P
i4 PCZ
LEA
LBB
LEB
1
PCZ
1
PCA
1
PCA
1
PCB
1
PCB
HCC
LBC
LEC
LED
LED
HCE
LBE
LEE
14 1 00A
15 MCC
d=3
C=D
CUD
To power CN2
(VCMD) transformer
7
HCA
LBA
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 LBF
15 LEF
13INTL1
CN1r~i
I
2
3
4
5
6
CN3
20SG
TT1T
To motor
N5
LO
T1
A
o-
---
1
O-i—
t
To power
transformer
i
NFB2
2
3
I
w
MCC
1
r
O-Q-
+ Cl
Lrsj
I
5
M.
!
Ri
%5K
680ÿ
r
PI
l
2i 2i
To machine
ZNR
rT?ÿ==fi
C2
SK
I
4
a
100A
\MCCX
23J5"5_ B
z
z
r
H
I
1
0.4ft
MCC
MCC
---
l
i
PI
r
m
a
2
OV
2
OV
3
OV
3
OV
+ 5V
5 + 5V
4
+sv
6
6
13 Cl
14 PCZ
8
16 PCA
10
17*PCA
11
5
18 PCB
12
19*PCB
13
7
7
IS*PCZ
9
2d SG
CIZI
unit (Pulse coder)
—<ÿ-—*
X
n
>
W
>
t
5l
I
T1
RM1
1
rn2
7
10.171
[
iE3
c<
K:
r
IB3 I
n
on
oa
r. n
:c a
c
K
r
5I
n
I
i
RM1
12 C2
-l
i
2 I B6
j
DS
11 C4
X
i*j
-fc-
6
4
loan
1
4
1>
ov
4
n
o TM1
w iE5
AC
1
\
\
_) 1 To position controlCN6 -
n
400V
10 C8
ov
CN5 \
t
2
A2 All
I
B5
3
AC
o
a
r
I
MCC
O
2212;
x
‘rPn
I 2i zi n
NFBl
I
R
9 OH2
(Pulse coder)
X
i
I
8 OH 1
1
C=D
o
I
CN6 (M)
CN5 (F)
CN4
CN3
1
14 PRDY:
1 PRDY!
7
Motor
r
»1
° [B4
Si
c
IE4
fit
rw
I
C5 1
21
3
ii
i
r
wI
CO
MCC
o
a
r
r
K>
Fig. 3.8.6 (a) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
<-o
Co
ON
b) For AC series motor model 0, 5 (A06B-6050-H102)
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CNG
MR-23P
BURNDY
Cl I 18A
HiROSE
01| LC3
02 1 LEG
03 1
LES
04 1 CuHl
HiRCSE
31 1 HCA
02 1 ISA
03 1
LEA
HR-22S
BV
ail
02 1
BV
HR -2gP
RM1
RH2
C1.C2
C3
SQmfl
SQ™&
161
PRDY1
CVL2
10l-ftAlM4- 041 VRDY1
171 VR0Y2
181 CLHT
191
23}
E
0.12Q
5W
23KQ
SSI *ALM1 -jail
-02} ENBL1
091 *ALM2h331 0VL1
141 PRQY2
151 ENBL2
SPEC iFi CAT SC.S
1-2
3-4
5-6
1-2
2-3
16Q 270W
680UF400V
111
121
*
A LMff
13| CoM
351
CURR
071
VP*D
02!
03 I
CT
IBB
04
35 1
36 j
TGH2
\
T0H1
3.3ÿF
05 |
CDV1
06 1
HCC
07 1
CSV2
B8|
09 1
C3U1
07 {
S8 {
09 1
IBC
LEC
L5D
LED
CDU2
12
14 i
15 j
I
CN1
To position
control unit
CN2
\__
_J
I
11 }
12 [
13 I
INTL1 i
1E2A
MCC
13
A22B- 1200- 0553
13 i
THI
TH2
INTL2
11 1
14 i
15 I
[
[
CN3
031
041
051
061
LS3
LES
DIC
jg]
PWM (§&
04 {
05
06
0V
+5V
08I
CHI
091
101
0H2
C8
C4
111
+ 5V
121 _C2
131
Cl
_
+5V
07|
Hi
15 1
161
17 1
181
191
201
PCZ
»
PCZ~
14|
PCZ
151
*PCZ
171
PCA
PCA
TsT
PCA
* PCA
09)
10!
18) *PCS "
191 * PC9
201SG
PC3
* PCS
SG
CN4
0V
Jg2[
0V
1031
0V
04f
111
12!
13!
051
05 1
07<
HCE
LBE
LEE
ISP
LEE
[
[
-[011
08!
[
[
CN*5
To power
transformer
[
To motors
(Pulse coder)
j
1
L-I
CN6
1
_J
To position control
unit (Pulse codei)
A.
JJ
!
C3
ro
ca
—-
s
CJI
LO
4S
!
r
Tl
1
A O—
lLJ Jz
21
Ir1-3- n
+
f
MCC
i
=J
11
+=eCl
AC?
lO
20K
5W
u
MCC
20
*—o
23
—
c
13
-
30
2
Uc:
r
MCC
I
3
40
130 A
:l
are.i
—N— J
j 27CW
£ s
a
V?
i
---
!I
MCC
DIC
JAJ
TH
T °si n
J
->
1
t
i
£
r*
o I
..
i
l
5
KU
J-
|-4Sp-Nti
i
P
T
\
I
I K
o !
DS
£
S
|rIM?
I
1
o
1
SL
L
+=C2
_ --2
fe
Tl
pi
RHl
J
LirT"“i2
T
i
i
1
I
»E1
1
i
i
I
1
3 P2
1
5
ai
I
3 £2
k_
I
!
i
S
t
9 1
3
I
!
05
/
i
06
I
Motor
§
3 !&2
!
I
sr-is
t
I
I
IS
RMl
T
ei
I
C3
"1
ei
I
lei
I
I
I
1
u_
IU
i
,
I
J
J
!
i
i
I
aI
es
[§U
I
UJ
J
B2
I
ai2
I
J
64
l £ Mci
J"J
B1
s
6
1 1
Fig. 3.8.6 (b) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
co
bo
ON
c) For AC servo motor model 10, 20, 30 (A06B-6050-H103, H104)
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
MR-23P
B'JRNDT
an i8A
021 CT
33 i
18B
TQH1
24 1
25 1 TCH2
06 I
KIRQSr
HiPCSF
31
HCA
32
L9A
03 1 LEA
04 1 LSB
05 1 LE3
C6 1 HCC
MR-2BS
MR-23P
PCZ
141
151 * PCZ
I H105 I H104
|123nfll 60*tfl
5-6.9-10 20 mil 1 25ttu7
14.t PRDY2~1-S8I *ALM1 211 PR3Y1
n
221 ENSL1
iSI EMBL2
asi »AIM2 \
031 OVL:
161 0VL2
3- 4.7- 3
11- 12
17
VRDY2
18
CLMT
1-2
RMl
Z.6Q
0.2553
I 2CKK 5W
2-3 1 16a 270 W
I 662uF 402V
191
1-2
RM2
Cl
C2
C3
131
341
11 *ALMfri
C51
12
081
151 CoM
2gj
E
VRQY1
CURR
LC3
32 1
33 1
L9G
LEG
34 1
CDH:
05 1 QIC
C6l__CyVl
07 1
081
09 I
37IVCMD
E230ÿF
4C0V
2.3ILF
1
31 1
131
11 I
PWM circuit
121
A223- 1222- 0560
[
CNl
To position
control unit
C0V2
CPUI
07 [
08 1
L9C
LEG
CPU2
TH1
0° I
TH2
1HTL2
11 1
12 1
LEO
LED
HCc
LSE
13 1
LEE
14 1
L5F
LEF
12 1
13 1
1NTL1
14 1
15 1
122A
HCC
15[
3V
0V
0V
011
021
021
04!
051
06i
061 OHl
391 DH2
iai_cs
C4
111
C2
121
.-jj
c,
_
5V
+ 5V
+ SV
141
iSI
161
* PCI
171
»
PCZ
PCA
PCA
PCS
181
umi
PCA
17!
» PCA
FC9
*PC3
SG
181
19!
M
—-—-[eat —
27|
181
221
SG
i 01!
1021
cat
1
29!
1321
34 E
h
:ai
111
12!
CN2
_J
0V
ev
051
261
151
271
[
]
0V
J
1
[
CM3
_j
transformer
CN4
[
CS5
To power
[
1
CS6
To motor
(pulse coder)
J]
I
n
N5
CO
cn
_J
To position control
unit (Pulse coder)
jj
g
i!
o
ci a
T2
I 4(5 6
999
I
U D2
r
_
NFÿi
Tl
AO
23°
J
11
__
03
|
sw I
Vci
*C2
Nr=2
MCC
3 N~U
-
L
—
o o
20
23
U05S
*£L_
:-20K
__
io
m
MCC
N~~U
iL> >2
3
+
162
27EW
P
+=C2
8a
L
£2
I
DS
U
l
3
01
40
100A
L_Z36-_,
N
J
i
MCC
rr
TH
A2
7
7
i
--- --RMl
—
i
!
2
i
t
i
j
1
I
ei
__
; 5
l
l
E:
i
t
10
l
!
f
s
r
-0 6
Motor
I
I
s'
J
1
C3
a
J
11
i
1
I
I
\
8
I
J
zz
1
Fig. 3.8.6 (c) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
I
12
B2
84
91
S3
___ 5
RMl
I
j
Tl
RMl
r~~~ ,
1
I
I
cnIT
S
2 !62
LsU
Li-
O
t
t
l
TMl
L=r—i
5
3 62
1
I
ic:
I
•r
bi
l
t
o
n
I
sI
Is L
i
i
MCC
otc
---
i
TH_2_
£1
t
£
r
I
i
o I
KU
o
-J
i
C3
S'
[HsP-N-j
i
o
I
tT
13
J-
r
S
TH_3_
Bi
i
30
CN
:
1
2
1A Cl
o
i
MCC
u>
05
ON
d) For AC servo motor model 30R (A06B-6050-HQ05)
1-2.3-4
RM 5-6
7-8
C2
C3
2SmQ 40W
48«0 4flW
20KQ20W
680MF 400V
22C8jxF 400V
3ÿiiF 600V
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
MR-20P
14 PRDY2 }
15 ENBL2
16! 0VL2 C3
17 VRDY2 FG
18
19
03
20
E
J
8URNDY
HIROSE
01
LCG
02
LBS
LEG
03
com
04
QIC
05
COV1
06
07 r C0V2
eoui
08
HIROSE
MR-20S
HR-20P
PCZ
14
15 *PCZ
16
PCA
17
PCA
18
PCB
19
PCB
20
SG
CD
CD
C3
CD
m
ra
m
PRDY1
ENBL1
OVL1
VRDY1
CD
18A
CT
03
1SB
TOHI
TOH2
04
©
06
Q
m
01
02
VCHD
PWM circuit
A20B-1000-05 60
09
C0U2
10
U
12
13
TH1
TH2
[
CN2
[
CHS
[
C3
G3
C3
CD
0V
m
+ 5V
m
ev
[
CN4
15
16
»PCZ
PCA
18
19
20j
PCA
*PCS
PCB
* SS
ce
ra
m
4 5V
4 5V
PCZ
0H1
OH2
E3
C4
C2
Cl
fEJ
m
C3
m
m
m
*
*
CD
0V
0V
C3
GH
O
C3
CD!
0V
LED
HCE
LBE
LEE
LBF
LEF
CHS
[
CH6
To motor
(Pulse coder)
To power
transformer
To position
control unit
ev
LEC
LBO
13
14
15
100A
HCC
m
LBB
LEB
HCC
LBC
09
10
11
12
INTL2
14
HCA
LBA
LEA
08
INTL1
15
CHI
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
l
To position
control unit
A
I
T2
<N
N3
U>
O'.
60
I
50
>
40
r
T1
MCC
---
y ,i
r vz
x
14
I
i
£
|
I
AO
i
lO
MCC
20
25°
4- Cl
AC2
I
I
I
30
;E
L
5
rv~.
Til
__
J“
I
1
FAN
!
i
a
:
a
SK
MCC
r
I
I
+itC2
S
<Llt?
r
CO
CO
jHSp-N-'!
—
N
J
MCC
A5Lo o-|A1
R
<
mI
._
L__
J
6
|W>I
Bl
Bl
:c
M-c
< Bl
I
I
2h
I
I
UJ
r
CLEI
\SJ !
.
J5
u,
'
SI
I
s
Eh
I
J
1
I
l
2
—
—05
r
06
07
t
Motor
B2
B4
Bl
B3
t
(Z>
Eh
*
i
s
__
—** i
i V* I3
I4
T
i
i
4
£
L
I
I
T1
RM
i
J
MCC
t
I
J
H
C2
r®_fiH
I-
!
2i
!
!
I
C3
pa.
1
*T2
J
TH
c*
25
I
i
1
CO
..JOK.
P
1B0A
’ I
1
8
A Cl
°SJ ;f
1
i
I RM
i
t
— irm-i
pi
I
r
I
40
g
S
o
£
U3
00
Fig. 3.8.6 (d)
Velocity control unit connecting diagram
3.9 Connection with Servo
3.9.1 Connection to IVI series servo
1) Total connect ion diagram
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.
(j3o)
31
Servo
FUSE
<S3>
--
AC200/220V +10%
i
\
50Hz±lHz
2<p
or
AC200 + 10%
I
Y
4
31 <>
33 O-
7
Export
i
transformer
II
-15%
60Hz±Hz
2
18 A
o-o
S
TPl
v
6
\
-15%
;
41 Y
NC
CV3
motor
9 " (2)
" (8)
CN2
(3)
8
Y"
Y
18A
44
CT
Indicates
200V
connec¬
tion
(1)
Y " (2)
36 Y
*24
control unit
CHI
YT 1(A)
34 Y
35
16
AC100M10Vtl§|
60Hz
45
V
ON 2
18B
46
Y
AC100~115U_X5%
1 00 A
(Contactor coil load)
1
" (6) Y
* (7) Y
2nd-axis servo
motor
" (8)
G
" (4) Y
3 36
To NC
3rd-axis
control unit
Ti(r>)
Y
"
(6)
"
(7)
Y
Y
34
Y
YT 1(A)
35
Y
Y"(j)
36
Y
Y" (2)
" (8)
G
18 A
" (3)
47
48
49
25 VA/axis
T 1(5)
To NC
velocity
Emergency stop
«mjr
+10%
•I 35
» (3)
CHI
Single-phase
50Hz
G
2nd-axis velocity
Ml!
Ci
TPl
lst-axis servo
" (7)
•* (4)
52 Y
(IV 2
I
" (6}V~
<>"(1)
51 Y
4
20
LO
-9Tl'\)
18 B
23
*—
control unit
cm
T i(f>)<>-
CT
42 Y
15
CVl
ro
{0K
transformer
1st-axis velocity
CT
ON 2
It
(4)
Y
3rd-axis servo
©
18 B
Y
To NC
100 B
OJ
\o
Fig. 3.9.1 (a)
3.9.1
2) Cable J10
'L
J12 connection diagram
lst-axis velocity
control unit
NC
CNl
cvi
MRE- 20RFI)
01 PRDY 1 A
08 +ALM1 0
02 ENBL1 A
09 *ALM1 1
03 OVL1 A
10 +ALM1 2
04 *VRDY 1 A
11
05
12
00
07
VCMDl
13 *COMl
PRDY 1 H
KNBL1B
10 OVL 1 B
17 *VRDY 1 B
14
15
18
19
20
J10
cvi
ID-
MR-20RMA
01 PROY 1 A 08 *ALM1 0
02 ENBL1 A 09 *ALM1 1
08 OVL 1 A 10 1 ALM1 2
04 *VROYl A
05
06
07
EC1
VCMOl
12
13 *COMI
PRDY 1 B
ENBL1B
16 OVL 1 B
17 *VRDY 1 B
14
15
18
19
20
EC 1
2nd-axis velocity
control unit
CNl
CV2
MRK— 20RFD
01 PRDY 2 A
+ALM2 0
02 ENBL2A
09 *ALM21
03 OVL2A
10 ALM2 2
*
11
04
or.
06
07
VCMD2
12
13 *COM2
MR-20RMA
14
15
16
PRDY2B
ENBL2B
OVL2B
J 11
CV2
17
18
19
20
01 PROY2A
02 ENBL2A
03 OVL2A
04 *VROY2A
05
06
07
EC 2
VCMD2
08
09
10
11
12
13
+ALM20
*A\M2 1
*ALM22
*COM2
14 PRDY 2 B
15 ENBL2B
16 OVL 2 11
17 *VRDY 2 B
18
19
20j VCMD2
3rd-axis velocity
control unit
CV3
MRE- 20RFD
01 PRDY 3 A
ENBL3A
03 OVL 3 A
04 *VRDY3 A
or,
06
07
VCMD3
CNl
08 *ALM30
+ALM3 1
2
10
12
13
14 PRDY 30
15 ENBL3B
16 OVL3B
17 •tVRDYSB
MR-20RMA
PRDY3A
08 *ALM3 0
01
J12
CV3
18
*
COM3
19
20
EC 3
02
03
04
05
06
07
ENBL3A 09
*ALM3 1
OVL3 A
10 4- ALMS 2
It
12
13 *COM3
VCMD3
14 PRDY3B
ENBL3B
16 OVL3B
17
15
18
19
20
EC 3
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in the above figure,
Fig. 3.9.1(b) Cable J10
238
J12 connections
3.9.1
3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer
1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity
Servo transformer
control units
lst-axis velocity control unit
2nd-axis velocity control unit
CN2
3rd-axis velocity control unit
47
44
48
45
42
49
46
43
fl
18A
-o CT
Housing
18B
contact
51
-9 TOH1
52
SMS6PW-5
RC16M-SCT3
18A
CT
1 8B
TOHJ
5 TOH2
1
2
3
4
6
(Nilion burndy)
-6 TOH 2
Cable used:
Note:
30/0.18 (0.75
2
mm ) vinyle wire
Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in par¬
allel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated above) because CN2 (4) (5) terminals on the velocity
control unit side are polarized.
239
3.9.1
4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit
Velocity control unit
(Unit to connect trans¬
former terminals 5 1, 52)
Power transformer
41
42
43
(Thermostat contact)
CN 2 (1)
CN 2 (2)
CN 2(3)
I8A
CT
18B
T0H1
T0H2
T0H2
CN 2(4)
CN 2(5)
SMS6PW-5
Connector used
Screw terminal M4
(30/0.18)
200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable
Cable used: 0.75 mm
Cable used: 2.0
mmÿ
'
(Nihon burndy)
(Thermostat contact)
T 3(3)
T 3(4)
Connect the thermostat contact of
the regenerative discharge unit
to CN2 (4) in series as shown in
the figure.
RC16M-SCT3
Regenerative dis¬
charge unit
Screw terminal M4
(37/0.26)
200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable
Separate regenerative
discharge unit
Velocity control unit
HCA
LCE
T 2 (4)
T 2 (5)
T 2 (6)
*Note 1
T
i
Screw terminal M3 .5
T 3(1)
T 3(2)
*Note 1)
Disconnect the jumper wire
between terminals T2 (5) T2 (6) when the regenerative
discharge unit is used with
model 30 MH velocity control
unit
Screw terminal M4
.
240
-
Regenerative
discharge unit
5) Connection to M series DC servo motor
a) Pulse coder feedback (mounted type pulse coder)
. .....
In case of OM, 5M
In case of OOM
(
era )
CF1 MR-20RMA
f ov
'
oV
oVl'ÿvtisvÿ-f'Sv*
G: M4 screw
1*T1: M4 screw terminal
E3
EHMIVITAÿA ITAWI!
-fc+ivi+y --L-rfH
©-J at}
MSS3D2A
fh
CFl
(CF51)
bn rr x w2nx2d
E9
20 -29 S'
WWII
Pulse coder
—-—@—* rTTl
i
G: M4 screw terminal
-
RM15WTK 4 P
1
—
__
ICFSl)
CF 11 MR20RM
MS 31 02 A ; 18 - 10P
-tRtSJhZUL
-0-
1 T: M4 screw terminal
1
MAT TSBl.
BMI5WTR - 4 P
Brake power supply
Note) CF51 is used in FS12
Pi
_C_
_©
I D|«
y
'\ 11..1.A
,A.*sL«
. . __
.
MS 3102 A 28 • 20 P
MS 3 102 A
w
.
20ÿ
k._.[_ .X
H
rÿAiTfslr---'
C.
pis dyjdsifAidi:zz
H
T
.)
Wi.;oc ~ KVA J
— ——
P-
.K
N ; R_J
’
K
H
K
DS Ailns in' OCA i
1 1.
M
r~k
mp~
MS 33 02 A -28 20 P
MS 3103A -18 10P
qsipli±iic
TTlT+llr
Pi1
d) Inductosyn feedback
(CF71 )
1st axis
preamplifier
-
CF31 :RMI2BRS-7S
i--'--!
CF21 : RM12 BRB 7S
iViT»-a
Wf i>V 1r
A
CF41 :MR20RM
oiMJioiljn
.
•~T"
I—1—I
-<JL—
...
I
(CF71)
1-T : M4 screw terminal
?
TSAI TS HI
.to.,i. jt .. 4. J2 J.3_r 7
20~
:6_
J7~ ”>8” ”19
Note) CF71 is used in FS12
---
N
Mftl2BPG„7P„_
RM15VVTP 8P (,[0)
b>'iAÿATPl|A2
G: M4 screw
ES
A tj A2 B 1
1
CF21 1
CF41 )
i
£
H©
@
!ÿ»•' 5 V
iKKKSlK'KRMl
RMIBWTR mr>
_L
3
2
'
I|A)TTS;BIÿOG_
B 1;RMJ.51VTRA 8S
1st-axis inductosyn scale
©—CZ=Q i
ItMlfAVTU
lst-axis inductosyn slider
AM"«r
> lst-axis DC motor
f
-Brake power supply
—
©
•P
r
In case of OM, 5M
In case of OOM
BKRMlfiWTRA 6S
MS 3 1 02 A 7M 29 1>
3 -i
I3X
;oni
MS 3! 02 A 18 10 P
tuTtrlr
_
C
j
i
13.
c
___
In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
MS 3102 A
20 20 11
!ZU5
t
SHIi (>1iVi
M-.
MS 31 02A -20 -29 P
b.SAl fijiBIDKAJ,
lst-axis DC motor
G: M4 screw
BB
.
In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
In case of 0M,5M
MS 3102 A -20 -29 P
B&ljs&r
ixVXsMiKsVrffiiTi:OH2I
TSAiTTO rfSi®
ic(—
tfobfdsanyy
MS 3 102 A -20 ~ 29 P
I&55S
:i+3c
ixprix:
:
—
KMlSWTK -I0P
C
__
Si
In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
rvw Tiiofiai -T— ~
loirnTOHCt
I S
OK 1 oil:?l
V
K
,—V—v
MS 3I02 A -20 -29P
"oVTov*
In case of OOM
5.*
THber
5iiubfe"V
„KZ i.Z&-Z3IZ
«
1
KM15WTR-10P
R
...K .
MS.'ll 02 A - 28 • 20 A
MS 2 102 A 20 29 1>
1
1>
OV
IpE&isiVIP©
c) Resolver feedback
l
N
OV
»
c
H... .. A
«ÿ
'
_CL
Note) CF5 1 is used in FS12
l
rc
ioHii'ioiW rtVi
K
PCA1PCB1 ISV
In case of OM, 5M
OH 11
~"Y~i
! dvT
A
JJ
<f
In case of OOM
CFl MK-20RMA
E.J
MS3J02A -IB- JOP
RM1SWTK--4S*
i
(CF51)
SssiafeS
"ov' r ov
R
!
budifc
Note) CFS1 is used in FS12
b) Pulse coder feedback
(separate type pulse coder)
...... . . . .
.....
MS 3! OS A -go
C...... 0J_
B
.A
1
fj 5j
In case of 10M, 20M, SOM
MK3J02A 20 -29P
MS 3102 A -20 _29P
_<kX»™ Olj
N .
]»
...>
'• —M
T " s " T"T
ion uWu>t
r
ic
....
MS 3 1 02 A 28 20 I*
OTOTjpiq-q
I .
.v-k -j.-4 -y
- M
J1'
:
—
BC‘A PBCBIT
•
GJ
VO
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo
I) Total connection diagram (For analog servo)
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.
AC200//220V+10%
-15%
__
!
ro
-CN
TP 1
AC200+10%
~15%
R
S
60Hz +1 HZ
2<f>
ro
NC
\
TP1
32
OSD-
33
(CF51)
(CF52)
(CF53)
CVl
52
DE CN6
—-OTl(A)
35
OD
//
36
]Q
CF2]Q
CFl
i
CF3 IP)
?
o
Note) CF51~53 are
used in FS12
(J|_CN1
—OT 1(A)
35
—
0"(1)
—
60 Hz
AC100-115V+ 10%
-15%
25 VA per one axis
(contactor coil load)
emg
IOOA—CH
[O-
470I8A
CT
48 0
1 8B
490
O" (2)
:
O
lst-axis servo
" (6) 6
* (7)0
G6
motor
O
* 13)'
" (4)
CNSDD
unit
T 1(5)
//
A
O
2nd-aixs servo
(6)6
motor
//{?)
O
G
ZL
" (3)<
(4)
"CN5
velocity
__ 3rd-axis
control unit
34 Q
36
Emergency stop
" (2)
CN2
i
A
(1)
O0CN6
18A
Indicates 44
200V
45 FT
connec¬
18B
46
tion
T 1(5)
2nd-axis velocity
(J[ CNl
34
]Q
-15%
--
(i)
-O" !2)
-Q CN2
41Q1®A.
G
Single-phase
50Hz
AC100M 10V+10%
-—
OT 1(A)
42ÿ
51
CV3
l
31
—
CV2
-UL CN
transformer
<H>
;
50Hz + lHz
or
FUSE
<JSO
1Export
transformer
i
lst-axis velocity
control unit
Servo
!
(JCN6
i
OOCN2
T 1(5) o
o
3rd-axis
"
(6)6
servo
motor
" (7>
O
G
" (3)
" (4)0
PD
100B
CO
’O
to
3.9.2
Cable J10
-
J12, J15
-
J17 connection diagram
NC
lst-axis velocity
control unit
CNl
CVi
MRE-20RED
01 PRDY 1 A'
08
02ÿFNBL1 A
03
04
OVL1A
05
0G
07 VCMD 1
*
A LM 1 0
14
15
PRDY 1B
ENBL1B
AlJVfll 16 QYL1 B
17 VRDY1B
li
18 *
09
MR— 20RMA
uj PRDY 1 A
02 ENBL1 A
10 * A1M1 2
]D-
14 PRDY1B
ENBL1B
03 OVL1A jTn A LM1 2 16 OVL1B
*
17 *VRDY1B
04|»VRDYiAJ7
18
05
12
no
06
07 VCMD !
12
* COM 1
~
EC 1
02
03
OV
OV
04
05
06
07
13
*_ALM 1_0_
* COM 1
19
20 RC1
CN6
CFl(CF5l)
MRE-2 0 RMD
01 0 V
Tÿr
MR-20RMD
01
14 PCZ 1
15 + PCZ1
I 6 PC A1
17 * PCA 1'
PCBI
19 PC B 1
*
20
08
09
10
11
12
13
ov
]ÿ
03
J15
—DC
14 PCZ 1 _
* PCZ 1
16 PCA1
11 * PCA1
08
021 0V
09
OV
10
11
12
04
05
06
18 PCB 1
19
13
07
20!
* PCB 1
2nd-axis velocity control unit
CNl
CV2
MR 2 ORMA
01 VRDY2A
08
02 ENBL2 A (no
ALM2 1
03 QVL2 A [Tn *
ALM2 2
04 VRDY2 AiU *
*
MRE— 2 OR FI)
PRDY2B
15 ENBL2B
ALM2
1
*
16 OVL2B
10 * ALM22 17 VKDY2B
04 *VRDY2A
*
11
18
05
12
19
06
13 COM2
07 VCMD2
20 EC 2
01 PRDY2A
08
02 ENBE2A
09
03 QVL2A
30
Jll
05
06
07 VCMD2
OV
02 OV
03 OV
04
05
06
* VRDY2 B
19
20 EC 2
MR--20RMD
08
09
1
01
14 PCZ2
15
* P CZ 2
10
16 PCA 2
17 *PC A2
12
IS PCB 2
19 PCB 2
13
07
* COM2
17
18
CN6
CF2(CF52)
MRE-20RMD
Oi
-|i!
14 PRDY2B
15 ENBL2B
16 OVL2B
20
JO
OV
02 OV
03 OV
J16
04
17 * PCA2
18 PCB 2
19 * P CB 2
20
11
05
_12
13
06
*
14 PCZ 2
15 PCZ 2
*
16 PC A 2
08
09
10
07
3rd-axis velocity control unit
CNl
MR -2 ORMA
Oi. PRDY 3 A 08
CV3
MRE-20RFD
01 PRDY3A
08
02 ENBL3A
09
03 OVL3A
04 VRDY3A
05
06
07 VCMD 3
10
* ALM3 0
* ALM32 17'
18
12
13
14 VRDY3B
15 ENBL3B
16 OVL3B
COM3
20
02
3D
03 QVL3 A
J12
04
05
06
07 VCMD 3
EC 3
CF3(CFf>3)
MRE- 20 RMD
01
ov
02
OV
03 OV
04
05
06
07
ENBL3A
—
hj-x
ii
14
ALM30 15 PRDY 3 B
.ENBL3_B
* ALM3 1 16 V L 3 B _
*ALM32 17 0
12
13
* COM 3
18
19
20> EC 3
CN6
MR 2 0 RMD
01 OV
14 PCZ3
08
09
15
10
11
12
13
17 PC A 3
*
18 PCB 3
19 P C B 3
PCA3
2(1
02 OV
—
]ÿ-
J17
-DC
10
11
06
*
Note) CF51 ~53 are used in FS12.
03 OV
04
05
08
09
07
13
H PCZ 3
15 PCZ 3
16 PCA 3
17 PCA3
18 _PCB3
19 PCB 3
20
The 4th and subsequent axes are also
connected as shown in the above figure
correspondingly
.
(Mark *
in the above connectors
CF1A3 shows a short-circuit condition.)
243
-
2) Total connection diagram (For digital servo)
1st -axis servo
FUSE
<xso
<S>
AC200./220V+10%
____
-15%
ro
->
J transformer
i
50Hz±lHz
2<f>
\
1Export
i
or
+CXD
R S
TP 1
AC200+10%
~15%
(CV21B)
60Hz+i HZ
CV21
2<j>
I
(CV22B)
NC
TP1
CV22
(CF92B)
CF92
(CF91B) CF91B
32
-Q[ CN1
X
33
41AIM.
42
T 1(5)0
-0"(1)
-O" (2)
OT UK
" (6)
r
" (7)
O
lst-axis servo
motor
O
0
-0[CN2
" (3)
(4)'
"
CT
51
][}
]Q
JLJ
CF91
II
31
43
(CV21B) CV21B “TO
(CF91B)
amplifier
Servo
transformer
jQ
]Q
JQ
52Q
34 0
35
36
X
ISA
Indicates 44
200V
45 CT
connec¬
18B
46Q
tion
2nd-axis servo
amplifier
CNI TK5)
-OTllA)
-Q"
O
2nd-aixs servo
" (6)
(11
" (7)
6" (2)
motor
O
G
" (3)i
{][ CN2
" (4)0
3rd-axis servo
amplifier
Single-phase
50Hz
AC100M10V+10%
11/110 series
10/100 series
“15%
[CNI
34 0
35
36
60Hz
AC100—115V+10%
-15%
Emergency stop
erne:
100A-OI fO-
X
47 OISA
48
Qÿ~
T 1(5)
O
3rd-axis
servo
OTKA)
r
'/
(6)0
motor
(2)
" 17)
CN6
" (3)
{][ CN2
o
G
» (4)i
18B
25 VA per one axis
(contactor coil load)
496
100B
VO
3.9.2
Cable J210
-
J214 Connection diagram
Digital servo amplifier
10/11/100/110 control unit
CN1
MR-20RM
CV21/CV22/XV21B/CV22B
MR-20RF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*PWMAn
COMAn
*PWMBn
COMBn
*PWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn
8
9
10
11
12
IRn
GDRn
ISn
GDSn
*MCONn
13 GNDn
14
15 COMDn
16 *PWMEn
17 COMEn
J210- J214
18 *PWMFn
19 COMFn
20
1
2 COMAn
3
4 COMBn
5 *PWMCn
6 COMCn
7
8 IRn
9 GDRn
10 ISn
GDSn
12 *MCONn
13 GNDn
14 *PWMDn
15 COMDn
16
17 COMEn
18
19 COMFn
20
Note) n means number of axis.
3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer
1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity
control units
Servo transformer
lst-axis velocity .control unit
2nd-axis velocity control unitN
3rd-axis velocity control unit
47
44
41
4845
42
49
43
46
51
52
6 18A
-0 CT<
Housing
SMS6PW-5
{ RC16M-SCT3
-0 1 8 B
contact
4 TOH 1
(Nihon burndy)
CN2
1 18A
2 CT
3 1 8B
4 TQH 1
5 TOH 2
6
TOH 2
Note:
Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in
parallel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated) because CN2 (4), (5) terminals on the velocity control
unit side are polarized.
- 245
-
3.9,2
4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit
Velocity control unit (Unit to
connect transformer terminals 51,52)
Power transformer
41
42
43
(Thermostat contact)
CN 2(1)
CN 2 (2)
CN 2 (3)
18A
CT
18B
CN 2(4)
CN 2 (5)
TOH1
T0H2
T0H2
Connector emploued: SMS6PW-5
RC16M-SCT3 (Nihon bundy)
Screw terminal M4
Cable used:
mm2
0.75
(30/0.18)
200 V
(Thermostat contact)
T 3(3)
Heat-resisting vinyl
wire
Regenerative
discharge unit
Connect the thermostat contact of
the regenerative discharge unit to
CN2 (4) in series as shown in the
figure
.
Screw terminal M4
Separate regenerative discharge circuit
Velocity control unit
HCA
Note 1:
Disconnect jumper wire (if
any) from terminals T2 (4) ,
(5), (6) when the seperate
type regenerative discharge
unit is used. Be sure to
connect to the regenerative
discharge unit after jumper
wire is disconneced.
T 2 (4)
T 2 (5)
'T 2 (6)
LCE
# Note 1
1
-*ÿ
Screw terminal M3 .5
I
T
?
Cable used: 20 mm (37/0.26)
600 V Heat-resisting
vinyl wire
T 3(1)
T 3 (2)
Screw terminal M4
246
-
Regenerative
discharge unit
5) Connection diagram of digital servo (Built-in incremental pulse coder)
10/11/100/ no control unit
CV21
—
Digital servo amplifier
C V 2 1 B~
CN1
MR-20 RM
MR-2 0 RF
1
>:
PWMA n
2
8
COMA n
9
3 + PWMBn
10
4
COMB n
ii
5 t PWMCn
6
7
COMCn
* DRDY
n
IRn
GI) Rn
I Sn
ODSn
12 *MCON n
13
GNDn
3 *PWMAn
1 4 *PWMDn
2
COMAn
15 *PWNBn
3
*PWMBn
COMR n
4
COMBn
15
17
COMDn
J21 0~~
9
GDRn
I$n
15
*
COMP' n
20
ll
17
5
4
COMDn
*PWMRn
COMF.n
*PWMFn
COMPn
15
GDSn
IS
5 PWMCn
12 *MC0Nn
19
6 COMCn
13 GNDn
7 *DRDYn
20
18 *PWMFn
19
IRn
10
T2
14 *PWMDn
8
6
LCG
HCA
?_ ?
CP' 9 I ~/CP91
MR-2 0 RM
I
ro
•t-
i
0V
2
ov
3
0V
4
+5 V
+5 V
+ 5V
5
I
5
8
OilnA
9
OllnB
10
Cn 8
I1
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
13
C nI
14
17
+ PCA n
18
PCBn
19
18 A
CT
3
4
1
An 2
An 2
3
An 3
G
—
5
C
a
6
An3
D
G
Model: 10
MS 31 02A-22-22P
1 8B TOHJ TOH2
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm* or more
Set earth resistance I00f2 or less
PCZn
*PCZn
16
PCAn
15
20
2
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
Model: 2-0
1-0
Model: 0
5
MS 3 1 0 2 A 3 8-1 OP
A
B
An 2
An1
CN 2 ( SMS 5 RW— 3 )
1
For power
PM1 5WTR-4P
A
An 1
B
An 2
C
An 3
D
G
20
30
J 2 2 0—
Model: 30R
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
A
1
2
MS 31 0 2 A— 2 4—1 OP
3
4
5
1850 185 V 1 85W 1 OOA 100B An 1
1 201! 120V I 2 0W
* PCB n
6
An 2
A
An 1
B
An 1
©
C
F
A n2
D
An2
An3
F
An 3
?
G
G
8
An 3
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
J2 5-
—
I
Servo transformer
sin
l
AC servo motor
AC100V
Emergency stop
For signal (Ip detection)
MS 31 02A-20— 29PW
For signal (0.1m detection)
MS3102A 22-14P
A
PCAn
B
E
PCZn
Cn 4
G
+ 5V
F
J
PJ
T
K
P
U
PCBn
D
*PCBn
A
G
Cn 1
H
Cn 2
K
L
+ 5V M
OHnB S
0V
*PCAn C
PCZn
* Cn 8
OHnA R
OV
V
J
N
T
PCAn B
*PCBn F
+ 5V K
p
OV
PCBn
C
PCZn
G
+5 V
L
R
Cn 2
I)
Cn )
*PCZn H
M
Cn 4
n
* PCA
G
OHnA S
0Hn8
Cn 8
ov
to
6) Connection diagram of digital servo (lu detection, built-in absolute coder)
Digital servo amplifier
10/11/100/110 control unit
CT2 1 ~/CV2I 8MR-20 RF
*PWMAn
8
COMAn
9
n
2 PWMB
10
4
COMB n
1
2
*
5
PWMCn
6
COMCn
7
n
CNI
MR-20RM
I Rn
ODRn
ISn
GDSn
12
13
GNDn
14 *PWMDn
15
T2
1
COMDn
J 21 0
16
COMKn
—
2
COMA n
4
5
PWMC n
COMPn
6
COMCn
7
n
20
IRn
9
GDRn
n
* PWMB
10
COMB n
3
38 *PWMFn
19
8
14
16
ISn
17
GDSn
18
12 *MCONn
]1
13
GNDn
6
LCG
HCA
For power
RM15WTR-4P
?_?
COMPn
19
5
4
COMDn
PWMEn
COMEn
15
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
Model: 2-0
1-0
1
An 1
An 2
3
An3
G
20
Model: 0
5
MS31 02A-18-10P
©
CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW- 3 )
CF9 I -~/C P9 1 B ~MR-20 RM
I
N3
-F*
CO
1
1
ov
2
0V
3
0V
4
+5V
5
+5V
+5 V
6
7
8
OIlnA
9
OIIn B
10
Cn8
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
13
Cn 1
14
15
* PC An
17
PCAn
18
PCBn
PCBn
20
2
18A
CT
3
4
5
o
6
1
2
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 1OOfi or less
An 3
An 2
G
Model: 10
A
A n1
B
An 2
20
30
C
An3
D
G
Model: 30R
3
4
5
1850 185V 185W
100A J00B A n 1
120U 120 V 1 20W
* RKQn
C
B
D
—
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
A
An 1
MS 31 02A— 2 2 22P
1 8 B TOHl TOH 2
PCZn
PCZ n
16
19
1
\A
? ? ?
.
6
7
An 2
An 3
MS 3 1 02A-24-1 OP
8
©
1
? ?
?
J 25
J 2 2 0A ~
CFI A
cTToServo transformer
An 1
C
E
An 2
G
G
B
D
F
An 3
An 1
An2
An3
J20B ~
—1
cn
CF1B-
Relay unit
AC 1 0 0V
Emergency stop
~
A
AC Servo motor
Note 4
CA7
M4 screw
CA7
SMS6RK-5
06
OVA
05
M3 screw
CF1 A~
MRR-20RMD
04
03
02
01
+6V A
14
PCZn
15 *PCZn
16
PCAn
17 *PCAn
IS
PCBn
19 *PCBn
20
RKQn
08
09
01
OHnA
02
OHnB
10
Cn8
11
Cn 4
12
Cn2
13
C n1
0V
0V
—
CF1B
MRE-20RMD
03
0V
04
+5V
01
OV
05
+ 5V
02
0V
06
+5 V
03
OVA
04
+5 V
+ 5V
+ 6VA
07
Battery unit
05
06
07
10
OHnA
OHnB
CnS
11
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
Cn 1
OS
09
13
14
PCZn
IS
PCZn
16
PCAn
For signal
MS31 02A-22-1 4P
PCA n B| PCAn
A
E PCZn Fj *PCZn
Cn4 K
Cn 8
J
C
PCBn
D
PCBn
G
CnI
H
Cn 2
L
+5 V M
N
G
P
OHnA
R
T
+ 6VA
u
0V
V
OHnB
S
0V
RKQn
PCAn
18
PCBn
19 *PCBn
20
REZn
'O
N>
7) Connection diagram digital servo (Separate type incremental pulse coder)
10/11/100/110 control unit
Digital servo amplifier
—
CV21 /CV21BMR-2 0 RF
1 *PWMAn
2
COMAn
3 *PWMBn
4
COMBn
5
PWMCn
6
*COMCn
7 *ORDYn
8
9
CNI
MR-20 RM
IRn
GDRn
10
ISn
11
GDSn
12 *MCONn
13
GNDn
1 *PWMAn
14 *PWMDn
15
16
17
18
19
COMDn
P\VMRn
COMRn
*PWMFn
COMFn
*
2
J 21 0-
3
4
5
6
7
20
COMAn
PWMBn
COMBn
*FWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn
8
iRn
9
GDRn
10
ISn
11
GDSn
12 *MCONn
GNDn
13
15
*PWMDn
COMDn
16
PWME n
14
17
T2
*COMPn
HCA
? _?
IS *PWMFn
COMFn
19
6
5
4
JLCQ
CF9 1 -/CF9 1 H
MR-2 0 RM
1
0V
1
2
0V
N3
•P-
3
0V
4
4-5V
5
4-5 V
V0
I
6
+5V
~
8
OIJn A
9
OHnB
10
Cn 8
II
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
18 A
CT
1 SB
15
16
O
19
20
An2
3
An 3
G
5
A
A nI
B
An 2
C
An 3
D
G
MS 3 1 02A-22-22P
TOH1 TOH2
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance lOOst or less
J 2 20 •—
Model: 10
20
A
A n1
B
An 2
C
An3
D
G
30
Model: 30R
PCAn
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
*PCAn
18
An 1
MS 31 0 2A-1 S-l OP
©
6
14
Cn 1
7
3
1-0
1
Model: 0
5
4
2
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
20
CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 )
1
Model: 2-0
For power
RM1 5WTR-4P
A
PCBn
2
1
MS31 02A-24-1 OP
3
4
18SU 185V 1 85W 100A 100B
1 20 U 1 20V 1 20W
* PCBn
5
6
7
An1
An 2
An 3
8
©
? ? ? CL? ? ? ?
Connector CFE
J 25-
A
An 1
B
C
An 2
D
An 2
F.
An3
F
An 3
G
G
An 1
5 OP flat cable
j
CZ1
CZJ
Connector CEF
~
I
0V
2
OV
3
0V
4
4*5 V
5
4-5 V
6
+ 5V
7
oTo-
Servo transformer
CFl 0 1
MR-20 RM
8
9
10
12
13
14
PCZ
15
*PCZ
16
PC A
18
*PCA
PCB
19
PCB
20
J 35
—
1
Separate type pulse coder (signal)
MS 3 1 02A-20-29P
A
PCA n
B
PCBn
C
E
*PC8n
F
PCZn
G
Separate type
J
4-5 V
L
N
0V
K
P
4-5 V
pulse coder
OV
R
T
OV
r—i
AC Servo motor
AC100 V
Emergency stop
*
+5V D
PCZ n H
n
* PCA
G
For signal
MS3I 02A-20-29PW
PCA n B PCBn
A
H *PCBn
F
M
J
4-5 V
K
4-5 V
s
N
0V
P
Cn 2
T
OV
c
G
L
R
Cn I
D
H
Cn 4
M
Oita A
S
* PCA
G
n
Cn 8
OHnB
OP
VC
to
8) Connection diagram of
detection, separate type absolute
(ly
digital servo
pulse coder)
Digital servo amplifier
10/11/100/1.1 0 control unit
CNl
MR-2 0 RM
CV21 ~/CV2l
MR-2 0 RF
I
+ PWMA n
COMA n
2
3 tPWMISn
4
COMBn
5
6
PWMCn
* COMC
n
7
+DRDY n
8
1 Rn
9
GDR n
!Sn
10
11
ODSn
12
+MCON n
13
GNDn
CK9 1 ~/CF9 i 1J
MR-20 RM
I
ro
Ln
O
:
0V
2
0V
3
0V
4
+ 5V
5
+5 V
6
+5 V
II
14 *PWMDn
15
COMDn
16
PWM Hn
* COMKn
18
19
*PWMAn
2
C OMA n
3 *PWMBn
J 21 0-
{][
COMBn
4
5 *PWMCn
PWMFn
COMKn
20
—
1
6
COMC n
n
*DRDYn
1 Rn
9
GDRn
10
ISn
CDS n
II
12
13
14
*FWMDn
15
COMDn
LCG
* PWME n
17 COMfin
n
GNDn
HCA
o
18 *PWMFn
?
19! CON Pn
©
20
a
8
01In A
9
OHn B
10
Cn 8
!I
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
13
Cn 1
14
0[
15
16
PC An
17 i K PC A n
18
J 22 0
2
3
1 8A
CT
1 8B
5
4
An3
j !
An2
G
5
A
An 1
B
An 2
C
An3
D
Q
Model: 10
20
MS 3 1 02A-22-22P
30
An 1
An 2
A
B
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 100ft or less
TOH1 TOH2
An 1
3
MS 31 0 2 A- 1 8-1 OP
x
6
I
Model: 0
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
i
CN2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 )
1
RM1 5WTR-4P
6
5
4
16
Model: 2-0
1-0
For power
T2
8
C
~
An3
D
G
Model: 30R
—
MS31 0 2 A— 2 4 1 OP
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
PCBn
1
A
19 t-PCBn
1 8 5 1; 1 85V
1 201; 12 0V
20
9
Connector CF£
2
]
85W
120W
9
9
5
6
7
100A 100B
An 1
An 2
An 3
0_?
9
3
4
9
8
©
£4
9
A
An 1
B
c
An 2
D
An 2
E
An 3
F
An3
Q
0
An1
J 25
I
5 OP flat cable
-oTor
Connector CEF
-
CF1 01
MR- 2 0 RM
1
0V
2
0V
3
0V
4
4-5 V
5
+ 5V
i6
+ 5V
8
9
10
12
13
14
PCZ
15
*PCZ
16
PCA
17
PCA
* PCB
18
19
20
A C Servo motor
AC100V
Emergency stop
Servo transformer
For signal (separate type pulse coder)
MS 3 3 0 2A-2 2-1 4P
B *PCAn C PCBn
A PCAn
J220B-
J 1 5A~-
CPJA-S SCF1B~
'PCB
N
o
OG
T +6VA
R
P
U
OVA
D|*PCBn
Cn 1 KO Hi
+5 V M
F v PCZn G
E PCZn
Cn£G?9 L
J
C n 4 K9 K
For signal (AC servo motor)
MS 3 1 02A-20-29PW
PCAn B PCBn c
A
G
E *PCBn F
J
4-5 V K
+ 5V L
S
Cn2&
0V
REQn
N
0V
P
Cn 2
Cnl
D
H
R
G
Cn4
M
Cn 8
OH n A
S
OHn B
01
0\
I
V
T
0V
Relay unit
REQn
Note 4
|" Jÿ.
Signals with * mark are not used in this NC.
Terminal P and R are shorted in pulse coder.
Separate type
absolute pulse coder
CA7
T~~1C A 7
CF1 B
SMS6RK-5
M4 screw
M3 screw
06
OVA
Battery unit
05
04
03
02
01
+ 6VA
03
OVA
04
+5V
05
+ 5V
06
+6 VA
07
—
~
MRE-20RFD
ov
01 j
08
02] 0V
09
10
»i
12
13
C F1A
MRE-20RM1)
14
PCZn
34
15
* PCZn
15
16
PCA n
x PCA n
PCZn
1 7 j *PCAn
18
PCBn
19 *PCBn
19
*PCBn
REQn
20
REQn
18
20
PCBn i
08
*PCZ>1
09
PCAn
16
10
32
13
02
0\
03
0\
04
05
+ 5V
+ 5V
06
+ 5V
07
•o
to
9) Connection diagram of analog servo (lp detection, built-in type incremental
pulse coder)
Control unit
Velocity control unit (AC servo)
01
PRDYnA
02
15] ENBLnB
ENBnA
'
09 + ALMn 1
16 QVLnb
OV’LnA
10 + ALMn 2
17 j vVRDYnB
VRDYnA
04
05
*
VCMDn
01
OV
02
OV
03
OV
04 ( +5V )
05 (+5V)
ro
06 ( 4-5 V )
07
A LM n 0
li
13
CFI -/CF5 1
MRE-20RMD
!
*
12
06
07
08
PRDYnB
14
1
03
CN5
MR— 2QRFD
CN1
MR— 20RMA
CV1
MRE-20RFD
COMn
J 10
~
CM
09
10
11
12
13
PRDYnA
ENBUiA 09
03
18
05
19
06
20
OV'LnA
04
08 *ALMnO
10 *ALMn2
n
12
07
EC n
—
08
01
02
VCMDn
13 *COMn
14
PRDYnB
01
QV
15
ENBLnB
02
ov
03
0V
04
+5V
IS
05
19
06
+5V
4-5 V
16
20
OVLnB
EC n
08
09
OHnA
OHnB
10
Cn8
li
Cn 4
12
Cn 2
13
07
14
PCZn
15
*PCZn
16
For signal
MS 3 1 0 2 A— 2 0 - 2 9 PW
A PC An B PCBn
E *PCBn F PCZn
J
K 4-5 V
+5 V
OY
N
P Cn2
0V
CN5 T
J 20
PCAn
For power
e
Cnl
n * PC A n
G >PCZn H
G
IR
M
Cn 8
$
OHCnS
Cn 4
01In A
~
’•‘PCAn
18 PCBn
M
PCZn
15
-PCZn
16
PCAn
J 15
—
CN6
02
OV
03
ov
08
04
17 ’’•PC A n
18
OV
05
PCBn
T2
PCZn
4
PCAn
PCAn
33
07
PCZn
15
16
10
12
06
19 {ÿPCBn
09
14
18
PCBn
19
PCBn
5
LCG
i
4
— —
An 1
An 3
B.
An 2
D
G
30
Model: 30R
20
MS 31 02 A— 24
— 10 P
A
An 1
B
C
An2
A n3
D
E
G
6
F
An 1
An 2
An3
G
AC servo motor
HCA
vl
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
20
20
Ln
An 3
Model: 2-0
1-0
An 2
G
Model: 0
5
MS 3102A 18 1OP
An 1
A
An 2
B
1)
C An 3
G
Model: 10
20
MS3102A-22-22P
C
CN6
MR-20RMD
01
3
A
19
Cnl
RM15WTR-4P
1
2
An 1
CN 2 ( SMS 6 R\Y— 3 )
CN2
—DL
I
1
2
1 8A
CT
3
4
5
6
1 8B TOH1 TOH2
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
A
1
2
3
4
5
185U 185 V 185W 100A 100B An 1
120U 120V 12 0W
Servo transformer
X
6
7
An2
An 3
1? T ? ?
LU
o
©
8
©
I
J 25 ~
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 30 Or* or less
&
AC1 0 0
Emergency stop
CO
to
10) Connection diagram of analog servo (Ip detection, built-in type absolute
pulse coder)
Velocity control unit (AC servo)
Control unit
CV1
-
02 ENBnA
03 OVLnA
04
10
12
06
VCMDn
13
CF1 -/CP 51
MRE-20RMD
!
ro
01
ov
02
OV
03
OV
04 (+5V)
05 ( 4*5 V )
06
07
2
11
05
07
09
—
OS
09
10
11
12
13
14
PRDYnB
01
0V
02
03
OV
19
15 ENBLnB
ENBLnA 09
*ALMnl 16
OVLnA
OVLnB
10 *ALMn 2
17 *VRDYnB
04 *VRDYnA
11
IS
05
12
19
06
20
07
14
PRDYnB
15
ENBLnB
OVLnB
16
PRDYnA
01
J 10
CN1
02
08
0
03
17
18
ECn
j VCMPn
13
*COMn
20
ECn
RMl 5WTR-4P
B PCAn
F *PGZn
K
CnS
P OHnA
U OVA
E PCZn
J Cn4
N
OQ
MR-2GRFD
MR— 20RMA
MRE-20RFD
01 PRDYnA
08
For power
MS3102A-22-14P
A PCAn
CN5
CM
For signal
OV
04
+ SV
05
+5 V
06
+ 5V
08
OHnA
09
OHnB
10
CnS
14
PCZn
15
PCZn
16
PCAn
18
PCAn
PCB n
Cn 4
07
12
Cn 2
13
Cnl
19
n
20
REQn
CNS
T
+ 6VA
J 2 0A
~
C PC Bn
G Cnl
D *PCBn
On 2
L ±5V
R PHnB
H
M
ov
S
REQn
V
15
16
J 15
CN6
PCAn
02
03
OV
0V
05
PCBn
Model: 10
—
A
Ln
NO
CN2
I
rOC
PCZn
15 *PCZn
16 PCAn
14
08
09
10
17
18
19
20
13
07
REQn
C
12
06
19
20
0V
04
17
18
01
CN2 ( SMS6RW-3 )
2
1
3
1 8A
CT
4
PCAn
PCBn
PCBn
T2
5
4
E
G
6
LCG
HCA
Q
Q
J 2 OB
Separate type CFnA
I
regenerative
discharge unit
REQn
5
1
4
1 851J 185V 185W
1 20U 120V 1 20W IOOA lOOfi
Servo transformer
? ?
o
©
r
u
An 3
F
An 2
An 3
G
i=1
LZJ
r~iCA7
M4 screw
3
An 1
D
Note 4
18B TOHi T0H2
2
B
~
C’FnB
I
An 1
An 2
Relay unit
6
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
A
4
MS3102A-22-22P
20
30
B An 2
A An1
C
G
An 3
D
Mode!: 30R
MS3102A— 24 10P
CN6
PCZn
1-0
An 2
2
G
Model: 0
5
MS3102A-18-10P
A An 1
B An 2
3
c An
G
D
3
MR-20RMD
14
An 1
An3
1
Model: 2-0
5
6
7
Anl
An 2
An 3
M3 screw
8
©
Battery unit
U_!
J 25
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 100ft or less
AC 1 0 0
Emergency stop
-
CFnA
MRE-20RMD
14
PCZn
08 OHnA
15 PCZn
09 OHnB
16 PC A n
10
CnS
17 PCAn
11
Cnl
18 PCBn
12
Cn 2
19
PCBn
13
Cn 1
20 REQn
CFnB
MRE-20KFD
01
OV
08
02
OV
09
03 OVA
0-i
05
06
07
CAT
+ 5Y
+ 5V
+ 6VA
10
OHnA
OHnB
CnS
t-n 4
12
13
02
Cnl
OV
01
02
ov
03
OV
15 V
04
05
+5V
+5 V
06
07
11
1
PCZn
15j
16
17
18
PCAn
An
PCBn
-PCBn
20 REQn
19
SMS6KK-5
06
OVA
05
U>
04
03
02
01
+6YA
O
11) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, separate type incremental
pulse coder)
Control unit
For signal
MS3102A 20— 29 PW
PCAn
E >PCBn
J
+ 5V
0V
N
0V
T
CN5
.J 20
A
CVl
MRfv-2 0 RKD
01 PRDYnA
02 ENBnA
02 OVLnA
04
4-ALMnl
10 4 ALMn 2
15
VCMDn
CK1
CNI
,J 1 0
16 OVLnB
*
VRDYnB
13 *COMn
I
Ln
u>
0V
03
ov
04
+ 5V
05
+ SV
06
+ 5V
07
08
09
10
12
13
02
CN5
02;
0V
PRDYnB
0
08
IS ENBl.nB
ENBLnA 09
tAOSnl
03 OVLnA
16! UVLnfi
10
2
04 vVRUYnA
1? 'ixVRDYnB
06
20 KCn
12
VOrlDn
13ÿCOMn
OS
09
03
0V
04
+5 V
18
05
+5 V
19
06
+ 5V
20
07
IvCn
OMnA
OHnB
10] Cn 8
11
Cn 4
12
On 2
13
Cn 1
14
15
PCZn
*PCZ n
16
PCAn
B
F
PC Bn SC
PCZn jp
K _+5V
L
P
Cn 2~ 1 R
RM15WTR-4P
Cni
IJ *PCAn
1
An1
PCZn
An 3
OMnA
s
G
Cn 8
OHnB
3
Cn A
fl
M
19
20
CN2
14
\
PCZn
rDC
15 1 PCZn
16
PCAn
17 7P(~A n
18
PCBn
19
PCBn
1
2
18A 1 CT
3
* PCBn
5
6
MCA
*
ols
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
A
1
120U 1 20V
20
I
o
J
o
Servo transformer
2
3
18SVV
10 0A
120W
6
5
4
100B Anl
An 2
7
G
Model: 0
MS 3 102A-I8-1OP
5
An1
B
An 2
A
C
D
An 3
G
MS 3102A- 24-10P
A
An 1
B
Anl
An2
An 2
D
C
E I An 3
An 3
F
G
G 1
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
8
An3
U5 O t-L-1
©
1
J 25
AC 1 0 0
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 1 OOn or less
.1 3 5
6
LCQ
10I85U 185 V
5
4
18B T0H1 TOH2
An 2
Model: 30 R
REQn
T2
4
2
4
Model: 2-0
1-0
Model: 10
MS3102A-22-22P
20
30
A
Anl ] B ] An 2
e An 3 j D ] G
* PCA n
18 PCBn
cb
CN2CSMS6RW-3)
/CJ'5 1
02
0V
07
— —
0V
01
19
MRK-20RMD
01
MR-20RFD
05
18
12
06
PRDYnB
IvNBLnB
14
11
05
07
OS 4-ALMnO
09
CNI
MH-20RMA
01 PRDYnA
For power
—
Velocity control unit (AC servo)
-
For signal (separate type pulse coder)
cb
b
MS3102A-20-29P
PGA n
B PCBn
A
E PCBn F PCZn
T5V K
J
+5 V
OV
OV
N
P
ov
T
C
+5V
D
G
PCZn
H
L
M
R
S
PCAn
G
Separate type
incremental pulse coder
to
(1y detection, separate type absolute
12) Connection diagram of analog servo
pulse coder)
CV1
MRE-20RFD
01 PRDYnA
02
ENBnA
14
08 * A LM n 0
15
09 -ALMnl
MR-20RMA
PRDYnA
PRDYnB
01
ENBLnB
02 ENBLnA
CN 1
J l0
05
12
06
VCMDn
13j*C0Mn
CPI ~/CFSl
MRE-20RMD
0V
01
02
I
ho
ui
0V
03
OV
04
f5V
05
+5V
06
1
07
sv
04 *VRDYnAI
18
051
19
06
j
07 1 VCMOn
iCCn
20
09
10
11
12
13
08 *ALMn 0
09 *Al,Mn 1
ENBLnB
02
0V
10
~ALMn2
OVLnB
1? *VRDYnB
18
03
0V
04
05
+5 V
+5 V
12
13 *COMn
19
06
+5 V
16
20
14
OHn A
OHnB
08
09
07
ECn
For power
RM1 5WTR-4P
15
16
Cn 8
Cn 4
10
12:
*
PCZMn
PCZMn
PCAMn
Nj
CN5 T 1
0V
0V
PCBn
I PCZn
i +5 V
[ P ] Cn 2
C
G
Col
D
PCZn
H
jT *Cn-1
lR
OHn A
n
* PCA
G
M'i
CnS
S
OHnB
3
j
J 20
PCAMn
18
Cn 2
PCZn
PCZn
14
T
i
15
16
PCAn
CN2
r-Dl
]IH
PCBMn
19
20
-
18A
CT
6
18B TOHi‘TOH2
9
9
PCBn
i
A
PCBn
1
2
1$5U| 185V
3
18SW
100A
120U 120V 120VV
REljn
•>
1
X
Servo transformer
4
5
6
7
? ? ? M t_LJ
o ©
Ground
Use wire of 5.5 mm1 or more
Set earth resistance lOOn or less
J 1 SA
C F1B
nf--ÿ
7 T
AS
M4 screw
/
Battery unit
M3 screw
An 3
D
G
Model: 10
20
An 1
B
An 2
An3
D
0
30
An 1
An 2
An3
A
C
c.
B
An 1
D
An 2
Pi An 3
©
!
J 25
AC 1 0 0
For signal (separate type absolute pulse coder)
MS3102A-22-14P
PCAMn C PCBMn D 4- PCBMn
A PCAMn B
E PCZMn F PCZMn G Cn lGBO H Cn2($K)
OV
+5V
J Cn4(jS0 K Cn 8(530 L
M
N
R
S REQn
Go
OVA V
T +6VA
U
*
r
L!
Signals with * mark are not
used in this NC.
Terminal P and R are shorted
in pulse coder.
CAT
C
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
Separate type absolute
pulse coder
Relay unit
Note 4
An 2
Model: 30R
*
cz» cn
B
Emergency stop
J 2 0 fi
CF1A
An 1
Gi
8
100B Anl A n 2 An 3
Model: 0
5
A
B
HCA
±1
MS 3102A— 24-10P
i
LCG
1-0
20 j
6
5
4
2-0
2 I An2
G
MS3I02A-18-10P
A
C
T2
5
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
i PCAn
18
CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW~3 )
3
2
4
Model;
MS 31 02 A— 2 2— 22 P
19j* PCBMn
13 | Cn 1
An 1
An 3
1
a du
--
08
OVLnA
03
OVLnA 10 *ALMn2 16 OVLnB
17 *VRDYnB
04 + VRDYnA
11
03
07
PRDYnB
CN 5
MR-20 RFD
OV
01
CN 1
For signal
MS3102A-20
PC An B
A
PCBn | F
E
*
J ; +5V | K
— 2 9PW
Velocity control unit (AC servo)
Control unit
CK1A
MRE-20RMD
11 [
PCZMn
08 OHn A
15]* PCZMn
|
16 j PCAMn 09 OHnB
10 Cn 8
17 -t PCAMn
li
Cn 4
18
PCBMn
Cn 2
iy VPC BMn 12
13 Cn 1
20
REQn
CF1B
MRE-20RFD
0\
01
OS I
0V
02
09'
03 \ 0 VA
10
04 j i-5 V
05 i +5V
12
06 i +6 VA
07 |
CAT
SMS6RK-5
05
06
OVA
13
01
01in A
OHnB
CnS
Cn 4
Cn 2
cm
03
01
02
OV
0V
0V
+5 V
03
04
05
f5V
06 |
+ $y
07
11
15
16
PCZMnI
* PCZ.Mn
PC A Mu
-
PCAMn
18
PCBMn
19 1 PCBMn
1201 KKOn
02
!
01
LO
f6VA
VO
to
13) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, inductosyn feedback)
Control unit
Velocity control unit (AC servo)
CVl
MRB-20RKD
01
02
PRDYnA 08
KNBnA 09
?
A LMn 0
LMn 1
PRDYnB
15
16
OVLnA 10
' A LMn 2
0-1 +VRDYnA
03
05
12
06
O’
VCMDn
13 K.’OMn
ENBLnB
OVLnB
CN 1
]n_M0
VRDYnB
01
0V
02
02
0V
14 PROYnB
08 *ALMn 0
ENBLnA
15 ENBLnB
09 *ALMo 1
03 OVLnA
16 OVLnB
10 4-ALMn 2
*VRDYnB
0-1 *VRDYnA
18
05
19
06
20
0?
BCn
CN5
MR-20 RFD
CM
MR-20RMA
01 PRDYnA
12
13 *COMn
VCMDn
03
0V
0-1
+ 5V
18
05
+ 5V
19
06
+5 V
20
j
ECn
CN2
r
—DE
2
ISA
CT
3
5
6
A
2
1
ro
Ln
Ln
Servo transformer-
I
Grounding
2
3
Cn4
12
Cn 2
13
Cn 1
PCZn
16
18
19
20
3
6
5
An 2
R
OV
0V
IL
Cn 2
.
!
I
+ PCA n
M
Cn-1
011n A S
G
PCAn
For power
KM 1 5WTR-4 P
1
2
An 1
3
OHn B
* PCA n
PCBn
* PCBn
7
Model: 2-0
1-0
An 2
G
Model: 0
—
5
MS31Q2A 18— 1 OP
B
An 1
A
An2
3
C
D
An
G
Model: 10
20
MS3102A-22-22P
30
An2
B
An1
A
D
C
G
An 3
Model: 30R
MS3102A— 24—1 OP
K
An 1
An 2
An 3
G
G
A
HCA
An 3
Cn8
20
C
B
D
J'
An 1
An2
An 3
AC servo motor
<? _?
4
N
CN5 T
0
Cn 1
*PCZn il
G
Note 4
LOG
100A 100B Anl
c
6
Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
8
©
y
An 3
y y ? t_y y y y
o
©
<2o
mm2
Use wire of 5.5
Or more.
Set earth resistance lOOn or less.
CK3l~
RM1 2BRB-7S
1
1 8 5SV
1 20W
Cn 8
5
4
1 8B TOH1 TOM 2
185U 185 V
1 20li 120 V
10
11
14
15 *PCZn
T2
4
T1 (M4 screw terminal)
I
09 OH nB
07
CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW— 3 )
1
08 OHn A
For signal
MS3102A-20-29PW
A
PCAn B PC Bn
B >-PCB n F PCZn
J
+ 5V IK + 5 V
J 20
AC 1 0 0
Emergency stop
Inductosyn pre-3mplifier
•1
B1
RM1 SWT PA- 8 S
5
6
+5V
KSA
z
J
RSB
2
5
6
+ 5V
ERRS
3
4
J 1 00
—
—
1
Cl* 7I
Cy2 1
RM1 2BRB-7S
1
2
3
1
DC A
1X*H
DS li
DSA
5
6
7
8
o
J 1 05
Inductosyn scale
ERRM
Slider
J 11 0
/
V©
to
3.10
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor
{Relationship between connections and rotating directions of servo motor)
Servo motor connection and rotating direction
When the servo motor is connected as shown in the connection diagram in 3.9
(standard connection) , the motor shaft rotates as shown below when a "+" move
command is applied.
A:
Standard connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command
B:
Reverse connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command
cÿ,
This paragraph describes the connection used to rotate the motor
direction shown in figure B with "4*" command (as opposed to the above),
The first, second, and subsequent axes are all considered,
in
3.10.1 When using M series servo
1) Motor built-in pulse coder
.
1) Exchange terminals of signals PCA1 and PAB1
2) Exchange signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.
4
5
6
i
2
...JL
Ov
Ov
Ov
+ 5v
8
9
10
ii
12
01111
01121
15
Ifi
17
18
19
* PCA 1
pcm
pern
14
PCZ 1 *PCZ1 PCA i
5v
7
+5v
II
A
pcm
_.II__
PCAl
c
\)
15V
*PCIU
G
H
J
K
+ PCZ1
N
20_
Ov
Ov
+ 5v
+ 5v
....II..... ,...A
onu 01121
_K
PCAl
L
T
Ov
Go
Ct'l
(CF51)
JD
Note) CF51 is used in FS12
J 10
1 — T1 : M4 Screw
5
A21
6
A21
terminal
7
8
All
All
3
A
it
All
A 21
_n_
-
256
I _F
PCZ 1
M
the
3.10.1
2) When using resolver (built-in type motor)
1) Exchange terminal positions of signals TSAI and TSB1.
2) Exchange terminal positions of signals *DSA1 and *DSB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.
I
2_
5
-i
3
8
Tr
15
7
6
OH11 OH21
TSAI TSB1
9
10
11
17
16
13
12
18
19
20
CF1
DSA1 DSBl DCAI DCBl RSB1 RSA1
(CF51)
ID
c
A
B
TSB1
TSAI
G
-H
J
K
DCBl
OG
RSA1
11SB1
N
P
R
S
OH11
OJ 121
i
j is
Til MiScrew t erminal
5
6
7
8
A21
All
All
E
F
DCA1
L
M
T
n
Note) CF51 is used in FS12
A21
D
*DSB1
Z3
A
B
Alt
A2L
C
[)
3) When using separate pulse coder
The following four connections are determined according to whether the motor
and separate pulse coder rotate clockwise or counter-clockwise as viewed from
the shaft side when the machine moves in the (+) direction.
(1)
Motor
Pulse coder
CCW
CCW
o
CCW
(2)
(3)
(4)
0
Pulse coder signal
Standard connection
Standard connection
Standard connection
Reverse connection
Reverse connection
Standard connection
Reverse connection
Reverse connection
cw
O
0
cw
CCW
o
0
cw
cw
o
Motor drive power
line and tachogenerator signal
0
-
257
3.10.1
a) Standard connection of motor
Standard connection of pulse coder
NC
CF1 (CF5I)
R MR
* : 2MR-20
3
4
t
OV
OV
OV
X
s_
9.
14
0
5
1-5 V + 5 V
11 1 1 1 2
+5V
11
OH J 1 OH 21 TSAI TS II 1
15
1
7
CF1
(CF51)
ID
PC
6
7
A
J 15
B
All A12
H
8
0V
Ov
MS 3102 A 1 8 - 1OP
OG
1-T1: M4 screw terminal
5
ov
Pulse coder
11 11 JJL 11 20
PCZi •PCZI PC’Al -PC AI PCB 1 *PCBl
MS 3 102 A 20 -29 P
D
A
F
E
B
C
PC A I PCB 1 + 5 V PC A I * PC B 1 Pl'Z I
~
M
K
L
G 11 J
tPC'/.i OG ! 5 V i-5V
R
s T
P
c
D
=1
All A1 1 A2 1 A21
MS 3 1 02 A 20 — 29P
C
D
„A-_ B
-
E
F
K
L
M
S.
X
TSAI TSBI
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
G
H
J
_N
R
UBL
on u
OH21
b) Standard connection of motor
Reverse connection of pulse coder
1) Exchange the terminal positions of signal PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signal *PCA1 and *PCB1.
NC
MS 3 102 A -20- 29P
CFKCF51)
1
OV
2
OV
8
3
OV
9_
4
1 6
5
+5V + 5VH-5V
J_0
11
7
1_2
13
10
20
OG
Oil 1 1 OI121 TSAI TS B 1
14
1 Ti
Te
17
IS
1
PCZ 1 #PVZ1 PC A 1 *PCA1 PCB 1 * PC}11
CF1
(CF51)
D
E
1I 5 V •PCBI PCA 1 pczi
G_ Ji
K
_J
L. M
»PCX1 OG + 5 V + 5V
T
N. P. ji s
OV ov
i ov
A
k
: MR-20RMA
ID
PC in PC A)
PC
Pulse coder
MS 3 102 A 18 10P
X Ji
All A21
1-T11 M4 screw terminal
£_
5 | 6 I 7 j 8~
A 1 1[A 1
1 A2 1
J 15
I[A2 j
JI
ZD
MS 3 102A—20-29P
A
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
ji
C
D_. -E
F
TSAI TS B 1 (
G
n !
K
L
oo
N
ji
Ji
OH 11
258
iTTT
OH21
|VT
3.10.1
c) Reverse connection of motor
Standard connection of pulse coder
1) Exchange power lines All and A21.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals TSA and TSB.
NC
MS 31 — 02 A— 20 — 29 P
C
B
D
A
PCAl PCB 1 + 5V •PCA I
K
J
G_
PCZ \ 0G + 5V + 5V
s
P
R
N
0V
0V
CF1 (CF51)
: MR-20RMA
*
3
0V
9_
4
6
5
5V
5V + 5V
10
12
11
1.
OH 11 OH 21 TSAI TSB 1
19
14
TW 16 11 18
PCZ1 •PCZ 'i PCA 1 •PCA.I. PCB 1 PCBl
1
OV
x
2
0V
7
+
CF1
13
(CF51)
20
7
All
Pulse coder
o
8
All
All
d
T
0V
C
A21
_D
HI
MS3102A-20— 29P
C
D
B_
A
TSB 1 TSAI
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
IT
J.
K_
E
F
JL.
K
0G
F
N
R
S.
OH 11 OH21
X
d) Reverse connection of motor
Reverse connection of pulse coder
1)
2)
3)
4)
Exchange
Exchange
Exchange
Exchange
the terminal positions of PCA1 and PCBl.
the terminal positions of *PCA1 and *PCB1.
power lines All and A21.
signals TSA and TSB,
NC
MS3102A-20-29P
T
B. SL D_ J3
CF1 (CF51)
: MR— 20RMA-
*
i
0V
x
14
2
0V
8
on1 )
15
3
0V
9
OJ]21
4
5
6
+ 5V
+ 5V
+ 5V
10
11
12
1—
13
CF1
(CF51)
TSAI TSB 1
~T6" M
18
PCZ 1 PCZ 1 PCA 1 •PCAl PC 111
19
ID
PC a
Pulse coder
20
OG
PCBl PCAl
-I- 5V
H
G_
PCZ1 0G
-P5V
N
0V
P
OV
7
R
F
PCA 1
K
A
L
W
T
0V
MS3102A-18-10P
A
I
71
1-T 11 M4 screw terminal
C
7
8
6
5_
A21 A 2 1 All All
All A21
C
D
MS3102A— 20“29P
D
C
B
A
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
E
F
L_
M
TSBl TSAI
IT
H
J
K.
OG
N
F
K
_S
OH U OH12
-
259
F
PCZ1
M
MS3102A-18-10P
_B
A
s
0G
Screw terminal
1 —Tl : M 4
6
5
A21 A21
L
*
PC
ID
E
•pent
A
3.10.1
4) When using inductosyn
Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn
the separate pulse coder.
Next, the reverse connection of the detector will
seperate pulse coder, for the motor.
The relationship between the connection to the
moving direction of the machine is as illustrated
using the same method as in
be described.
Refer to the
inductosyn slider and the
below.
Scale
(+) direction of machine
(when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves)
(+) direction of machine
(when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves)
A B C D
CO
Slider
5
G
LDSA
LDSB
—J
LDOA
~y|—
LDCB
LDE
Fig, 1
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)
*
Connection when the direction is reversed
Scale
(+) direction of machine
(The scale moves, the
slider is fixed)
(+) direction of machine
(The scale is fixed,
the slider moves)
A B C D
Pt-0 P
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
with each other
LDSA
LDSB
LDOA LDOB
"
t
LDE
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)
Fig. 2
-
260
3.10.2
3.10.2 When using analog AC servo
It is not necessary to exchange the power lines All and A21 to reverse the motor
connection when using analog AC servo. Instead of exchanging these power lines,
connect pin No. 7 of connector CN5 to 0 V.
The power lines between AC motor and velocity control unit are omitted in the
following figure.
1) When using mounted pulse coder
a) Standard connection
Velocity control unit
AC motor
CN5
P.
MR-20 RED
01
02
0V
03
OV
ov
04 -I-5V
05
5V
(Hi
5V
+
+
(I?
08 OH 1 1
09 OH 1 2
10
12
18
Cl 8
C 14
Cl 2
CIO
14
15
16 PCAM1
2
17*PCAMl
18 PCBMl
I9*PCBMT
MS3102 A— 20 — 29P
A PC AM 1 B PCBMl C Cll ro
AMI
E *PCBM 1 F
H G
G
J
5V
K +TTv L C 14 M CIS
p C 12 R OH 1 1 S OH 12
N 0V
T OV
+
20
b) Reverse connection
Connect pin 7 "CW" of connector CN5 to 0 V
(1)
Velocity control unit
AC motor
1
CN5
MR-20 It f'’D
01
0V
02
OV
0V
08
on 1 1
09 OH 1 2
03
\ To
04 Tsv
05 1- 5V
12
06 + 5 V
07 CW ~~ry
CIS
Cl 4
Cl 2
Cll
14
15
16 PCBMl
17 *PCBM 1
18 PCAM 1
-'
MS3102A-20-29P
A PCAMl 11 PCBM C Cll
Z3
]Q
T
r
19
20j
E
J
N
Il'CBM 1
+ 5V
0V
OV
F
G
K + 5 V 1, C 1 4
P Cl 2 It 0111 A
D + PCAMl
H
M Cl 8
a OHl 2
2) When using separate pulse coder:
Four connections are possible depending on whether the motor and separate
pulse coder rotate clockwise or counterclockwise as viewed from the shaft
side whan moving the machine in the (+) direction. (See the table at right)
(Note) No cable is connected to connector CN6 of the velocity control unit.
No.
Motor
CCW
1
© ©
©
CCW
2
CW
3
Motor feedback
signal_
Pulse coder
signal
Standard
connection
Standard
connection
Standard
connection
Reverse
connection
Reverse
connection
Standard
connection
Reverse
Reverse
connection
CW
CCW
© ©
CW
4
Pulse
coder
CCW
CW
© ©
connection
~ 261
3.10.2
a) Standard connection of motor and pulse coder.
Control unit
CFn (CF5n)
MRK-20RMD
ov
ov
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
OV
•I- 5 V
+ 5V
5V
14 PCZ 1
15 *PCZ 1
16 PCA 1
17| *PCA 1
091
_ IQ
11
+
18
12
13
1
&
ID
PCB 1
_JPCB1_
20
Pulse coder
MS3102A-20-29P
A
E
J
N
T
PCA 1
B
PCS 1
c
D1
+ PCB 1 1-' PCZ 1 G *PCZ1 II
-\- 5 V K
OV
+ 5V
*PCA1
G
M
S
L
R
OV
Velocity control unit
CN5
1
MK-20RFD
01
0V
0V
0V
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
00
10
11
12
13
+5V
-1-5V
+ 5V
OH 11
OH 12
C 18
C 14
14
15
_C_12 _
e Il
16 PCAM 1
17 *PCAM 1
18 PCBM 1
19 *PCBM 1
AC motor
MS3102A 20-29P
A PCAM 1 13 PCB Ml C Cll
G
E *PCBM 1 F
5V L C.14
J
5V K
omi
0V
P Cn 2
+
T
+
D
H
M
S
n
C18
OH 12
0V
120
Note) CF5n is used in 12 series
b) Standard connection of motor and reverse connection of pulse coder
1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1,
Control unit
CFn (CF51 )
Pulse coder
MRE-20RMD
01
0V
08
0V
09
03
0V
10
04 + 5V
11
05
5V
12
0G ±ÿ-13
02
14 PCZ 1
*PCZ 1
f- 1615 PCA
1
+
ox
IX *PCA 17
18 PCB 1
19 *PCB 1
20
1
ID—
MS3102A— 20— 2913
A PC 8 1
B PCA 1 C
D *PCB1
G
E +PCA1 F PCZ1 G *PCZ1 TT
J + 5 V K + BV L
M
R
s
N OV
Pi
T ov
Velocity control unit
CN5
MR-20 RFD
OV
01
08 OH 11
0V
02
09 OH12
03
0V
10 C 18
5V
04
11 C 14
05 + 5V
|12 C12
06 + 5 V m
13 Cll
07
+
AC motor
14
45
16 PCAM 1
17 *PCAM 1
18 PCBM 1
19 *PCB M 1
.20
1
ID
MS3102A--20-29P
A PCAM! 1’CBMl C C 1 1
a
E x-PCBMl F
+ 5V KP + 5 V L rCH
N OV
Cl 2 R OH 11
T 0V
Note) CF5 1 is used in 12 series
-
262
D x PCAM1
II G
M C1 8
S OH12
3.10.2
c) Reverse connection of motor and standard connection of pulse coder
1) Connect pin 7 "CW” of connnector CN5 to 0 V.
Pulse coder
MS31Q2A— 20 — 29P
A PCA 1 BPCBl 1C
E *PCB 1 F PCZl G
+ 5V "K + SV LR
P
ov
T ov
Control unit
CFn(CF5n)
&
MRE-20RMD
01
02
03
041
0J>
06
07
0V
08
09
10
11
OV
ov
+ 5V
+ 5V
+ 5V
14 PCZ 1
15 PCZ 1
16 PCA 1
PCAl_
18 PCB 1
19 PCB 1
f
*
131
120
1
AC motor
MS 310 2 A— 20- -29 P
PCA Ml B PCBM1 C
J \ 5V
N OV
T 0V
Velocity control unit
_
n7
CWF
08 OIL11
09 OH 12
10
Cl 8 ,
11 C 1 4
C 12
13 _ Cll
vS
ID
cu
D
*
rcnz
rE jJOMl F
ON 5
MR- 20 RED
01 0 V
02 0V
03 "OV S
04 -F 5 V
+ 5V
06 I 5V
L> PCAl
I: H G
G
14
15
16PCBM1
17
M1
18 PCAM 1
3 9 PCAM 1
20
]Q-
Note) CF5n is used in 12 series
d) Reverse connection of motor and pulse coder
1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
CFn(CFSl)
Control unit
Pulse coder
MRE-20RMD
01
02
03
OV
14 PCZ 1
08
ov
15 PCZ 1
16 PCAl
PCAl
18 PCB 1
19 PCB 1
20
09
OV
04 + 5 V
05 + 5V
06 P 5 V
07
10
12
13
n
ID
Velocity control unit
CN5
MR-20 RED
01
02,
03.
OV
OV
0V
04 T5V
05 + 5 V
06 P 5V
,07 CYV
MS3102A-20-29P
D ilPCJli
PCAl Cl
APClLUli PCZ11GRPCZTOI_C
K
M
J. :L5Y_!K + 5.V.1
Si
OV P
K
T
0V
AC motor
I
—
14
08 OHil 1
09 QHl 2 15
PCBM 1
30
Cl 8 16
17 PCBM 1
Cl 4
18 PCAM 1
12
C 12
131 Cll 19 PCAM 1
20
i
.
i
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
-
263
__
MS 3 102 A— 20— 29 P
AlPCAM I [BjpcbMi|C'| C 11 IDWPCAMI
Hi G
E *rciiMl F
G
J ±Sy KEESY. L JLL4_ MC} «
STOHj_2_
RQHll
N 0V P|C12
IT! ov I 1
PC AMI |
M Cl_8
K + 5V
P C 1 2_ R OH 1 1 S 0HF2
LL-
I
]
3.10.2
3) When using inductosyn
The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of machine is as illustrated below.
Scale
7
__.
(+) direction of machine
(The scale moves, the
slider is fixed)
(+) direction of machine
A BCD - (when the scale is fixed,
pppo— v while the slider moves)
Slider
0
0
LOS A
LDSB
LDCA “/
LDCB
LDE
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)
Fig. 1
Connection when
the direction is reversed
I
Scale
\
_
(+) direction of machine __
(file scale moves, the
, _J A rs c D
0..Q O O
slider is fixed)
hDSA
LDSB
I.DOA
LDCR
"ÿ
7
(+) direction of machine
(The scale is fixed, the
slider moves)
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
0
5
with each other.
LDB
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)
Fig. 2
Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder. The reverse connection of the detector is shown in
Fig. 2. Refer to the separate pulse coder, for the motor.
3.10.3 When using digital AC servo
1) For built-in type pulse coder
It is not needed to change the wiring. The standard connection and reverse
connection are selected by parameter setting.
2) For separate type pulse coder
It is needed to exchange PCA and PCB for reverse connection of pulse coder
same as analog servo system. Refer to Item 3.10.2 (2).
-
264
3.11
3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit
Trouble in the servo unit doesn’t always cause an alarm. If an alarm appears on
the CRT, observe the corresponding procedures according to alarm numbers.
This paragraph summarizes troubleshooting procedures for such servo unit
trouble that may not cause an alarm.
1) Machine tool runs, even though no command
has been given
See Subsec. 3.11.1
2) Machine tool vibrates during movement or stopping
See Subsec. 3.11.2
3) Poor positioning accuracy and poor machining accuracy
See Subsec 3,11.3
4) Checking methods for the operation
of velocity control unit and position control unit
See Subsec. 3.11.4
.
3.11.1 Machine tool runs away
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Signals from posi¬
tion detector are
Checking points
Countermeasures
Check wiring. Check for pos¬
itive feedback.
Reconnect wiring
Check by DGN. See Sec. 3.7.
(DGN 3000)
See Appendix 10 item 2 for
positioning module.
Reconnect them
correctly.
abnormal.
2
Defect between
motor and posi¬
tion detector.
3
correctly.
Replace defective
Master PCB, posi¬
tioning module or
velocity control
unit PCB is defec¬
tive
PCB.
.
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates
Item
Cause of trouble
1
Setting failure of
position control
Checking points
Check according to Sec. 5.3.
Countermeasures
Set parameters
correctly.
system parameters.
2
3
Setting failure of
velocity control
unit PCB.
Check setting on PCB according
to Sec. 6.2. Check PCB for
special setting (special number)
according to data sheet.
Correct the
Check to see if vibration cycle
changes in proportion to the
feedrate
Proceed to 6 if
the vibration
cycle changes in
proportion to the
feedrate
Proceed to 4 if
the vibration
cycle fairly
remains constant,
regardless of the
the feedrate.
setting.
.
-
265
-
3.11.3
Item
Cause of trouble
4
5
Checking points
Countermeasures
Short CH5-CH6 on velocity
control unit PCB by using a
jumper wire. Check to see
if vibrations are eliminated
during operation.
Proceed to 7 if
vibrations are
eliminated
Proceed to 5 if
they are not
eliminated.
Short CH5-CH6, and check to see
if vibrations are reduced when
turning RVI counterclockwise.
Proceed to 8 if
reduced. Proceed
to 9 if not
.
reduced,
6
Machine tool,
detector, or motor
is defective.
Interpolation
accuracy is poor.
Detection gain is
excessively high.
Check the unit being synchro¬
nized with vibration cycle,
and find defective parts.
If interpolation accuracy is
poor, the vibration cycle is
one or two times the wavelength
of the position detection sig¬
nal, Vibration often occur due
to high detection gain in the
case of rotary inductosyn.
Replace or repair
defective parts.
See section on
interpolation ad¬
justment or detec¬
tion gain adjust¬
ment
(Subsec
.
6.1.6).
Servoamplif ier
setting is not
suited to machine
tool
(DC M series servo)
Short S9 and Sll, and check if
vibrations are reduced.
(AC servo motor)
Short S21 or S27, and check if
vibrations are reduced.
8
Same as described
in item 7.
Check to see if vibration cycle
ranges from several ten Hz to
seversal hundred Hz.
Change PCB set¬
ting.
Contact FANUC
service center.
9
Velocity control
unit PCB is defec¬
tive
Check the waveform at each part
of velocity control unit PCB,
or replace PCB.
Replace PCB.
7
.
.
3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or
1) Overshoot
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Short accelera¬
tion/deceleration
time
2
.
Low rigidity or
play at coupling
flanges between
motor and machine
Change PCB set¬
ting.
Contact FANUC
service center.
machining accuracy
Checking points
Check to see if motor current
is saturated.
Countermeasures
Lengthen the
acceleration/
deceleration time.
Check to see if this problem
can be fixed by decreasing
the position loop gain.
tool.
266
Reduce the posi¬
tion loop gain.
Tighten the
rigidity and play
of machine tool.
3.11.3
2) Poor 1-pulse feed accuracy
Item
1
2
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Deflection, stick
slip, or play in
machine tool
Countermeasures
Check to see if the positioning
is correct at the detector postlon by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB 'v* ID for posi¬
tioning module.
Proceed to 2 if
Measure the positioning accuracy
at each part of machine tool and
Adjust the machine
tool
motor
correct.
Proceed to 3 if
incorrect
.
.
shaft.
system.
3
Low gain of servo
system.
Check to see if this is
improved by turning RVl in
velocity control unit PCB clock¬
3 divisions.
wise by 2
Readjust RVl.
Contact FANUC
service center.
3) Poor positioning accuracy when using correct commands
Item
Check to see if positioning is
correct at the detector posi¬
tion by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB a. ID for posi¬
tioning module.
1
2
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Deflection, stick
slip, or play in
machine tool
Measure the positioning accuracy
at each part of machine tool and
Countermeasures
Proceed to 2 if
correct
.
Proceed to 3 if
incorrect
.
Adjust the machine
tool.
motor shaft.
system,
3
Position control
unit is defective.
Replace PCB (Master PCB, etc.)
containing the position control
unit
.
Replace defective
PCB.
4
Position detector
is defective.
Replace defective
unit
5
Velocity control
unit PCB is defec¬
tive
PCB.
.
Replace defective
.
-
267
3.11.3
4) Poor shape of circle by 2-axis feed
Item
1
2
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Poor positioning
accuracy.
Countermeasures
Measure the roundness. Then
check whether circle is distort¬
ed in the axial direction or if
it is formed to be an ellipse
in 45° direction.
Proceed to 2 if
distorted axially.
Proceed to 3 and
4 if formed in
45° direction.
Roughness at change of quad¬
Measure positioning
accuracy of each axis.
Proceed to 5 and
6. Adjust the
machine tool
around inaccurate
axis
rants
.
.
3
4
Perform simultaneous 2-axis 45°
feed and adjust RV4 of velocity
control unit PCB so that the
difference of the position
deviation amounts is within +1%
between axes by DGN 3000.
Adjust position
loop gain to
eliminate gain
difference between
axes (see Note 1)
Detection gain
differs on every
axis
A circle is formed to be an
ellipse in 45° direction even
after adjustment in item No. 3.
Adjust the detec¬
tion gain (see
Sec 6.1.6).
Adjustment failure
of Fmin of
inductosyn or
resolver interface
Check Fmin adjustment.
Readjust Fmin.
See Sec. 6.1.6.
Try changing the backlash com¬
pensation amount.
Adjust backlash or
change backlash
compensation
Maladjustment of
position loop
gain.
.
5
.
.
PCB.
6
Improper backlash
or backlash com¬
pensation amount
of machine tool.
amount
.
(Note 1) The position gain, when X, Y, Z and 4th axes are moved in the same
direction by F4 digit feed from MDI operation, can be obtained by
calculating as below:
16. 7F
G =
E
F:
Feed rate (mm/min) , (0.1 inch/min) ,
(degree/mln)
E:
G:
Position deviation (0.001 mm), (0.0001 inch),
(0,001 degree)
Position gain (sec 1), (standard: 30 sec *)
804. Adjust the
Then check the servo position deviation from DGN 800
by turning the
value
the
of
+10%
target
position deviation within
(F/V
in the
voltage
(RV4)
compensation)
converter
resistor
variable
However, the difference between axes must be
velocity control unit.
within +1%.
45° directional ellipse can be adjusted using this method, but X axis or
Y axis directional ellipse cannot.
-
268
3.1 1.4
Adjustable
Not adjustable
3.11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control unit and position control unit (For analog servo)
The servo system can roughly be divided into the following position control
unit, velocity control unit, DC motor, and detector.
Since these component units compose a closed loop, the entire servo system
becomes defective if one of these component units is not working properly. It
is sometimes difficult to identify the defective unit among these.
In such a case, check the operating conditions of the position control unit and
velocity control unit using the following procedure.
1) Position control part of master PCB operation check
a) Disconnect the power cable from the DC motor.
b) Set a large value to parameter No. 1828 'v 1830 in advance.
c) After turning on the power of NC, apply pulses by handle, and check the
output voltage of VCMD output signal of master PCB.
d) Turn the motor shaft slightly manually, and check the VCMD signal of
master PCB.
(Note) If NC is turned on after disconnecting power cable from the DC motor,
the table powers in case of the gravity axis. Insert suitable lumber
or the like.
i
VCMD
Decision
voltage (mV)
+
I
VCMD
voltage (mV)
CW
-1
CCW
Rotating direction
of DC motor shaft
Command pulse
When a positive (+) pulse is applied
from the handle, VCMD voltage should
continuously changes from - voltage
+ voltage.
When turning the motor shaft counter¬
clockwise, the VCMD voltage should
continuously change from + voltage to
- voltage.
2) Velocity control unit operation check
Major circuits of the velocity control unit are mounted on the corresponding
PCB. Whether the velocity control unit is operating normally can be judged
by exchanging its PCB with the PCB in a normal axis. Use caution with the
following items when replacing PCB.
If an alarm lights on the velocity control unit PCB, don't replace the PCB
Eliminate the alarm first according to the alarm processing
at once.
method
When replacing PCB, place its setting and adjustment to the same values as
before. If PCB has been modified, it is not always replaceable. If you
have any questions, please contact your nearest FANUC service center.
.
.
.
-
269
3.12
3.12 Error Display and it's Contents of I/O Unit
3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)
Error indicator lamps are mounted on the front panel of IF01A to indicate an
error which may occur during data transfer between main unit and IF01A or
between IF01A and I/O module. (See the following figure.)
-
Error indicator lamps
IFO 1A
TOUT 0
IF01A
0
3
r30°2
ER 2 O
•
O
1
1
SA
,
L io o o J
Ol
OO
1
B/
D
n
Error indicator
lamp (red)
—
- Error module
indicator lamp
(yellow)
(This lamp display is meaningless in a
case other than the parity error)
270
3.12.1
Error contents
Error display
TOUT ER3 ER2 ERl
Error contents
Causes
An error occurred
during data transfer
between IF01A and main
unit or between IF01A
and IF04C.
1. Optical cable
Name of error
Normal operation
o
o
o
o
CARRIER STOP
o
o
CLOCK STOP
o
SIGNAL FORM
ERROR
o
o
nector is not
sufficiently
connected
3. Optical con¬
nector tip is
.
FORMAT ERROR
o
is discon¬
nected.
2. Optical con¬
dirty.
OVERRUN ERROR
4. IF01A is
o
o
TIME OUT ERROR
o
PARITY ERROR
.
defective
5. Main unit or
OF04C is
defective
ERROR WORD
o
.
A parity error was
detected during data
transfer between IF01A
and I/O module, or a
parity error occurred
in RAM of IF01A. In
this case, the mounting
base number of the data
transfer module is
troubled and the slot
number is displayed in
SA3-SA0 and BA1-0.
SA3-SA0: slot number
(binary display)
BA1, BAO : Base number
(binary display)
Example)
Base #1, slot #5
SA3 SA2 SA1 SAO BA1 BAO
10
1
0
10
Slot #5
0: Goes out
1: Lights
Base #1
If both slot number and
base number are "0",
its display shows a
parity error of RAM in
IF01A.
o: Lamp lights
Lamp goes out
-
271
. I/O module is
defective .
2. IF01A is
defective.
1
3.12.2
3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C}
The error indicator lamps on the front panel of IF04C shown in the following
figure indicate an error was detected inside IF04C by the self diagnostic
function of IF04C as well as an error during data transfer between IF04C and
main unit or between IF04C and IF01A.
-
Error indicator lamp
Error
indicator lamp
IF04C
IF04C
Si
oo
)
0
r 30
20 0
ER
3
2
io oi
1
GA
LoO Oo J
D
D
0
D
n.
Error indicator lamp (red)
- Group number
lamp
indicator
(yellow)
-
272
3.12.2
Error display
Error name
Causes
Error contents
ER3 ER2 ER1 ERO GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO
o
o
Croup number
incoincidence
o
Setting of group numbers of IF01A
connected to IF04C is wrong,
1. IF01A group number
setting failure
2. Optical fiber
cable connection
failure
o
o
o
o
o
CPU error
CPU is defective.
CPU, RAH, or EPROM in IF04C is
defective.
o
o
o
o
o
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
0
See the right
RAM error (D6)
RAM (mounting position
D6) is defective*
RAM error (D8)
RAM (mounting position
D8) ia defective.
RAM error (A8)
RAM (mounting position
A8) is defective.
EPROM error
EPROM ia defective.
CLOCK STOP
table,
o
CARRIER STOP
o
GA3
- GAO as
Channel
SIGNAL FORM ERROR
o
o
o
FORMAT ERROR
o
OVERRUN ERROR
o
ERROR WORD
o
A
A
A
A
x
x
X
X
INITIALIZE ERROR
1* Optical fiber
cable is discon~
nected
An error occurred during data
transfer between IF04C and main
unit or between IF04C and IFOIA,
In this cose, the data transfer
channel in error is displayed in
.
2. Optical connector
is not sufficiently
follows.
connected
.
Optical
connector
in
error
No.
IF04C++
C0P2A
group 0
IF04C++
COP2B
group 1
IF04C++
C0P2C
group 2
IF04C4-+
COP2D
group 3
IF04C«">
C0P4
main
unit
-
GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO
3, Optical connector
tip is dirty.
o
o
o
5. IFOIA Is defective.
o
o
6. Main unit is
defective
o
o
4. IF04C is defective,
o
.
o
ERO flickers, it
If one of ER3
indicates an error during initial
communication between main unit and
1. Main unit is
IF04C.
2. IF04C la defective.
defective
.
3. IFOIA is defective.
o
A
X
Lights
Goes out
Flickers
Nothing to do with light
on/off
-
273
3.12,3
3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)
Display
WDA
Name
Watch dog alarm
Contents
Lighting - positioning module operation is
in error.
When WDA lights, it basically shows a positioning module error. Check the error
display of interface module (IF01A) as well. If the error contents displayed by
IF01A show a parity error and the error slot number shows the positioning
module, the positioning module may be judged as defective.
Even if an error with another cause is displayed by IF01A, the entire system
operation is stopped. As a result, the positioning module shows the watch dog
alarm.
-
274
-
Table 3.12.3 (a) Classification of alarms
Rotary-
switch
RSW2 RSW1
System Note
1
alarms
Note
Indicator lamp (DGN)
7
6
5
4
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3
2
1
Alarm contents
Causes of alarms and countermeasures
0
o
ROM parity error
Positioning module is defective.
Replace it.
1
o
RAM failure
It
System failure
IT
Parameter receiving
error
Interface module, CPU module, or memory module
is defective.
o
I/O
I/O bus
error
is in trouble. This I/O error is
displayed if other modules as well as position
module become defective.
i
t'O
Ln
i
Kinds
of
alarms
0
0
See Table 3.2.3 (b) types of alarms.
X
X
X
o
PC alarm
x
X
o
X
Servo alarm
ft
x
o
x
X
Overtravel
II
o
x
X
X
Motor over heat
Overheating when DC motor is used.
If motor overheating occurs when AC motor is
used, it is displayed as an overload alarm.
o: Lamp .lights
Lamp goes out
x: This lamp lights concurrently, if another alarm occurs, too.
Note 1) If a system alarm occurs, the above display remains lit regardless of the numbers of rotary switches RSW1
and RSW2
.
U)
ro
Table 3.12.3 (b)
Rotary-
switch
RSW2 RSW1
PC
0
Indicator lamp (DGN)
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
1
o
o
o
o
Alarm contents
o
o
Cutting feedrate
data zero
Almost all causes of this alarm may be caused
due to an error in generating a user’s
program. Examine user generated programs.
o
Operation mode
selection error
IT
o
Data type
selection error
IT
Reference point
o
o
Causes of alarms and countermeasures
0
alarms
o
Kinds of alarms
See 3.2.3 (1).
return error
I
ro
O'*
Servo
alarm
0
2
o
o
i
o
o
V-READY off
(Velocity control
unit failure)
Causes of alarms are displayed in detail.
See Table 3.2.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off.
Pulse coder discon¬
See 3.2.3 (2).
nection
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Excessive position
deviation value
See 3.2.3 (3).
See 3.2.3 (4).
Position deviation
value overflow or
D/A conversion over¬
flow
o
o
Velocity overload
See 3.2.3 (5).
Servo overload
See 3.2.3 (6).
LO
to
OJ
Rotary
switch
RSW2 RSW1
Indicator lamp (DGN)
7
6
3
4
3
o
Servo
Alarm contents
2
1
0
o
o
o
alarm
(cont Td)
o
Over¬
0
3
o
o
o
o
NJ
'-J
Motor
over¬
heat
V-READY on at PRDY
off
See 3.2*3 (7).
Excessive drift
compensation amount
See 3.2.3 (8).
Overtravel in
direction
See 3.2.3 (9).
Overtravel in
- direction
See 3.2.3 (9).
Servo motor over¬
heat
See 3.2.3 (10).
Motor overheat alarm is displayed for DC motor,
but overload alarm is displayed for AC motor.
+
travel
J
Causes of alarms and countermeasures
0
4
o
o
o
o
r
to
OJ
Table 3.12.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure}
Rotary
switch
RSW2 RSW1
Velocity
control
1
Indicator lamp (DGN)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
o
unit
Causes of alarms
and counter-
Alarm contents
DC servo M series
AC servo
measures
Normal
Normal
TGLS runaway detection
TG runaway detection
See 3.2,3 (II).
Abnormal load of OVC
Abnormal load of OVC
See 3.2.3 (12).
failures
o
o
o
o
o
i
o
o
o
o
o
See 3.2.3 (13).
BRK nofuse breaker off
HCAL high-current alarm
HC high-current alarm
See 3.2.3 (14).
HVAL high-voltage alarm
HV high-voltage alarm
See 3.2.3 (15).
DCAL discharge alarm
DC discharge alarm
See 3.2.3 (16).
LVAL power voltage drop
alarm
LV power voltage drop
alarm
See 3.2.3 (17).
ho
CO
I
*—
o
the conditions of various signals. For details, see parameters and
diagnostic display function of positioing module in para. 8.
u>
to
LO
3.12.3
1) Reference point return failure
This alarm occurs if the one-rotation signal is not applied from the pulse
coder or if the velocity is slower than specified. The following check is
done in the first reference point return operation after turning on the power
supply or after cancelling the emergency stop.
ID) exceeds 128.
a) Position deviation value (DGN No. IB
b) The one-rotation signal is applied at least once by the time the
deceleration dog is released again after the position deviation value (DGN
No. IB - ID) has exceeded 128.
-
Reference point return direction
Feedrate
| FL
Deceleration
dog signal
One-rotation
signal
n
n
n n
_
This signal should be applied at least once
by the time the deceleration dog is released.
Check the first one-rotation signal position
when the position deviation value has exceeded
128 after starting the reference point return.
Unless the above conditions are satisfied, an alarm occurs at the position
where the deceleration dog is released.
279
-
3.12.3
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Feedrate is too
low.
Checking points
Perform reference point
return under the same condi¬
tions in which the alarm
occurred. Confirm that
the position deviation is
128 or more by using the
self-diagnostic function
(DGN IB
ID)
The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the
deceleration dog.
Increase the feed
rate. When the
position gain is
30 sec
a feed
rate of at least
300 mm/min is
necessary.
Check the distance from the
start point to the reference
point
The distance from
the start point to
the reference
point must be
.
-
2
The start point of
the reference
point returns is
close to the
reference point.
Corrective action
.
too
equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions.
3
Source voltage for
the pulse coder is
too
low.
The source voltage of the
pulse coder should be 4.75 V
(Remove the pulse
or more.
coder cover and measure the
source voltage at the + and terminals on the pulse coder
board. )
Cable loss must be
0.2 V or less
including both
sides of 5 V and
0 V.
4
Defective pulse
coder.
Replace the pulse coder.
Replacement
.
5
Defective posi¬
tioning module.
Replace the positioning
module with another one.
Replacement
.
2) Pulse coder disconnection
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Cable connection
failure
Checking points
Corrective action
Check the pulse coder feed¬
back for disconnection and
normal connection.
2
Pulse coder is
defective
Replace the pulse
coder.
3
Positioning module
is defective.
Replace the posi¬
tioning module.
4
Velocity control
unit is defective
(in case of AC
servo)
Replace the
velocity control
unit PCB
.
.
.
280
-
3.12.3
Item
5
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Pulse coder power
voltage is
abnormal
.
Check if pulse coder power
voltage is within 4.75 V 5.15 V.
Corrective action
If the pulse coder
power voltage is
lower than 4.75 V,
check the cable
length and cable
size for specified
values.
3) Position deviation value is excessive.
Item
1
Setting error of
position deviation
limit value
2
3
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Overshoot
Drop of input
power voltage
Check the contents of para¬
meter No. 5 (position devia¬
tion limit value)
.
When enough current does not
flow to motor in acceleration
or deceleration, deviation
value increases.
Check waveform of CHI on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5% or not.
Check that input power
voltage is within +10% and
-15%.
Corrective action
Reset the para¬
correctly.
meter
Increase the rapid
traverse time
constant.
(para¬
meter No. 11)
Increase gain
(RV1) of velocity
.
control
Change the input
tap of power
transformer for
servo
.
4
Voltage of power
supply is ab¬
normal.
Check the voltage of main
unit on I/O unit.
Repair the error.
5
Connection trouble
Check the power line of
motor, pulse coder.
Repair the error.
6
Positioning module
Try replacing the axis with
another axis.
Replace the unit
if trouble recurs
using the re¬
placed axis.
Confirm the brush contact.
face of the motor brush cap.
Tighten the brush
cap.
and/or velocity
control unit are
defective.
7
Poor brush contact
by loosened DC
motor brush cap
-
281
3.12.3
4) Position deviation overflow or D/A conversion overflow
These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameter No. 5) are set correctly, position
deviation excess alarm is displayed prior to any of the above-noted
alarms, so they usually cannot occur during this condition.
b) D/A converter velocity command value is outside the range of +8191 to
-8192.
D/A
converter velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6
servo loop gain multiplier (parameter No. 7)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec “1 (parameter No. 8)
ID)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN IB
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)
where K:
-
E = ~
-£-r
60
X
where F:
a:
G:
Item
Cause of trouble
—1G
X
1
in2
10
a
feed rate
mm/min (inch/min)
detection unit
servo loop gain
mm (inch)
0.01 sec "1
Checking points
1
Parameter setting
is wrong.
1) Check servo loop gain
multiplier.
Parameter No. 7
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter No. 8
3) Check CMR. (Command
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 3
4) Check DMR. (Detective
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 1
2
Positional devia¬
tion is too high.
Compare theoretically calcu¬
3
Machine tool does
not move a normal
distance
.
Corrective action
lated value with positional
deviation by DGN IB - ID.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
Parameter No. 10
Feed rate is right; positional
al deviation is right.
Proceed to 5.
Feed rate is right; positional
al deviation is not right.
Proceed to 3.
Issue a command (feed of
several mm) causing no alarm
to check to see if machine
tool moves by a normal value,
Machine tool does not move by
a normal value.
Proceed to 4.
Machine tool moves by a
normal value.
Proceed to 5.
282
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
4
Position detector
is faulty.
Replace the posi¬
tion detector.
5
Positioning module
PCB is faulty.
Replace the posi¬
tioning module.
5) Velocity over
Item
1
Checking points
Corrective action
In correct setting
Check that the value of para¬
of command multi¬
ply ratio (CMR)
meter No. 3 (CMR) is one of
Set correct para¬
meter.
Cause of trouble
1, 2, 4, 10, 20.
6) Servo overload
Item
1
Cause of trouble
(analysis)
Checking points
Corrective action
Check to see if OVERLOAD lamp
lights simultaneously when
turning on NC power supply.
Connection/ setting
failure.
Proceed to item
6 or 7
.
Check to see if thermal relay
of M series velocity control
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )
Proceed to item 2
Check to see if radiation fins
of AC servo velocity control
unit is overheated. (M series
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)
Proceed to item 2.
Thermostat of servo trans¬
former functions.
Proceed to item 2
Thermostat of regenerative
discharge unit functions.
Proceed to item 5.
Thermostat of AC servo motor
functions.
Proceed
-
283
-
or 3.
or 4.
to item 2,
3.12.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
Overload of moter
Corrective action
Checking points
Measure the motor current.
The continuous rated current
is as specified below.
M series servo
00M
4A
7A
OM
9A
5M
10M
12A
18A
20M
24A
30M
AC servo
4-0
3-0
2-0
1-0
0
5
10
20
30
...
..
....
...
...
...
... 0.93A
... 0.93A
...
... 2.9A
4.6A
...
30R
...
Reduce the cutting
condition. Adjust
the machine tool
if the continuous
rated current
exceeds the
specified value
during idle feed.
29A
3A
...
6.8A
...
...
22A
11A
... 20A
3
Setting failure of
thermal relay of M
series servo
Check to see if the thermal
relay is set to the con¬
tinuous rated current value
of the motor specified in
item 2.
Reset the thermal
relay setting.
4
Thermostat of
servo transformer
is faulty
Thermostat is faulty if it
functions when the surface
temperature of transformer is
lower than 60 °C.
Replace trans¬
former.
5
Excessive regene¬
rative energey
1) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the posi¬
tioning frequency exceeds
1-2 times/sec in rapid
traverse. Check to see
if alarm does not occur
when this frequency is
Reduce the
acceleration/
deceleration
frequency by
inserting a pause
time.
reduced.
2) Faulty counterbalance on
machine tool side.
-
284
Correct the
counter
balance.
3.12.3
Item
6
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Wiring failure
Corrective action
Check to see if the following
wiring is correct.
o Positioning module (CV1)
- velocity control unit
(CN1)
o Servo transformer
velocity control unit
(CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
~ velocity control unit
(CN2)
o AC servo motor
velocity contol unit
(CN5)
Correct wiring.
Check to see if setting pin
S20 is set as specified in
M series servo.
Check to see if setting pin
SI is set as specified in AC
servo.
Reset pin S20 or
SI, as specified.
-
-
7
Setting failure on
velocity control
unit PCB
7) V-RDY on at P-RDY off
V-RDY (velocity control unit ready) is turned on when P-RDY
module ready) has turned off.
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Velocity control
unit is defective.
Checking points
Check to see if VRDY indi¬
cator lamp lights when PRDY
indicator lamp of the velo¬
city control unit went out
when power was turned on.
(positioning
Corrective action
Replace the
velocity control
unit
.
Check if VRDY indicator lamp
remains lit even after 100 VAC
has been disconnected from
terminal board T1 (3) , (4) of
velocity control unit.
2
Positioning module
is defective.
Make sure that the VRDY indi¬
cator lamp of velocity
control unit goes out.
Replace position¬
ing module.
3
Cable failure
Check VRDY signal of cable
between positioning module
and velocity control unit for
short-circuit failure.
Repair the cable.
4
Parameter setting
failure in 2-axis
velocity control
unit
OFFVY of parameter No. 1 must
be set to "1" in the case of
2-axis velocity control unit.
Reset parameter
285
correctly
.
3.12.3
8) Excess drift compensation
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Connection trouble
Check the connection of power
lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo
Corrective action
Repair the con¬
nection error.
motor.
2
Setting of drift
compensation value
is wrong.
3
Trouble in
velocity control
unit or/and
position module
Check whether the contents of
parameter No. 9 exceed 500.
See the following
description:
"Drift compensa¬
tion amount set¬
ting method".
Check this by changing with
Replace the PCB or
positioing module
with spare one.
a spare PCB or positioning
module (if provided).
Adjustment and setting
should be done correctly.
Drift compensation amount setting method
(T) Make sure that the variable resistor RV2 on velocity control unit PCB is
set to 50%.
(2) Turn on the power supply with the emergency stop button pushed on, and
set bit 0 "ADFT" of parameter no. 1 of the positioning module to 1 to
execute automatic drift compensation.
(3) Turn off the power supply once; then, turn it on again.
(5) Turn off the emergency stop button, and agitate the motor.
d) Read the drift compensation amount of parameter No. 9 by the positioing
module LED and set the readout value to the parameter screen of the
positioning module shown in para. 5.5 as the drift compensation amount.
-
directions)
9) Overtravel (in + and
The overtravel failure is divided into two sections: When it is detected as
The
a hardware failure and when it is detected as a software failure.
following
alarm.
The
software failure is called stored stroke limit
description shows possible causes of overtravel and countermeasures.
9)-l Overtravel (hard)
When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, an over
trouble alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, axis feed stops.
Two limit switches (LSI, LS2) are provided on each axis in each direction
as shown in the figure below to stop the movable part of the machine tool.
Feed rate
1
LSI
-
LS2
286
-
Position
3.12.3
Overtravel
the feed is stopped after deceleration.
alarm message is displayed.
(LS2 operates only when
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped.
malfunctions)
LSI
o When LSI
operates,
Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures
(T) If the reference point setting in program coordinate system is in error,
correct the program.
(2) If the program is in error, correct the program.
Release
a) When only LSI operates:
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation in the
Reset after separating it from the
opposite direction (safe side).
limit switch.
Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved only
in the opposite direction.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate:
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Do the same operation as in releasing LSI.
Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 is in opera¬
tion, the movable part is movable in both directions by manual
operation. Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved
when LSI has malfunctioned.
9)-2 Overtravel (software)
Stored stroke limit alarm
If the machine has reached the stored stroke limit value, an overtravel
alarm is displayed.
The axis feed is stopped if this alarm occurs.
Causes and countermeasures
65) error -> Correct
(T) Stored stroke limit setting (parameter No. 60
.
parameters.
(2) Program error •> Correct parameters.
Release
The machine can move in the opposite direction of the last moving
direction
Move the moving part of the machine in the opposite (safe)
direction by manual operation, and reset the stored stroke limit.
.
287
3.12.3
10) Motor overheat
DC servo motor overheat alarm (overload when AC servo motor is overheated)
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Overload
Checking points
Check to see if the motor
armature current exceeds the
rated current.
Corrective action
Decrease load
torque.
Decrease cutting
condition.
2
Winding insulation
trouble
Check the insulation between
the terminals A1 or A2 of
motor power cable and the
motor bodies with a tester or
a megger.
Over 1 mS2 at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in
Clean around the
commutator
with
forced air.
Change the motor
if the above
countermeasure is
ineffective
.
the tester check.
3
4
Shortcircuit
inside of winding
Demagnetization
of field system
magnet
Measure no-load current by
removing the motor from the
machine. If the current
increases in proportion to
the motor rotation rate,
there is a short-circuit
inside of winding.
Check the motor terminal
voltage between A1 and A2 is
normal at rapid traverse.
Clean around the
commutator.
This problem can
easily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator,
Change the motor
if terminal vol¬
tage is low and
the motor is over¬
heated at the same
time
.
5
Trouble in heat
pipe fan operation
Check the fan voltage or the
wiring.
Check that the fan does not
touch a wire gauze.
Check to see if the fan motor
itself has a problem.
Rearrange the
wiring.
Refix the wire
gauze
Replace the fan
.
motor.
6
Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency
The heat pipe is ineffective
when the motor with a heat
pipe is overheated, despite
the fact that all the above
items are normal.
Replace the motor.
7
Brake trouble
Check to see that the brake
Replace the brake.
connection corresponds to the
power source frequency. Check
to see that the voltage is
100 V -1-10% (allowable value).
-
288
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
8
Connection trouble
Check the overheat connection
between motor and positioning
module.
Repair the fault.
9
Positioning module
is defective.
Replace the posi¬
tioning module.
11) Overrun detection (Tachogenerator signal loss)
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
The motor power
cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6) , (7) or (8) of
terminal board T1
in the velocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
TGLS/TG
Corrective action
Checking points
If the alarm occurs when a
motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.
Check the power
cable connection.
Check the setting according
r
to section 6.2. "Setting and
It
adjustment of PCB
Adjust the set¬
ting.
Measure the velocity feedback
voltage between check
terminals CH2 (TSA) and CH3
(GND) with an oscilloscope.
Confirm whether the voltage
is being interrupted.
Repair the cable
carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (i. e. ,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.
Checking points
Corrective action
broken.
2
PCB setting is
improper.
T>
3
Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.
.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
The motor power
cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6), or (7) of
terminal board T1
in the volocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
If the alarm occurs when a
motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.
broken,
- 289
Repair the power
cable of motor.
3,12.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
PCB setting is
improper
.
Pulse coder feed¬
back signal is not
3
sent
Checking points
Corrective action
Check the setting.
Adjust the setting
correctly
Check the feedback cable.
Repair the feed¬
back cable.
.
.
12) Abnormal load OVC
a) For M series servo
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
1
PCB is defective.
The OVC alarm occurs if the
power is turned on when the
motor power cable is discon¬
(In this case, since
nected,
the gravity axis may fall
down, it should be sup¬
ported.) (The S23 terminal
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
After confirmation, the S23
connection should be opened.)
Replace the PCB.
2
PCB setting is
Check the setting of variable
register RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit of the
(Generally,
motor current.
RV3 is set to 10, but the
adjustment may differ with
the machine tool.)
Change the RV3
setting.
improper.
Mechanical load is
abnormal.
3
Observe the waveform between
check terminals CH8 and CH3
with an oscilloscope. Check
whether the current which is
determined by RV3 flows over
600 msec.
Remove the
mechanical over¬
load.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Pulse coder feed¬
back signal is not
sent
2
Checking points
Check the feedback cable.
Check motor current.
exceeds rated
current
Reconnect the
feedback cable.
.
Motor current
Corrective action
.
-
290
-
Change the cutting
conditions
.
3.12.3
13) No fuse breaker BRK
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
The no fuse
breaker operated.
Checking points
The breaker is open when it
is as shown below.
This button pops
up when the
®f
mi I®I
2
Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is
breaker operates.
To reset the
breaker, press
the button after
turning off the
Corrective action
Turn off power and
the breaker.
(If it cannot be
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )
reset
power.
The breaker operates again
when power is restored after
the countermeasures of
item 1.
Replace diode
module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.
defective,
3
4
Mechanical load is
excessive.
The PCB or the
connection between
the PCB and the
velocity control
unit is defective.
Observe the motor load
current at rapid traverse
Remove the
mechanical over¬
between terminals CH8 and
CH3 on the PCB with an
oscilloscope. Check whether
it exceeds the rated current.
load.
The BRK alarm occurs when the
Replace the PCB or
the velocity unit.
no fuse breaker is not ope¬
rating.
This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.
14) High current alarm HCAL/HC
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Improper motor
power cable
connection.
Checking points
The HCAL alarm does not
occur when the power is
turned on with the motor
power cable disconnected.
(In this case, since the
gravity axis may fall down,
it should be supported. The
S23 terminal on the PCB
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
The S23 connection should be
opened after confirmation.)
291
Corrective action
Fix the motor
power cable
connection.
3.12.3
Item
2
Cause of trouble
The transistor
module is defec¬
tive.
Checking points
The HCAL alarm goes on when
the motor power cable is
Corrective action
Replace the tran¬
sistor module.
disconnected.
Turn off power and measure
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2
the resistance between the
following terminals using a
multimeter. If the measured
value is 10 ohms or less, the
transistor module is defec¬
tive.
Confirm between
Cl-El , C2
El, C2-E2
..
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Wrong connection
of motor power
line.
Checking points
HC alarm does not occur when
turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the motor
power line.
(Since the gravity axis may
drop in this case, support it
or disconnect the drive cable
of gravity axis brake.)
2
Transistor module
is defective.
Check to see if HC alarm
occurs when turning on the
power supply after discon¬
necting the power line accor¬
ding to item 1. Turn off the
power supply, remove PCB, and
observe the resistance between
terminals of the transistor
module using a circuit tester.
Corrective action
Reconnect the
motor power line
correctly.
If the
motor power line
is checked while
disconnecting it,
set setting ter¬
minal S10 to L
side; otherwise,
TG alarm occurs.
Replace transistor
module
Check resistance
between Cl-El
and C2. also
between El and
.
*
C2-E2.
**
Check resis¬
tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.
*
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2
&
(H003)
Cl
B1
El
C2
B2
E2
<2>
(H004 ,H005)
292
3.12.3
Item
Cause of trouble
3
Internal shortcircuit failure of
motor windings.
Check motor windings for
normal insulation.
Replace the motor.
4
PCB is defective.
If HC alarm occurs with no
defects in item 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.
Replace the PCB.
Checking points
Corrective action
15) High voltage alarm HVAL/lIV
a) For M series servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Input AC power
voltage is too
high.
2
Servo motor is
defective
3
PCB is defective.
Checking points
Corrective action
Check to see if the tap
connection of servo power
transformer is correct.
Correct the tap
Check to see if the insula¬
tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.
Clean brushes.
Check to see if alarm occurs
when items 1 and 2 are normal.
Replace PCB.
connection.
b) For AC servo
Item
Cause of trouble
Checking points
Corrective action
1
Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.
Check to see if the servo
transformer taps are properly
connected.
Repair the tap
connection.
2
Servo motor is
Check to see if the insula¬
tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.
Replace the motor.
defective.
3
Increase the
Load inertia is
excessive.
acceleration/
deceleration time
constant
4
PCB is defective.
If HV alarm occurs with no
defect in items 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.
-
293
-
.
Replace the PCB.
3.12.3
16) Discharge alarm DCAL/DC
a) For M series servo
Item
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Corrective action
Discharge transistor Ql or the
PCB is defective.
The alarm occurs immediately
after turning on power.
2
PCB setting is
improper.
Terminal S26 is shorted even
though the separate regener¬
ative discharge unit is used
with the gravity axis.
Open terminal S26.
3
Machine tool
counterbalance is
The waveform shown in the
following figure is measured
at started periods on check
terminal CH10 while the
counterbalanced axis is
moving down at rapid traverse
Adjust the
counterbalance.
1
improper.
Replace transistor
Replace PCB.
Ql.
speed.
4
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high.
Check whether the positioning
frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per
Use a dwell period
and decrease the
second.
Check that this alarm indi¬
deceleration rate.
acceleration/
cator does not go on when the
rate is decreased.
1.2 ± 0.2 V
0V
Discharged
time width
1
J
0.2 + 0.2 V
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
Regenerative tran¬
sistor Ql is
defective or PCB
is defective.
2
PCB setting is
improper.
Checking points
Corrective action
DC alarm occurs immediately
after power is turned on.
Replace the tran¬
sistor Ql. Re¬
place the PCB.
Setting pin S2 is set to L
side even though a separate
regenerative discharge unit
Set S2 correctly.
is used.
-
294
3.12.3
Item
3
The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high.
17) Low power voltage alarm
a) For M series servo
Item
1
2
3
Checking points
Corrective action
Check whether the positioning
frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 times
per second. Check to see if
this alarm does not occur
when the rate is decreased.
Use a dwell period
and decrease the
Cause of trouble
Connection defec¬
tive between servo
transformer and
CN2 on the PCB.
PCB is defective.
deceleration rate.
LVAL/LV
Checking points
Cause of trouble
AC power voltage
is too low.
acceleration/
Corrective action
Check to see if connection
between input AC power vol¬
tage and servo transformer
tap is correct.
Correct the tap
Check to see if PCB voltage
Correct the con¬
nection.
+24 V and +15 V are correct.
Check that the servo trans¬
connection.
former terminals (41 - 43,
44-46, 47 - 49) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.
LVAL alarm occurs when above
items 1, 2 are normal.
Replace the PCB.
b) For AC servo
Item
1
Cause of trouble
AC power voltage
is too low.
Checking points
Check to see if the con¬
nection between input AC
Corrective action
Correct the tap
connection.
power voltage and servo
transformer is correct.
2
Connection defec¬
tive between servo
transformer and
PCB CN2.
3
+5 V fuse is blown
out
4
.
PCB is defective.
Check to see if PCB voltage
+24 V, +15 V and +5 V are
.
Correct the con¬
nection.
Check that servo
transformer terminal 41 - 49
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.
correct
Check to see if the fuse for
+5 V is blown out.
Replace the fuse.
PCB is defective if LV alarm
occurs when above items 1-3
have no problem.
Replace the PCB.
-
295
3.12.4
18) Other V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure)
If the V-READY off is not caused by the failures described before, check the
following items.
Item
1
100 VAC is not
supplied to
velocity control
unit
.
No fuse breaker is
turned off in AC
servo.
2
Checking points
Cause of trouble
Corrective action
Check to see if 100 V AC are
supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of velocity control unit.
Supply 100 V AC.
Check the no fuse breaker
button on/off state.
When the button is
off, proceed to
next
block.
Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo
Item
1
No fuse breaker
functions
2
Checking points
Corrective action
The operating condition is as
illustrated below.
This button is
pushed inward
during normal
®
operation of the
/
motor. If the
breaker has
functioned, turn
I
off the threephase power
TT1 [g
supply once;
then press this
button.
Reset the no fuse
breaker after
turning off the
power supply.
(Wait for about
10 minutes if the
no fuse breaker
cannot be reset
at once.)
No fuse breaker functions
simultaneously when power
supply is turned on after
countermeasure in item 1.
Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control
Cause of trouble
Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in velocity
unit
.
control unit.
3
Abnormal
mechanical load
Check to see if the motor
load current exceeds the
rated current during rapid
traverse while monitoring
CH10 and CHll or CHI 2 and CH3
(0 V) of PCB using an oscillo¬
scope
Eliminate abnormal
load from machine
tool side.
.
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module
1) External output power supply (+24E) fuse
When digital input modules ID [][] A and ID [] [] B are
(+24E) is fed to terminal board T1 of the main unit
feed the voltage to an external contact. Two types
inserted into this +24E power supply to protect the
I/O modules which are mounted on the I/O unit from a
a contact failure with other power lines.
-
296
used, +24 V power supply
and I/O unit in order to
of fuses F34 and F35 are
power supply modules and
short-circuit failure or
3.12.4
+24V
(2A)
F34
(2A)
F35
-CT"x_0
-Cr'ÿO
T1
-Q +24 E
+24V
power
supply
O
GND
GND
Power supply module
2
0
1
POW
CA15
CA16
mm
ID
C0P4
T1
ALC
ALD ©
+24 B ©
GND ©
M3 screw
}
Note 1
+24V(2At»—
GP31
F34
F35
victim
©
©
M4 tap
I/O unit
2) Fuse alarm in digital output module
The terminal board type digital output module is provided with built-in
fuses ,
If these fuses are blown out, the fuse alarm indicator lamp of corresponding
module lights to indicate the fuse failure. The following figure shows the
mounting positions of fuse alarm indicator lamps of each module and the
mounting positions of fuses.
-
297
3.12.4
OD08B, 0D16B
Module name
Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
fuses
u
c
©
©
]©j|o 00
01
d
02
. 3.2
S
03
A
f’ov
04
1©||Q Of)
IÿHo or>
3*2
l©l|o 07
D
CON
Ui
©
10
l©|o n
Rglo 12
13
CLV.
C3
co 3.2
©O
D A
HE14
©'jo
A
15
l©|o 16
|©|o 17
t’O?-
M
3.2
A
©
c
a
J
©
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator
-
FU4 is blown
If one of fuses FU1
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
O
<2
Fuse number
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
Output number
OS00-0S03
OS04-OF07
OS10-OS13
0S14-0S17
-
298
-
3.12.4
OD08C, 0D16C
Module name
Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
u
alarm indicator
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
fuses
c
©
n
00
01
mm
COM
02
3.2 3.2
jgli|03
rH
A
A
Cÿi
04
05
ill
06
07
COM
3.2 3.2
ji§3l3
co
A
A
3°2
3.2
•«-
fa
©
10
n
12
13
COM
m A
.ÿ§33 14
•m
A to
CJH
15
16
17
cm
mm
5 2
[>§]d
Eh
n
A
c
3.2
A CO
®
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator
If one of fuses Fl - F8 is blown out,
the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
Fuse No.
Output No.
o
a
Fl
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
osoo
OS02
OS03
OS04
OS05
0S06
OS07
0S10
OSOl
0S11
0S12
0S13
OSH
0S15
0S16
0S17
299
3.12.4
OA08D, 0A16D
Module name
u
Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
fuses
c
mm
~L
oo
mm
mmm\
mm
mm
01
02
6.3
A
03
COM
mm
mm
mmoc
mm
04
!>7
COM
6.3
A
HM
aaia 10
©
Cv]
pi
mm
11
12
13
6.3
COM
mm
A
14
CO
mm\15
&L,
1G
M17
0
COM
® i\
O
C
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator
-
If one of fuses FI
F4 is blown
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals
FI
Fuse number
Output number
JT
©
F2
OS00-OS03
-
300
-
OS04-OF07
a
F3
OS10-OS13
F4
0S14-0S17
3.12.4
OA08E, 0A16E
Module name
Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
fuses
u
c
x
©
1
O 00
01
©
So 03
O 02
a
COM
FI F2
''Fuse alarm
l©||o 04 lamp
#1
©Jo 05
IQllo 00
b 07
COM
alarm
©Bo 10 ''Fuse
lamp
li
©b
#2
©
F4 F3
\®¥ 12
©O 13
cov
00 14
So 15
Fuse alarm
lamp
F5 F6
#3
I©Ho 16
©to 17
x)
CON
©to
©
FU
''1
Fuse alarm
lamp
#4
Q
r
F7 F8
c
©
]
-
F8 is blown out, the above fuse
If one of fuses Fl
lights.
alarm lamp
Correspondence between fuse and lamp is
as follows.
F8 have no alarm indicator. Replace the fuse where
Fl
inside fuse element is blown out.
-
Correspondence of
fuses alarm lamp
number, fuse
number and output
number
.
Fl
Fuse No.
F2
F3
#4
#3
it 2
#1
Alarm lamp No.
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
OSOO OS02 OS04 OS06 0S10 0S12 0S14 0S16
OS01 OS03 OS05 OS07 0S11 0S13 0S15 OS 17
Output No.
-
301
4.
4. ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Procedure of Adjustment
This section shows adjustment procedure when the system is installed. Adjust
Details of each item are
your system according to the following items.
described in the table below.
Remarks
No.
Contents
1
Check external views of control unit and servo
unit
See Item 4.1 (1)
2
Check the connection of screw terminals.
See Item
3
External cables connection.
See Item 4.1 (3)
4
When power source for NC is "OFF", connect the
power input cable.
See Item
5
Check the insert position of connector and PCB,
See Item 4.1 (5)
6
Setting confirmation
Tap setting transformer
Velocity control unit PCB setting
Control section PCB setting
..
.
See Item 4.1 (6)
7
Check input power source voltage, frequency and
phase rotation.
See Item 4.1 (7)
8
Check that output voltage is not shorted with
ground.
See Item
9
Power on and check output voltage.
See Item 4.1 (9)
10
Adjustment of velocity control unit.
See Item 4.1 (10)
11
Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of
tape reader.
See Item 4.1 (11)
12
Check interface signal between NC and machine
side.
See Item 4.1 (12)
13
Setting and confirmation should be made for each
parameter and setting data.
See Item 4 1 (13)
14
Power off.
See Item
15
Connect motor power cable.
See Item 4 1 (15)
16
Power on.
See Item 4.1 (16)
17
Check movement of each axis by manual feed.
See Item 4.1 (17)
18
Adjustment for servo system.
See Item 4.1 (18)
19
Check whether all functions of NC operate
normally.
See Item
.
4.1 (2)
4.1 (4)
4.1 (8)
.
4.1 (14)
.
-
302
4.1 (19)
4.1
1) Check external or internal view of control unit and servo unit
Items
Check dirt and damage on external view of CRT/MDI unit, internal position
display unit, internal manual operation board, etc.
Check loosening fixture or detachment of PCB, tape reader unit, velocity
control unit, etc 3 inside of locker.
Check damage on cables, conduits, etc., inside of locker.
(Cover strippings, etc.)
2) Check that the connection of screw terminals is correct
Items
Terminal plate TPl or TB1 of input unit (U, V, W)
.
Terminal plate TP2 of input unit (EON, EOF, COM, FA, FB)
.
Terminal plate TP3 of input unit (200A, B).
Terminal plate TP4 of input unit (Ul, Vl , EMGIN1, 2, EMGOUTl, 2).
Terminal plate TB2 of input unit (R, S, 200A1, 200B1, others).
Power
ON/OFF
button of
CRT/MDI unit.
Terminal block of tape reader unit.
Terminal block of input transformer for export.
Terminal block for servo power transformer.
I00A, B TOHl 2)
,
(Primary and secondary side)
(Primary side, secondary side
Check that the cover is not detached (if applicable).
3) External cables connection
Check following items at time of installation for each unit
Items
After striping cable external cover, check whether the cable is connected to
the earth plate by cramp metal.
Check whether the larger (more than 14 mm2) protection earth cable is
connected between NC and machine side magnetics cabinet.
Check the protection earth is being one point earth type or not as connect¬
ing from the machine side magnetics cabinet to the grounding earth.
-
303
-
4.1
Check following items only for the initial equipment.
Items
Check whether all signal cables are made into unified shield.
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For motor signal)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For motor drive)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For velocity control unit interface)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For position coder)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For spindle analogue output)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For manual pulse generator)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For external position display)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For external CRT/MDI)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For Reader ‘puncher interface)
4) As setting power source for NC "OFF" connect the power input cable
Items
Disconnect motor power cables.
Short short bar S23 on the velocity control unit PCB for M series servo
motor.
Put short bar S10 to L-side on velocity control unit PCB for AC servo.
5) Check the mounting position of connector and PCB
Items
Are cramp screws for HONDA connector firmly tightened?
Are nail-type fixtures fitted with flat cable connector?
Are nail-type fixtures fitted with brown connector for power source?
-
304
4.1
Items
Are screws tightened for optional PCB?
faster PCB
]
Fitting screw
Optional PCB
Are ROMs exactly mounted with IC socket on ROM card.
6) Setting confirmation
Perform following items a) 'u e) for every unit at time of installation.
a) Tap set of transformer (see Item 4.2).
Items
Tap setting of servo power transformer.
Tap setting of input transformer for export.
b) Setting on control section PCB (see Item 6.1).
c) Setting on M series velocity control Unit PCB (see Item 6.2).
d) Setting on AC servo velocity control unit PCB (see Item 6.3).
e) Setting on AC spindle servo unit PCB (see Item 6.4).
7) Confirmation for input power source voltage and frequency
Items
When power source is used for control unit and servo unit, confirm that input
is applied as follows:
+10%
,
Hz +1 Hz, 3
AC 200/220 V
-15% 50/60
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)
Power source input for control unit only is applied as follows:
+10%
, 50,60 Hz +3 Hz, 1 i
-15%
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)
AC
200/220
V
Power source input for servo unit only is applied as followings:
AC
+10%
200/220 V -15% , 50,60
Hz +1 Hz, 3
i
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)
305
4.1
Items
Power source for export transformer is applied as follows:
+10%
AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550 V
-15%
Input power capacity is enough for consumptive power of control unit and
servo unit.
8) Confirm that output voltage is not shorted with ground
Items
Power unit output +5 V is not shorted with 0 V.
Power unit output +24 V is not shorted with 0 V.
Power unit output +15 V is not shorted with 0 V.
Power unit output -15 V is not shorted with 0 V.
9) Power on and check output voltage (see Item 3.4)
Items
Are the fans in the locker operating?
+5 V (Cl 2)
+24 V (C12)
At the check terminal on master
PCB or control PCB, confirm that
output voltage is within the
ranges at table to the right.
Confirm each output voltage at check
terminal on velocity control unit
+15 V (C12)
-15 V (C12)
CH15 (+24 V)
CH16 (+15 V)
CH17 (-15 V)
P.C.B.
+5.25 V
+4.75
+21.6 - +26.4 V
+14.25 - +15.75 V
-14.25 - -15.75 V
27 V
+22
+14.55 - 15.45 V
-14.55 - -15.45 V
10) Adjustment of velocity control unit (see Item 6.2)
Items
Confirm servo offset
a) Set RV2 on velocity control unit PCB to 50% (for pulse coder feedback).
Set RV2 so that voltage between CH6 and CH3 is within +0*5 V while short¬
ing between CHI and CH3 and between CH2 and CH3.
Note 1: When machine moves during adjustment, position deviation error stop
page or drift excessive error will occur. In this case, set
approx. 5000 to in-position width and position deviation limit
value. After adjustment, reset normal data. If the large data is
set to in-position width, automatic drift compensation is not
performed.
Note 2: Don't short CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (0 V) or CH2 and CH4 (0 V) on
velocity control PCB because hybrid IC on master PCB will be
damaged (This note applies to a system with pulse coder feedback)
.
-
306
4.1
11) Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of tape reader
(Refer to Item 3.5)
Items
After setting endless tape (repeating respectively punching and non-punching),
send the tape by setting switch for MANUAL.
1) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform at check terminals CHPS on the
photo-amplifier. Adjust it so that the ON/OFF timing ratio is 6:4 by RV1
(SP).
2) Measure the waveform between check terminals CHI and CH8 on the photo¬
amplifier using oscilloscope, and find the channel where the ON time
width is the shortest.
3) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest between CHI
and CHS and compare it with the waveform of CHPS. Adjust so that the
timing indicated below is obtained by RV2.
4) Confirm that the waveforms CHI and CH8 satisfy the timing in the diagram
below.
ON
OFF
r
CHPS waveform
ON: OFF = 6:4
Above
300/us
Shortest ON width
measured between
CHI and CI18
Above
—
1
300/as
ON
OFF
Note) Names of check terminal and variable resistor for tape reader
(A13B-0070-B001) are changed as below.
right side volume
1 A, 8, CHG + OV, RVl + SP, RV2
CHPS -> S, CHI 'v CH8
of SP.
12) Confirm interface signal between NC and machine side
Items
Refer to the self-diagnostic function table (see Item 3.7).
13) Setting and confirmation should be made for each parameter and setting data
Items
Refer to the parameter table (refer to Item 5.3).
Set parameter ADR (PRM, 1800, 0 bit) to
"1".
Set parameter PSF (Parameter No. 1802) to 0 for a resolver or an Inductosyn.
14) Turn off the power supply
15) Connect the motor power line
Open S23 for M series servo.
Set S10 to H side for AC servo.
307
4.1
16) Turn on the power supply
Items
If an alarm occurred, take corrective action according to the alarm list,
The motor rotates more or less simultaneously when MCC of the velocity
control unit was turned on, but it is soon reset due to the function of the
automatic drift compensating function. Then, the motor does not rotate
even when the power supply is turned on and off. Repeat the power on/off
operation and emergency stop several times and make sure that the motor
does not rotate.
17) Examine the movement of each axis by manual feed
Items
Try moving each axis every 10 pm by the manual pulse feed or incremental
feed. Check to see if the machine normally follows up the movement.
Operate the limit switches mounted on the machine while moving each axis
with low override by manual JOG feed; make sure that the machine stops
moving securely when an overtravel alarm was detected.
Move each axis while changing the override by manual JOG feed and manual
rapid traverse. Make sure that none of the alarms such as excessive error,
etc., appear even at the maximum feed rate.
18) Adjust the servo system
Items
Operate each axis by F4 digit feed in MDI mode, and check the positional
deviation amount by the CRT/MDI unit at this time (DGN No. 3000). Obtain
the position gain from the feed rate and positional deviation amount by the
following equation:
F: Feed rate (mm/min) (0.1 in/min), (deg/min)
16. 7F
E: Positional deviation amount (0.001 mm),_(0.0001 in), (0.01 deg)
G =
E
G: Position gain (sec *) (standard: 30 sec *)
Adjust the position gain to be less than +10% of the aimed value by turning
variable resistor (F/V converter voltage compensation) RV4 (in case of M
series servo) or RV3 (in case of AC servo) of the velocity control unit PCB.
The difference among axes should be within 1%. (Take the initial positional
deviation amount into due consideration.)
Perform standard setting and adjustment of the inductosyn, resolver inter¬
face PCB, referring to Subsec. 6.1.6.
308
4.2
19) Confirm that all functions of NC are able to operate normally.
Items
Perform a reference point return.
Perform setting of grid shift amount. This performance will become
effective only after power is turned off and on again. Confirmation
is required.
Running is made by the test tape being made to match the machine.
4.2 Connection of Power T ransformer
4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer
A control power transformer is required when the input power supply is other
than 200 VAC 50/60 Hz or 200 VAC 60 Hz.
This transformer can be installed in the free-standing type cabinet and FS12
built-in type cabinet only. As a power transformer is mounted in the machine
tool when the other type cabinets are used, refer to the manual issued by the
machine tool builder.
Check the transformer tap, and confirm that the voltage (at the NC power supply
terminal) is within +10% and -15% of the tap voltage. If the voltage is outside
this range, the tap must be changed.
OTBl
O
JQL
O 550
n 480
460
Y\
TB2
440
A
415
380
k
200
B
240
I 230
m
M
I200
PEE
O
COM CAUTION
o
A
o
Tap connection for 380 VAC
4.2.2 Connection of M series servo power transformer
1) Primary connections
a) For power transformers MA
MC (for Japan)
Power voltage
Connection of transformer primary terminals
200 V
U-2 , V-4 , W-6
220 V
U-l, V-3, W-5
-
309
4.2.2
b) For power transformers MAE
Power voltage
MCE (for countries other than Japan)
Connection of transformer primary terminals
Short between transformer
Connection of power
terminals
cables U, V, W _
190 V
(Common to 200 V)
U-3-7 , V-ll-15, W-19-23
230 V
(Common to 220 V)
U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22
4-8-12-16-20-24
380 V
U-3 , V-ll, W-19
4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24
420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)
U-3, V-ll, W-19
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
460 V
(Common to 480 V)
U-2 , V-10, W-18
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
U-l, V-9 , W-17
4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24
550 V
2) Secondary connections
a) For power transformers MA, MAE
b) For power transformers MB, MC, MBE,
MCE
31
32
33
34
35
Transformer
31
To T1(A), (1), (2) of
velocity control unit
for model OM, 5M
ToTl(A), (1), (2) of
velocity control unit
for Model 00M
32
33
34
35
Trans¬
former
36
MB
42
42
MAE
43
MC
43
MBE
44
To CN2(1), (2), (3)
of the 1st axis
44
45
MCE
45
To CN2(1), (2), (3)
of the 2nd axis
52
to CN2 (1), (2), (3)
of the 1st axis
To CN2 (1), (2), (3)
of the 2nd axis
47
To CN2(1), (2), (3)
of the 3rd axis
48
To CN2 (1), (2), (3)
of the 3rd axis
49
49
51
the 2nd and 3rd axis
46
46
47
48
To T1(A), (1), (2) of
41
41
MA
To T1(A), (1), (2) of
the 1st axis
To CN2(4), (5) of
the 1st axis
51
To CN2 (4), (5) of
52
the 1st axis
Fig. 4.2.1
Note: The output voltage of the power transformer differs for Model 00M.
(A voltage lower than the voltages for other motors is used.) If the
power transformer for other motors should be connected to the velocity
Be
control unit for Model 00M by mistake, it causes trouble.
particularly careful with connection, accordingly.
- 310
4.2.2
3) External dimensions of power transformer
175max
275max
Power
-a e-
3
L
Weight
transformer
s
£
MA
MAE
About 20 kg
MB
MBE
About 30 kg
MC
MCE
About 36 kg
CO
E
1
50
50
150
\
125
150
2B0 max
Connections of power
36
transformer MA31
Connection diagram of power
transformer MA - MC.
Connections of MA31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
at right.
I
I
220V
1 o- 200V
2>
iiI
1:1
220 V
30
V
20.0
4o
5 o 220V
V
6 o 200
Go
T-0 31
L-o 34
1—0 32
35
y-o 33
>-o 36
o 41
o 42
o 43
o 44
o 45
0 46
o 47
o 48
o 49
. TOH1 .;.i
-
E
To 1st axis
CN2
To 2nd axis
CN2
I
To 3rd axis
CN2
7TT
1ÿjn52}
*31 ~33
To 1st axis T1
*34~36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis T1
1
2
3
4
5
6
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
©4
To 1st axis
51
52
CN2
Connections of power
transformer MAE31 - 36
Connection diagram of power
transformer MAE - MCE.
Connections of MAE31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
_
H !°230V I!I
For motor
model 00M
0 35
0 36
1I
-1-
33
0 34
E
31
32
33
34
35
36
For motor
model 0M,5M
< 32
0
—°
Terminal layout of power
transformers MA - MC.
(Screw M4)
Terminal layout of power
transformers MAE - MCE.
at right.
275 V
1o
230 V
o
2
3 o 190V
275 V
_
pi] h
ovl8{>-oyJ| L
lOoUgOtSÿl —*
4 0
9 o275V
ijo
275V
E
_ovj16o_ovj
120
-21Q2Z5V
17027LV
230V
190V
19 0
OV
20 0
0
i <-
-0
47
To 3rd axis
48
CN2
TOH1
•TOH2
52
"°32
0 33
034
35
-036
For motor
model 00M
*31 ~33
To 1st axis T1
To 2nd axis
CN2
46
}
31
For motor
model OM, 5M
To 1st axis
CN2
42
•0 43
<5 44
l9aZjx|
Go
33
•o 41
|22ÿJ
I
!?h
E
l—o 36
I
Ho
18 0
'ÿ
031
1-0 31
L-o 34
1—o 32
l-o 35
*34~36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis T1
To 1st axis
CN2
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
17
18
19
20
5
6
7
8
13
14
15
16
21
'22
23
24
32
33
34
35
36
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
Fig. 4,2.2 (e)
-
311
4.2.3
4.2.3 Connection of AC servo power transformer
Be sure the input tap of the power supply transformer is set according to the
input voltage when connecting the power supply cable to the AC servo unit.
If set incorrectly, the AC servo unit may cause trouble.
I) Primary side connection
Connection of the transformer terminals and power supply cables U, V, and W
must follow the input supply voltage specifications in Tables (a) and (b)
a) For power supply transformers AA, MB and MC for Japan
.
Table 4.2.3 (a)
Power voltage
Connection of primary-side terminals
200 V
U-2, V-4, W-6
220 V
U-l, V-3, W-5
b) For power supply transformers MBE, and MCE for countries other than Japan
Table 4.2.3 (b)
Power voltage
Connection of primary-side terminals
Short between transformer
Connection of power
terminals
cables U, V, W
_
190 V
(Common to 200 V)
U-3-7, V-ll-15, W-19-23
230 V
(Common to 220 V)
U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22
4-8-12-16-20-24
380 V
U-3, V-ll, W-19
4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24
420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)
U-3, V-ll, W-19
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
460 V
(Common to 480 V)
U-2, V-10, W-18
4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24
U-l, V-9, W-17
4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24
550 V
- 312
4.2.3
c) Power transformer ME, ABE and ACE for Japan and other countries
Table 4.2.3 (c>
Connection of primary-side terminals
Power
voltage
Connection of power
cables U, V, W
Short between
transformer terminals
200 V
U-7, V-15, W-23
8-15, 16-23, 24-7
220 V
U-6, V-14, W-22
8-14, 16-22, 24-6
230 V
U-5, V-13 , W-21
8-13, 16-21, 24-5
240 V
U-4, V-12, W-20
8-12, 16-20, 24-4
380 V
U-6, V-14, W-22
420 V
U-4, V-12, W-20
460 V
U-3 , V-ll, W-19
480 V
U-2 , V-10, W-18
550 V
U-l, V-9, W-17
8-16, 16-24 or
(8-16-24)
Connection
type
Delta
connection
Star
connection
Remarks: If more than one power supply transformer is used, both must be
connected to the tap in the same way. Also, the connection of
transformer overheat must be done in the same manner.
2) Secondary side connection
a) For power supply transformers
M and ME
185 V
33
185 V
34
35
36
Power
trans¬
formers
AA and
AAE
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
ToTl(A), (1), (2) of
velocity control unit
for model 3-0 (3000
rpm max) 0,and 5
185V
31
32
120V
120V
'
120 V
b) For power supply transformers
MB, MC, MBE MCE, ABE and ACE
31
32
33
34
To T1(A), (1), (2) of
velocity control unit
for models 4-0 to 1-0
(3-0 is 2000 rpm max)
35
Power
Trans36
formors
MB, MC, 41
MBE,
and MCE
43
ABE and ,,
44
ACE
45
18V
0V
To CN2 (1), (2), (3)
of 1st axis
18V
18V
0V
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) o
of 2nd axis
18V
46
18V
0V
47
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of
3rd axis
48
49
18V
51
To CN2 (4), (5) of
1st axis
52
185 V
185V
185V
185V
185V
185V
Toll (A), (1), (2) of 1st axis
To T1 (A), (1), (2) of 2nd axis,
3rd axis
18V
0V
18V
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of 1st
axis
18V
0V
18V
To CN2 (1), (2) (3) of
2nd axis
18V
0V
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of
3rd axis
18V
To CN2 (4), (5) of
1st axis
Note: The models 4-0 to 1-0 motors use a relatively low power supply
If the higher voltage used for the other
transformer voltage.
models is applied to the velocity control unit for Models 4-0 to
1-0, it will cause an error.
-
313
4.2.3
3) Motors and power transformers used for each axis
Table 4.2.3 (d)
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
Power
transformer
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0, 3-0, Transformer AA
(AAE)
2-0
2-0
2-0
(1.5 kVA)
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Model 5
2-0
2-0
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 1-0,0
2-0, 1-0
Models 4-0, 3-0, Model 5
2-0, 1-0,
0
Remarks
Models 4-0, 3-0
(2000 rpm max) ,
2-0, 1-0, and
0 use trans¬
former output
terminals 34,
35, 36, while
Models 3-0
(3000 rpm max)
and 5 use
transformer
output termi¬
nals 31, 32,
33.
Model 5
Model 5
Models 5, 10
Model 10
Model 5
Transformer MB
(MBE , ABE)
(2.5 kVA)
Model 10
Transformer MC
(MCE, ACE)
(5 kVA)
Models 20, 30
Model 5
Model 5
Model 5
Models 20, 30
See Note.
Model 30R
Note: Two or more transformers MC, MCE, or ACE, become necessary according to
the load conditions in the case of Models 10, 20, 30 x 3 axis.
-
314
-
4.2.3
4) Connections in the power supply transformer
Connections for power supply
transformers AA, MB, and MC
(Connection for 31-36 of AA
is as shown at right.)
i
1
2
220 V
* 200 V
220V
30
V
4 20.0
*
5o 220V
g o_200V
I
I
— 31
L-o°
E
34
32
1—6 35
-r—o 33
36
« 41
o 42
43
0
31
32
33
34
35
36
34
120V0 35
120V0
36
1
2
3
4
5
6
41
42
43
44
45
« 45
0
46
•047
. TOH1
777-
E
B
L-o
I
185V
31
185V
©32
185V0
33
120V 0
Terminal layout of power
supply transformers AA,
MB, and MC.
°
"|
L
II
3I
1E
E
Go
Connections for power
supply transformers AA
31 to 36.
46
47
48
49
©Jr
048
0 49
/TOH2~°51
52
51
52
<3
Models for countries other than Japan
Connections for power supply
transformers MBE, and MCE.
(Connection for 31-36 of
MAE is as shown at right)
275V
1o
2 230V
3 190V
OV
4
_ 275 V
q *
275V
ml
*
*
13O2Z5V =»
S14o130Vj
10 0MV
i
11*
12
190V
'
liojqi|
lite-.9V llI
275 V
<>ÿ
OV
17*
230V
I80
190V
19*
OV
20*
,21o 275V
|23ÿMv|lI
Boo.230V 11
l24o-ÿJ|
1
it
I
G*
1-0 31
L-o 34
1—0 32
L-o 35
t-o 33
L-o 36/
Connections of power
transformer MAE
31 to 36.
Terminal layout of power
supply transformers MBE
and MCE.
031
E
032
33
0 34
0 35
0 36
42
-o 43
0
o 44
o 45
046
31
32
J.
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
0
47
0 48
0 49
TOHI 051
20
T0H2 0 52
5
2
3
4
8
33
34
35
36
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
-
315
4.2.3
Terminal layout of power supply
transformer AAE.
Connection of power supply transformer
AAE.
1
460V
a
415/240 V
230 V
4 O
5 O
200 V
a
I
0V
550 V
a
L
I
480V
10 O
460V
ii a
415/240 V
12 O
230 V
13 O
I
I
200 V
a
0V
16 O
550V
17 O
480 V
18 O
460V
19 O
415/240 V
20 a
230 V
21 O-
380/220 V
22 O23 O
31
32
—O 32
5
120V
120V
-O 34
O 35
O 36
a
4 Q
5 a
6 O
13
9
14
10
15
11
16
12
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
*=•
51
52
O 43
18V
O 44
0V
-O 45
18 V
-O 46
18V
-O 47
0V
O 48
18V
O 49
O 51
—
0 52
Terminal layout of power supply
transformers ABE and ACE.
550V
8 09O
10 O
11 O
12 O
31
32
480 V
460 V
185 V
230 V
380/220 V
185 V
200 V
550V
185 V
480V
460V
19 O
20 O
21 O-
22 O-
9
10
11
12
17
18
19
20
O 33
O 36
230 V
18V
I
200V
15 O—
18 O
-O 32
415/240 V
o-380/220V
a
O 34
2
3
4
-O 35
0V
13 O
17 O
1
31
415/240 V
7O
0V
550V
0V
18V
18V
0V
480V
18V
460V
18V
415/240 V
1
230V
380/220 V
18V
TOII,
0V
TOH,
4r
7
35
8
13
36
34
41
14
42
15
16
43
21
45
46
22
23
24
44
47
48
49
52
O 43
-O 44
O 45
-O 46
O 47
49
51
O 52
i
QO
33
51
O 42
o
5
6
4-
O 41
200V
23 O-
24 O
34
35
36
41
Ur
±
2O
16
2
3
4
O 42
18V
TOI 1i
TOHj
ov
Ia
14
6
O
0V
33
7
8
O 41
Connection of power transformers
ABE and ACE.
3
1
200 V
24 O
aa
[
~0 31
185V O 33
18V
380/220 V
14 O
15
185V
120V
8 O
9
I
380/220 V
6 O
7
L
i.
480 V
2 O
3
185 V
550 V
o
TYJ
-
316
5.
5. PARAMETER
5.1 Parameter Display
5.1,1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error compensation data
1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data
1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.
5.2 Parameters Setting
5.2.1 Parameter tape format
1) Format of parameter tape except pitch error compensation data
Parameters are classified into the following based on data formats:
Data format
Bit type
Bit axis type
Byte type
Byte axis type
Word type
Word axis type
2-word type
2-word axis type
Data range
Remarks
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
+127
0 - +127
0 - +32767
0
+32767
0
+99999999
0
+99999999
-
-
Note 1) Independent data can be specified for each control axis if axis types
are used.
Note 2) Data ranges are general ranges. Data ranges vary based on parameters.
See the explanation of each parameter for more information.
a) Bit type parameter tape format
P
N
;
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
: Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
following P.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
NOOOO P00010001; or NO P10001;
P
-
317
5.2.1
b) Bit axis type parameter tape format
P
A
N
;
The
data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
N
:
integer)
: An axis number (1 - 15) (A positive integer)
: Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
following P.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and Parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
N0012 A1 P0000011; or N12 A1 Pll;
N00I2 A2 P0000010; or N12 A2 PIO;
N0012 A3 POOOOOIO ; or N12 A3 P10;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N12 A1 Pll A2 P01 A3 P01;
A
P
c) Byte type parameter tape format
P
N
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
P
: Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P.
(An
integer)
Valid data range depends on the parameters.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
1)
Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note
2)
Leading
zeros can be omitted.
Note
Example :
N2010 P100;
d) Byte axis type parameter format
P
N
A
;
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
15) (A positive integer)
A
; An axis number (1
P
: Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P.
Specific data ranges vary according to parameters.
End
of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
:
1)
Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note
2)
Leading
Note
zeros can be omitted.
_
-
Example:
e)
f)
g)
h)
N1020 A1 P88;
N1020 A2 P89;
N1020 A3 P90;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N020 A1 P88 A2 P89 A3 P90
Word-type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
Word-axis type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
318
5.2.2
Example of a parameter (except pitch error compensation data) tape:
%;
NO PI;
N3 PO;
N10 P10;
Nil PO;
%
2) Pitch error compensation data tape format
N
P
N
: 5-digit numeric value (10000+ pitch error compensation point number)
after N (positive integer)
P
: Pitch error compensation value after P (An integer)
Valid data range is -7 - 7.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note) Address N and P should be in the order described above.
Example of pitch error compensation data tape (ISO code)
%5
N10000 PI;
N10001 P4;
N10002 P-7;
N10003 P-3;
N10004 P2 ;
%
5,2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Put the system into MDI mode or emergency stop status.
Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
Enter 8000.
Press the software key 'INP-N0.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.
7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Mount the parameter tape on the tape reader.
9) Press the software key 'READ' and then software key 'ALL'. The parameter
tape is read and parameters are set.
10) Temporarily turn NC power off.
5.2.3 Setting from MDI
1) Put the screen into MDI mode or emergency stop status.
2) Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
3) Enter 8000.
4) Press the software key 'INP-NO.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
5) Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.
-
319
5.3
7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Enter the data number of the parameter to be set and press the 'INP-NO.'
software key. The screen for the parameter to be set will be displayed.
9) Enter the data to be set and press the 'INPUT' software key; the entered
data is assigned. Data can be continuously input from the selected data
number by delimiting data ;
Example :
If 10; 20; 30; 40 are entered and the software key 'INPUT' is pressed, 10,
20, 30, and 40 are sequentially assigned to the parameters starting with
the parameter indicated by the cursor.
10) Repeat steps 7), 8) and 9).
11) After parameters are established, set 0 to the parameter PWE of data number
8000 to inhibit further parameter setting.
12) Reset the NC and release the alarm 'Parameters can be established'. If the
alarm 'A parameter which requires to turn NC power to be temporarily turned
off has been established* appears, turn NC power off.
' '.
5.3 Parameter Tape Punch
5.3.1 Punching ail parameters
1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'ALL' software key and all of
the parameters will be punched.
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensation data
1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key and
parameters (except the pitch error compensation data) are punched.
5.3.3
1)
2)
3)
Punching pitch error compensation data
Connect a punch unit to the I/O
Put the system into EDIT mode.
interface.
Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PITCH' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key and
parameters on the pitch error compensation data are punched.
-
320
-
5.4
5.4 Parameters
For details,
Parameters are specified by type of function as follows.
10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E)
see
Parameter list
1) Parameter related to setting
Contents
Parameter No.
0000
TV check is performed or not.
TV check is performed or not during control out.
ISO code is with parity bit or not.
Method of punching EOB by ISO code.
Punch code is ISO or EIA.
0010
Input unit is by metric or inch.
Single block stop in custom macro is performed or not.
0011
08000
08000
0012
'v
08999 programs can be edited or not.
08999 programs are displayed on executing.
Mirror image ON/OFF.
Each axis scaling Validity/Invalidity.
0020, 0021
Input device No. for foreground.
0022, 0023
Input device No. for background.
2) Parameter related to timer
Contents
Parameter No.
.
0100
Timer 1 (Accumulated power on hour)
0101
Timer 2 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).
0102
Timer 3 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).
3) Parameters related to axis control
Contents
Parameter No.
1000
In-position and interlock condition.
1002
Linear axis detection unit.
1004
Each axis setting unit.
Input unit is multiplied by 10 or not.
1005
Setting related to reference point return.
External deceleration signal, machine lock, and axis detach
signal are valid or invalid.
321
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
1006
Setting inch/metric conversion is
Setting machine coordinate system
automatic reference point return.
Setting machine coordinate system
compensation.
Axis movement amount is specified
Specifying manual reference point
required or not.
for stroke check and
for stored pitch error
by diameter or radius.
return direction.
1020
Program axis name of each axis.
1021
Axis number in parallel axis.
1022
Specifying each axis in basic coordinate system.
1023
Servo axis number of each axis.
1030
2nd auxiliary function command address.
1031
Standard axis.
4) Parameters related to coordinate system
Contents
Parameter No.
1220
Each axis external work zero point offset value.
1221
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 1.
1222
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 2.
1223
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 3.
1224
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 4.
1225
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 5.
1226
Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 6.
1240
Coordinate value of the 1st reference point in the machine
coordinate system.
1241
Coordinate value of the 2nd reference point in the machine
coordinate system.
1242
Coordinate value of the 3rd reference point in the machine
coordinate system.
1243
Coordinate value of the 4th reference point in the machine
coordinate system.
1260
Movement value of rotary axis per rotation.
-
322
5.4
5) Parameters related to feed rate
Contents
Parameter No.
1400
Dry run is valid or invalid for rapid traverse command.
Dry run is valid or invalid for thread cutting command.
Manual rapid traverse is valid or invalid from reference
point return after power on.
Skip function feed rate.
Positioning is by non-linear interpolation type or linear
interpolation type.
2nd feed rate override is valid or invalid.
1401
External deceleration invalid for all feeds or only for
rapid traverse.
1410
Dry run rate.
1412
Percentage to rapid traverse override FI.
1413
Manual handle feed allowable flow.
1414
Magnification n of manual handle feed.
1420
Rapid traverse rate of each axis.
1421
Fo-rate for each axis rapid traverse override.
1422
Maximum cutting feed rate of each axis.
1423
Jog feed rate of each axis.
1424
Manual reference point return FM rate of each axis.
1425
Manual reference point
1426
External deceleration rate for cutting feed.
1427
External deceleration rate at rapid traverse of each axis.
1428
Feed rate of skip function.
6) Parameter related
return FL rate of
each axis.
acceleration/deceleration control
Contents
Parameter No.
acceleration/deceleration
is by linear or
1600
Rapid traverse
exponential.
1620
Linear type rapid traverse
constant of each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
time
1621
Linear type rapid traverse
rate of each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
FL
1622
Cutting feed
each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
323
constant time of
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
1623
1624
Cutting feed
Jog feed
acceleration/deceleration
FL rate of each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
constant time of each
acceleration/deceleration
FL rate of each axis.
axis.
1625
Jog feed
1626
Chamfering time constant at thread cutting cycle of each
axis.
1627
FL rate at thread cutting cycle of each axis.
1628
Exponential type rapid traverse
time constant of each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
1629
Exponential type rapid traverse
FL rate of each axis.
acceleration/deceleration
1630
Parameter 1 to establish linear
prior to interpolation.
acceleration/deceleration
1631
Parameter 2 to establish linear
prior to interpolation.
acceleration/deceleration
7) Parameter related to servo
Contents
Parameter No.
1800
Automatic drift compensation is performed or not.
Servo alarm occurs or not when velocity control ready
signal (VRDY) turns on before position control ready signal
turns on.
Follow-up is performed or not during servo-off.
1802
Automatic setting of phase shift value has completed or not.
Servo off signal is valid or invalid.
1810
Feed back pulse frequency is checked or not.
Setting of compensations! rate of backlash and pitch error
compensation.
Position control LSI is checked or not at turning on power.
Feed back pulses of pulse coder is monitored or not.
1815
Position detective method is by digital feed back or analog
feed back.
1816
Setting of reference counter capacity.
Setting of detective multiplier.
1820
Command multiplier (CMR) of each axis.
1825
Servo loop gain of each axis.
1826
Loop gain multiplier of each axis.
1827
In-position width of each axis.
-
324
-
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
1828
Position deviation limit value at servo off of each axis.
1829
Position deviation limit value at stoppage of each axis,
1830
Position deviation limit value at servo off at each axis.
1831
Lowest clamp value of velocity command value of each axis.
1832
Feed stop position deviation of each axis,
1833
Position detector phase shift value of each axis.
1834
Drift compensation amount of each axis,
1835
Number of pulse per pulse coder one rotation.
1850
Grid shift amount of each axis.
1851
Backlash compensation of each axis.
1890
Feed back pulse check move distance of each axis.
8) Parameter related to
DI/DO
Parameter No.
Contents
2000
Resetting signal (RST) is always output or only when
reset button on MDI panel is pressed.
Rewinding signal (RWD) is output only when tape reader
is rewinded or when either tape reader or program in memory
is rewinded,
Cycle start lamp signal (STL) is output or not during
operation by manual numeric command.
Cycle start lamp signal is output or not when programs are
registered by cycle start signal in tape editting mode.
Cycle operating signal (OP) is turned on or not at
searching for sequence number.
MDI mode can be started or not by pressing start button on
the panel.
Programs are registered by cycle start signal in tape
editing mode or not.
2001
Reset or alarm is effective at emergency stop.
If all of the mode selection signal turn off, no mode is
assumed or the previously selected mode is assumed.
Incremented feed amount is specified by magnification
specification signals MP1, MP2 and MP3.
Rapid traverse override signal R0V1 and R0V2 has a standard
interface or logical 0/1 reverse interface.
Selection BMI or FS3/FS6 as machine interface.
Selection FS3 or FS6 interface.
External operation command signal EF is output or not.
2010
Delay time of strobe signal MF, SF, TF, BF.
- 325
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
2011
Acceptance width of M, S, T and B function completion
signal (FIN)
2014
Mode unselected status ignore time.
2015
Invalid mode selection status ignore time.
2016
Manual feed rate override clamp value.
2020
Software operator's panel (+) direction command button.
2021
Software operator's panel (-) direction command button.
.
9) Parameter related to
MDI/EDIT/CRT
Contents
Parameter No.
2200
All of the programs are loaded at once by external I/O
device next to programs previously loaded or after deleting
previous programs.
When program with the same program number as the one already
loaded, program can not be loaded by alarm or loaded after
deleting previously loaded programs.
M02, M30 and M99 are assumed as program end or not in
program loading,.
M99 is assumed as program end in program loading.
09999 are deleted or not by all program
Program No. 09000
deleting operation or command.
-
2201
Program editing of program No. 09000 % 09999 is prohibited
or not.
09999 are displayed or not during
Program No. 09000
execution.
Single block is stopped or not at the macro statement of
programs 09000 - 09999.
-
2202
Display on external position display and position display
on CRT are by standard unit or by 10 magnification of
standard unit.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool length
compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool radius
compensation/tool nose R compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay in servo or not.
Machine position display or CRT is with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
Machine position display on CRT is with considering the
delay at servo or not.
-
326
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
2203
Machine position display on CRT is by detective unit or
inch/metric unit.
10) Parameters related to programming
Parameter No.
2400
Contents
Decimal point is input by conventional or calculator
method
Feed per minute F code in metric without decimal point is
processed by 1 mm/min or 0.1 mm/min unit.
Commands of inch input and metric input are G20/21 or
.
G70/G71.
Condition setting of M30 at memory operation.
Always dwell per minute or dwell per minute in feed per
minute mode and dwell per revolution in feed per revolution
mode
G code system selection.
.
2401
Mode at power turn on and in clear status.
2402
Travel command path for absolute are same as for
incremental or not after manual intervention by manual
absolute on,
2410
Arc radius error limit value.
2411
M codes 1-8 which do not perform buffering.
2418
2900
Distance between double turrets.
11) Parameters related to Reader/puncher interface
Contents
Parameter No.
5001
I/O device No. connected
to
Reader/puncher interface.
5003
5011
I/O
device No. connected to
ASR33/44 interface.
5110, 5120,
5130, 5140,
5150, 5160
Reader/puncher device specification number corresponding
device No. 1-6.
5110, 5121,
5131, 5141,
5151, 5161
Stop bit number of Reader /puncher device corresponding to
5112, 5122,
5132, 5142,
5152, 5162
Band rate corresponding to device No. 1-6.
device No. 1-6.
327
to
5.4
12) Parameter related to stroke limit
Contents
Parameter No.
5200
Stored stroke limit inhibited area is in interior or
exterior.
5210
Stored stroke limit is checked or not.
5220
(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of
each axis.
5221
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of
each axis.
5222
(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of
each axis.
5223
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of
each axis.
5224
(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of
each axis.
5225
(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of
each axis.
13) Parameter related pitch error compensation
Contents
Parameter No.
5420
Pitch error compensation number for reference point of each
axis.
5421
Pitch error compensation point number nearest the
of each axis
5422
Pitch error compensation point number nearest the
of each axis
5423
Pitch error compensation magnification for each axis.
5424
Interval of pitch error compensation for each axis.
5425
Movement amount per rotation in rotating axis type pitch
error compensation.
328
end
"+"
end
5.4
14) Parameter related to spindle control
Parameter No.
5600
Contents
Voltage polarity of spindle speed analog output.
Gear change system during thread cutting or tapping.
Spindle orientation or gear shift is performed by spindle
orientation signal (SOR).
Spindle speed output is by analog or 12 bit binary output.
5601
Spindle override is valid or invalid.
Spindle override is valid or invalid during thread cutting
or tapping.
When spindle speed command beyond maximum spindle speed,
speed is clamped it maximum speed or an alarm occurs.
Gear select signal output is code output or signal output
corresponding to gear selection.
SF signal is output or not when gear select signal is
.
output
SF signal is output when gear select signal is output
or when S code is commanded.
Type of spindle speed analog output/spindle speed binary
output
Gear selection on the machine side.
.
5602
Spindle stop signal (SSTP) input type.
One of gear select signal and BCD S code is output or
both of them are inputted.
Gear select signal input type.
Alarm of spindle velocity control unit in checked or not.
Tool position offset amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis.
Tool length compensation amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis,
Present position or end point coordinate value is used in
positioning command during constant surface speed control.
Speed arrival signal is used or not.
5603
Gear select condition for 3/6 interface.
Position coder disconnection is checked or not.
5610
Gear ratio of spindle to position coder.
5611
Sampling number for finding the moving average of spindle
speed.
5612
Spindle speed unit generated by BMI.
5613
Offset voltage compensation value of spindle speed analog
output.
5614
Gain adjusting data of spindle speed analog output.
5615
Spindle speed during spindle gear shift.
5616
Time upto new spindle speed after spindle gear select
signal is output.
- 329
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
5617
Spindle speed during spindle orientation.
5618
Minimum clamp speed of spindle motor.
5619
Maximum clamp speed of spindle motor.
5620
Time for checking the speed arrival signal.
5621
Maximum spindle speed corresponding to gears.
5
5628
5631
5
Spindle speed at each gear switching point during tapping
and thread cutting.
5637
5640
Axis number of constant surface speed.
5641
Minimum spindle speed at gear during constant surface speed
control.
*
5648
15) Parameter related to tool compensation
Parameter No.
6000
Contents
New offset value is valid after the next block where D or H
code is specified or valid after the next block.
Tool position compensation is specified by D code or H code.
Tool position compensation is effective or not for arc
.
command
Axis selection for tool length compensation.
Tool length compensation vector can be cleared by reset or
not.
Offset number of tool position offset is specified by low
order two digits or by low order one digit of the T code.
Condition to execute tool position offset.
6001
Start up type of tool R compensation or tool nose R
compensation.
Condition of interference check of tool R compensation or
tool nose R compensation.
Tool position compensation geometry offset is performed
shifting work coordinate system or by moving the tool.
Tool wear offset of tool position compensation is performed
by shifting work coordinate system or moving the tool.
Offset number specifying method of geometry and wear in
tool position compensation.
Offset state when tool number 0 is specified.
-
330
-
5.4
Parameter No.
Contents
6002
Setting of offset amount unit.
Tool position compensation amount is specified by diameter
or radius value.
Position recode signal (PRC) is used or not when tool
position offset amount is inputted directly.
6010
Limit value to ignore small movement amount created by tool
R compensation.
6011
Denominator constant by three-dimensional tool offset.
16) Parameters related to canned cycle
Parameter No.
Contents
6200
Selection of drilled axis in canned cycle.
Dwell command is valid or not by P in canned tapping cycle.
Tool return direction and movement amount in canned fine
boring cycle and canned back boring cycle after spindle
orientation.
Movement to drilling point in canned cycle is done by rapid
traverse or by linear interpolation.
Initial level point is changed or not when origin setting is
above by reset or MDI during canned cycle.
G80 and G81 are specified by canned cycle or external
operation command.
6201
Spindle control in canned cycle is performed or not by M
code.
M05 is output or not when spindle rotation direction is
changed
FFIN signal or FIN signal which corresponds to SSP signal
and SRV signal.
FMF signal is output or not after returning to R point
or initial point when SSP and SRV are output.
FMF signal is output or not when SSP and SRV are output.
.
6202
Cutting cycle is performed or not at the block which has no
movement command during signal cutting cycle mode.
Finishing workpiece is performed or not at the end of
roughing cycle.
Override can be applied or not to infeed during roughing
cycle.
6210
Return amount of canned cycle G73.
6211
Clearance amount of canned cycle G83.
6212
Chamfering amount of thread cutting cycle.
6213
Chamfering angle of thread cutting cycle.
6214
Overcutting override value of roughing cycle.
331
5.4
Contents
Parameter No.
6215
Retract amount in roughing cycle.
6216
Clearance amount in rough cutting cycle.
6217
Return amount in peck cycle.
6218
Minimum cutting amount in thread cutting cycle.
6219
Finish allowance in thread cutting cycle.
6220
Number of spark-out in thread cutting cycle.
6240
Tool retract direction after G76, G87 orientation.
17) Parameter related to scaling and coordinate system rotation
Parameter No.
Contents
6400
Designation of angle of coordinate system rotation.
6410
Magnification of scaling.
6411
Angle of coordinate system rotation.
18) Parameter related to one directional positioning
Parameter No.
6820
Contents
One directional positioning and approach amount.
19) Parameter refer to custom macro
Parameter No.
Contents
7000
Custom macro is called or not by T, S and B codes.
Custom common valiables 1#100 - #199 are cleared or not by
reset
.
7010
EIA code which represents
is set by hole pattern.
7011
EIA code which represents
is set by hole pattern.
7012
EIA code which represents # is set by hole pattern.
7013
EIA code which represents
-
332
*
is set by hole pattern.
5.5
Contents
Parameter No.
7014
EIA code which represents = is set by hole pattern.
7050
G code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9010
9019.
7059
7071
M code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9001
'o
9009.
7079
20) Parameter related to service
Contents
Parameter No.
8000
Parameters setting which can not be specified by setting
input are forbidden or allowed.
CRT screen is automatically changed or not to the error
message screen when an error is caused.
When parameter PWE is 1, an error is indicated or not.
8010
When power is turned off, parameter at data number 8000 is
set to 0 or maintained.
5.5 PMC Data Setting and Display (PCPRM)
Parameters of timer, counter, keep relay, data table, and positioning module are
set and displayed from CRT/MDI unit.
For this operation, depress soft key | PCPRM | of PC basic menu to bring up the
following menu.
TIMER
COUNTER
KEEPRL
POS
DATA
In case of PMC-I, NC must be set to the MDI mode or emergency stop status for
data setting.
5.5.1 Timer setting and display
The variable timer time is set and displayed. If timer screen does not appear,
depress | TIMER ~| soft key to bring up the timer screen.
Timer No.
(1
40)
-
TIMER
77o
001
002
DATA
2000
10000
015
0
016
DATA
1000
030
0
NO
Fig. 5.5,1 Timer screen
333
5.5.1
Specifi¬
cations
Timer
No.
1
-
Minimum
setting time
8
50 ms
9-40
Maximum
Setting time
1638.3 sec
8 ms
262.136 sec
1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI unit
(T) For timer setting in the case of PMC, set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, and turn on the NC parameter for writing parameters (Data
This operation is not required for display.
No. 8000, PMW)
(?) Display the timer screen (see Fig. 5.5.1) by depressing the PCPRM | soft
key of PMC basic menu.
(5) Bring data of necessary timer No. on the screen by depressing page key
| 4- |. Stop (4) and subsequent steps are required for timer setting.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) The timer is set by depressing | INPUT ' key after entering timer data by
numeric keys.
For subsequent data setting, repeat the operation,
starting with step (3).
(6) After setting timer data, turn off the NC parameter for writing
parameters. Depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic menu.
.
5.5.2 Counter setting and display
If
Set and display the preset values and integrated values of the counter.
counter screen does not appear, depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter
screen.
— Preset
Counter No.
(1
-
20)
value
— Integrated value
COUNTER
Nb
ADDRESS
PRESET
01
02
03
COO
C04
C08
26520
1200
0
CURRENT
1120
0
0
15
Fig. 5.5.2 Counter screen
1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel
(T) After changing a menu by depressing | PCPRM~| soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter screen, (See Fig. 5.5.2).
(2) Display data of necessary counter number by depressing page key | 1 [. The
operation in (3) and subsequent steps are required for setting counter
_
data.
-
334
5.5.3
(3)
Set key
Set NC to MDI mode (emergency stop status in case of PMC-I).
interface
for
an
Set
BMI
KEY=1
interface.
signal KEY4=1 in case of
corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by using the cursor
(4)
key.
The counter is set by depressing | INPUT ~] key after entering counter data
by numeric keys. For setting subsequent data, repeat the operation
starting with step (4)
After setting counter data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
menu
(5)
_
.
(6)
.
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data
Set the display keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data. If keep relay
soft key to bring the keep relay
screen is not displayed, depress |
KEEPRL~1
screen.
KEEP RELAY
ADDRESS
NO
K00
01
KOI
02
15
K14
DATA
10100011
00011100
11000101
Fig. 5.5.3 Keep relay screen
1) Setting and display of keep relay
(T) For data setting in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on the NC parameter for writing
parameters. This operation is not required for display.
(2) After changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ] soft key of PMC basic menu,
(See Fig.
depress 1 KEEPRL | soft key to display the keep relay screen.
5.5.3.)
(5) Bring data of necessary keep relay on the screen by depressing page key
The operation in (4) and subsequent steps are required for setting
the keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) Set keep relay data by depressing | INPUT 1 key after inputting numeric
keys. Perform operation from (4) for setting subsequent data.
(6) After setting keep relay data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC
basic menu.
2) Setting and display of nonvolatile memory control data
Set and display nonvolatile memory control data in the same way as in setting
and displaying the keep relay.
Nonvolatile memory control data are displayed at No. 17 address K16 on the
keep relay screen and only data of bit 6 and 7 are used.
m.
- 335
5.5.4
5.5.4 Setting and display of data table
If no data table screen is displayed, the data table control data screen (see
Fig. 5,5.4 (a)) appears by depressing the | DATA | soft key of PMC parameter menu.
If correct data are being set as data table control data, data contents (see
Fig. 5.5.4 (b) , (c)) of data table #1 are displayed first by depressing page
#n are displayed each time page key
key, and the data of data table #2, #3,
is depressed hereafter.
...
DATA TABLE CONTROL DATA
NO. ADDRESS PARAMETER NO. OF DATA OFFSET SPECIAL TABLE NO.O
3
DOOOO
000
2150
20
0
31520
001
D0002 00000110
20000
0
0
10
002
D0010 00000110
12300
0
003
550
D0018 10000000
42
No. of tables
Table 1 control data
Table 2 control data
Table 3 control data
004
005
Data of table intternal No. 0
Special display data
Offset data
No. of data
Table parameters
014
Fig. 5.5.4 (a) Data table control data screen
Table internal
No.
Indicates the number of data table group.
DATA TABLE DATA #001
DATA
ADDRESS
NO.
12550
0000
D0026
120
D0028
0001
D0030
1500
0002
0014
NO.
0015
ADDRESS
DATA
0029
Fig. 5.5.4 (b) Data table data screen
-
336
5.5.4
DATA TABLE OF MONITOR #0.04
TOOL NO.
ADDRESS
NO.
MAX.
D0320
250
11252
01
190
02
D0324
14
200
03
1240
D0328
AVERAGE
80
62
73
15
Fig. 5.5.4 (c) Monitor data table screen
(Display screen of each data for monitor control MONI (SUB 47))
1) Setting and display of data table control dat
Only control data of each data table are displayed in the format shown in
Fig. 5.5.4 (a). Data of data number 0 are data of the number of data tables.
Only NO. OF DATA column is used for setting the number of data tables. No. 1
and subsequent data serve as table control data of each data table.
The following data are set and displayed from the CRT/MDI.
PARAMETER : Table parameter
NO. OF DATA: No. of data (Set the number of
line. )
: Offset data
OFFSET
: Special display data
SPECIAL
TABLE NO. 0: Data of table internal number 0
(T)
tables used in case of No=0
For setting data in the case of PMC-I; set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4=1 in the case of BMI interface, or KEY=1 in the
_______
case of FS3 or FS6 interface.
Depress [ PCPRM~] soft key of PMC basic menu and depress [DATA | soft key
after changing the menu.
(5) The data table control screen appears as shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a).
For displaying the table control data screen after No. 15, depress page
key | i | to display the next data.
For data setting, the operations in (4) and subsequent steps are
required.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of
CRT/MDI panel.
(5) Depress | INPUT ] key after setting data by numeric keys.
(6) Data are changed at the designated cursor position.
(7) For setting subsequent data, repeat operation starting with (4).
68) For setting data table data after setting control data, depress page key
See 2) in the next paragraph.
to display the data table screen.
To return to the PMC basic menu, depress j RET ] key.
2) Setting and display of data table
(T) For setting data in the case of PMC-I set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4+1 in the case of BMI interface, or set KEY=1 in
the case of interface corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
This operation is not required for data dispaly.
- 337 -
(T)
5.5.5
(2)
Depress | DATA | soft key after changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ]
soft key of PMC basic menu.
The data control data screen shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a) appears first.
Depress page key to display the data table screen. See Fig. 5.5.4 (b).
Data of data table 1 appears on the data table screen.
By depressing page key again, data of table 2 appears. Data tables 3, 4,
are sequentially selected, each time page key is depressed.
Display the data table screen of corresponding table.
If 30 or more data table data are present, display the next data by
depressing page key 1 -t- |.
The operations in (4) and subsequent steps are required for data setting.
Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of the
CRT/MDI panel.
Depress | INPUT 1 key after setting data by numeric keys.
Data are rewritten at the designated cursor point.
Repeat operation, starting with step (4), if data are to be set
sequentially.
After setting data table, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
...
(5)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(T)
(8)
_
menu
.
5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameters
Set and display positioning module parameters. If the positioning module screen
is not displayed, depress | POS | soft key to display the screen.
Positioning module No.
...
(#1, #2,
sequentially from a module
having a lower input address of PC in
the POS module connected to I/O unit.)
PMC system automatically reserves
parameter area of 66 bytes/unit from
the end of data table.
Parameter
No.
POSITIONING. MODULE PARAMETER //I
ADDRESS
DATA NO.
ADDRESS
NO.
01
DDDDQ
02
03
04
DATA
D0DDD
D0DDD
mm
Dmm
mm
D000D
D0DDD
Fig. 5.5.5 Positioning module parameter screen
Note) When setting a parameter to parameter, No. 1, 2, H, M, and L parameters
are set sequentially from the top of the CRT screen.
For H, M, and L parameters, refer to the positioning module in Section V.
-
338
5.5.5
1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel
Positioning module parameters are classified into bit type and numeric type
according to parameter numbers and entered from CRT/MDI panel in the format.
For details of parameters, refer to Appendix 20.
(T) For setting parameters in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on an NC parameter for writing parameters.
This operation is not required for displaying parameters.
2
( ) After changing the menu by depressing [ PCPRM | soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress | POS | soft key to bring the positioning module parameter screen.
(See Fig. 5.5.5.)
to bring necessary positioning module No. screen.
(5) Depress page key
and subsequent steps are required for setting paraThe operations in
meters.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by cursor key opera¬
(5)
(6)
tion.
parameters by depressing | INPUT 1 key after entering data of the
specified format correspoinding to parameter numbers by numeric keys.
For subsequently setting data, repeat operation starting with step (4).
After setting parameters, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
Set
menu.
-
339
-
6.
6.
SETTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ON THE PCBs
6.1 Setting and Adjustments on the Control Unit PCBs
6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series
1) Setting on the analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)
Item
1
Description
Symbols
SE1
Sets position LSI clock 16.384 MHz pulse width. Fixed. This
03B only. Edition number
setting applies to edition number
setting
include
this
higher
don't
function.
and
04C
-
8
7
6
5
O
4
3
2
1
2
TAC1
5
TAC3
Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
TG side when tachogenFV side when tachogenerator
is not used.
- erator is used.
r
1
r
2
3
[
3
REVl
5
REV 3
Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
3000 pulses
2000 pulses
1
2
3
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case
of 2500 pulses.
-
340
-
6.1.1
Item
Symbols
4
SUP1
$
SUP3
Description
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor error.
Set these parts to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like. This setting is ineffective
for AC servo.
Ignored
Not ignored (standard)
L
2
1
5
SJ1
3
Sets the ROM capacity of character generator.
Standard setting is 64K (not set)
64K
Not set
256K
Set
...
...
6
SF1
Used for intracompany test.
2) Setting on the
(A16B-1010-0190)
Item
1
digital
servo
10
100
and
series
series
master
PCB
Description
Symbols
ST
Open this part without fail.
Not used. Fixed A side.
Standard setting
B
A
3) Setting on the analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
Item
1
Description
Symbols
TACl
5
TAC3
Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
TG side when tachogen¬
FV side when tachogenerator
erator is used.
is not used.
A
-
341
B
6.1.1
Item
2
Symbols
REV1
5
Description
Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
3000 pulses
2000 pulses
REV3
A
B
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case
of 2500 pulses.
3
SUP1
5
SUP 3
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor
deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored) position
at a time other than when vibrations are produced when
the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is Ineffective for AC servo.
Ignored
Not ignored (standard)
4) Setting on the
(A16B-1010-0200)
Item
1
digital
servo
11
r
and
110
B
series
master
PCB
Description
Symbols
ST
series
A
Not used. Fixed A side.
Standard setting
B
A
5) Setting on the 10 and 11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)
Item
1
Description
Symbols
Sets to select DC common of STL, SPL, etc. Set this part to B
when PMC is provided or A when PMC is not provided.
—
B
A
-
4
— 3
2
Common is outputted
24V output
1—1
-
342
6.1.1
6) Setting on the 10 and 11 series 14" color graphic control PCB
(A20B-1000-0850)
Item
1
Symbols
SCG
Description
Sets the type of character generator ROM. L (27256) is the
standard setting.
This setting does not apply to edition 06C and subsequent
editions, but does apply to edition No. - 05B.
272 56 Standard
2764
[
FH
[
s
I
i
I
L
7) Setting on the analog servo 10 and 11 series additional axis PCB
(pulse
coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
Item
1
Symbols
TAC4
TAC5
Description
Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
When tachogenerator
When tachogenerator
is not used.
is used.
L
I-1-!
3
2
1
]
2
REV4
REV 5
Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
2000 pulses
3000 pulses
r 1
12
I
3
[
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of
2500 pulses.
3
SUP4
SUP5
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor
deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored)
at a time other than when vibrations are produced
when the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard)
l
i
-
r
343
Ignored
r
i
2
3
6.1.1
8) Setting on the
(A16B-1210-0450)
Item
1
analog
servo
11
additional
series
axis
PCB
(DSCG)
Description
Symbols
SH44
Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
SH54
12" rotary inductosyn is used.
Reduced
Standard
r
r
1
}
3
2
1
]
2
SH45
Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.
SH55
set
these
to
standard.
Increased
Standard
r r
1
2
1
3
SH46
SH56
Normally ,
3
Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy is
adjusted
.
Interpolation accuracy is
Interpolation accuracy is
not adjusted.
I
1
1
2
adjusted.
3
9) Setting on the analog servo 11 series DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460)
a) Overall the PCB edition No.OlA
No.03A
Item
1
Description
Symbols
SPN1X
SPN1Y
SPNlZ
Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
rotary inductosyn is used.
12"
Standard
Reduced
1
A
-
344
-
r
B
6.1.1
Item
Symbols
2
SPN2X
SPN2Y
Description
Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.
set
Normally,
standard.
SPN2Z
Increased
Standard
A
3
SPN3X
B
Set the type of position detector.
SPN3Y
SPN3Z
A
B
o
o
o
o
o
o
B
A
O
6
o
o
o
o
o
1
Resolver
A
B
o
6
6
O
o
o
o
o
1
1
Inductosyn
Inductosyn
(Interpolation
(Interpolation
accuracy is
fixed. )
accuracy is
variable. )
b) Overall the PCB edition No.04A and subsequent editions
Item
1
Description
Symbols
SN14
SN24
Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
rotary inductosyn is used.
12"
SN34
Reduced
Standard
A
2
SN15
SN25
B
Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.
Normally, set standard.
SN35
Increased
Standard
A
-
345
-
B
6.1.1
Item
3
Symbols
SN16
SN26
SN36
Description
Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy adjustment
(Set these parts to "not adjusted" for the
is done.
resolver. )
Interpolation accuracy
is not adjusted.
Adjusted
L
A
4
SN17
SN27
SN37
Set the position detector.
A
B
A
5
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
1
10) Setting on the additional axis
for 10 and 11 series
1
+ additional
memory PCB (A16-12I0-O380)
Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
When tachogenerator
is used.
L
r I1
3
2
1
REV4
1
Description
When tachogenerator
is not used.
2
5
Inductosyn
Symbols
TAC4
B
O
O
Resolver
Item
B
Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
3000 pulses
2000 pulses
r
r
‘I
1
2
3
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of
2500 pulses.
-
346
6.1.2
Item
3
Description
Symbols
SUP4
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor
deviation. Set to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard)
Ignored
I
1
2
3
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
These variable resistors have already been ajusted at factory before delivery.
Normally, it is not necessary to adjust them.
1) Adjustment of connection unit power supply
+0.01
V by turning VR11.
Adjust the reference voltage "A10" to 10
-0.00
2) Adjustment of I/O card (D1 - D3) power supply.
+0.01
V by turning VR11.
Set the reference voltage "A10" to 10
-0.00
3) Adjustment of DSCG (Analog servo 10/11 series)
a) VR11
lst-axis detection gain
2nd-axis detection gain
VR21
3rd-axis detection gain
VR31
9
J
4th-axis detection gain
VR41
5th-axis detection gain
VR51
When turning variable resistor clockwise, the gain increases.
For adjusting method, see 6.1.4 1).
5
b) VR12
X-axis Fmin
Y-axis Fmin
VR22
Z-axis Fmin
VR32
9
4th-axis Fmin
VR42
5th-axis Fmax
VR52
When tuning variable resistor clockwise, Fmin decreases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
456
c) VR13
X-axis Fmax
Y-axis Fmax
VR23
8
Z-axis Fmax
VR33
9
4th-axis Fmax
VR43
5th-axis Fmax
VR53
When turning variable resistor clockwise, Fmax increases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
5
d) VR14
X-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
6
4
Y-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR24
Z-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR34
4th-axis indutcosyn interpolation accuracy
VR44
9
1
VR54
5th-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
increases.
When turning variable clockwise, the sine exciting component
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 3).
24 are indicated as VR1Y
VR4X, VR21
VRll
14 are indicated as VR1X
34 are indicated as VR1Z - VR4Z in DSCG PCB A16B- 1210-0460,
VR4Y, and VR31
whose overall edition number is 03A or lower.
ie>:
.
-
-
-
347
6.1.3
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on control unit PCBs
for 10/11/100/110 series
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)
10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-01 90)
11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)
Connection unit 1 (A20B-100-0940)
1/0 card Dl- D3 (A20B-1001-0240-0242)
14" color graphic PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
Additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/431)
Additional axis PCB (Pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0440)
Additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450)
DSCG PCB (A16B-12 10-0460)
Additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)
-
348
-
/
A 16B
*
/
SJ1
SF1
: Oi 0 - 004g/
MADE !N JAPAN
FANUC
19
1
20
f
2t
1
22 1 23
'AE2
CAN
CAl
CAH
CAC
'
1
42 » 43
' 4l
40
1
44
1
45
1
j
K
T
CAG
K
CD
J
J
H
H
I
!
!
G
Av
F
l
u>
4ÿ
SE1 is mounted here in
edition number~03B.
F
E
E
VD
r
I
i
o o c
00 o o ©
D
D
as
ass!|U
T5
s£#.
r_i
iyi
C v2
CAE I
i 1
CAPuj
i
33
I
I
7
'1
7
I
J
I
t
I
7
7
C
o
B
B
Ml
|T*CI
A
3*/
X-
X
/
/
Tr2~
CF3
W7
/
/
/
A
l
leap
2
J_!.8
COP I 1 23; 24
I
25
I
26
1
27 I 28 I 29
I
30
31 i 32
i
33
34
i
35
i
36
i
37
i
38
i
39
i
40
|
41
|
42
i
43
i
44 r 45
/
REV 1 3
SUP 1-3
TACl -3
as
Fig. 6.1.3 (a) Adjusting points on analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16EM010-0040)
CO
ST
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
AI66-IOIO-OI9
CAH
CAI
CAL
CAS
CAE2
CAB
CAG
CAC
CAM
O +2*
K
£3
+5
o
-15
o
il
+ is
J
:
H
CPI
G
F
I
CF
e COP2 COP i
LO
Ln
O
E
I
C AE l
CAP
C
i
7
CV 2
I
CF9I
7
CAJ
B
csP
OVCMDS
1
1
A
7
L2j
L3J
CV22
7
CA2
LlOj
LUJ LL2J
LI4J |_!_5j
[_j_6j
LL7J LL8J LL9J L£QJ L2U l22j L23j L21i L25] [_26J L27J i_28j L29J [30]
i32i I33I i34i I35I i36i 1 37 1 |38| i39i I40I >41 i I42I
Fig. 6.1.3 (b) Digital servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0190)
Os
CD4
-CD3
FANUO
MADE IN JAPAN
I*
K
20
t
1
7
7
A
CA8
DSCG
PC
ADD. AXES
TEST
CAt2
CAH
ROM
CA0
A.C.P
CAP
CAx
BMU
Id
[4
20
20
7
CPI4A
30
l
J
H
50
X
X
14
14
18
7
20
CAT
izo
14
7
7
20
CA1I
T»12
CAIO
1
ri2i nyi i'i4 i ngj rig 1 r 17
r24i
nisi 1271
f"9"i r53
3? HSgi
1ÿ41 rÿgi
H371 Hjg rggi I40I
(BfiN)
G
CPI4B
COP l
F
C0P2
I
£
CBRM>
u?
Ln
I
n
1
2
s
3
CAP
VCMDQ OOO
TSAQ OO©
6N0
u-
I
14
14
14
14
c
7
7
20
CVI
7
20
2C
i?
20
?
CAT
CV3
CV2
5
2
XA
4
4
t
I
20
CFI
7
7
20
CF2
20
/—s
CF3
7
20
CA2
n
rAl>Ev
*:
7
t IQ I
'.UP
m
i>lt=
L
I2j
™
f U±J
1
17
]
1 18' 1
jj9j I_20J
]_22i |23i |24, ,25, 1 26 1 1 27 1 I28I f 29 r
1 32,
,33, |34i |3Si t36, ,37i ,38i ,39, ,40, 1 41 1 1 42 1
TAC1— 3
REV1-3
SUP1~3
Fig. 6.1.3 (c)
Adjusting points on analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
ON
u>
ST
Pÿi
CAT
CD4
r
AI68-IOIO-020 «/
AXES3
CAMS
AXES!
CAH2
AXES2
MMC
CAW
U/FWC
TEST
ROM
ACP
CAP
CAB
- I—LFRE£
CAX
BMU
W
MADE IN JAPAN
CABM
:
FANUC
CD5
i
K
L
i
CPI4A
J
IS
18
H
C All
CA12
\_
_
CBRN)
p~q
icroi
G
CPI4B
W.
F
1
LO
Ui
NJ
E
CBRN)
I
TAB
CA El
CAI
CAP
D
CAI8
A
C
B
O vcO
vC"ElSS
CA2 B
2A
A
!_J 1 2
i i
3
i !
4 i i 5 1 i 6 i i.7 i i 8 i I 9 i l 10 i i II
CFE
i i
12 i i 13 i i 14
}
|I5
li6_j |_I7, |_|8j [J9j [20j
L26J
[ZTJ l28| 1 29 1 i 30 1
31]
Lÿl
Fig. 6.1.3 (d) Digital servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)
LÿJ
1 05 1
36j i 37 1 [38]
?9
j
i
40 i4l
i ]42i |43|
45
[44j i **"j
as
Check pin
(Measure across G1~A10) Reference voltage A10
variable resistor
rn np H5"i m rgn rgi rr~i rgi r§n rjoi rm
A20B-1000-094 H,
1
FANUC
JAPAN
C0P4 MADE IN
II
D
a5
I
c
!
LO
C!
Ui
U)
B
1
-
f“ i
A
CO 5
CO 3
C04
CO
2
C01
Setting pin
Fig. 6.1.3 (e)
Adjusting points on 10/11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)
G\
_
A 208- 1 OO I— 024®/
I"""*1
Check pin
(Measure across G1~A10)
Reference voltage
A10 variable resistor
MADE IN JAPAN
FANUC
I 12 I 13 l 14 i 15 I 16 t 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 1 22 ! 23 I 24 I
D
;L
.
s
c
i
LO
Ln
-P-
B
1
Is
iz cr
A
M
19
M2
M
20
M18
Ml
SS9
Fig. 6.1.3 (f) Adjusting points on I/O Card D1
<
6 7
~ D3 (A2OB-10O1 0240 ~ 242) for 10TF
C\
5>
[
TO
[
1
O
|
[
O
j
W
I
f
s
o
i * I
S
CMK
3 gg
o
o
Co
LO
)
3
"S )
SCG
31
3i
3
§
§
§
l
u>
%
Ln
Ln
§
I
[
*
i
i
§
i
§
§
o
i
ftC0P3
Fig. 6.1.3 (g)
CMPCA3
CDI
CA5
Adjusting points on 10/11 series 14" color graphic control PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
ON
Li
r
>
l
r
CD
i
O
i
r
o
l
r
AI6B-I2I0-0
r
i
m
*n
1
r>
43®
>
o
o <
< tn
A
“]
I
LTJ
O'
4
“3
4
4
oQ
4
“3
01
1
§
>
—
<o
CD
cr»cn <
C n> c n>
cnxiH
T3 < o TJ
«&.
I
Ol
§
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
O 0
GND
*5V
VREFC
o o o o o o o
TSA4
TSA5
VCMO
4
VCMD
5
VREF5
VREFD
TAC4.5
REV 4.5
SUP 4.5
Fig. 6.1.3 (h) Adjusting points on analog servo additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
C\
OJ
TAC5
REVS
SUP 5
/
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN •M3!
1
w
1
o
i
r
o
r
l
7
m
1
r
"n
1
32 1
f
o
r
1
o
x
<_
4
OK
2“
DA
U1
“]
H
cm>
~c< o
>
03
O'1
<
S'1
L
r
4
4s I>)7SI
3
f tt
s
O
OJ
On
3
i
o-n£
I
Ul-B-
4ÿ
OJ:
K
n
I
£GI.
T1
01
l
o o
2
7K
TSA5
TP47
DS84
o o
DSA4
o o
DCA4
DCB4
o o
TP48
TP43
TP9H
o o
TP45
4
5
VREFC
GND
OOOOO
QOOO
+5V -H5V —15V
VCMD
VREFS
VREFD
SH46
SH44 ,45
Fig. 6.1.3 (i) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB A20B-1210-0440
ON
OJ
SH46.56
FANUC
1
®
MBI
MADE IN JAPAN
r
o
r
i
i
o
r
m
r
i
i
AI6B-I2I0—045®
L,
is>
o
< o
A
<
tfl
£
1
Rrvr
DO:
0
3
1
0
i
U5
Ln
OO
l
v>
3
cnEw>
x III
£*ÿ
O
§
§
§
-t. is. ui
2.
I7TTL
<J1
/
_ANCE
VR44
VR54
FMAX
VR43
0T5
0 O
0/0
TP57 DSA4
/DSe4 DCA4 DC64
TP47
VR53
FMlN
DSB5
o o
D5A5
VR42
0
DC A 5
V*52
GyN
VR4I
0/0 G
DCB5/
TP48
TP58
VR5I
ITP53
TP55 TP9H
O OOOO
TP45
TP43
4
5
VREFC
ooooo
VCMD
VREF5
VREFD
GND
oooo
+5V +I5V -15V
SH 44.45 54.55
VR41~-'44
VR51—54
Fig. 6.1.3 (j) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450)
os
VR4X—2
I
>
O
1
I
1
03
I
7
I
O
1
I
1
I
1
fn
I
o
1
o
O
Z
05
o
x
iv)
s
u>
R4X
SPN3X
VR2X VR3X
ro
x
fo
\
CJ
-H
CO
<s>
VR2X~Z
x
13
>c
VR 1 X~Z
>
13
'X,
RM
</>{/>
—
o
SPN3X
z
l
U>
Ln
VO
i
;
T1
B
ro
SPN3Y
o
rv)
(A>
H
£
2
VR2YVR3 YX
o
T3U
zz
ro—
VRIY
X
RM!
VR4Z
SPN3Z
>C
CDC
\>
<j)
ro
AI6B-I2I0-0460/H
K)
iggsggj
e
I
V"/ 03
O
TP7Y
—
,13
i
558
TV)
co
<:
2
CO
/
o*ro
>s
VRIZ
x
o
o=
>
5
-vR2r-Lva3z-l;K
/
H
TP72
El
»]
3
§
f
r-o
jx FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
OS
trurj
>
'Z.
o
.]
i
CO
(j|
n
RM2Y
“H
X
\
I
21
ro
U1
XX
X
3/
o
71
zz
ro
/
R4Y
o
71
(0
IV)
>;
cv
>
VRIX “
-5 /
RMT
>c
TP7X
o
"D "0
a
o
Osco
CAl
13
=]—
1
1
P
OS
\f
0§
VR3X—Z
SPN 1XÿZ
(A16B-1210-0460 )
SPN2X-Z
05
o|
os
H
Fig. 6.1.3 (k) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 03A or before)
ON
u>
VR14—34
>
1
i
o
1
CD
I
1
o
3
r\)
o
m
G3
VRI2VRI3
“]
u
VRI4,
o
33
\j
VRTT
3
p
55—
*
“]
2
SN 27
08
VR12ÿ3
>c
L
~n
U)
o
>
N>
RMI
I
I
I
z
Ol
C3
IS)
O
TT
2
Tl
CTv
r
Oi
"tl
LO
i
~n
PL
Z Z
Ci
m
f>Z
00 GO
i co?'
077!
Tl
SN 17
CO
-4
zz
r
o
IS)
-4
1
O
7VR13— 3
i\>
o
01
\
“VR22VR2 3>
122
»]
zl
o
RM3i
3
R34
SN37
PO
L
o
CO
2
VR 32 x
Ol
ri
CO
O
*
r
yR3i
//
VRU, VR21,
VR31
Fig. 6.1.3 (!)
§
58
>c
tn</>
zz
LOCO
H!3
=]
§
!
\A
SM4-SN34
SN15—SN35
Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 04A~ )
U>
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
AI6B- 12 10-038 H
FS>
(*)
A
ui
0)
<
*90
s
(PCI 2)'
*cnO
QH>
o
i
LO
cr>
>
-4
00
cn>
T3<r>
C£>
I
O
o
fo
>
jl
\ro
JL
O
o
JL
m
JL
“n
jl
17)
Jl
X
JL
c
JL
I
TAC4
REV4
SUP 4
Fig. 6.1.3 (m) Adjusting points on 10 series analog servo additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)
o\
6.1.4
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG
1) Adjustment of detected gain
The resolver and the inductosyn agitate the primary coil and detect
positional information from the secondary-coil output signal. The voltage
transfer ratio between the primary and secondary coils varies with the
resolver type, the inductosyn type and the gap distance, as well as the
secondary-coil output level.
Since the output impedance varies with the
inductosyn scale length, the secondary-coil output level is also affected.
The detected gain needs to be adjusted at instratiain without fail according
to the secondary-coil output level.
a) Adjusting procedure of detected gain
Prepare a synchroscope and 1 pee of jumper with clips (10 cm or more).
Operation
Step
1
Set the parameters:
(Axis name)
PSFa = 1 (No. 1802 bit 0), where a = X,Y,Z,A,B,
(No.
1833)
=
axis
grid
0
shift amount of each
Phase
CDS = 1 (No. 1810, bit 0)
2
Power OFF, then ON.
3
Set the parameter
ADR = 1 (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = 0 (No. 1827)
4
Wait more than ten seconds at this condition
5
Restore the parameter
ADR = original value (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = original value (No. 1827)
6
Perform Reference Point Return. (Observe DSAa-GND by
the synchroscope: high-level pulse width of up to 0.5ysec also
will do.) a = 1,2, 3, 4, 3
7
Move the machine tool by 100/4000 wavelength.
Is 1, detection unit is 100; when 1/2, 50.)
8
Set the parameters:
CDS = 0 (No. 1810, bit 0)
9
Power OFF.
...
(When DSCG alarm does not disappear, other
occurred.)
trouble has
(When Detect Multiply
10
Short TP9-GND. (Input of detected pulse to position LSI stops.)
(Short TP9H in the case of additional axes)
11
Power ON.
(DSCG abnormal alarm must always occur.)
362
6.1.4
Operation
Step
12
Observe TPa5-GND by the synchroscope to adjust detected gain.
(when frequency is low, detected gain becomes low.)
a = 1,2 ,3 ,4 ,5
Standard 4 Msec.
Tolerance range
3.1 Msec. ~ 7.2 Msec.
13
Open TP9 or TPa5 and set parameter PSFa to 0 (No. 1802, 0 bit)
14
Power OFF, then ON.
15
Set parameter PSFa to 1 (No. 1802, bit 0)
16
Repeat steps 6-12 to make sure that adjustment is correct.
17
Restore the parameters. Phase grid shift amount of each axis
= original value (1833) CDS = 0 (No, 1810, bit 0)
b) Reference of detection gain adjustment
The following table shows reference values for detection gain adjustment.
These values may differ according to makers and gap distance in the case
of inductosyn.
Detection gain
range setting
Position detector
Variable
resistance
GAIN
0%
Standard resolver (motor built-in type)
SHa4 (Additional axis)
SHa4 (Basic 3 axes)
Multipolar resolver
(M series motor built-in type)
60%
0%
Scale length 2m or shorter
Linear
inductosyn
Scale length longer than 2m
Standard
More than 0%
(adjustment)
Tape or
narrow
inductosyn
65%
Scale length 2m or shorter
More than 65%
Scale length longer than 2m
(adjustment)
0%
Reduce
12 inch 360 pole
Rotary
inductosyn
65%
12 inch 720 pole
Note:
7 inch
360 pole
7 inch
720 pole
Standard
0%
50%
SHa5 and SNa5 should be set to standard,
363
a = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
6.1.4
2) Adjustment of resolver, inductosyn Fmin and Fmax
Adjust these values with the emergency stop button turned on.
Adjustment
Item
Fmin
This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and
adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter or an oscilloscope.
Short circuit
TPa8-GND
Adjusting variable resistor Fmin
TPct5-GND
Observation
Frequency range 1.67kHz +150Hz
(cycle 0.6ms +0.06ms)
Fmax
This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and
adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter. (Don't use an
oscilloscope due to poor accuracy.)
TP<x8- -15V
Short circuit
Adjusting variable resistor Fmax
Observation
TPa5- GND
Frequency range 850kHz +20kHz
a = 1, 2 , 3 ,4 ,5
3) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy
With the absence of interpolation accuracy adjustment, a fairly good accuracy
When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
can be attained.
adjustment needs to be made.
a) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms on
an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor BALANCE so that currentA division error will cause current
waveform swell may be smallest.
The swell
waveforms to swell twice per wavelength of inductosyn.
frequency is proportionate to the feed rate, and as the feed rate becomes
more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears. Using the above
characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs due to another
cause is checked.
b) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position, using
a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a laser
measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by the NC
and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000. The accuracy that
The
one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation accuracy.
accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by the NC position
detector circuit and the position accuracy of an integral multiple of one
wavelength depends primarily on the scale accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10 or
1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a graph,
and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight line
connecting both ends of the wavelength.
-
364
6.1.4
1
Measuring method
Feed rate
approx. 100 mm/inin
1 wavelength
Measurement
start point
Measurement
start point
Measuring
example
+ 1.5 P
Error
2
- 1.5 fi
1
0
-1
0
i
1
0.5
1.5
2mm
-2
lntcrporation deviation width 3 p
Adjusting variable resistor BALANCE
Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on the
volume, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the volume by another one
degree in the direction to the small error, measure the interpolation
accuracy, and observe the condition of the error i The error develops with
its peak and valley positioned reversely between when the volume is
rotated too much and when it is rotated too little. When it is not found
clearly where the peak and the valley are, the volume is set at an optimum
position,
A interpolation error having a two-cycle swell per wavelength of
a
But
improved by this adjustment.
inductosyn can usually be
or
an
cannot
irregular
having
one-cycle
error
swell
error
a
interpolation
Examine other causes on inductosyn
be improved by this adjustment.
slider
replacement,
adjustment,
etc.
mounting, gap
5
4
6
i
Scale on the volume
Example: 3 scales
BALANCE
3A
2V
N
I
-
365
-
\
/ - 7
y
9
8
6.1.4
Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that about degree 2.8 is an optimum position for
the knob to be set.
Volume
2
2 scales
0
0
2 mm
-
2
A
2
3 scales
0
2 mm
-2
2
4 scales
0
0
1
-2
-
366
2 mm
6.1.5
6,1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB
1) The peripheral control PCB
01P02
Module name
A16B-1210-0080
PCB specification
a) Setting of the clock pulse width
....
.
.
Setting method
Setting position
Check the checking terminal C16MP
with an oscilloscope to set the pulse
width as follows:
One set of the following
pins on the short terminal
F2 should be shorted.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
-
-
(16)
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)
—- 1.5V
More than
25ns
61ns
More than
29ns
F2
CI6MP
O
Fig. 6.1.5 (a) Setting and adjusting position on the peripheral control PCB A16B-1210-0080
-
367
6.1.5
2) The main CPU PCB
Module name
PCB specification
a) BUBBLE FREE switch
.
.
......
01P03
A16B-1210-0060
Normally, set this switch to OFF.
bubble memory.
Switch to ON only for initializing
BUBBLE FREE
OFF
MAIN
HALT
\\
ON
pr
HALT
A16B-1210-0060
Fig. 6.1.5 (b) Setting position on the main CPU PCB A16B-1210-0060
-
368
-
6.1.5
3) Main bubble PCB
Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting pin PI
.
....
.
01P04
A16B-1210-0070
Setting
Meaning
type
Short
Standard setting (when 8031 program is
loaded in 2764)
Open
Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded
in 8031 inside ROM)
b) Setting pin SPCLK
Setting
Meaning
type
clock margin check
A side
short
For testing:
B side
Standard setting
short
View from tlie mounting face
o o
GNMI WDALM
PI
ra
BA
SPCtK
A16B— 1210— 0070
1C socket for
clock margin check
Fig. 6.1.5 (c) Setting position on the main bubble PCB A16B-1210-0070
-
369
-
6.1.5
4) Axis control PCB
. Modulespecification
....
01P06 - 05P06
A16B-1210-0030
a) Setting of clock pulse width
name
. PCB
Setting method
Setting position
One set of the following
pins on the short terminal
G3 should be shorted.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
-
-
Set 16.384 MHz cycle at check pin
C16M as follows.
(16)
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)
More than
25 ns
61ns
More than
29 ns
b) The setting concerning 1st axis (L axis) control
Item
1
Setting
position
PJ1
PJ5
2
PJ6
-PJ9
3
PJ10
4
PD 9
5
PD 10
6
Meaning
Setting
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
PEI
Open
A side
PE2
B side
_
_
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard setting
F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used,
_
__
7
PD3
8
PD4
Note 1)
Note 2)
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side
Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale
The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.
370
6.1.5
c) The setting concerning 2nd axis (M axis) control
Item
1
Setting
position
PJ1
PJ5
2
PG6
PG9
3
PG10
4
PCI
5
PC2
6
Meaning
Setting
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
PD1
Open
A side
PD 2
B side
_
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
_
_
is ignored,
Standard setting
F/V
converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used,
_
7
PD5
8
PD6
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side
Note 1)
Note 2)
Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale
The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.
-
371
6.1.5
d) The setting concerning to 3rd axis (N axis) control
Item
1
Setting
position
PFl
PF5
2
PF6
PF9
3
PF10
4
PA2
5
PA3
6
Meaning
Setting
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side
Short
Open
Short
Open
Short
PB1
Open
A side
PB2
B side
_
_
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard setting
F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used.
_
_
7
PD7
8
PD8
Note 1)
Note 2)
Short
Open
A side
Open
B side
Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale
The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.
-
372
6.1.5
e) Setting pin PA1 should be opened.
View from the mounting face
PJ
i
s
9
10 n
PG
I
s
9
G3
10
C3
PF
CI6M
I
s
9
10 a
PE 2 B
PD
6
&
Ifh
PD
Po BB
PC
iB
PB B
2
PA!
PA
!B
A I6B
- 1210 - 0030
Fig. 6.1.5 (d) Setting position on the axis control PCB A16B-1210-0030
-
373
-
6.1.5
5) DSCG interface PCB and additional detector control (DSCG) PCB.
, Module
05P09
01P07
05P07, 01P09
A16B-1210-0110, A16B-1210-0180
PCB specification
a) Setting
-
-
.
Setting
pin
Standard
Usage
setting
PlL
P1M
PIN
2-3
If the interpolation accuracy is necessary
for an inductosyn, change the setting for
adjustment, (Refer to (d) Inductosyn
interpolation accuracy adjustment for details)
P2L
P2M
P2N
2-3
Change setting to adjust the amplification of
a feedback signal from a detector. (Refer to
(b) Detective gain adjustment for details)
P3L
P3M
P3N
1
P4L
P4M
Open
Used at adjustment. Refer to (c) V-F converter
frequency adjustment.
Open
Used at testing. The position feedback is
stopped to open the position control loop by
shorting.
-
2
P4N
P5L
P5M
P5N
Note:
PlL
Setting pin for the L axis
b) Detective gain adjustment
(T) Set the setting pin P2L (M, N) and P3L (M, N) in advance according to
the adjusting standard described later.
Turn the power ON.
Display the DGN 3001, 3002 (the checking result of resolver inductosyn
8
(4)
$
Check that each axis value multiplied by 0.125 is within
800, 1466
1900.
the range of 230
Adjustment is finished if all axis values are reduced or increased to
the above range.
Turn the power OFF.
If an axis is out of the range mentioned in 3 , adjust the setting pin
P2L (M, N) , P3L (M, N) and variable resistor VR2L (M, N) to reduce the
axis value into the range.
frequency).
-
-
-
374
-
6.1.5
Variable
Setting pin
short circuit
Result of
the frequency
check
resistor
VR2L(M,N)
90%.
P2L(M,N): 2-3
Detective
gain
Big
Big
Sma$$
Sma$$
I
P3L(M,N): 2-3
0%
P2L(M,N): 1-2
90%
P3L(M,N): 2-3
I
0%
P2L(M,N): 2-3
85%
I
P3L(M,N): 1-2
0%
P2L(M,N): 1-2
85%
I
P3L(M,N): 1-2
(7)
Proceed to
(2)
0%
to repeat adjustment
until the adjustment end.
Detective gain adjustment standard
Setting pins P2L, P2M, P2N, P3L, P3M, P3N and the variable resistor VR2L,
VR2M, VR2N should be set as follows in accordance with the type of
detector.
P3L(M,N)
Variable resistor
VR2L (M, N)
-
0%
Setting pin
Position detector
P2L(M,N)
2-3
Standard resolver
(Motor built-in type)
1
2
60%
Multi-pole resolver
(M series motor built-in type)
Linear inductosyn
_
0%
Scale length:
less than 2 m
Scale length:
more than 2 m
1
-
2
2-3
More than 0%
(Adjustment is
necessary)
-
375
6.1.5
Setting pin
Position detector
Tape or narrow
inductosyn
P2L(M,N)
Scale length:
less than 2 m
2-3
Scale length:
more than 2 m
1
-
2
P3L(M,N)
1
-
2
2-3
Variable resistor
VR2L (M, N)
_
65%
More than 0%
(Adjustment is
necessary)
Rotary inductosyn
12 inches,
1
360 poles
-
2
1
-
0%
2
65%
12 inches,
720 poles
2-3
7 inches,
360 poles
1
-
0%
2
50%
7 inches,
720 poles
VR2L (M, N)
50%
0%
c)
0
Example for 0%
100%
V/F converter frequency adjustment
This adjustment should be done at emergency stop.
(T) Adjustment of lowest frequency
After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 1-2, turn the variable
resistor VR4L (M, N) SO that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 600 ys ± 50 ys.
Waveform at CH10L (M, N)
600±50ÿs
(2)
Adjustment of highest frequency
After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 2-3, turn the variable
resistor VR3L (M, N) so that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 1.1 ys ± 40 ys.
Waveform at CH10L (M, N)
1.1 jus ±40 ns
Note)
Open the setting pin P4L (M, N) after adjustment.
Do not short No. 1 pin with No. 3 pin.
-
376
-
6.1.5
d) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy
With interpolation accuracy adjustment set absent, a fairly good accuracy
can be attained. When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment must be made.
i) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms
on an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor VR1L (M, N) so that
A division error will cause
current-waveform swell may be smallest.
The
wavelength
of inductosyn.
current waveforms to swell twice per
the
rate
feed
and
the
as
rate
feed
swell frequency is proportionate to
becomes more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears.
Using the above characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs
due to another cause is checked.
ii) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position,
using a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a
laser measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by
The
the NC and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000.
accuracy that one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation
accuracy. The accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by
the NC position detector circuit and the position accuracy of an
integral multiple of one wavelength depends primarily on the scale
accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10
or 1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a
graph, and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight
line connecting both ends of the wavelength.
1
Measuring method
Free rate
approx. 100 nun/min
1 wavelength
Measurement
start point
Measurement
start point
Measuring
example
Error
2
--
+1.5 p
-1.5 p
1 -0
- 1 -•
0.5
1
1
1.5
- 2"
Interpolation deviation width 3 p
377
2 mm
6.1.5
Adjusting variable resistor VRlL (M, N)
Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on
the variable resistor, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the
variable resister by another degree in the direction of the minor
error, measure the interpolation accuracy, and observe the condition of
the error. The error develops with its peak and valley positioned
reversely between when the variable resistor is rotated too much and
when it is rotated too little. When it is not clear where the peak and
the valley are, the variable resistor is set at an optimum position.
An interpolation error having a two-cycle swell pare wavelength of
But an
inductosyn can usually be improved by this adjustment.
error
irregular
an
one-cycle
swell or
interpolation error having a
on
causes
other
Examine
adjustment.
cannot be improved by this
replacement,
adjustment,
slider
etc.
inductosyn mounting, gap
/).'
VRlL (M. N)
o
o
Scale on variable resistor
Example: 3 scales
Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that an approximate degree of
optimum position for the knob to be set.
2.8 is an
Variable resistor
2 scales
o
2 mm
-2
3 scales
0
2 min
-2
/1
4 scales
z
o
-2
V
- 378
2 mm
6.1.5
OV
o
3
P2L I 2
VRIL
P3L
P4L
VR2L
VR3L
O
VRIM
CH 1 0 L
VR4L
VR2M
VR3M
P2M
P3M
P4M
o
I23
VR1N
CH10M
VR4K1
VR2N
VR3N
VR4N
P2N
CH 1 0 N
I 23
P3N
P4N
PIL
”D
P5L P5M P5N
DU
PIM
sn
PIN
"0
Fig. 6.1.5 (e) Setting and adjusting position on the DSCG interface PCB A16B-1210-0110
-
379
6.1.5
OV
O
—
P2L
P3L
P4 L C—1
VRIL
VR2L
VR3L
O
VRIM
VR4L
VR2M
VR3M
P2M
P3M
P4M
o
I23
VR1N
CH 1 0 L
CH 1 OM
VR4M
VR2N
[R3N
VR4N
P2N
P3N
CH 1 0 N
I 23
P4N
ro
PI L
(\J
P5L P5M P5N
on
0
PIM
D
fO
Csl
ro
PIN
N
o
Fig. 6.1.5 (f) Setting and adjustment on the additional detector control PCB A16B-1210-0180
-
380
6.1.5
6) Axis CPU PCB
Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting
....
.
.
Setting
position
SP1
01P08 - 05P08
A16B-1210-0020
Meaning
Setting
Short between
2-3
Standard setting: 128 K ROM (27128)
is used.
Short between
1
2
Special setting:
is used.
-
256 K ROM (27256)
123
SPl 1=1
Fig. 6.1.5 (g) Setting position on the axis CPU PCB A16B-1210-0020
381
6.1.5
7) Spindle control PCB
01P13
Module name
A16B-1210-0160
PCB specification
a) Adjustment of clock pulse width
....
.
.
Setting method
Setting position
Set 16.384 MHz cycle as follows at
check pin C16MP.
One set of the following
pins on the short terminal
G3 should be shorted.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
-
-
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)
(11)
---
1. 5 V
More than
25 ns
More than
'29 ns
61ns
b) Setting pin
Setting
type
Meaning
Short
Standard setting (when 8031 program is
loaded in 2764)
Open
Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded
in 8031 inside ROM)
View from the mounting face
e3
jM
C16£IP
Fig. 6.1.5 (h) Setting position on the spindle control PCB A16B-1210-0160
382
6.1.5
8) Additional buffer 2 PCB
. Modulespecification .
name
PCB
a) Setting pin SPCLK
.
01P15
A16B-1210-0260
Meaning
Setting type
clock margin check
A side short
For testing:
B side short
Standard setting
View from mounting position
SPCLK
C3
A B
IC socket for clock margin check
Fig. 6.1.5 (i) Setting position on the additional buffer 2 PCB A16B-1210-0260
-
383
-
6.1.5
9) Built-in type I/O unit,
Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting pin
.
.
SHI
Open
SH2
Short
SH3
Short
I/O
interface PCB
IF01A
A16B-1310-0020
View from the mounting face
QI
rhoi i-<
EWW
c
CO CO O
Fig. 5.1.5 (j) Setting position on the built-in type
-
384
I/O unit/I/O interface PCB A16B-1310-0020
6.1.6
6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment
1)
I/O interface module (IF01A) setting
In the I/O unit, it is possible to expand one group into a maximum of four
groups by combining the interface units IF01A and IF04C. In this case, the
setting terminals in the IF01A must be set as follows according to the group
number to which the IF01A belongs:
a) Location of setting terminal
c
0
aV
r"
Setting plug
Front
0
Sotting terminal
/
m)
Interface module 1F01A
b) Method of setting
Availability of
IF04C
IF01A
Setting
group No.
SH3
SH2
Not available
Gruop 0
o
o
Available
Group 0
o
Group 1
o
SHI
o
Group 2
o
Group 3
o
o
Insert the setting plugs into the setting terminal marked
The unmarked terminals should be left open.
2)
"o".
interface module (IF04C) setting
Although IF04C is the same as IFOIA, these settings must be set as below.
(At shipment, the setting is exactly as given below.)
a) Setting
SH2 and SH3 are shorted.
SHI is opened.
I/O
-
385
6.1.6
b) Setting position
EES
WWW
Fig. 6.1.6 (b) Setting position on I/O interface module (IF04C)
3) Setting of positioning module PT01A (A03B-0801-C051)
The following setting is effective when the DC servo motor is used.
setting does not apply when the AC servo motor is used.
Item
1
Contents
Symbol
STl
ST2
Setting of velocity gain
Set the velocity gain according to the types of pulse coders
used as follows:
Setting
Type of pulse coder
STl
2000 pulses/revolution
2500 pulses/revolution
3000 pulses/revolution
2
ST3
This
ST2
o
o: Shorted
o
Setting whether or not suppress function is provided.
The suppress function neglects a detection pulse when the
moving direction of the machine is reversed.
If the machine uses a DC servo motor with a built-in pulse
2-pulse (1-2 pm) vibration may occur when the
coder, 1
machine has just stopped. This vibration can be eliminated by
effectively setting this function.
Shorted
Suppress function is provided
Open (standard setting)
No suppress function is provided
-
...
...
-
386
6.1.6
Item
3
Symbol
ST4
Contents
Setting of velocity detection signal selection
This setting is done to select either pulse coder or
tachogenerator for velocity detection.
T
Servo motor with a separate pulse coder
(Tachogenerator)
Servo motor with built-in pulse coder
P
“L
w
Si
CV1
-r
ST4
p
-in
J-
CFl
T1
Fig. 6.1.6 (c) Setting position on the positioning module (PT01 A)
-
387
ST1
ST2
ST 3
6.1.6
4) Adjustment of analog input module AD04A (A03B-0801-C052)
Contents
Item
Preparation
(T)
(5)
(?)
(4j
Measuring
instruments
Remove AD04A from the base unit, detach the plastic cover,
and then mount AD04A to the base unit again.
Remove I/O module mounted on the left side of the AD04A to
leave space for turning the AD04A variable resistor.
Open the input terminals (terminal board) of AD04A.
Indicate AD04A input data on the diagnose screen.
Voltage/current source
voltage/current source thats
... resolution
higher than 1 mV/4 mA.
Use a
is
(measuring
resolution
thats
Use
a
voltmeter
Voltmeter
sensitivity) is higher than 0. 1 mV.
Use a resistance meter having a resolution
Resistance meter
(measuring sensitivity) of more than
0.I //, and measure four terminals.
...
...
Adjusting
procedure
For the mounting positions of variable resistor and check
terminals, see Fig. 6.1 (a).
(T) Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9) Adjust VR3 until the TP5
.
(?)
(5)
(4)
(5)
(?)
(7)
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Adjust VR4 until the TP6
Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9)
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Apply +5 V to TPl and TP3 by connecting to +5 V terminal
(TP10). Adjust VR5 until the TP5 voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3,
Adjust VR6 until the TP6 voltage becomes +9.768 V.
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and -10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VR12 until the output reads -2000 (decimal) (or 830
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3
Adjust VR11 until the output reads +2000 (decimal) (or 7D0
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and TP3. Make sure that the output
reads 0 (decimal) (000 in hexadecimal)
.
.
.
(?) - (7) .
I
Repeat steps
Adjust VR7 to make the resistance between CNT2 and CNT3
250.0 SI.
(10) Adjust VR8
250.0 SI.
(fj)
(f5)
(O)
to
make the resistance between CNT6 and CNT7
Adjust VR9 to make the resistance between CNT10 and CNT11
250.0 SI.
Adjust VR10 to make the resistance between CNT14 and CNT15
250.0 SI.
- (?) Make sure the output reads the following setting
at voltage input.
POS
13
14
15
16
17
CHI
0.000
+10.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
-
388
CH2
0.000
0.000
+10.000
0.000
0.000
CH3
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000
0.000
CH4
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000
Unit
V
V
V
V
V
6.1.6
Contents
Item
(18)
- (Q)
Make sure the output reads the following setting
at current input
POS
18
19
20
21
22
CHI
0.00
+20 00
0.00
.
0.00
0.00
CH2
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00
0.00
Table 6.1 (a) shows adjusting procedure list.
-
389
CH3
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00
CH4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
Unit
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Table 6.1 (a) Adjusting procedure list
Adjustment
Setting
Item
1
CHI
CH2
CH3
CH4
IN
IN
IN
IN
Open
Open
Open
Open
0.000
V
0.000
V
•»
ii
It
IT
H
11
3
it
IT
•I
TI
+5V
+5V
4
IT
II
II
IT
0.000
V
+10.000
V
5
TI
It
It
1
TI
-10.000
6
TI
It
•
I
M
TI
7
ti
IT
n
IT
tr
2
Measurement
VR3 VR4 VR5 VR6 VR7 VR8 VR9 VRiO VRli VR12 TP2 TP4 TP5
TP3
TP1
Repeat Item 5, 6, 7.
9
Open
Open
Open
Open
CHI
OUT
CH2
OUT
CH3
OUT
CH4
OUT
0
0
0
0
9.763
o
V
-2000
o
(830)
2000
o
(700)
0
(000)
250.0
o
n
VO
O
CNT
0.0
mV
o
V
0.000
V
Open
CNT
10 11 14 15
0.0
mV
+10.000
Open
6 7
mV
o
1
LO
CNT
0.0
o
V
8
CNT
2 3
TP6
250.0
10
it
it
«i
H
ti
11
M
it
ii
H
IT
12
IT
IT
TI
M
IT
13
0V
0V
ov
ov
•t
14
10.000
V
0V
0V
0V
tl
2000
0
0
0
ov
10.000
OV
ov
tr
0
2000
0
0
10.000
ov
ti
0
0
2000
0
TI
!
15
16
17
OV
OV
V
OV
OV
V
OV
10.000
18
OmA
OmA
OmA
OmA
19
20mA
OmA
OmA
OmA
it
OmA
TI
OmA
it
20mA
n
21
22
OmA
OmA
OmA
2OmA
OmA
OmA
OmA
20mA
OmA
G
250.0
o
G
250.0
o
G
o
V
ti
20
o
x
0
0
0
2000
0
0
0
0
1000
0
0
0
0
1000
0
0
0
0
1000
0
0
0
0
1000
C\
C\
6.1.6
VR7
TP7
m
CNT1
-f- 15 V
CNT2
CNT3
TP8
VR8
CNT4
-15V
CNT5
CNT6
TP9
CNT7
GND
VR9
TPl
m
CNT8
CNT9
P2
CNT10
TP 3
CNT 1 1
TP 4
TP 10
+5 V
TP 11
VR 10
TPl
INil
GND
TP5
CNT 12
CNT 13
al
m
CNTl 4
VR3
CNT 15
i
CNTl 6
m
CNTl 7
VR 11
CNTl 8
CNTl 9
VR12
CNT2 0
CNT 21
Fig. 6.1.6 (d) Mounting position of variable resistor and check terminal
-
391
6.2
6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit
6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB
I-2L O
SL126
CHI A
O CH2A
dVctA
o CHIB
VccB O
O CH2 B
O
O CHIC
O CH2C
VccC O
A
15
o CHID
CN4
O C1I2D
VccD
?io
O CH1E
CN3
VecE
?io
?2'o
?}o
IU o
20
O
0180
(n|
S25
RV5
S 24
B
15
CH7Q
CH9Q
ffo
fflo
So
S 16
S23
cmO
SO
cmo
S8
21 “
20
26
0
BHK
HVAL
HCAL
CH60
CH50
Cl120
cmo
SO
LVAL
0RV1
0RV2
M
**
M
TGLS
DCAL
SO [n]RV4
SPARE
ovc
Fuse resistor
SI
_
22
HV3
CN1
20
13
7
—
,o-J
nS2
o-f
R8 1
CN2
U
|-°
p
Note) Parts location
on PCB may be
changed with¬
out notice.
M VcC
* ROY
PRDY
14
6
1
6
Fig. 6.2.1 (a) Parts mounting position on the PCB (A20B-0009-0320) 07C version or subsequence
Setting of Thermal Relay
Motor model
00M
0M
5M
10M
20M
30M
30MH
Current
setting mark
Current value
Current
setting dial
4A
6A
9A
m
I!' ©
12A
18A
24A
36A
-
392
Reset button
6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (a) Setting of short bar
Position to be Shortcircuitted
0:
Motor
model
Short
bar
S 1
00M
PULSE
CODER
OM, 5M
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
10M
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
o
o
-
30M(H)
PULSE
CODER
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
o
o
SETTING
MEANING
TACHO-GENERATOR
SETTING OF
2
VOLTAGE
o
3
COMPRESSOR
ENABLES
4
GAIN ATTENUATOR
5
o
o
o
o
o
o
HIGH
FREQUENCY
GAIN
6
o
o
o
o
o
o
7
o
o
o
o
o
o
RIPPLE FILTER
8
o
o
o
o
o
o
HIGH-GAIN C.KT,
ENABLE
9
10
CAPACITOR FOR
COMPENSATION
o
o
o
o
0
o
C.K.T.
o
o
o
o
o
o
DC GAIN
11
12
13
14
CAPACITOR FOR
HIGH-GAIN
15
16
Note 6
o
o
o
20
o
OPENS 14 WHEN
S15 IS SHORTED
o
o
CHOPPING FREQU¬
ENCY SELECTOR
THERMOSTAT FOR
TRANSFORMER AND
DISCHARGE UNIT
ENABLE
SEE
NOTE 1
21
BRK ALARM ENABLE
22
DCAL ALARM ENABLE
23
TGLS ALARM ENABLE
24
o
o
o
o
0
-
393
o
OVC ALARM OPERAT¬
ING TIME SELECTOR
6.2.1
Motor
model
Short
bar
PULSE
CODER
10M
OM, 5M
00M
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
-
30M(H)
SETTING
MEANING
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
PULSE
CODER
TGLS ALARM
SENSING LEVEL
25
26
DISCHARGE UNIT
SELECTOR
SEE
NOTE 2
126
o
MOTOR SELECTOR
FOR ARMATURE
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
o
C.K.T.
Table 6.2.1 (b) Variable resistor adjustment and check
SETTING CONDITION
POS
REMARKS
ITEM
VARIABLE
RESISTOR
1
CHECK AT
JUMPER
2
CHECK OF
DC POWER
SOURCE
GAIN
RV1
4
OFFSET
RV2
OVER¬
CURRENT
SETTING AND CHECK
CHECK SHALL BE MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ABOVE
TABLE
3
5
SHORTING
CHECK-PIN
CH15-3
CH15-3
CH16-3
CHI 7 -3
lh~
CH16-3
14.5
15.5V
-
CHI 7 -3
-14.5
- 15.5V
5 SCALES
CH6-3
CH1-3
CH2-3
+0.5V MAX
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR
5 SCALES
PULSE
CODER
10 SCALES
RV3
ALARM
SETTING
00M
0.6+1. IX
0M-20M
SCALE (A)
2+3 8X
SCALE (A)
30M(H)
4+7. 5X
.
SCALE (A)
-
394
6.2.1
SETTING CONDITION
REMARKS
ITEM
POS
VARIABLE
RESISTOR
CHECK-PIN
SETTING AND CHECK
SHORTING
6
TACHOGENERATOR
VOLTAGE
COMPENSA¬
TION
RV4
1) NORMALITY 5 SCALES
2) USE FOR FINE
ADJUSTING OF LOOP
GAIN. REFER TO
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OF NC.
7
CURRENT
LIMITER
SETTING
SEE
NOTE 5
RV5
9 SCALE
00M
564/ (93-5X
0M-20M
1880/ (93-5X
30M(H)
3760/ (93-5X
SCALE) (A)
SCALE) (A)
SCALE) (A)
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
IF CONNECTION BETWEEN CN2 (4) (5) AND TRANSFORMER OR DISCHARGE UNIT
EXISTED, S20 IS OPEN
IF YOU USED DISCHARGE UNIT, YOU WILL BE OPEN-CIRCUIT AT S26.
VOLUME SCALE IS AS FOLLOWS. FIGURE SHOWS 8 SCALES.
*MARK IS TOTAL EDITION OF PCB.
CURRENT LIMITER FUNCTION IS APPLIED FOR PCB EDITION 02B OR LATER.
SETTING OF S15.
5 SCALES.
o
0
01A*
CURRENT LIMITER SETTING
02B*03B*
NO CONNECTION
04B*05B*
CHOPPING
07C*
0. 022yF INTO HIGH FREQ.
GAIN DO NOT SHORT S14, S15
io scales
TOGETHER
-
395
FREQUENCY SELECTOR
6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (c) Type of check terminal
CHECK
TERMINAL
CHECK
TERMINAL
MEANING
SYMBOL
3/4X
CH 1
VCMD
MEANING
SYMBOL
CHI 1
PWA
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR
DRIVER A
2
TSA
TACHO-GENERATOR
SIGNAL
12
PWB
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR
DRIVER B
3
ov
ov
13
PWC
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR
DRIVER C
4
OV
14
PWD
PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR
DRIVER D
15
+24V
+24V
16
+15V
+15V
SEE FIG. 2.
17
-15V
-15V
0.66V/A
18
VCMD
VELOCITY COMMAND
0.2V/A
19
VFBl
5
COMPENSATION C.K.T.
6
7
TRIANGLE WAVE
8
CUR¬
RENT
OOM
OM
-
20M
30M(H)
9
0.1V/A
INPUT SIGNAL OF PWM
ER
ARMATURE VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK SIGNAL
20
VFB2
23
ENBL
DRIVER ENABLE
C.K.T.
10
DISCHARGE MONITOR
SEE FIG. 3.
DIS¬
CHARGE
0.2 ± 0.2 V
T
24±3 Vp-p
1
/
short
— 0.8±0.1
msec
y
ov
Discharge
time width
SI 6
Fig. 3
Fig. 2
- 396
1.210.2V
6.2.1
LED DISPLAY
NAME
MEANING
PRDY (GREEN
LED)
POSITION CONTROL READY END SIGNAL
VccRDY
(GREEN LED)
MONITORING FOR BREAKING OF FUSE RESISTORS (R81, R82).
NO- BREAKING
LIGHTING:
NO LIGHTING: CHECK ITEM
I) CONTINUITY CHECK: R81, R82
2) CONTINUITY CHECK: PCB CN2 TO
TRANSFORMER
BRK (RED LED)
NO FUSE BREAKER CUT OFF
HVAL (RED LED)
HIGH VOLTAGE ALARM
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO HIGH.
DISCHARGE C.K.T. GOES BAD.
LOAD INERTIA IS TOO HIGH.
HCAL (RED LED)
HIGH CURRENT ALARM
SHORT C.K.T. BETWEEN T1 (5) (6) AND (7) (8).
TRANSISTOR MODULE IS DAMAGED.
PCB OF PWM C.K.T. GOES BAD.
OVC (RED LED)
OVERCURRENT ALARM (SET RV3)
MOTOR LOAD IS TOO HEAVY.
TGLS (RED LED)
MOTOR RUNAWAY ALARM
VELOCITY FEEDBACK SIGNAL IS LOST.
MOTOR ARMATURE CONNECTION IS OFF.
DCAL (RED LED)
DISCHARGE ALARM
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION FREQUENCY IS TOO HIGH.
REGENERATIVE ENERGY FROM MACHINE WEIGHT OF VERTICAL AXIS
IS TOO LARGE.
TRANSISTOR FOR DISCHARGE IS DAMAGED.
LVAL (RED LED)
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE DROP ALARM.
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO LOW.
FAULTY PCB.
-
397
6.3
6.3 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB
1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 - Model 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)
CN4
RV4
D
\
s
°I FI/ Fuse
ID
A
i>
o
8
c
Fuse resistor
CN3
00D
sss
U
CH0
18U S2
14 15 16
CHQ
W
17 -15V
Clio
10 4-
CflJ15V
ft+5V
140
CH ER
130
DO
_
c
SSS
CH'IWN 11 12 13
12 0
CH IT
O
S
D
PRDY
20
IIV
0 HC
no
CH IS
10 Q
CH 1R
D
0O
TO
DC
S21
CH T
80
CH S
70
S28
CH N
60
RV1 RV2 RV3
CH
u
50
asJo0V
fflOV
ovc
LV
HINDOO
S8 S9S10
2U
u
To
To
motor
NC
5,100 S19
“b
S18
CN2
CN1
si
Fig. 6.3.1 (a) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560
Note)
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
398
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)
CN4
I
O
ID
LD
O
O
7
„
grÿÿ Fuse
_ Ar_
2 T?5*T
\
\
resistor
CN3
2
11
si
k
z
000;
2
sii SI i K4
*8
"O,
‘;Q,
"9
'"9
I lilt
CD™
-m
QOOf
O,
"9
c;9
’9
"9
-O
!!
S!
Oft
oc=>o
3“ CH=>O
Q*
CD
‘“o
‘“o
lit
r
mm
KVI
3V
>o
”o
S* S»
MV }
31
4<1
11 SÿO
II 'VIS 1
“o
t
¥
66
?o uo*qM
<y
9 *i? CNl
©
00
to
<s>-
sc
?
f
CN6
CN2
Fig, 6,3.1 (b) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560
Note)
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice*
- 399
6.3.1
2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0, 3-0
a) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number A)
FANUC MADE IN JAPAN
+
+
+
+
+
CN3
o
cme o
CHI7
o
-15
+15
RV4
o
o
CH15
(+ 5V ADJ )
+5
CHW
ER
El
ansQ
TRW
ana Q
o c ooo
LV TGHCHVPRD1
IT
CH11
o
s s
IS
(H)
anoQ
1R
OH 9
S10
15 16
[
]
(L) (R)
(L)
0
T
ai 8
CTI7
!*•
o
o
o
o
(R)
[
TO
]S8
o
o
R
CHO
ai 5
O
CH +
O
I
g
ov
ai 3
CHE
ail
oov
o
o
R
V
1
CN1
o
c
c
N
0
N
RV3
5
+
(n)
MOTOR
NC
I
si
(n)
Fig. 6.3.1 (c) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590
Note)
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
400
i'
N
2
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number B or subsequent)
FANUC MADE IN JAPAN
+
CAD-CN3
CH170
-15
+
o
CII16Q
15
+
RV4
CH150
+5
CIIMQ
(+5V ADJ)
ER
FI
CH130)
TRW
OOOOO
CH12Q
IT
CHllQ
LV TG HC HV PRDY
s s
15 16
IS
(H)
10(0
S10
s
]
2
Cl1
(L)
1R
O
T
CH8 0
S
CH7 0
R
CH6 0
CH5 0
CH4 O
ov
CH3 0
OV
CH2 0
CHI O
(L)(R)
O
CH9
>
(R>
I
O
w
1S8
o
o
a
I
3®
R
V
(H)
1
@CN1
r
N
5
0 RV3
+
<D-1
0
c
0
$
MOTOR
NC
(L)S1(R)
Fig. 6.3.1 (d) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590
Note)
C
N
2
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
401
6.3.1
c) PCB A20B- 1000-0600
RLY1
CN3
+5 ADJ
RV4
\
O
o
I
o
o
I
P3
s
z
o
FETA
FETC
FETE
FET’B
FBTD
FETF
MCC
FS2
RP4
RP6
RF5
RP7
T1
FS1
Fig. 6.3.1 (e) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0600
Note)
11
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
402
6.3.1
3) Model 5-0
a) PCB A20B-1001-0420
[
T424/03 |
1
5
CN3 15
10
20
25
>
Z
B
A
a.
o
m
CH
170
or16(J
Z
>
T3
+15V
?ÿo
>
Z
+5V
CHO
14 ER
?3fO
HC HV OVC
H
LCD
qiQ
12
IT
S2S4
03
CE;
PH
C © O O O O
PRDY
LVTG
UH
>
ro
2.OAIF1
o
CO
IS
I
1R
o
o
T
O
s
N>
O
I
p>
“OR
I
CH
50
S3.
(OV)
CID
Cov)
0
(TSA)
‘D
(VCMD)
0
CN1
3>
@
)L
™i<6>
Y®
©
CD
@
*
CN6
7*
SI
RV1 RV2 RV3
CN2
Fig. 6.3.1 (f) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0420
Note)
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
403
6.3.1
b) PCB A20B-1001-0410
1 T4 1 2/0 3 1
1
5
15
10
20
25
B
CN3
A
3
l
5
RV4 m
(+5V ADJ ) fc-
H
>
>
2
td
1“
W
n
>
2
C
o
L
1
>
ro
r
L
o
j
09
I
O
o
I
o
o
MCC
I
>-3
r
L
© © © © © ©
i
T1
FSI
Fig. 6.3.1 (g) Parts iocation on the PCB A20B-1001-0410
Note)
Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.
-
404
-
6.3.1
4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)
a) A16B-1200-0520 (Mother board)
--
I
“I
In
CNIO
O
CHI AM
F I / Fuse
o
CHI CM
CN7
O
CHI EM
O
CHIM
o
I
o
o
CM
in
o
i
I"''
CHI L
CM
o
CHI CL
o
o
o
o
1
O
CO
M3
o
o
CN9
CHI AL
CHI EL
<
I
CO
o
CM
<
X
CN8
F3/ Fuse
FR2
Fuse resistor
<1
FRI
>
F2/ Fuse
L
CH4
O
RV4
CN2
SIQ
Fig. 6.3.1 (h) Parts location on the PCB A16B-1200-0520
-
405
P
6.3.1
b) A20B-1001-0470 (Child board)
S3 I M
m
S3 IL
S
S
I7L— I9L
I
S29L
s
c
mm
m
_
s
S29M
[0
S S
I7M— I9M
s
S S
I4L
I6L
I 6M— I 4M
c
c
o
I
—
cc
S30M| ~|
c
o.
<
CN7
S33L
S33M
CHI 3
O TRW
SSL S9L
S28L
CH9L
CH6L
O
s
CH7L
O
R
cm it
cm OL
CH6L
CH5L
CH3L
CH2L
CHIL
QPROT
[>a
-JJ- RV3L TGLO
— RV2L 0
On
O is
O IR 2PL
O T
CHI2L
OHV
OOVCM
OTGM
O
O
O
OVCLO
LV
HC
DC
cm 4L
D
S20L
S20M
:HI 7
I5VO
+5V O
:HI6
S8M S9M
-I
n
S28MER0
— ISO
:HI2M
;HI IM
1L 0 no
RV3M
RV2M
3
IRQ
22M
so
RO
o
o
Oov
OTSA
O VCMD
SI OL
S10M
0
D
CHI 5
CHI4M
RVIM
RVIL
-I5VO
+
o
o
ovO
TSAO
VCMDO.
¥
1
CN5L
CN6L
CN5M
CN6M
To
Motor
To NC
To
Motor
To NC
S32M
S32L
:HIOM
;H9M
CH8M
:H7M
:H6M
CH5M
:H3M
CH2M
CHIM
O
OJ
ID
o
O
O
C\l
I
CN I L
CN I M
To NC
To NC
CQ
vO
<
Note 1:
Note 2:
Two PCB is 1 sets.
Part location on PCB may be changed without notice.
Fig. 6.3.1 (i) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0470
-
406
-
6.3.1
5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)
a) PCB A20B-1001-0770
A20B- 1001 -0770/ CH3
_
1 l
}
n
F I / Fuse
Fuse resistor
3 , 2A
1 I
CNI 0
O PRDY
O LV
O HC
O HV
D
DC
O
Q
u
S3 1 M S3 1 N
S3 IL
TGL
ri
OVCL
O
TGM
Q
O
OVCM
3
TGN
o OVCN
CN9
SIOL SIOM SION
S3ON S33N
Lf
S30M S33M
S30L S33L S2
“I
SI6N
SI.5N
SL4N
CHI 7
cm 6
cMs
cm
SI.6M
SI5M
SI6L
SI.5L
CHJT4L
S8M
S8L
3/SSL
SL4M
1»
CH?2Q0!
S9M
HT2
CHTIM
CHTIL
n
CHlO
CHlO
d
RV3L
CHM |RV2L
S29L
CH9
- P
pORVIL
RVIM
CH5L
SI9L
CH2L
CHIL
C;N$L
CN bL
F3
2.0A
F2
CHMM
CHIN
CNSM
SS22N
RVIN
CH2M
CNiM
Fuse
S29N
IP
S22M
CH5N
SI7M
SI8M
CH3N
SI9M
CH2N
SI 7L
S9N
It S,ST9LCSORV2N E ]
CHpL
CH3L
D
RV3N
RV3M
RV2M
CN8
S8N
CHT4N.
CN£>N
!
CN7
CN3N
LT
PM>
CNIL
S32L
SÿOL
S34 S3feM
CNIM
7
SÿOM
CNIN
S32N S20N
Fig. 6.3.1 (j) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0770
-
407
CN2
6.3.2
6.3.2 Setting terminal
1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 to 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)
Table 6.3.2 (a)
Standard setting
Setting
terminal
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
10
20M
20,30
30R
S 1
L
L
L
L
L
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S 6
H
H
H
H
H
H
S 7
H
H
H
H
H
H
S10
H
H
H
H
H
H
Sll
H
H
L
L
L
H
S12
H
H
L
L
L
H
S13
H
H
L
L
L
H
S17
H
H
H
H
H
L
S18
H
L
L
L
H
H
S19
H
H
H
H
H
H
S20
H
H
H
H
H
H
Compensation circuit setting
TG alarm enable (Note 3)
Current loop gain setting
Current limit setting
Absolute code output enable
(Note 4)
S32
Setting
terminal
L
L
L
L
L
L
Setting for absolute pulse
coder (Note 5)
2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R
Pulse coder
3000P
2000P
2500P
S 8
L
L
H
S 9
H
L
L
S14
L
H
H
S15
H
L
L
S16
H
L
H
Remarks
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
-
408
Pulse coder, pole number,
and pulse number setting
6.3.2
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
20M
20,30
30R
o
o
o
2-0, 1-0
0
5
10
S22
o
o
o
o
S23
o
o
o
S24
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
S25
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
S21
Compensation circuit setting
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)
F/V circuit
filter setting
S26
Compensation circuit setting
S27
S28
S29
S30
External analog current
limitter setting
S31
Connect CNl(19) pin and OV
S33
o
OVC alarm level setting
S34
o
S35
o
o
o
o
S36
o
o
o
o
Current feedback gain
setting (Note 7)
Speed feedback gain setting
(Note 8)
S37
S38
o
o
o
Compensation circuit setting
o
-
409
6.3.2
b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)
Table 6.3.2 (b)
Standard setting
Setting
terminal
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
10 ,20M
20,30
30R
S 1
L
L
L
L
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S 2
L
L
L
L
L
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S 4
L
L
L
L
L
S 5
L
L
L
L
L
S 6
H
H
H
H
H
S 7
H
H
H
H
H
S10
H
H
H
H
H
Sll
H
H
L
L
H
S12
H
H
L
L
H
S13
H
H
L
L
H
S17
H
H
H
H
L
S 18
H
H
H
H
H
S19
H
H
H
H
H
S20
H
H
H
H
H
Absolute code output enable
(Note 4)
S32
L
L
L
L
L
Setting for absolute pulse
coder (Note 5)
Compensation circuit setting
Setting
terminal
TG alarm enable (Note 3)
Current loop gain setting
Current limit setting
2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R
Pulse coder
3000P
2500P
2000P
S 8
L
L
H
S 9
H
L
L
S 14
L
H
H
S 15
H
L
L
S16
H
L
H
Remarks
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
-
410
-
Pulse coder, pole number,
and pulse number setting
6.3.2
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
2-0, 1-0
0,5
Remarks
10 , 20M
30R
20,30
S21
Compensation circuit setting
S22
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)
S23
o
o
S24
o
o
o
o
o
S25
o
o
o
o
o
F/V
circuit filter setting
S26
Compensation circuit setting
S27
S28
S29
External analog current
limitter setting
S30
c) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number C or D)
Table 6.3.2 (c)
Standard setting
Setting
terminal
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
10
20,30
30R
S 1
L
L
L
L
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S 2
L
L
L
L
L
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S 4
L
L
L
L
L
S 5
L
L
L
L
L
S 6
H
H
H
H
H
S 7
H
H
H
H
H
S10
H
H
H
H
H
Sll
H
H
L
L
H
S12
H
H
L
L
H
S13
H
H
L
L
H
Compensation circuit setting
-
411
TG alarm enable (Note 3)
Current loop gain setting
6.3.2
Setting
terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
10
20,30
30R
SI 7
H
H
L
L
L
S 18
H
H
H
H
H
S19
H
H
H
H
H
S20
H
H
H
H
H
Current limit setting
Absolute code output enable
(Note 4)
2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 30R
Pulse coder
3000P
2000P
2500P
Setting
terminal
S 8
L
L
H
S 9
H
L
L
S14
L
H
H
S15
H
L
L
S16
H
L
H
Remarks
Pulse coder
gain setting
Pulse coder, pole number,
and pulse number setting
Standard setting
Setting
terminal
F/V
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
10
30R
20,30
S21
Compensation circuit setting
S22
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)
S23
o
o
S24
o
o
o
o
o
S25
o
o
o
o
o
F/V
circuit filter setting
S26
Compensation circuit setting
S27
S28
-
412
6.3.2
Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected
across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
2) Set S2 to open (L side) , if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
3) Set S10 to L side, if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H side, the alarm code is always output.
5) When the absolute value pulse coder is used, set S32 at H side.
6) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm will be set. If it is open,
7V/1000 rpm will be set. If models 10, 20, and 30R are used over 1500
(loop gain
settings
and NC parameters
the above
change
rpm,
multipliers)
.
7) Models 0, 5, 10, and 20M only may be short-circuited. If S35 and S36
are short-circuited, conversion of current feedback signals (CH10, 11,
12) is 0.183 V/A.
S37 is short-circuited, the rate feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
9) The way of setting is shown as following figures.
8) If
FI) H
H
Setting plug
0b
13 L
L
(b) Setting of L side
(a) Setting of H side
2) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (PCB A20B-1000-0590) (analog servo)
Table 6.3.2 (d)
Pulse coder
Remarks
Setting terminal
2000P
S 1
S 8
2500P
TOH setting (Note 1)
R
S10
Pulse coder
OPEN
R
F/V
Gain
TG alarm enable (Note 2)
L
S15
L
L
S16
L
H
S20
L
Pulse coder
Pole number, pulse number setting
S32
L
For ABS pulse coder setting
(Note 3)
L
-
413
-
6.3.2
Note 1) If power transformer is connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI to open (R side).
If power transformer is not connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5) ,
set SI to short (L side).
2) Set S10 to R side if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used set S32 at H side.
4) The way of setting is shown as following figures.
w*
llj
Setting plug
Zl)
I3)L
L
(a) Setting of H side
L
K
(b) Setting of L side
L
R
R
(d) Setting of R side
(c) Setting of L side
3) For Model 5-0 (analog servo)
Table 6.3.2 (e)
Remarks
Terminal setting
Standard setting
S 1
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S 2
L
Pulse coder setting (Note 2)
S 3
L
Absolute pulse coder setting
(Note 3)
S 4
L
TG, OVC alarm desable setting
(Note 4)
Note 1) If the power transformer connected to CN2 (4) and (5), set SI at L. If
there is no connection, set Si at H.
2) If the pulse coder is lOOOP/rev, set S2 at L, and if 2000P/rev, set it
at H.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used, set S3 at H, and if not used set it
at L
4) If TG and OVC alarms are made invalid, set S4 at H.
5) If a lOOOP/rev pulse coder is used, care should be taken in DMR setting.
(DMR setting should be double that in a normal 2000P/rev pulse coder.)
.
-
414
6.3.2
4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)
PCB A20B-1001-0470
A16B-1200-0520
Table 6.3.2 (f)
Terminal
setting
Standard setting
Remarks
2-0, 1-0
0,5
Si
L
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S2
X
x
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S10L,M
H
H
TG alarm enable (Note 3)
S17L,M
H
H
S18L,M
H
H
S19L,M
H
H
S20L,M
H
H
Absolute code output enable (Note 4)
S22L,M
o
o
Compensation circuit setting
S23L,M
o
o
VCMD gain setting (Note 5)
S24L,M
o
o
F/V
S25L,M
X
x
S26L,M
X
x
S27L,M
o
o
S28L,M
X
x
S29L,M
x
x
F/V
S30L,M
Le
R
Current loop gain setting
S31L,M
H
H
TG alarm enable
S32L,M
o
o
Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)
S33L,M
x
x
OVC alarm level setting
Current limit setting
circuit filter setting
Compensation circuit setting
input pulse width setting (Note 6)
- 415
6.3.2
Terminal
setting
Pulse coder
Remarks
2000P
2500P
3000P
S 8L,M
L
L
H
S 9L,M
H
L
L
S14L.M
L
H
H
S15L,M
H
L
L
S16L,M
H
L
H
Pulse coder
F/V gain
setting
Pulse coder pole number and
pulse number setting
Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI at L side.
2) If
the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the
short-circuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.
"’ll H
——01
LLIJL
11
Setting plug
1),.
(b) Setting of L side
(a) Setting of H side
roi
O7!
L
L
R
K
(d) Setting of R side
(c) Setting of L side
- 416
6.3.2
5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (PCB A20B-1001-0770)
Table 6.3.2 (g)
Terminal
setting
Standard setting
Remarks
0/5
10
SI
L
L
TOH setting (Note 1)
S2
x
x
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
S10L,M,N
H
H
TG alarm enable (Note 3)
S17L,M,N
H
H
S18L,M,N
L
L
S19L,M,N
H
H
S20L,M,N
H
H
Absolute code output enable (Note 4)
S22L ,M,N
o
x
Compensation circuit setting
S23L,M,N
o
x
VCMD gain setting (Note 5)
S24L,M,N
o
o
F/V
S25L jM,N
x
x
S26L,M,N
X
x
S27L,M,N
x
x
S28L.M.N
x
X
S29L,M,N
x
x
F/V
S30L.M.N
L
L
Current loop gain setting
S31L,M,N
H
H
TG alarm enable
S32L,M,N
o
o
Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)
S33L,M,N
x
x
OVC alarm level setting
Current limit setting
circuit filter setting
Compensation circuit setting
-
input pulse width setting (Note 6)
417
6.3.2
Terminal
setting
S 8L,M,N
Pulse coder
Remarks
2000P
2500P
3000P
L
L
H
F/V
Pulse coder
S 9L,M.N
H
L
L
S14L,M,N
L
H
H
S15L,M,N
H
L
L
S16L,M,N
H
L
H
gain setting
Pulse coder pole number and
pulse number setting
N system
Terminal
setting
0 series, 1 series
2 series, 3 series
6 series, 9 series
S34
10/11/12/100/
110/120 series
x
o
Remarks
VRDY signal setting
Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5) , set
SI at L side.
2) If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the shortcircuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.
H
Setting plug
S) L
* ) L
(b) Set at L side
(a) Set at H side
418
6.3.3
6.3.3 Variable resistor
Table 6.3.3
Remarks
Standard setting
Variable resistor
40%
RVl
Gain setting
RV2
Offset voltage adjustment
RV3
Tachogenerator voltage adjustment
RV4
+5 V power supply fine adjustment
Note) RV2-RV4 have been adjusted at factory before the shipment.
6.3.4 Check terminals list
1) For 1-axis control AC servo unit
Table 6.3.4 (a)
Check terminal
Description
Symbol
a x velocity command voltage (Note 2)
CH 1
0.8 x tachogenerator voltage
2
3
OV
OV
4
OV
OV
5
Compensation circuit
6
7
R
R-phase current command
8
S
S-phase current command
9
T
T-phase current command
10
IR
R-phase current feedback
11
IS
S-phase current feedback
12
IT
T-phase current feedback
13
TRW
Triangle wave (See Note 1)
14
ER
Error voltage (Torque command)
15
+5V
+5V
-
419
2.4V/A for motor 4-0, 3-0
0.85V/A for motor 2-0, 1-0
0.25V/A for motor 0,5,10
0.125V/A for motor 20,30
0.1V/A for motor 30R
6.3.4
Check terminal
Symbol
16
+15V
+15V
17
-15V
-15V
18
10RF
10V reference voltage
Note 1)
2)
Description
Triangle wave
a - 0.344 when VCMD = 7
a = 0.687 when VCMD = 7
V/1000 rpm
V/2000 rpm
12 ± 1.5 V
340 ± 30 M sec.
2) For 2-axis control AC servo unit
Table 6.3.4 (b)
Check terminal
Symbol
CH 1L,M
VCMD
a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)
CH 2L,M
TSA
0.8 x velocity feedback voltage
CH 3L,M
OV
OV
OV
OV
CH 4
Description
CH 5L,M
Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M
CH 7L,M
R
R-phase current command
CH 8L,M
S
S-phase current command
CH 9L,M
T
T-phase current command
CH10L,M
IR
R-phase current feedback
CH11L.M
IS
S-phase current feedback
CH12L ,M
IT
T-phase current feedback
-
420
-
1.18 A/V
(Motor 1-0, 2-0)
4.00
A/V
(Motor 0,5)
6.3.4
Check terminal
Description
Symbol
TRW
Triangle wave (Note 3)
ER
Error voltage (Torque command voltage) (Note 4)
CH15
+5V
+5V
CH16
+15V
+15V
CH17
-15V
-15V
CHI 3
CH14L.M
Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm
a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Setting terminal S4 is on the PCB A16B-1200-0520.
3) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.
1 2 ± 1.5 V
360±30ÿsec
4) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CH10-12. Effective values can be obtain by multiplying
1//T.
3) For 3-axis control AC servo unit
Table 6.3.4 (c)
Check terminal
CH 1L,M,N
CH
2L.M.N
CH 3L ,M,N
Description
Symbol
VCMD
a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)
TSA
0.8 x velocity feedback voltage
0V
0V
CH 5L,M,N
Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M,N
CH 7L,M,N
R
R-phase current command
CH 8L,M,N
S
S-phase current command
-
421
6.3.4
Check terminal
Symbol
Description
CH 9L,M,N
T
T-phase current command
CH10L,M,N
IR
R-phase current feedback
CH11L,M,N
IS
S-phase current feedback
CH12L,M,N
IT
T-phase current feedback
TRW
Triangle wave (Note 2)
ER
Error voltage (Torquecommand)
CHI5
+5V
+5V
CH16
+15V
+15V
CH17
-15V
-15V
5.45A/V
(Motor 0, 5, 10)
CHI 3
CH14L,M,N
Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm
a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.
12± 1.5V
360
+ 30/* sec
3) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
The effective values can be obtained by
conversion as CH10-12.
multiplying
l/fT.
422
6.4
6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for AC Servo Motor
6.4.1 Parts location on PCB
1) For Model 2-0
Model 30R (digital servo)
-
a) A16B-1200-0670
Ociin.
CtoiiL
0CK3L
OCKIE
OCK2E
O
& QCHJE
|One
o-
§ Oc*»c
®
<N
OCH*A
CN4
50
CHJA
FI
3
<
g
w
H
%PM
530
CN3
-S30
5«D
c“vb
cÿo
c,fio
™RO
O DPDY
C"‘0
irv
CH5o
HC
CH4
O
LV
CH3Q
DC
"00"
CH2o
OH
Si S2
F-2
CH,o
F-l
1
CN1?
CN2
Fig. 6.4.1 <a) A16B-1200-0670
-
423
-
6.4.1
2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0 and 3-0 (digital servo)
a) A20B-1002-0500
B
A
4
©
HV
®
HC
©
LV
®
OH
®
4
®
4
@
4
®
4
®
A20B-1002-0500/
4
@
CN3
FUSEI
®
DRDY
CHI3Q
+24VW
-C,H5’V20
CHIIQ
+I5VW
CHI0O
+5Vÿi?20
CH9
OV
©
CH8p)
w
IS
CHJO
IR
CH60
*PWMFR0
CH50 R6
*PWME
CH40
*PWM0
CH30
*PWMC
CH20
*PWMB
OHIO
ZNR2
ZNRI
*PWMA
© © © © ®
si
ON I
Dt
A350- I002-T502/00
A350- 1 002-Z 503/ 00
Fig. 6.4.1 (b) A20B-1002-0500
- 424
-
CN2
6.4.1
b) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (A20B-1000-0600)
RLY 1
CN3
+5 ADJ
RV4
o
s
o
o
o
m
8
<
•Q-
y
u
FETA
FETE
FETC
FETB
FETD
MCC
uu
FETF
U
RP4
RP6
RPS
RP7
FS2
TI
FS1
Fig. 6.4.1(c) A20B-1000-0600
-
425
-
6.4.1
3) For AC servo motor Model 5-0 (digital servo)
a) A20B-1001-0430
1
15
10
5
20
25
B
A
CJ
D
2
0«v
z
OHC
<
LL
<
CL
<
CN3
A20B-1001-0430 /
OLV
z
O0H
UJ
Q
<
QDRDY
2
CH/—\
13
CJ
PH
+24V
FI
CHÿC5V
10
+15V
o
C1I
+5V
C9H0
0\
sCJ
c?o
1R
CH0>
eCJpw
“cr:
cn
MI;
<Q
CH »PWMD
30JPWMC
c?0*
0
7
20
-FR1
PWMB
"0,
O’"
) L
S1
PWMA
1
1
14
CN2
CN1
Fig. 6.4.1(d) A20B-1001-0430
-
426
6
6.4.1
4) Servo amplifier for 2-axis control
a) A16B-1200-0680
A16B-1200-0680/
CN10
M
X
s
FI
§ii
_
ac
(i>
«
u.
CN9
i8
L
X
s
>"o
so
+24V
-15V
*0
+15V
so
SO
ISM
ad
so
So
SMO
g
so
so
so
o
CN8
So
So
so
so
so
SO
MV
so
so
o
Q
MC
LV
DC
CNlM
DM
[ff
SJ
SICN:
CN1L
Fig. 6.4.1(e) A16B-1200-0680
-
427
6.4.1
5) Servo amplifier for 3-axis control
a) A20B-1002-0280
A20B- 1 002-0280/1
FANUC MADE IN JAPAN
Q
ol
2
e
°P
oS
op
«•
o\
5
°s
e
o|
of
°I
Pi9
8
e
o|
ol
CJ£0
CHcSO
@
£
a
OCHON
ov
2,
$
CHS
0VQ
CHI
CHjfj
Cl
C|H7L
fer
CHI
MFWI
HI
fit
CK4N
"Sg
CH
•I
CR2L
CH1M
«PWMAM
•PVTMAL
7
J
CNIL
H.
«M»i
ST
Ffil
N
III!
Cl
CNIM®
H
XHIH
«PWMAH
H
&
si
L-
L
CNiN©
i
A350- I002-T284/0I
A350- I002-Z283/0I
Fig. 6.4.1(f) A20B-1002-0280
-
428
(D @
|cN2
6.4.2
6.4.2 Setting terminal
1) For Model 2-0
30R, 5-0, 4-0, 3-0 and servo amplifier
(digital servo)
Settings are SI and S2 only for digital servo.
for
2 axes control
Setting terminal
Standard setting
SI
L
TOH setting (See Note 1)
S2
L
DC alarm setting (See Note 2)
This setting is not provided to servo
amplifier for model 5-0.
Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected
across terminals CN2 (4) and (5)
set SI to open (L side)
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
Note 2) Set S2 to open (L side)
if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
.
,
,
Setting plug
0)H
V
E3L
L
(a) Setting of H side
(b) Setting of L side
-
429
6.4.3
6.4.3 Check terminals list
1) Servo amplifier of
(T) For 1-axis
i) For Model
ii) For Model
iii) For Model
(2) For 2-axis
(3) For 3-axis
digital
5-0
4-0, 3-0
2-0 - 30R
P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B
A20B-1001-0430
A20B-1002-0500
A16B-1200-0670
A16B-1200-0680
A20B-1002-0280
Table 6.2.4 (a)
Setting terminal
Standard setting
Remarks
(Note 1)
SI
L
TOH setting
S2
L
DC alarm setting (Note 2)
Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected
across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
2)
Note
Set S2 open (L side), if the regenerative discharge unit is not mounted,
and set it to short (H side)
if the regenerative discharge unit is
.
,
mounted
Note 3) The setting S2 is not mounted on the PCB for model 5-0 and for model 4-0
and 3-0.
430
-
6.5
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit
_
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram
Check Terminal (CHI to 32, etc.)
Variable resistor (RV1 to 19)
- Terminal for setting (SI to 7)
®‘"
Notes
-
UZA_.J
.
R
(T
LZDZJ
-i
EJ ZZE
j
i-
Ci
i
i
H
t
.I
i
i
i
K
j
FA
Fuse
Transformer
T1
Power supply
heal sink
FBQ
fc0
RV15
m
@00
Alarm fuse
® 19B
© CT
® 19 A
RV17
m
QPE
r
©
©
®
©
©
©
©
©
©
©
Transformer
T2
CH 2 8
-1 5
OV
-1-5
+1 5
+24
CLK
.0
Version
n
FG CN6
FH
£
ROM
CH 2 5 ffi© CH26
CH2 3 ©© CH2 4
CH2 1 ®© CH2 2
CHI 9 ©© CH2 0
CHI 7©© CHI 8
f CHI 3
- CHI 4
- CHI 5
Indualated Amplifier
ISAMP1
ISAMP2
- CHI 6
ed
cd
IFF
CH3 1
CH30
CH2 9
© ARS
© SLP
0
CN7
fdD LT
AF1AF2AF3
© CH3 2
n
—
Display
LED
© ©©®® ©„_
Pit AT.ARMmfc?
|eg
C N 9
Pilot
alarm
code
CH 1 2 CHI 1 CHI 0 CH 9 -I
D
S8
Relay
:<s
RV6
RV5
RV4
lÿse
n
d
ISllitsh
b
- RV1 3
RL
- RV1 2
L RV1 1
CN5
0
g|RV10
||RV9
SRV3 |§3RV8
S10
RV1 6
m
LJ
Q
S9
a
Drawing
number
Receiver
pull-up resister
(Upper)
+24V
R1~R24
0
(Under)
External
connection
side
OV when
contacter
closed
Receiver
ii
fC
<
Receiver
lAUALJ
TTTTf
DA Converter
C BI
iiisiiiiiiil
)
CCD
RVl RV2
Alarm reset
switch L
Control signal
connector
7
j
[US
RV18 RV19
CHlCH2|g](ÿ
©-'
\
CN 1
CN4
(alternative)
miVi
Si
© CH8
© OV
© CH7
CN 3
® © © ©
CN 2
CH3 CH4 CH5CH6
1
i
I
J
OV SM LM
TB
\
Alarm data
signal connector
LT
Terminal board for
speedometer and load meter
Motor signal connector
-
431
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor model 3~15
1) Fuses and surge absorbers
Specification
Item
Name
Symbol
Model 3
l
Model 6
A60L-0001-0127/25FH75
Model 15
Model 12
Model 8
A60L-000I-0145
A6QL-0001-0149
1
F1ÿ3
Fuse
2
F4
Fuse
3
F5,6
Fuse
4
F7
Fuse
5
21ÿ4
Surge absorber
A50L-0221-0062/441-12
6
AF1
Fuse on PCB
A60L-0001-0046/3. 2(3. 2A)
7
AF2, 3
Fuse on PCB
A60L-0001-0075/3. 2(3. 2AS)
A60L-0001-003 1/5A
A60L-000 1-0036 /PC 1-20
A60L-0001-0147
A60L-0001-0036/PC1-30
A60L-0001-0145
A60L-0001-0149
ro
l
ON
K)
2) Main parts
Specification
Item
Name
Symbol
Model 3
Model 6
Model 8
Model 12
Model 15
A20B-0009-0533
A20B-0009-0534
J03
J04
1
P.C.B.
Printed circuit board
2
ROM
Memory element
3
TM1M1
Transistor module
4
SMK3
SCR module
5
DMK3
Diode module
6
Dh3
Diode
A50L-2001-0103/12JH11
7
D4ÿ6
Diode
A50L-2001-0103/12JG11
8
D7
Diode
A50L-2001-0081/60
9
D8
Diode
A50L-2001-0097/U06G
10
CH3
Capacitor
A42L-0001-0103
11
MCC
Electromagnetic contactor
12
TF
Transformer
A80L-0001-0276
13
FAN
Cooling fan
A90L-0001-0099/A
14
TH
Thermostat
A57L-0001-0028
15
SW
Switch
A57L-0001-0030/2
A20B-0009-0530
A20B-0009-053 1
J10
Jll
A20B-0009-0532
J02
A50L-0001-0096
A50L-5000-0029/30
A50L-5000-0029/50
A50L-20Q1-0138
A50L-20Q1-0146
i
4ÿ
LO
LO
t
A58L-0001-0094/200V1A1B
A58L-0001-0092/A
ON
to
6.5,3
6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resistor on the PCB for AC spindle servo unit
Notes 1. This table is applicable to PCBs of versions
A20B-0009-0530 to 0534.
2. Since the variable resistor, RV7 , 8, 14 through 19, are adjusted by
factory at shipment, they must not be readjusted by the user.
No.
Symbol
Item
Standard
setting
Check terminals
Procedure
1
RVl
Velocity command
voltage level
CH13-0V
See Subsection (1)
on the next page.
2
RV2
Velocity command
voltage offset
CH13-0V
See Subsection (1)
on the next page.
3
RV3
Speed arrival
detection level
CH10-0V
See Subsection (4)
4
RV4
Speed detection
level
CH9-0V
See Subsection (5)
5
RV5
Torque limitation
level
6
RV6
Regenerated power
limitation
7
RV7
VF conversion
level (1)
CH23-0V
When the voltage
between LM and OM
is 10 V, the
frequency is
200 + 2 kHz.
8
RV8
Setting for speed
detection circuit
CH18-0V
When the voltage
between CHI 7 and
0 V, is 0.2 V,
2.2 + 0.1 V.
9
RV9
Adjustment of
forward motor
speed
10
RV10
See Subsection (6)
See item 5.1.5.
3 scale
Number of motor
revolutions
CH17-0V
Speed detection
offset
11
RVl 1
Number of motor
Adjustment of
reverse motor
speed
12
RV12
Velocity loop
gain
13
RVl 3
Velocity loop
offset
See Subsection (2)
When the spindle
is stopped, the
offset voltage
must be within
+2 mV.
See Subsection (2)
revolutions
5 scale
Spindle
-
434
-
See Subsection (3)
6.5.3
No.
Symbol
14
RV14
15
RV15
Item
Standard
setting
Check terminals
LM-OM
Adjustment of
loadmeter
amplitude
RV16
17
RVl 7
10 + 0. IV at
acceleration
(without torque
limit)
+5V
Voltage adjust¬
ment of +5 V
16
Procedure
-
0V
5
+
0.05 V
4 scale
Regenerated
voltage limitation
level
CH32-0V
VF conversion
level (2)
When input voltage
is 200 V AC, the
frequency is
24
+ 0.2
kHz.
18
RVl 8
Adjustment of
RA offset
CH5-0V
2.5 + 0.05 V when
CN2 is open.
19
RVl 9
Adjustment of
RB offset
CH6-0V
Same as the above.
1) Velocity command voltage (RVl, RV2)
When the velocity command voltage is 10 V, the motor rotates at the rated
speed
.
Item
Measuring
terminals
Offset
CH13-0V
Level
CH13-0V
Adjustment procedure
Set the motor to operating status and
supply a velocity command voltage of 0V
(equivalent to S00) to the motor.
Adjust RV2 so that the voltage between
the measuring terminals will not change
when forward rotation and reverse
rotation commands are issued alternately.
See the following NOTE.
Voltage
<Adjusted>
+ <adjustment>
Normal
rotation
Reverse
rotation /
0
—
lÿrnV
_
+2mV
Supply a rated rotational command voltage
of 10 V to the motor and adjust RVl so
that the voltage between the measuring
terminals becomes +10 V + 0.05 V when the
spindle forward rotation command is
issued.
(Example) For example, if the voltage at CH13 is +5.0 mV when the spindle
rotates forward and it is +5.0 mV + 1.0 mV when the spindle rotates in
reverse, the offset error of the velocity command voltage is +1.0 mV.
435
-
6.5.3
2) Rotational speed adjustment (RV9, RVll)
The number of motor revolutions can be adjusted accurately by the following
procedure. The number of motor revolutions should be measured directly using
a stroboscope or tachometer.
Measuring
point
Item
Number of forward
Spindle
Supply the rated velocity command voltage
to the motor.
Adjust RV9 so that the motor rotates at
the rated speed when a forward rotation
(SFR) command is issued.
Spindle
Adjust RVll so that the motor rotates at
the rated speed when a reverse rotation
(SRV) command is issued.
motor revolutions
Number of reverse
motor
revolutions
(Example)
Adjusting procedure
The forward rotation means that the AC spindle motor rotates
counterclockwise (forward rotation) as seen from the shaft.
Thus, it may not correspond to the forward rotation of the
machine spindle.
Direction of forward
motor rotation (SFR)
3) Velocity offset (RV13)
This adjustment is made so that the spindle will not rotate at low speed when
a velocity command voltage of OV is supplied. This should be performed after
the previous adjustments.
Item
Velocity offset
Measuring
Adjusting procedure
point
Spindle
(or Motor)
Supply a velocity command voltage of OV.
Adjust RV13 so that the spindle will not
rotate when forward or reverse rotation
commands are issued.
-
436
-
6.5.3
4) Speed arrival detection level (RV3)
Setting of the speed arrival detection level can be performed by using the
following graph.
Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed to the rated value.
50
45
40
s?
1
35
bJ)
30
S
•e
1
25
1
& 20
T3
d>
15
I
I
10
Standard setting 15%
I
5
I
I
0
0
1
1
J_L
2
5
4
3
1
1
1
6
7
8
Scale of RV3
4
3
6
o
2
o
1
0
7
8
9
10
How to read the scale of potentiometer
437
9
10
6.5.3
5) Speed detecting level (RV4)
Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed when rated value is assumed as
100%. This signal can be used for confirmation when clutch or gear is being
changed.
80
70
60
*"
50
33
bJ>
40
8
Z
T)
•g
30
Q>
Di
cn
20
Standard setting 3%
10
0
0
1
2
1
3
1
4
x
1
1
6
5
Scale of RV4
7
8
9
10
6) Torque limit level (RV5)
Vertical axis is the percentage of torque when 30 minutes rated torque is
assumed as 100%.
When
60
TLMH
signal
is “ON”
50
§
40
4>
*
r—
g
When
30
TLML
signal
is “ON”
a
CD
§ÿ
M
£
20
I
10
Standard setting
--
L
Jl
1
o
0
1
2
3
1
4
TLMH 18%
TLML 10%
i
6
5
Scale of RV5
438
[
-
7
8
9
10
6.5.4
6.5.4 Description of check terminal
Terminal
name
Signal
name
Remarks
Contents
CHI
DA2
Analog command voltage
CH2
DAI
Output voltage from
0 - 10.0 V
D/A
0
-
10.0 V
converter
CH3
PA
Phase A output from pulse
(2.5 V
+
5%)
generator
CH4
PB
+ 0.2 V TYP*
generator
PA leads PB by 90° when CW
rotation
Phase B output from pulse
CH5
RA
Reference voltage of phase A
Direct current of PA:
+25 mA
CH6
RB
Reference voltage of phase B
Direct current of PB:
+25 mA
CH7
PSA
Phase A square weve
Duty 50% (at constant speed)
+
OV
OV
OV of printed circuit board
CH8
PSB
Phase B square wave
10%
Duty 50% (at constant speed)
+10%
CH9
SDTRF
Speed detection level
Variable 0.14 V through 7.4 V
by RV4
CH10
SARRF
Speed arrival level
Variable by RV3
CHll
BUZY
Acceleration/ deceleration
busy
V'-
J
“i"
- +10.0
1: During Acc/Dcc
+
; CCW,
-
CHI 3
VCMD
Velocity command voltage
0
CH14
RVP
Reverse rotation speed pulse
Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds
(Only for reverse rotation)
CH15
FWP
Forward rotation speed pulse
Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds
(Only for reverse rotation)
CH16
OV
OV of printed circuit board
CHI 7
TS1
F/V
V
CW
6000 rpm (CCW): -10 V
output of velocity
feedback
CH18
TS2
Low speed detection signal
120 rpm (CCW): -2.2 V
CH20
TSA
Velocity feedback signal
Rated rotational speed:
+10 V, CCW:
CH21
LTRF
Output torque limitation
voltage
Output =
-
439
-
- [(| V CH21| +1.8) /10]
x Maximum output
6.5.4
Terminal
name
CH22
Signal
name
CRU
Remarks
Contents
Phase U current detection
signal
Current per IV
M3, 6
16. 7A
M8
25A
M12
35. 7A
M15
50A
CH23
ERP
VF conversion output
CH28 10 V: 200 kHz
width; 0.4 ps
CH24
CRV
Phase V current detection
signal
V phase motor current
detection signal
CH25
TRWF
Triangle wave signal
CH26
CRW
Phase W current detection
signal
W phase motor current
detection signal
CLK
CLK
Clock signal
312.5 kHz 200 ns typ
+24
24V
Power source voltage of
+24 V
DC25.6 Vtyp , Ripple: 0.5 V
P-P
100 Hz
Power source voltage of
-15 V +4%
+15
15V
/WVO.
10 Vp-p
+15 V
+5
5V
Power source voltage of
+5 V
+5V +1% (Preadjusted by RV15)
OV
OV
OV of printed circuit board
0V, same as CHI 6
-15
-15V
Power source voltage of
-15 V
-15 V +4%
CH28
ER
Error voltage
0
CH29
UCM
Phase U command voltage
CH30
VCM
Phase V command voltage
CH31
WCM
Phase W command voltage
CH32
24VP
Pulse signal
24 kHz at AC 200 V
19A
19A
Input voltage of 19 V AC
PCB Control power supply
CT
CT
OV
PCB Control power supply
19B
19B
Input voltage of 19 V AC
PCB Control power supply
-
440
-
-
10 V
6.6
6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit
6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation
1) Mounting magnetizing element and magnetic sensor
Determine the mounting direction for the magnetizing element and magnetic
sensor as follows. Incorrect mounting may cause repetition of clockwise and
counterclockwise rotation of spindle without stopping during positioning,
hunting, and the end of the magnetizing element and sensor head to stop in
the opposite position.
Mounting methods of magnetizing element and sensor
Explanation
Item
1
Mount the magnetizing element so that the reference hole moves and
faces as shown in Figure 1 when the spindle rotates in the positive
direction by the command of spindle motor CW rotation (SFR and VCMD
positive)
2
.
Mount the magnetic sensor head so that the pin hole of the flange and
the reference hole of the magnetizing element face in opposite
directions
3
.
The gap between the magnetizing element and sensor head should be
minimum of 1,5 + 0.5 mm.
4
Movement of the magnetizing
element when the spindle motor
turns in the positive direction
Reference
hole
(SFR).
Pin hold
1/
<5ÿ
ft
-r
Magnetizing element
Sensor head
Fig. 1 Mounting magnetizing element
-
441
6.6.1
2) Setting and adjustment of two-speed steps type
A06B-6041-J120
Spindle orientation circuit C
A20B-0008-0030
Orientation circuit C PCB
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)
The connection and function of jumper terminals (SH) which can be freely
selected are listed below. SH01 should be connected after the power is on
It should be
since it is used only for adjustment and testing.
disconnected after adjustment making sure that LED7 goes off.
...
Connection and functions of jumper terminals (SH)
(A double outline indicates the standard setting)
(Note 1) Status
Function
SH
1-2
01
02
03
04
o
Remarks
2-3
(Note 2)
Connected only for
adjustment
o
Test mode
x
When an orientation instruction is
issued after power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
clockwise direction.
[Z
o
When an orientation instruction is
issued after power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
counterclockwise direction.
o
x
Moves in the direction the spindle
was turning just before the
orientation instruction was issued.
x
o
The orientation direction is
always CCW.
x
x
The orientation direction is
always CW.
x
x
Initial orientation speed is about
60 x 1 spindle position loop gain
~
r.p.m. of the spindle.
Sec.
(usual rate)
o
x
The initial rate of speed is
limited to 1/3 the usual rate.
x
o
The initial rate of speed is limited
to
2/3 the usual
The setting of SH03 takes
priority of the setting
on SH02.
The setting on SH02 is
effected only when SH03
1-2 is connected.
The setting on SH02
becomes effective.
Since spindle position
loop gain is generally
close to 5 sec. , the
usual rate is about
300 r.p.m.
rate.
Notes: (1) o indicates "close", x indicates "open".
(2) When in Test Mode
(a) The orientation instruction is Issued.
(b) Orientation end signal (0RAR 1,2) is not transferred.
(c) The spindle turns at the initial speed while SW1 (INITIALIZING
BUTTON) is pressed. When it is released, the spindle stops at
a fixed position.
(d) The red light emitting diode (LED7) is on in this mode.
-
442
6.6.1
b) LED indicators
Seven display lamps (LED 1-7), indicating the meanings listed below, are
mounted on this option board. (LED 1 and LED 2 are not mounted on PCB of
01A edition)
.
LED indicators
LED
Meaning
Explanation
Color
1
ORIENTATION
Green
Lights during execution of an orientation
instruction. (ORCM 1 and 2 are connected: ON)
2
CLUTCH (gear) LOW
Green
Lights when the clutch (gear) LOW signal is
on. (*CTH 1 and 2 are connected: ON)
3
MS PEAK LEVEL
Green
Lights while the peak value of the magnetic
flux detection signal (MS) is out of the
range of +10 V. Adjustment indicator.
4
SLOWDOWN PERIOD
Green
Lights during the low turning speed period
when the spindle position approaches the
stop position during orientation.
5
IN-POSITION FINE
Green
Lights when the value of MS output approaches
within +0.1° of the spindle angle. Sometimes
lights when the sensor is not on the
magnetizing element.
6
IN-POSITION
Green
Lights when orientation has been completed
and the spindle is within +1° of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST MODE, the Orientation Completion
signal is transmitted, (ORAR 1 and 2 are
connected: ON)
7
TEST MODE
Red
Lights when SH01 pins are connected. In this
mode, the Adjustment Completion signal is not
transmitted and ORCM is on. The orientation
motion can be repeatedly confirmed by
pressing SW1.
-
443
-
6.6.1
c) Variable resistor setting
Set the variable resistor according to the following values followed by
will be reset at a later stage.'
table before orientation adjustment.
*
Settings
Variable resistor
name
RV
Variable resistor
scale position
(T)
2*
5.0
6.0
-
60
Scale position
65
Scale
position
(5)
5
© ©
-
80
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
-
75
70
6*
7*
8
2.0
5.0
©
-
85
3.0
90
9*
10*
11*
2.0
5.0
5.0
6.5
7.5
(Nÿ)
Scale position
2.0
2.0
-
when the spindle
3,100
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
5,500
6,000
5.5
4.5
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
the
transmission ratio
of
HIGH/LOW.
-
0.5
2,700
RV8 setting
Set RV8 according to
RH/L
110
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
105
100
95
RV5 setting
Set RV5 according to the number of revolutions
rotates at rated speed.
2,000 2,200 2,500
NHM
(rpm)
4
3
RV3 and RV4 settings
Set RV3 and RV4 according to the distance H between the turning axis
of the magnetizing element and the center of the sensor head,
H (mm)
(2)
1*
2.2
3.0
-
2.5
-
4.0
2.8 - 3.2
5.0
4
3
5
o o
2
1
-
6.0
6
7
8
9
10
0
Scale of variable resistor
-
444
-
3.7
7.5
-
4.4
8.0
-
Rÿ,,
5.3
9.0
'
-
of
spindle
6.0
7.0
9.5
10
6.6.1
d) Variable resistor adjustment
Adjustment of
Adjust RVl
RVl 1 according to the following table.
orientation PCB must be performed after the adjustment of spindle control
PCB. Orientation position may be shifted if the adjustment of RV12 or
RV13 on spindle control PCB is altered.
Variable resistor adjustment
The following adjustments should be performed in Test Mode by connecting
SH01 pins.
Term
Name
Adjustment
Adjustment method
Condition
(Specification)
1
RVl
TS OFFSET
The spindle should be
stopped.
Voltage across check 15
(TSA2) and 16 (OV) should
be within +1.0 mV
2
RV2
MS PEAK LEVEL
Keep pressing SW1
(INITIALIZING BUTTON)
Adjust position until
LED3 (MSPEAK LEVEL)
begins to light.
3
RV3
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE
According to the setting
AMS PEAK LEVEL
According to the setting
4
RV4
terms
.
terms.
5
RV5
SLOWDOWN TIME
IN HIGH MODE
Clutch (gear) is HIGH.
Press SW1 to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).
6
RV6
GAIN
H
Just before stopping LED4
(SLOWDOWN PERIOD) should
immediately light up
clearly.
Clutch (gear) is HIGH.
Press SW1 to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open)
Turn in the CW direction
being careful not to over¬
shoot when stopping.
Clutch (gear) is HIGH.
Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).
LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)
should light while LED6
(IN-POSITION) is on.
Clutch (gear) is LOW.
Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).
LED4 (SLOWDOWN PERIOD)
should immediately light
Clutch (gear) is LOW.
Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).
Turn in the CW direction
being careful not to over¬
.
7
RV7
IN-POSITION
H
8
9
RV8
RV9
SLOWDOWN TIME
IN LOW MODE
GAIN
L
445
up clearly just before
stopping. (See term 5)
shoot when stopping.
6.6.1
Term
name
Adjustment
Condition
10
RV10
IN-POSITION
L
Clutch (gear) is LOW.
Press SW1 to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).
11
RVll
Adjustment method
(Specification)
LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)
should be on when
LED6 (IN-POSITION) is on.
The stop position can be
finely adjusted to within
+1° of the spindle angle.
POSITION SHIFT
After adjustment, release the test mode and check that LED7 (red) is turned off.
-
446
1
1
r
4
CN9
1
5
ORJEN-
TATtON
A
LED. I
LOW
6
INDICATORS FOR ADJUSTING
MS PEAK
sLOWDOWN IN- POSITION
PERJOO
LEVEL
FINE
1r
7
N
POSITION
(ÿ)LE02 (J) LED3(?) LED4(2) LEDS(?) EE06 (J)
8
TEST MODE
LE07
RVI
® OirLlRV2
ST 1
IS
(ov)
A
OFFSET
.
B
]MS
PEAK LEVEL
B
RV3
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE
RV4
AMS
PEAK LEVEL
c
c
|
[SLOWDOWN A
i
|RV6
1
D
H D
GAIN
:
_
T
IT-7
-
4>*
-1
|
I
f
_|RV8
sLH04
[RV9
"1 I_ IÿGAIN
I
E
DIRECTION
SH02 SH03
F F[
010IF
2
3L
FIX
INITIAL
< OV)
(MSA)(LSAX)<FWD) {ZS)(MDST)0CLSXVCMD2)(VCMD3)(NNG)(tNTGKAMSKS0RFHMS) (TSAI) (TSA2)
G
-] F
I c]
SLOW DOWN
| M TI M E
I
I
2
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
CHECK
9 , 10
A20B- 0008- 0030/02
I
J L
,
ri , 12
CHECK
TERMINALS
J L
_
13 , 14
,
made Tn
3
I L
JAPAN
4
J L
r
6
15 , 16
TERMINALS
FANUC
2
r
5
_5
j |
I
CNA
i
nf'r
TACT
SWITCH
POSITION
SHIFT
SWI I
;
IF
G
(INITIALIZING BUTTON)
6
L
7
j
L
8
Adjusting position on the orientation circuit C PCB
ON
6.6.1
3) Setting and
Orientation
Orientation
PCB drawing
adjustment of three-spindle speed steps type
A06B-6041-J121
circuit D
circuit D
A20B-0009-0520
number
..
The spindle speed range is as listed below.
Spindle speed range
High
4000
-
8000 rpm
Medium
1000
-
2000 rpm
250
-
667 rpm
Low
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)
Same as in item 6.5.1 (2)-(a).
b) LED indicators
Symbol
Color
LED1
ORIENTATION
Green
Lights during execution of an orientation
command
LED2H
GEAR/ CLUTCH
Green
Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to
high position.
LED No.
Contents
.
LED2M
Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to
middle position.
LED2L
Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to
low position.
LED3
MS PEAK LEVEL
Green
Lights when the peak value of the MS signal
sent from the magnetic sensor is out of the
range of +10 V.
LED4
SLOWDOWN PERIOD
Green
Lights during low turning speed and goes
out when the magnetizing element reaches
the sensor.
LED5
IN-POSITION FINE
Green
Lights when orientation has been completed
and the spindle is within +0.1° of the
adjustment position.
LED 6
IN-POSITION
Green
Lights when orientation has been completed
and the spindle is within +JL° of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST mode, the orientation comple¬
tion signal is transmitted.
LED 7
TEST MODE
Red
Lights when terminals 01 and 02 of SH01 are
shorted
.
448
6.6.1
c) Adjustments
The adjustments should be performed in the following sequence in TEST mode
after turning on the power.
Item
1
Variable
resistor
RV1
Adjustment item
Condition
The spindle should be
stopped.
Voltage across check
terminals CH15 (TSA2)
and 16 (OV) should be
within 0 + 1,0 mV.
SWl should be kept
pressed.
Adjust the position
until LED3 begins to
light.
SLOWDOWN REFER¬
ENCE
Measure the distance
from the center of
See NOTE 1.
Setting of the
slowdown level
the spindle to the
sensor head.
TSA OFFSET
Tachogenerator
offset
2
RV2
MS PEAK LEVEL
Amplitude adjust¬
ment of MS signal
3
4
RV3
RV4
Adjustment procedure
AMS PEAK LEVEL
Amplitude value
of AMS signal
5
6
RV5
RV6
SLOWDOWN TIME
HIGH
slowdown time
Shift the gear to the
HIGH position and
LED2H goes on.
Turn SWl on and off
repeatedly.
Just before stopping,
LED4 should immedia¬
tely light up clearly
(about 0.2 sec).
Turn clockwise to
increase the gain
being careful not
GAIN HIGH
Position loop
gain
to overshoot when
stopping.
7
RV7
IN-POSITION H
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position.
8
RV8
SLOWDOWN TIME
LOW Adjustment
of slowdown time
9
RV9
GAIN LOW
Position loop
gain
RV10
IN-POSITION LOW
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position
10
Adjust so that LED5
lights while LED6 is
on. LED5 may ficker.
Shift the gear to
the LOW position
and LED2L goes on.
Turn SWl on and
off repeatedly.
Same as item 5 above.
Same as item 6 above.
Same as item 7 above.
449
:
6.6.1
Item
Variable
resistor
Adjustment item
Condition
Shift the gear to
the MEDIUM position
and LED2M goes on.
Turn SW1 on and
off repeatedly.
Adjustment procedure
Same as item 5 above.
11
RV11
SLOWDOWN TIME
MEDIUM
Adjusting slow¬
down time
12
RV12
GAIN MEDIUM
Position loop
gain.
Same as item 6 above.
13
RV13
IN-POSITION
MEDIUM
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position
Same as item 7 above,
14
RV14
POSITION SHIFT
Shifting of
The stop position can
be finely adjusted
within a range of
+1° of the spindle
angle.
spindle stop
position
Match the key posi¬
tion of the ATC arm
to the groove
position of the
spindle.
After adjustment, release test mode making sure that LED7 (Red) is off.
(Note 1)
Adjust RV3 and RV4 based on the distance (Hmm) from the center of the
spindle to the sensor as listed below.
H (mm)
Position RV3, 4
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
9.5
6.5
4.5
3.0
2.2
1.5
1.0
0.5
Spindle
Magnetizing element
cjfÿ
Scale
.8
Sensor
Scale
H (mm)
- 450
-
TSA
CN9
1+151
(+5)
(Wÿ
(LgA) 0{JWD)(J§)
1
2
3
4
6
l
OFFSET
TATION
RV1
®
LED1
'(MQSTHXÿI
5
r
ORIEN¬
IIINJG)
7
8
9
10
(Aÿ)(SgRF)(M§)
11
12
13
(TgAlKTSA2)
14
15
(Wj
MS PEAK
LEVEL
RV2
Eg
m
©
16
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE
RV3
AMSPEAK
LEVEL
RV4
(GEAR/CLU TCH)
H
SLOWDOVW
LfcD2 I
PERIOD
M
TCDTM
leg I W
L
l_t.U3
U
mm
© mnm
©
© m
LED4
RV12
©
IN-POSITIOIN
FINE
LED5
RV6
RV13
RV8
©
SLOW¬
DOWN
TIME
RV9
(GAIN)
IN-POSITION
LED6
RV7
RV14
I
I
RV10
IM¬
POSI¬
TION
SW1
SHOT
TEST MODE
Ln
POSITION
I
SHIFT
RV11
A20B-Q009-0520/ p
1
m P
SH02
2
%
w
SH03 SH04
CNA
Edition
Check terminals and variable resistor location on the PCB
c\
CN
6.6.2
4) Confirmation of the spindle position loop gain
The spindle position loop gain should be tested after orientation stop
control circuit adjustment by using the procedure outlined in the next table.
Spindle position loop gain
Procedure
1
Connect SH01 pins, to enter Test Mode (LED7 goes on).
2
Disconnect SH04 1-2 and 2-3 pins to remove limits.
3
(r.p.m) when
Measure the number of spindle revolutions NS(H) and N
S(L)
SW1 (INITIALIZING BUTTON) is on, for each of the following conditions.
Spindle clutch (gear) HIGH (*CTHl and 2 not connected)
Spindle clutch (gear) LOW (*CTH1 and 2 connected)
4
The spindle position loop gain can be determined using the following
equations:
-1
Kp(H or L) NS(H or L) T 55 (sec ), where
p(L)
:
:
Position loop gain for spindle HIGH gear (clutch)
Position loop gain for spindle LOW gear (clutch)
6.6.2 For position coder system
1) Printed circuit board
A20B-0009-0530
0534
Spindle control circuit
Position coder method spindle orientation control circuit
a) Stop position internal setting
A20B-0008-0240
b) Stop position external setting
A20B-0008-0241
2) Display
-
Light emitting diode
LEDl ORIENTATION
...
Lights when orientation command (ORCMl , 2 ON) is
LED2 LOW
LED3 IN-POSITION OUT
LED4 IN-POSITION ADJUST
...
issued.
Lights when the contact of clutch change signal
*CTH is closed. Lighting indicates that clutch
LOW is selected.
Lights when orientation completion signal ORAR
1-2 is issued,
Lights when spindle enters within one pulse of
orientation position.
Stop position can be the same at HIGH and LOW by
adjusting POT RV3/RV5 for OFFSET adjustment so
that this LED lights at gear HIGH/LOW.
-
452
6.6.2
3) Setting
12
3
4
OOOO
LED 1
—
4
SH 0 2
GH i
1
®2
HD3
m*
i
i
i
1
11 SHO 1
[Us
SW5
SW4
+5V
5H
-
1* . C TY PE B
0G
CNA
S'Wl
SW2
SW3
8
1
RV1 5
-
S
8
£
—
*•P. C
TYPE A
CNB
When the power of +5V for position coder is supplied from
spindle amplifier, connect between +5V and 5H and between OG and
OV. When the power of +5V is supplied from NC, open between +5V
and 5H between OG and OV.
b) Setting of SW5 and SW4
a) +5V
OG
-
5H
OV
SW4
SW5
Type A
Right
Right
Type B
Left
Left
Position coder
Type
Balanced type
Unbalanced type
c) Setting of SH01 and SH02
Follow the next table.
-
453
-
6.6.2
d) Setting of stop position SWl, 2, 3
Switch
Contents
SWl (16 positions)
1 position is
4096/16
SW2 (16 positions)
1 position is
256/16
SW3 (16 positions)
1 position is
16/16
= 256 pulses, equivalent to 22,5°
= 16 pulses, equivalent to
1.4°
= 1 pulse, equivalent to 0,088°
An arbitrary position in a rotation can be positioned by the unit of
0.088° = 1/4096 x 360° by setting in the order of SWl, 2 and 3.
4) Adjustment
Variable
resistor
No.
Item
1
Velocity feedback
offset
RVl
Measuring point
Standard
Adjustment
5 scale
TSA2
CHI 4
Note
The voltage
at TSA2
should be
+1 mV.
2
3
Position gain at
gear High
RV2
Offset at gear
RV3
overshoot
5
Position gain at
gear Low
RV4
Offset at gear
Low
RV5
4
3-
5
ono
2
1
0
.
Let LED4 ADJUST
light.
High
4
Do not let spindle
6
3-4
scale
About
5 scale
overshoot.
3-6
scale
Let LED4 ADJUST
About
light.
5 scale
Do not let spindle
7
8
9
10
Scale of variable resistor
-
454
-
Gleaming of
the LED is
sufficient
.
6.6.2
Table 1 Setting of SH01 and SH02
o: Connected
SH02
SH01
No.
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
o
o
0
0
o
o
0
0
o
o
o
0
o
o
o
0
9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
1
2
3
4
CCW
o
X
CW
x
o
Orientation direction
after initial
orientation
CCW only
x
o
CW only
x
x
Spindle
rotational
direction
o
X
Rotational direction
of spindle and
position coder
(Standard)
(Standard)
1
x
x
2/3
o
X
1/3
x
o
Same
direction
Reverse
o
x
x
o
Different from
machine tool to
machine tool,
Incorrect setting
will cause hunting,
direction
5
(Note)
In-position width to
issue orientation
completion signal
(ORAR 1, 2)
+2 pulses
o
_+4 pulses
+8 pulses
+16 pulses
+32 pulses
+64 pulses
6
Setting due to
position coder
hysteresis
Remarks
(Standard)
Initial orientation
direction immediately
after turning on
power
Orientation speed
which Is set by
position gain
x: Open
o
o
o
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
+16 pulses corres¬
pond to +1,3°
o
No pulse
X
x
+1 pulse
o
x
-1 pulse
x
o
(Standard)
(Note) The condition (c) of issue of orientation completion signal
c = (Spindle is within the in-position width) and (Velocity zero signal Is ON) and (ORCM is ON)
-
455
7.
7.
REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS
7.1 Replacing Method of Power Supply Unit
1) For
10/11/100/110
series
2
CA 6
CA5 CA4 CAB CD1
ODD
Master PCB
Power
supply
unit
Connector
to master
H)
00
PCB
I
CV1 CV2 CV3 CA1
CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2
ODD
LV
®
CPU
CP 14 .
a
r®
®
2
©
Fig. 7.1 (a) Power supply unit mounting position for 10 and 11 series
2) For
12/120
series
©
©
ffI
I I
Connector for connection
with a back panel
I II
I I
LiJ
J
CP 13,
CPU
CP14, 18
'©
-
456
-
7.2
7.1.1 Procedure
1) Disconnect cables of connectors CP11, CP13, CP14, and CP15 as illustrated
below.
CP13, CP14, CP15
CPI 1, CP14
cpii
Ds
Cr
o
o
o
CEZF
2) Detach the power supply unit by removing the four screws. The power supply
unit is connected to the master PCB or back panel by the connector shown by a
dotted line in the fig. 7.1 (a).
3) For mounting new power supply unit, reverse the above procedure
2) •> 1).
7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and control PCB
(for 12/120 series)
Replacement of the following PCBs connected to the master PCB or back panel is
described.
. Option card 1
axis + additional memory
.. Additional
A1
- A3
card
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PCB (analog servo)
I/O
ROM/RAM board (digital servo)
Optical fiber interface PCB
Bubble memory
Conversational function card
ROM/ RAM card
Additional axis card (analog servo)
Resolver/inductosyn interface
Axis control PCB (digital servo)
CRT/MDI adapter (100/110/120 series)
All control PCB
-
For
10/110
For
11/110 series
series
Common to 10/11/
100/110 series
For 12/120 series
457
7.2
2
O
O
O
O
O
O
m
2
-C
4
___
rT
i
Irn
L
J“
®i
o o o o o o
2
2
1) Procedure
Disconnect cables from PCBs.
i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
screws (a) as shoi<rn in the following figure.
YQNOH
©
VQNOH
®
b ©
©
©
P
(b)
after loosening two
VQNOH
©
r
©
;gIE§]
b
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l
pushing part (©) as illustrated below.
©
©
O°
direction by
©
I
Cr
o
-
458
-
7.3
iii) Disconnect the optical fiber cable by pushing part
as illustrated
a
below.
©
0
2
B
©
2}
Detach PCB by loosening two screws (2).
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure
3
(?)
-*ÿ
(T)
.
2) Setting
Set new PCB in the same way as in PCB before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Additional axis + additional memory PCB
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM No., and edition number.
b) Conversational PCB and ROM/RAM board
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM number, and edition number.
c) Axis CPU PCB, Sub CPU PCB, main buffer PCB
Check the ROM number and edition number.
Spindle control PCB
CRT/MDI adapter
...
d) Bubble memory PCB
Check the specifications of bubble memory PCB.
Clear all bubble memory and reset parameters, NC data, and other setting
data without fail whenever the bubble memory PCB is replaced.
If resetting of parameters is neglected, an alarm may occur.
*
*
7.3 Repiaceing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette
PMC ROM cassette
O
O
Master PCB
or back panel
Screw
O
O
Detach the PMC ROM cassette after loosening the two screws in back.
Make sure that the same contents used in the old cassette are written into new
ROM cassette.
-
459
-
7.4
7.4
Replacing Methods of Master PCB
1) Procedure
Remove the
Remove the
Remove the
Disconnect
©
©
8
power supply unit according to Sec. 7.1.
option PCB according to Sec. 7.2
PMC ROM cassette according to Sec. 7.3,
all cables from master PCB,
®
V
DODD
6
DDDD
DDDD
\
6
®
/
®
5
Fig. 7.4 (a) 10 series master PCB
®
©
\
D0D
CP14A
000
CP1*B
|
I COPI
I
I COP2
6
DDDD
ODD
6
fiA.Y.vjy
5
Fig. 7.4 (b) 11 series master PCB
-
460
-
7.4
Disconnect cables by the following procedures.
i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
screws (?) as illustrated below.
(ÿ)
YdNOH
(b)
©
©
after loosening two
YQNOH
—
»-<_?
nr
&
©
©
i
©
©
13
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l-£>) direction by
pushing part (a) as illustrated below.
©
©
©
k
k>
o
nZ3
~L
iii)
Disconnect optical fiber cable by pushing part
below.
©
a
2
fl
©
-
461
(a)
as illustrated
7.4
iv)
Disconnect connector CAT cable in the arrow direction after unlocking
it as illustrated below.
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it
in the direction opposite to
of the
after setting it to mark
unlocked
the
under
connector
condition, and then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the
connector forcibly, or else the
The
cable cannot be locked.
left
figure shows the locked
condition.
1
o
:
=4
(
gr
5
Disconnect the ground wire.
6
The master PCB can be removed by loosening the four screws shown in (6)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure @ -* (l)
7
2) Setting
Setting on new PCB should be same as that on old PCB before exchange.
For 10/100 series, check position control LSI, OPC (in case of small
CRT/MDI) , character generator (in case of small CRT/MDI) , and ROM for
normal mounting conditions.
For 11/110 series, check the position control LSI for normal mounting
.
8
8
.
condition.
For
10/100
master PCB.
series, a memory parity alarm occurs after replacing the
Reset parameters after clear the memory.
-
462
-
AI68-I0IO-004H
MADE IN JAPAN
FANUC
19
1
20
1
21
1
22
1
23
CAN
CAG
CAE2
CAS
CAH
CAC
39
1
40
1
41
1
42
1
43
1
44
1
45
1
CA6
K
>
Mounting
position of
character
i
generator
\
J
\
H
I
;
Y
i
G
G
Mounting
position
RAM
of OPC
F
I
E
E
4>ON
u>
I
D
©Q p p Q
D
I
CAP
2
/
i
t
tk
7
7
8
T7
i
i
7
7
I I
TTT
32
I
I1'
r'-
r\
' np
.
CO
K
CO
I
C
CO
‘
TT3"
B
N
A
\
i
i
7
J
X
A
4
s
.
YTT
cfz
cF3
10
H23i 24
I II
/
Setting
point
i
25 i 26 i 27 i 28 « 29s, 30
\
.
31 1 32
i
33
i
34
, 35
i
36ÿ21 i
38
, 39
i
40
, 41 , 42 , 43
44
45
\
Mounting position Mounting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM
of position control
LSI
Fig. 7.4 (c) Check positions after replacing analog servo 10 series master PCB
-J
4ÿ
Setting
point
/
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
AI6B-IOIO-OI9
CAH
CAI
CAS
CAL
CAE2
CAB
CAG
C AC
CAM
K
18
O O +24
+s
-J
O
-15
o
+ is
J
i
H
CDI
G
:
7
F
l
CF
ECOP2COP I
-o
E
I
C AE I
CAP
i
i
d
Sr
7
7
CL
tn
Cv 2
i
CF9I
n
o
CAI
iJ
<*P
0V
8
CMD
I
A
7
L2J LJJ
CV22
7
CA2
l
[32j [33j [34j [35j [36j [37j [38] [39] [40] i4Jj l42i
i_L5j/_L6j LLZJ LiSj [_L9j |_2Qj i£jj L22J L22J L2*J LlSj [26J [27J L28J [29J [30]
Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (d) Check positions after replacing digital servo 10 series master PCB
IQ 1 l I I I 1,I2|
l_|4j
-J
-P+
C03
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
4
CD4
I
'1
CA8
4
14
1
20
7
AI68-IOIO-OOSH/
OSCG PC
ADD. AXES
TEST
ROM
A.C.P
BMU
i
K
CDS
7
20
7
20
K
/—s
33
CPI4A
i
J
J
t
14
I
|
14
:
H
50
*
i
7
20
CAT
I*0
7
7
H
20
CAM
CA12
CAIO
nsi nr1 nri nsi fiÿ-1 nr1
i24i
i27 1
F91 ri?
3? H331 r'34' f35l
[371 r59 1391 f4Qi
G
G
CPI4B
COPl
Hal rigi f2o>
F
F
I
-PON
Ui
C0P2
E
E
!
1
r
D
_
2
5
3
D
VCMOO OOO
T5AO O O ©
OKC:
Ub14
14
I
14
CAP
14
1
c
c
<n
rt
r-
7
7
20
7
20
<0
20
n
o
20
£
/ÿs
CV!
CAT
CV3
CV 2
s
2
n
03
S
r*
r*
s
00
r*
r*
o
2
5
4-1
o
r*
B
£ra
2
B
31
5
r\
Or
4
I
l
.
TAC.
REv
l
4
1
SUP
2 TAC
A
acv
20
CFI
7
7
20
CF2
/~\
20
CF3
7
CA2
3 at*
<UP
7
2C
Q
I
10 I rill 1 12 ft 13
,
1
14
1
Setting point
1
17
1 1 IS ]
i.B j
[20 j [21 1 | 22j [23j |24j i_25l I_2Sj L2?J I 28 1 |_29j
t32i [33]
1 34] |3S| 1 36| 1 37] 1 38 1 1 39 1 ;40| 1 41 1 [42]
Mounting position of position control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (e) Check positions after replacing analog servo 11 series master PCB
-j
-fc.
Setting
point
n
CD3
CAT
CD4
AI6B-JOLO-020
AXES3
AXESI
CAK3
C»H2
AXES2
MMC
U/PMC
TEST
CAH1
C*E2
ROM
BMU
ACP
CAP
CAB
C*X
W 0FF
J-gM
MADE IN JAPAN
CA6M
!
FANUC
:
CD5
i
K
CPI4A
J
ic.
H
CAI2
C All
CBRN)
CTOi
CTG'
bÿoj
°£U
C OP 2
I
G
CPI4B
F
->
CTN
O'
E
J
CBRN)
c
AS
CA El
CAI A
CAP
D
CA1B
c
s
£
I
5
B
OvcQ
CA
2A
L_!_! L2j
CA2 B
L3J L±J
LJZJ
L_£J
L9J L!£LJ LiJ_!_) l_!2j |V3j
L_1ÿJ
15. Li6j U2l L]8j LJ9J L20J
2nd spindle (IITT only)
LgGj
l&J ] 28 1 |_29j [301
3jj
1 33,
*
,
— 1st spindle
ijp?ÿ
_
Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (f) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series master PCB
i
34,
t35l
36j i 37 1 i 381 i
]
i
4Q >41
i
i42i |43i
_|
]44[ |
A
A 1 6B- 1211-029 B /
CM
27256
CBA
CM
O
27512
O
(UPPER)
CUPPER)
27512
'UPPER)
27512
]
g-K
CLOWER)ÿ
o
o
CM
3
27512
CLOWER)
CM
CM
*]
*]
o
O
CM
27512
CUPPER)
CLOWER)
CM
CO
27512
•]
’]
•]
•]
27512
CLOWER)
r
o
I
O
27512
Q
(0
o
4N
ON
"•U
I
256K SRAM
Cl CLOWER)
256K SRAM
Cl CUPPER)
*]
L
A
J
L
B
J
L
C
J
7
Mounting position of ROM
L
D
I
i
E
J
L
F
J
L
G
1
L
H
Mounting position of RAM
Fig. 7.4 (h) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series ROM/RAM board
J
1
J
J
( A
K
B
/
A 1 6B-I2I1-029
27256
CM
Q
CBA
27512
CUPPER)
o
27512
CUPPER)
CM
0
27512
CLOWER)*-*
R
o
CUPPER)
o
275S2
(LOWER)
At
CM
CM
o
o
•]
CM
27512
CUPPER)
Q
(LOWER)
CM
CD
27512
CA6
RCUPPER)
o
A
256K SRAM
256K SRA M
COCUPPER)
ON
COCLOWER)
CO
g 6287LP
I
m
1 256K
256K SRAM
Cl CUPPER)
7
J
I
B
I
L
A
7
J
Mounting position of ROM
3
9
628 7LP
'3
256K SRAM
C2C LOWER)
\
/
A
/
SRAM
C1CL0WER)
256K SRAM
C2 CUPP ER)
L
•]
’]
*]
27512
1(LOWER) CD
o
I
O
27512
•]
»]
I
D
I
\
L
E'
W
I
L
F
I
i
G
I
I
H
j
L
J
I
lA_K
B
Mounting position of RAM
Fig. 7.4 (g) Check position after replacing digital servo 10 series ROM/RAM board
-a
7.5
7.5 Replacing Method of 12/120 Series Back Panel
1) Procedure
(T) Remove the power unit according to 7.1.
Remove the control PCB according to 7.2.
@ Remove the PMC ROM cassette according 7.3.
(4) Disconnect the cable connected to connector CNG in the arrow direction (rr(»
shown below pushing part (a)
CD
.
n n n
©
(?)
-
-fit
Disconnect the connector CAT (?)
unlocking it as illustrated below.
©
cable
the
in
direction
arrow
after
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the
direction opposite to <J=: after setting
it to mark V of the connector under
the unlocked condition; lock the cable.
the
connector
push
this case,
In
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
The left figure shows the
locked.
locked condition.
©
Disconnect the earth cable.
can be detached by removing the four screws.
For mounting new back panel, reverse the procedure (§)->• (T)
7) The back panel
8
.
Basic back panel
©
©
CNG
I
\
©
©
©
Additional back panel
©
©
CNG
«
7*
©
©
-
469
-
7.6
7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F Conversational PCB
CAG (For 10TF)
CAF (For 11MF, 11TT-F)
o o o
o.
o o
G|
Memory
Sub CPU
/
_1
o
nl
cn
S
c
10/11 series
I
o
master PCB
o o o o o o
o
2
1) Replacement of both sub CPU PCB and memory PCB
(T)
Disconnect the connector cable
(T)
by pushing part (a) as illustrated.
—1
©
©
1
I
.
Draw out PCB by loosening two screws (2)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure
(2)
->
(T)
.
(Caution)
1) Check the number of mounted ROM/RAM, ROM NO., and edition number.
2) In case 10T-F or 11TT-F, a conversational memory parity alarm occurs
after replacing PCB.
Clear all submemory.
-
470
-
7.6
2) Replacement of either sub CPU PCB or memory PCB
(T)
Detach PCB from the master PCB in the same way as described above.
JI A16B -1210
n
-0410
r_
2
€
Z
\
S'
\
(Note)
A16B-13100300
4
CPF 1
CFF2
3
[""'Il¬
l-
Note) The memory PCB specification is different
depend on kind of NC and it’s option.
(5)
Disconnect the connector CFF1/CFF2
unlocking it as illustrated below.
o
(IP*
3
4
5.
(2) cable in the arrow direction after
(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the
direction opposite to<J= after setting
it to mark V of the connector under
the unlocked condition; then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked
The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.
.
Sub CPU PCB can be detached by removing four screws (3)
Memory PCB can be detached by removing four spacers (4)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (4)
-
471
.. (!)
•
7.7
7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1
2
4
5
z
s—
7
CP 52
CDD1
7T
<=> ST
3
CP51
\
COP 4
C05
i
i
CO 3
C04
[
7
I
7u
C01
CO 2
ii
i
7
rj
u7
rr
1) Procedure
C05 connector cables by pushing
Disconnect C01
loosening two screws (a) as illustrated below.
©
VONOH
0
JO
a
p
a
©
o
©,
©
--
—
part
:
a-
i)
©
(b)
after
-®-
o
tram
O 3]
Disconnect CP51 connector cable by pushing
(a)
as illustrated below.
U? — ©
© -nr
in
©
If connection unit 2 is mounted, disconnect connector CDDl cable in the
arrow direction after unlocking it as illustrated below.
For connecting the cable, push it in the
direction opposite to - after setting
it to mark T of the connector under the
then,
lock the
unlocked condition,
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
°,e
o
=)
locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.
-
472
7.8
@
If connection unit 2 is provided, disconnect the CP52 connector cable by
pushing (a) as illustrated below.
—
®
(5)
—®
n
(a) as illustrated below.
Disconnect the C0P4 connector cable by pushing
©
D
0 rzr
1
[
©
(6)
The connection unit is detached by removing the four screws shown in
(7)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure
(6)
(T)
.
2) Setting
Perform setting (1 - 4) of new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before
exchange
.
7.8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit (with Connecting Board)
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
cE
08
09
2 3 4 5 6
A
4
COP
L!
Connection Unit 1
]
usdo r
CDDl l
1
CDD3
Connection
ii,
u
1
f
CDD2 szrrrj
CP52
CP52
*
r
TV
I I
\
2
is,
J
f
3
4
EL
!
:
c
Unit 2
HI
CSL
<D
iz
£
J
oz
91
£00
10
too
D
2
ZOO
0
0 10
51
TTO
El
n
2
2
M
z\
voo
n
D
of
SO
soo
tTZD
S°
*
473
80
Connection
Unit 1
Connection
Unit 2
7.8
1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connector cables 08
screws (a) as illustrated below.
-
Sjjjg
YdNOH
©
ur
i-2-
©
Y0N0H
©
i
©
©
©
<s>
(2)
21 by pushing (b) after loosening two
D
J
o-Efl
@
Disconnect the CP51 connector cable by pushing
as illustrated below.
0
P—©
a
Pr
(3)
Disconnect connector COP4 cable by pushing
as illustrated below.
(a)
©
$
0
7
Q
©
I
The unit can be detached by removing four screws
Put the unit on the board as illustrated below.
3 CP55
Connection Unit 2
ICDD1
CDD3
8
] CP 52
1
*
E
©— T
Connection Unit 1
+
(4)
7
8
.
II
—
I
0
4
6
1
0
9
I
GO
i
4
9
so
ri
oi
II
Z\
£1
H
51
91
l\
81
61
0Z
IZ
10
Fig. 2
-
474
-
£ Z
-ÿa
i
i
i
±
_L
'«hJj
ft
L
J
]
777/7777777777777)7
7.8
(?)
Disconnect connector CDD1/CDD2 cable
unlocking it as illustrated below,
arrow
direction
after
For connecting the cable, push it in the
direction opposite to <2=r after setting
]
it to mark V of the connector
then,
unlocked condition,
cable. In this case, push the
forcibly, or else the cable
:
under the
the
lock
connector
cannot be
locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.
(23*
(7)
the
(Caution)
Cv.
o
in
Disconnect the CDP connector cable by pushing
(a)
as illustrated below.
©
<a>
~~XL
a
(8)
removing the two right and left mounting screws (?) in the
connection unit, insert screwdrivers into center holes (9) at both ends
of the connection unit, and detach the connection unit by alternately
lifting screwdrivers.
After
(7T) Mounting screw
Connection unit 2
Connection unit 1
Metal hole of connecting board
Removing direction
Center holes at
3ÿ /
both ends of PCB
/
Inserting
Removing direction
/
direction
Inserting direction
(9ÿ) Center holes at both ends of PCB
J
Screwdriver (JIS B463 No.2)
ju
-
475
-
7.8
2) Setting
Perform setting on new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before exchange.
Mounting Methods
For mounting PCB (for DI/DO) used on the connecting board, observe the
following procedure.
©
Put the disconnecting board on a board or the like as illustrated below.
Vl
Connecting board
PCB connector
o o
I
T
External cable connector
o
7-77
Board or the like
©
©
Make sure the inserting directions of PCB connector and PCB connector on
the disconnecting board; lightly push these connectors after posi¬
tioning
Insert a screwdriver into the center holes ((68 ) at both ends of PCB and
the hole (il) on the connecting board metal, and insert PCB by pushing
the right and left of PCB downward alternately 2-3 times by means of
Fix the PCB by mounting screws (8) after inserting the
lever.
.
connector.
(Caution)
Confirm the inserting direction of the connector, and check to see if
the connector has been securely connected by lightly pushing it before
starting the work, otherwise the connector may be broken.
©
Mount the unit to NC by reversing the dismounting procedure
-
476
-
©
(T)
.
7.9
7.9 Replacing Method of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB (12/120 series only)
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module
p.
I/O
module
module
©ÿ
S'
o
1) Procedure
(T) Detach the optical fiber cable for Interface module the cable pushing
part
(a)
as illustrated
below.
f
I,
I
.
The PCB can be detached by loosing two screws.
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (2) + (T)
2) Setting
(T) Setting on new module should be same as that in an old interface module
for exchange.
-
477
-
7.9.2
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit
1) Procedure
Detach the interface module and I/O module according to 7.9.1.
Remove all cables connected to the I/O base unit.
8
CA15
®
®
CA16
T1
C23E C23D C23C C23H C23A C23E C22D C22C C22B C22A
u r\
®
®
©
Disconnect cables using the following procedure.
i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (J) after loosing two
screws as illustrated below.
VQNOH
©
S
VCINOH
©
©
©
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connection in the arrow ( zÿ> ) direction by
pushing part (a) as illustrated below.
©
©
©
I
I
o
t=>
5
8
.
unit can be detached by unscrewing four screws (S)
For mounting new I/O base unit, reverse the above procedure
I/O base
-
478
-
(3) •» (T)
.
7.10
7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit
7.10.1 Exchange method of power supply module
I/O base unit
3
2
»
w w w
m
w w
Power supply
module
Connector for
base unit
f-tl
i
\
I
L.
CP31
I®)
I
l®l
i-1
V7
L«£
J®L
1
2
Fig. 7.10.1 Installation diagram of module
1) Procedure
(T) Draw out
procedure
.
the
connector
CP31
cable
[Tj
according
to
the
illustrated
CP31
i=>
(2)
(3)
Remove the power supply module by loosening four screws
The power supply unit is connected to the base unit by the connector
shown by the dotted line in the figure 7.1.
Reverse the above procedure ((g) + (D ) when mounting new module.
-
479
-
7.10.2
7.10.2 Exchange method of main control module and I/O module
1) Procedure
Replace these modules according to the following procedure, referring to Fig.
7.10.1.
1
Disconnect cables from the modules (if connected).
Loosen two screws a and draw them out by pressing
the HONDA connector as shown below.
—- c
©
Draw out
VdNOH
b
VdNOH
©
—-
P ! ©
©
©F§]
3
C
P
0
in the case of
—
mi
the optical fiber cable while pushing part
a
as illustrated
below.
©
—
n
-»
[
®
For the terminal board connection, remove the entire terminal board by
drawing it toward you while holding its upper and lower ends after
loosening the two screws a shown below.
For disconnecting the wiring, open the nameplate.
The nameplate is opened by drawing it toward you while applying your
fingers to parts b shown in the following figure.
Terminal board
m
\c
<5%
®
C
c
c
c
c
c
C
c
G
C
C
®
Nameplate
c
ce
c
c
o©
480
7.10.2
(2)
Draw out each module after loosening the two screws shown in Fig. 7.1.
Each module is connected to the base unit in the same way as in the power
supply module.
•> (T) ) when mounting new modules.
2) Setting
Set the new modules in the same way as in modules before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Positioning module
Check the mounting number of ROM (1 pee), the ROM
number and edition number. Check the positioning control LSI.
b) Module for terminal board wiring
Detach the terminal board mounted on the module for replacement. Mount
the detached terminal board on the module thats terminal board has been
removed. (Return these modules with terminal boards mounted.)
4) Plastic case disassembly method
(3) Reverse the procedure ((2)
...
0
0
Case
A
<1
Panel
Cover
r;-'
a
\
0©>
]
m
V
0
IHL
0
©
©
©
Push the positions shown by [T] on the cover using both thumbs towards
the V marks (2j at the extreme left of the case.
Remove the cover by pushing the center of the left end of the cover shown
by [3] from the rear side.
The panel can be detached by pushing the center of the panel (direction
Q until it is curved.
-
481
7.10.2
Observe the following procedure when detaching the PCB from the plastic case.
Case
PCB
sen
a
©
m
S
s.
.
Remove PCB mounting screws (1]
Draw the PCB out of the case in direction
Disconnect each cable as follows:
Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
(a) shown in the following figure.
©
VdHOH
(b)
[2j
.
after loosening the two screws
4* V
©
©
YdNOH
©
QD
482
©
7.10.3
7.10.3 Exchange method of base units
1) Procedure
Remove the power supply module according to 7.1
Remove each module according to 7.2
(3) Disconnect all cables from the base units shown by
CD
CD
(3j
.
3
8
7
6
5
3
4
2
o
1
\ POVVC
CA15
CA16
6
6
5
ALC
ji.
ALD
+24 B ®
1
0NDL#=#
q
+24
+35
4
I/O unit
Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (
parts (a) shown in the following figure.
QZk
direction while pushing
1
o
T
.
I
8
Disconnect the ground wires shown in jÿ]
(This wiring is
Disconnect the power alarm signal cables shown in [6]
not always connected.)
The base unit can be detached by loosening the four screws shown in (6)
Reverse the procedure ( [5]
[l] ) when mounting new units.
.
.
-
-
483
-
7.10.3
2) Caution
Reset parameters after replacing the main unit.
484
-
7.11
7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB
7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)
(T)
Disconnect connector CA9 cable by pushing part
screws a as illustrated below.
VdNOH
P
<!?
Disconnect the connector CKK1 cable in the arrow direction after unlocking
it as illustrated below.
o
(4)
@
CD
1/c>.
(3)
©
J
c*
©
(2)
after loosening the two
YGNOH
©
©
(b)
(Caution)
To connect the cable, push it in the
after setting
direction opposite to
of connector under the
it to mark
1
<Q
=4
unlocked condition, then lock the cable.
Detach PCB (A) b'y removing six nuts (5).
In case of a sheet switch, detach PCB A by removing the sheet from the
front.
To mount new PCB, reverse the above procedure (3) z (T) •
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)
to detach the CRT unit.
It is
B
is necessary when replacing PCB
recommended to detach the CRT/MDI unit from the panel as described below.
(T) Disconnect connector CN1 cable in the same way as in disconnecting the CA9
cable.
(5) Disconnect connector CKKl cable in the same way as described in (2) of
It
(5)
7.8.1.
Disconnect connector CN2 cable by pushing
(a)
as illustrated below.
—a
©
©
i
a
A
5
Detach the CRT/MDI unit by removing the eight screws from the front panel.
The CRT unit can be detached by removing four screws D by inserting a
screwdriver from the rear part of the CRT unit.
- 485
7.11.2
(6)
Remove the soft key PCB together with escutcheon by unscrewing the four
screws on the front panel.
O
TTTT
l
Keyboard
o, ODD r_~:: nd,
(Front view)
\
Escutcheon
Detach the soft key PCB together with
CRT escutcheon because they are assem¬
bled into a unit.
Screw
(7)
Remove the soft key PCB by unscrewing the two screws from the rear side of
(8)
the escutcheon.
Assemble PCB by reversing the above procedure (7)
(Note)
(T)
.
Assembly of soft key
O
Mount CRT by passing the flat cable of
soft key through the position above the
CRT mounting stud bolts.
o
(Rear view)
0/
\
Soft key
CRT mounting stud
Soft key flat cable
(9)
Replace the key sheet.
(In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)
(oZ
o
o
K
DI~ :;a
Screw (x4)
Escutcheon
Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.
-
486
-
Then remove the sheet.
7.12
7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB
(The following description covers the horizontal CRT/MDI, but also applicable to
the vertical type, accordingly)
1) Control PCB
A 20 B— 1000 — 0800
XXX
Qj
Q?)
(3)
Disconnect PCB cable.
Remove screws.
Remove the PCB from the
connector.
Kt
o
0
j£L
Screw (x3)
2) Power supply PCB
A 20 B- 1001 - 0160
(T) Disconnect the cable
(fasten terminal).
(2) Remove stud bolts and
screws,
O
(3)
!)
/
Remove PCB from the
connector
e
.
Removal of cable
(Fasten terminal x 2)
Stud bolt (x3)
Screw (xl)
3) Backboard PCB
A 20 B- 1000-0970
O'
8
O
o
o
o
o
Screw (x6)
-
487
Remove screws.
Remove PCB from the
connector.
7.12
4) Keyboard PCB
A86L-0001-0110 (Sheet switch)
A20B-1000-0830, 0831_
9ÿ
o
o
o
/
Nut (x8)
Flat cable (soft key)
8
(3)
Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard PCB.
Remove the nuts from the keyboard fixing plate and detach the keyboard PCB
together with the fixing plate.
(The fixing plate and PCB are assembled.)
In the case of a sheet switch, remove the PCB after sheet switch is
detached.
5) CRT
a
Screw (x4)
©
CRT
Remove CRT fixing screws.
6) Soft key
O
,°
oI on o ::::aoo
---
TT
1
Keyboard
(Front view)
Remove the soft key PCB together with
CRT escutcheon because they are assem¬
bled into a unit.
Screw (x4)
-
488
-
7.12
(Note) Assembly of soft key
Mount CRT by passing the flat
cable of soft key through the
position above the CRT moun¬
ting stud bolts.
O
I
V
\ o
(Rear view)
Soft key
CRT mounting stud
Soft key flat cable
7) Replace the key sheet.
(51
o
o
(In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)
*S
n::i;cp
Screw (x4)
Escutcheon
Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.
-
489
-
Then remove the sheet.
7.13
7.13 Replacing Methods of 14' Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB
7.13.1
10/11/12 series
1) Control PCB
0
0
Screw (x2)
A20B-1000-0850
A20B-1000 -0900
8
Disconnect all connector cables from PCB.
direction after removing screws.
Remove PCB by sliding it in the
®
2) Power supply PCB
A 20 B— 1001
-0160
C
Screw (x4)
Bundled wire (fasten)
8
Disconnect the bundled wire (fasten).
Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.
-
490
-
7.13.1
3) Keyboard PCB
/I
3
Nut (x5)
Flat cable
—
A20B- 1000-0870
A 20B- 1001-0200 (10TF)
.1) Disconnect the flat cable of soft key from PCB.
2) Remove nuts; then remove together with the fixing plate.
4) Soft key PCB
CRT
o
\
O
i i1/
A 20 B— 1000 — 0890
Nut (x4)
1) Remove nuts.
Remove the soft key PCB together with the fixing board.
-
491
7.13.2
7.13.2 100/110/120 series
1) Main and sub CPU, Power supply PCB,
ROM/RAM file, Bubble memory
Power supply PCB
Main CPU
Sub CPU
v
RAM file, ROM file
Up to 2 pcs.
Supporting plate for PCB
Bubble memory
Pulling out direction of PCB
(D
©
Remove the supporting plate for PCB after removing two screws (up and
down) on its.
Each one of main-CPU, sub CPU, power supply unit, RAM/ROM file and
bubble memory can be pulled out along to a rail after rising up the
ejector.
2) Keyboard PCB
1
Removing of control
i
Flat
cable
Screw
(x4)
a
I
I
I
s
s
N
\
Disconnect the cable connected to PCB and flat cable for keyboard signal,
then control section can be remove by removing the above four screws.
-
492
-
7.13.2
(T)
Removing of keyboard
Flat cable (To soft key)
Nut (x5)
Keyboard PCB
Remove the keysheet from front, then remove the keyboard PCB.
3) Replacement of key sheet
Screw (x6)
CED
a
(T)
Remove the screw to detach the escutcheon.
and sheet and replace the new sheet.
4) Softkey PCB
The procedure is same as 14"
CRT/MDI
for
- 493
10/11/12
-
Then remove the escutcheon
series.
7.14
7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit (vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
1) Control PCB
3,
\
A20B-1000-0850
A20B-1000-0900
o
\
Screw (x2)
o
Flat cable connector
Frame fixing screw (x2)
1) Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard.
2) Remove the frame fixing screws and open the PCB metal.
3) Remove screws and detach PCB.
2) Power supply PCB
A20B-1001-0160
Keyboard PCB
A20B- 1000-0880 A20B-1001-0270 (10TF)
Soft key PCB
A20B-1000-0891
These PCBs can be replaced using the same procedure as In vertical type In
7.10.
-
494
-
7.15
7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader
7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without reels photoamplifier
T7
B
A
5
%
I
S-
1
?s
!q
2
H
O
O
2}
Sr
5
2
iwiliml
V
o
A
-[Adjusting position |
O
CNT3
1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connectors CNT1, CNT2 in the arrow direction by unlocking
them as shown below.
0&H
o
I
*
Remove PCB by unscrewing four screws.
Mount new PCB by reversing the above procedure
(2)
(T)
.
2) Adj-ustment
Adjust RVl and RV2 according to the maintenance manual (B-54815E).
-
495
-
7.15.2
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuses
1) Procedure
1
Disconnect connectors CD9 (CD8) and CP41.
2
Loosen the four screws on sides of the rear panel of the tape reader.
3
Detach PCB from the metal by pulling it upward as illustrated in the
figure below.
Disconnect PCB cables from connectors (CTN2 - CTN5).
Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.
I
Screw
:
>
IxaJ
!
Screw :
Bi
§1111
i
ai
>
/
SMI
Screw
9
:
;
(Adjustment)
|j
,!i Adjust the photoamplifier after replac¬
ing it.
Screw
CNT2
8
CNT3
CNT5
/
/ ... :W
.1
/~
1CNT4
\.x
V
if
A:
I
A
m
A
.
' •
.
M
il-iy;;'
>9
sgff
E
CIMI
,
>|
'EMg'
M
F.4 1 F42
II
n
a
200V
K43
24V
Fuse
Fuse
5V
Fuse
m
mm mii
CNT1
-
496
-
(Replacement of fuses)
Replace fuses after elimi¬
nating the cause of blowout.
7.15.3
How to remove CD9, CNT2 , CNT3 , CNT4 ,
and CNT5
_
How to remove CNT1 and CP41
(3 pins)
UJ —
—w
Press
(Note) When connecting a
cable push it in
the direction opposite Qmz after
setting it to mark
of
the
T
:
under
connector
=4
the unlocked con¬
dition, then lock
the cable,
In this case, push
connector
the
other¬
forcibly,
cable
wise
the
cannot be locked.
figure
The left
shows the locked
condition.
[
Press
i
O
Ups
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels
Loosen the two set screws of capstan roller, and detach the capstan roller from
the motor shaft.
€>
©
Setscrew
s®
i
o
©
©
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
Upper cover
m
&
&
(I)
©
? ANU C
Loosen screw
-
497
Remove the upper cover.
7.15.4
(2)
a
©
Remove the armature.
( 3) Remove the tape guide by
loosening M3 nuts.
(4)
Remove the cover by
loosening M4 screws.
(5)
Remove the tape guide by
loosening M3 nuts.
(6)
Remove the capstan roller
by loosening two setscrews.
Armature
M3 screw
FANUC
M3 nut
M3 screw
Cover
Tape guide
'M3 nut
Interior of cover as viewed from the bottom
Capstan roller
A®.
Setscrew
Q
O
-
498
-
7.15.5
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
(D
®
\
l
<N
f®
(2)
®,
O
Four brushes are mounted in one
motor.
Disconnect cables from these brushes.
0.
Brush cap
(3) Remove the brush caps.
O
®j
0
I
Remove brushes.
\
I
\
®
\
[
!®
O
®j
©
'l
499
Assemble brushes after replacemeht by
reversing the above procedure.
Securely connect cables to the same
place as before, otherwise the
rotating direction is reversed and
will cause an alarm.
7.16
7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and AC Servo Amplifier
a
PCB
o
2
JL
1
M OJ2
vw
A
So
I
A 1 23 4 6 6 7
irinririr ii im
1) Procedure
Disconnect the cables from connectors CNl and CN2
©
(CN2)
(CNl)
TONOH
p I
.
— Ui
<£
©
Iff
©
£
Loosen screw (a) , and pull
out the connector by pushing
©
.
Pull the PCB forward by opening the locks with your finger, and the
PCB can be removed.
t
PCB
©
(b)
Pull out the connector by pushing
the arrow-marked position.
V,
-““ Release the lock
Mount the new PCB according to procedure
-
500
-
(2) and
©.
7.16
2) Setting and adjustment
Op Set the PCB in the same way as on the old one.
(2) Make adjustments as required according to maintenance manual.
i
501
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
1.1 10 Series
ji
J2
C±3
Power magnetic circuit
J3
J5
X£
(Machine side)
J4
MIM2 M18 M19 M20
Al
A2
A3
I/O card Al ~ A3
9" small
Interface
PCB for
small
][
(MDI)
CA4
J 61
(CRT)
CA5
J 62:
—01
CRT/MDI
unit
(Command)
CV22
(Feedback)
CF92
(Spindle
command)
(Position coder)
device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8 (with reels)
CNT4 (without reels)
AC power
CP41 (with reels)
(without reels)
j
O
---
Punch panel
j
Digital
a
(1st axis)
motor
(
o
CN2
AC servo
—0[
O
][]
J211
\
J 221
J 65
CA1
Digital
[ CNlSe rvo
Tl
amplifier
i?Q
v
(2nd axis)qsf2
ROM/RAM board
5
CT2IB JU—
CP9IB ]
Q—
additional
CV22B ] Q—
axis
PCB for
](K
Master PCB
_
-Q £
Digital
trans¬
0
former
O
fÿ-QL
(o
HH
f
servo
MH CN1amplifier
Tl j O' 0“
(3rd axis)CN2
Jft
222
yÿJ
Digital
|j [ CN1servo
Tl
amplifier
(4 th axis) CN2
J 223
[
Servo
AC servo
HIC motor
AC servo
QQ
motor
Servo
Option card 1
CA8
][]
i
CP 15 in
M u DC24V
CP 14
Power unit
CPU
{
J 68
—
h,pu.
Position coder
J 212
(J 213
]
—°
Spindle speed
control
]
AC servo
motor
—Ot
t
pj
J 66
CA2
CF92B
Battery
generator
I/O
J 220
1C
unit
Manual pulse
T78
J 2 10
1(
O
MPG :
DC 24 V
cassette
(Feedback) CF91
T J
?
J 63
PMC
(Command) CV21
00B
CN2
(MPCO
J 64
][
CN1
(=3
CA3
CD1
CRT/MDI
CA9
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
ON/OFF signal
1 I
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
{][ CP2
Input unit
input
AC
100 V
o o— ON button
OFF button
f—
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time,
input
Fig. 1.1 (a) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1
505
AC
trans¬
former
~ A3 are used.)
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 2
Connection
unit 1
J 50
C01
C02
COP4C03
DC 24V
CP51 C04
C05
;
HFÿ
C09
J 51
CIO
J 52 ,
Cll
]Fÿ
J 53
C12
](Hÿ
J 54
C13
Machine
, side
magnetic
inJ59j
circuit
ccrecp55
U
J 69 Flat cable
COP 2
COP1
\
]
J 70
JJ
Optical cable
9” small
it
J 61
CA4
Interface
PCB for
small
CA9
J 62
CA5
CRT/MD1
CRT/MDI
unit
(MPG) CA3
J-
DC 24V
J 78
J 64
CD1
?
J 63
f 1
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
I/O
device
it
Jl [
PMC
Cassette
Os
Tape reader with
serial interface
CDS (with reels)
Punch panel
'ACpower u " CNT4 (without reels)
supply
>“3
o
CP41 (with reels)
(without reels)
J 25
Digital
J 210
rQ
on servo
amplifier
J 220
(1st axis)
(Command) CV21
(Feedback)
[MPG| [MPG| |MI>Q|
CN1 CN2
CF91
{
CN2
ffi
J 211
J 26
(Command) CV22
<
J 65
(Spindle
CA1
command)
AC servo
motor
Digital
jO
CN1 servo
T1
amplifier
lO
(2nd axis)CN2
J 221
(Feedback) CP 92
][]-
J 66
(Position coder) CA2
y~o
]
][
ROM/RAM board
CV21B
PCB for
additional CV91B
axis
CV2213
CP 9213
][k
-[][
o
Digital
T1
CNlservo
t ]0
;r
Q[
AC servo
—flt
motor
—D[
motor
o
amplifier
(3rd axis)CN2
J 222
J 223
Master PCB
Option card 1
J 27
U
][L
AC
input
trans¬
Position coder
J 212
]J
Servo
former
Spindle speed
control
J 213 rt
][
{] [
AC servo
n r motor
O
O
_
AC servo
( O
Digital
Q[CN1 servo T1 1
t o
amplifier
(4th axisW][}
Servo
CD2 ] [}
CA8](}
former
|
;>
AC
input
trans¬
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
AC
100V
3
CP14
Power unit
CP15
CPU
Battery
a
IF
DC24V
1
CP3 CP4 CP5
CP 2
unit
Fig. 1.1 (b)
ON/OFF signal
I
(P6
Input unit
/
{
ON button
"Q
°a— OFF button
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time,
O
10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
506 -
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
C0P4
AC power
CF31
I/O unit
'
Machine
side
magnetic
circuit
Alarm signal
co
C0P2
C0P1
\
Optical cabie
D
Interface
PCB for
small
][ CRT/MDI
CD1
o T1
CA4
9” small
DI
CA9 CRT/M
CA5
CN1 CN2
|MPC| [MPG[ |MPQ|
1 f
unit
(MPQ)CA3
DC24V
J 78
J 64
I/O
device
Tape reader
with serial
X Punch panel
interface
H
-0 (without reels)
(Command) CV21
(Feedback)
CD8 (with reels)
CNT4 (without reels)
CP4 1 (with reels)
AC power
supply
PMC
Cassotte
J 210
Digital
servo
J 220
amplifier
(1st axis)
{i
—DI
1 oCN2 ][}
CF91
J 211
nrl
HllCNlÿrvo
J 221
J 65
CA1
f
TJ(
amplifier
(Feedback) CF92
(2ndaxis)CN2
AC servo
O
Q
_
motor
r—01
|[|-
J 66
(Position coder) CA2
J
Servo
Spindle speed
control
[
CT21BJS
CF 0 ] Q
J [ additional
axis
91
CV22B J[J
CF92D ][]--.
Digital
J 68
i
[ o_
amplifier
(3rd axis)CN2
J 222
Digital
J 223
][}
](}
a
CNlservo
amplifier
(4th axis)
CAS
—Dt
input
AC servo
v-Ot
]
CD2
r
former
Position coder
Q[CN1servo
Option card 1
trans¬
J212
J 213
Master PCB
>-o
_
ROM/RAM board
in PCB for
AC servo
motor
J 26
(Command) CV22
(Spindle
command)
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
{
motor
]Q.
AC servo
I
motor
'll
(.ÿng
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
Servo
trans¬
AC
input
former
AC
toov
CP14
]
Power unit
CPU
Battery
unit
CP 15
j
n_
MlJDC24V
1
ON/OFF signal
—o
6
i
—
n
a
ON button
OFF button
with'
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time.
Fig. 1.1 (c) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O unit)
507
—
o
If small CRT/MDI is mounted
CP3 CP 4 CPS CP 6
CP2 Input unit
{ —-6
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
Connection
Connection
unit 1
unit 2
J 50
C01
C02
C09
CIO
J 52 ,
COP 4 C03
DC 24V
J
J51
Cll
J 53
CP51 C04
C05 ] [}
C12
J 58
C13
CCD2CP55
CP 52 CCDi
COP2][}
Tl
Optical cable
Flat
cable
9” standard or
14" color CRT/MDI
COP 3
CMD
AC power
J
ON/OFF signal
CV22
(Feedback)
CF92
(Spindle
command)
CA1
(Position coder)
CA2
MPG
J 63
MPG
2 i
EEy
J 64
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
I/O
Punch panel
%
J 25
<
Digital
nr
OO-
CN1 amplifier
(1st axis)
AC servo
U[ motor
O
servo
CN2
J 211
J 26
Digital
J 221
[ CNlscrvo
I
Tl<
AC servo
O
O-
motor
amplifter
l Q_
(2nd axis)QNl
][]
J 65
J 66
Servo
trans¬
former
Spmdlespeed
_
Ijj
D
{][
Position coder
Digital
additional CF9113 ]
axis
CNlservo
amplifier
J 222
Til[ O-
Digital
O-
CPU
] [)
Servo
]
HH (JV6
CP15
]
AC servo
motor
(o
(4thaxis)CN2
J 223
CP14
AC servo
motor
O-
][]-
amplifier
[ Option card 1 CA8][}
—0[
J 28.
}
Power unit
<O
(3rd axislpsÿ
CNlscrvo
CD2
J 27
J 21 2
072113
CV22B]QCF92B ] (k
AC
input
control
]Qÿ
ROM/RAM board
j[
unit
Q-
V-*
a
u
Ifj PCB for
Battery
CM3 ]
Machine
operator’s
pane!
device
PMC
Cassette
J 210
J
Master PCB
operator’s
panel
cp4i
J 220
(Command)
Connect ion
CM4]ÿ
(with reels)
(without reels)
Qpgj
(Machine
side)
unit for
cp cp
CNT4
(without reels)
Jir
(Feedback)
magnetic
circuit
J 59
CD1 CA3
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8(with reels
J75
(Command) CV21
Power
J 57
][Fÿ[ CDM CMl]J
CM2 ] [}
CP24 10-ÿt CDP
CP21 (9” standard)
O (14" color)
it
J 56
J 69Plat cable
J70
COP1
CDl
J 54
J 55
High-speed skip signal or
{High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
trans¬
former
AC
input
AC
100V
ON/OFF signal
2,
e±j
6
CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6
{][ CP2
Input unit
Fig. 1.1 (d) 10TA/1OMA total connection diagram
(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color
508
-
a
AC
input
CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
APPENDIX 1
Power
magnetic
circuit
COP 4
AC power
CP 31 I/O unit
Alarm signal
o T1
CO
>
COP2
COP1
(Machine
side)
Optical
Flat
cable
cable
I'M
operator’s
panel
9” standard or 14" color
CRT/MDI
COP3
AC power
CDM CM1
CMD
[][M CP21 (9” standard)
-~o
CP24
(14" color) CD1 CA3
]fpÿ4][ CDP CM2 10—
CM3
9
ON signal
CM 4 ]
Tape reader
with serial
J75
30-
nr
~U L
(with reels)
J63
CNT4
[
][
|MP0| MPoj
l 1 ?
J64
(with reels)
(without reels)
I/O
Punch panel
a
J 25
<
J 21 0
Digital
CF91
(Command)
CV 22
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
AC servo
a
!Q
Os} j servo
motor
T1, O
amplifier
J 220
(Feedback)
v
(1st axis)
’
J 21 X
J26
Digital
J 221
CF92
m[CNl*ervo
--
J66
(Position coder) C A 2
j
ROM/ RAM board
][}
-[][
(2nd axis)
I
Tt
amplifier
J 65
CAl
AC servo
motor
O
o-
:
OM2
Servo
r~°
_
Spindle speed
control
CV21B
PCI! for
additional CF91B
axis
CV22B
V-OI
CF92B
]
input
(
O
(3rd axis)CN2
][]
Digital
a
T1 o
IjO-
(] [ CN1servo
(
AC servo
—Qt
motor
AC servo
motor
amplifier
tlp(4th axis)CN2
] []
J 23
Master PCD
J£
former
J 27
Digital
CN1servo
amplifier
J 222
J 23
AC
trans¬
Position coder
J 22
][
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
device
U
(Command) CV21
operator’s
panel
(without reels)
0jCP41
PMC
Cassette
Machine
O'
MpQ
interface
CD1
Connection
unit for
Option card 1
CD2
CA8
J 67
][)
]Q-
J 68
Data I/O device
Servo
High-speed skip signal or
|High-speed measuring
position reach signal
trans¬
former
AC
input
AC
100V
CP 14
Power unit
CPI 5
CPU
Battery
O unit
]
v
J76
1
C3
]
ON/OFF signal
6
CP 3 CP4 CPS CP6
{][CP2
Input unit
O
Fig. 1.1 (e) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)
509
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
I/O card
D1 ~ D3
J1
L6AI
D
O
to
O
COP 4
DC 24 V
to
MS
J2
M8
J3
J5
M19
CP 51
J4
M20
COP 2
\ Optical
cable
Flat
cable
/
COP1
Power magnetic
circuit
(Machine side)
14” color
operator’s
panel
CRT/MDI
CMD
COP3
AC power
O
?
CDP
cp
cp
CM2
10—,
10—
hn
CM3 ] 0-
CM4
interface
—0[CD8
J 63
(with reels)
T
?
Machine
operator’s
panel
ID—'
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
|MPG| |MPQ| |MPQ|
Tape reader
with serial
J 75
CDM CM 1
CP24
CD1 CA3
ON/OFF signal
CD 1
Connection
unit for
<7>
i-
?
Jircim
X~~
cassette
I/O
J 64
CP41
device
(with reels)
(without reels)
PMC
][
(without reels)
lN Punch panel
J 25
(Command) CV21
(Feedback)
(Feedback)
amplifier
CP 92
vO
AC servo
motor
[J Q
AC servo
CNIservo
Tl
amplifier
{•
-Q[ motor
(2nd axis)CN2
J 66
][]ÿ
{][
—Dt
J 26
Digital
J65
CA1
(Position coder) CA2
l-|j|
J 221
Ti
(1st axis) CN2
l
J 2 11
CV 22
(Spindle
command)
(ÿ1servo
J 220
CF91
(Command)
Digital
J 210
Servo
trans¬
former
Spindle speed
ROM/RAM board
CV21B
additional CP91B
PCD for
][ axis
]
5
][]
][}
AC
—CfVO— input
O
control
- 0[
Position coder
J27
J212
Digital
CN1servo
TL
amplifier
I[]
(3rd axis) c>N2
J 222
JHit
AC servo
motor
[]
AC
100V
][
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
CD2
]
j|Option card 1CA8][f
J 68
signal or
High-speed measuring
( High-speed skip
\
* position reach signal
ON/OFF signal
CP 14
Power unit
CP 15
CPU
O
Battery
unit
]|K
]
il
—.
,
6
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
Input unit
{][CP2
o
Fig. 1.1 (f) 10TF total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and I/O card are used.)
510
-
AC
input
APPENDIX I
Connection
unit 1
]Q
C01
C02
OOP 4 CO 3
DC 24V
CP51
Connection
unit 2
in_
J5Q
J 52>
Cll
]Q_
004
Cl 2
JsaJ
CO 5 in
Cl 3
CCD2 CP55
!TP52 CCD1
COP 2
COP1
O1
Flat
cable
14” color
CRT/MDI
Q [ COP3
AC power
CP24
ON/OFF signal
J 75
CD1
?
magnetic
circuit
iiMa
]Q_J59j
(Machine
side)
Connection
unit for
operator's
panel
CDM CM1
o
CD1
Power
TT
Flat cable
«) 70
*. Optical
cable
]D—
][]_J_55/
]D__J56,
C09
CIO
CD
10—
CM 4
j MPQ j |MPQ| |MPO|
(with reels)
J63
CNT4
(without reels)
rOt
~0 CP41
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
7 T 7
I/O
J64
device
(with reels)
][ PMC
Machine
operator’s
CM3 ][]- panel
CA3
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
ID— 1
.ID—
CDP CM2
(without reels)
Cassette
Punch panel
J 25
Digital
J210
(Command)
CV21
(Feedback)
CF9 1
J220
(Command) C V 2 2
J211
(Feedback)
CF92
J221
(Spindle
command)
CA1
J65
(
CN1 servo
amplifier
motor
(1st axis) CNZ
AC servo
Digital
[ CN1 servo
amplifier
I
(Position coder)
AC servo
O
I
(2nd axis)
Tl
(l o-
motor
CN2[][)
J 66
CA2
j
ROM/RAM board
Servo
][
PCD for
additional OF91B
axis
] Q.
] [J-
_
Spindle speed
][k
control
{] [
CV21B
M>
—
trans¬
0
former
AC
input
Position coder
J 212
Digital
CN1 servo
T1
(
O
J
Hit
AC servo
motor
v10"
amplifier
(3 rd axis) CNZ
]Q
r
J222
rÿ~»
Master PCB
][
AC
100V
Conversational
function card
][ card 1
Option
CD 2 ]
“ÿin
CPI 4
UK
CPI 5
]
Power unit
cpn
Battery
unit
High-speed skip signal or
J 68
( High-speed measuring
position reach signal
ON/OFF signal
CP3 CP 4 CP5 CFG
-Q[ CP2
input unit
O-
AC
input
Fig. 1.1 (g) 10TF total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and connection unit are used.)
511
:
APPENDIX 1
Power
magnetic
COP4
I/O unit
AC power
co
t--
COP 2
COP1
>
]|}
Optical
cable
circuit
CP 31
(Machine
side)
Alarm signal
O T1
Flat
cable
TP
14” color
OOP 3
CRT/MD1
AC power
DOÿO
CP24
CD1 CA3.
O
ON/OFF signal 9
C=2
Tape reader
J75
nr
with serial
interface
CD8
“U[ (with reels)
CNT4
>-{] [ (without reels)
4CP41
-O
CD 1
Connection
unit for
operator’s
panel
CDM CMl
J 63
ID—
ID—J
|MPG| |MPQ| |MPpj
y y y
][
I/O
device
(without reels)
Punch panel
4>
g
J 25
<x
3
J 210
(Command) CV 21
fllcNl
J 220
(Feedback)
CF91
(Comm and)
CV 22
(Feedback)
CF92
(Spindle
command)
[
J65
CA1
(Position coder) CA2
3.
J 221
Digital
servo
amplifier
(
motor
O
]0
J 26
AC servo
Digital
a
CN1SC rvo
T1 a
amplifier
\ p—
(2nd axis)CN2
! JJJ
J 66
]J
AC servo
O-
T1 o-
(1st axis) CM2
\
J 211
motor
—
Servo
O trans¬
Spindle speed
j
ROM/RAM board
n
]0'
PCB for
additional CF91B ]
Q"
axis
JQ.
CV21B
former
'-[j [ Position coder
J 212
Mi_
J 27
AC servo
Digital
fO
Tit O—
servo
l O—
amplifier
(3rd axis) CN2
Hit
motor
][J
nh
][
AC
100V
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
Option
card 1
CD2 ]
CA8][}
CP14
]
CP 15
]
Power unit
CPU
O
Battery
unit
AC
input
—spoilt roL
J 222
H
MPG
Manual pulse.
generator
J 64
(with reels)
PMC
Cassette
10—1
Machine
CDP CM2
> operator's
CM3 ]Q_- panel
CM4
=3.
J68
High-speed skip signal or
{ High-speed measuring
position reach signal
ON/OFF signal
6
CP 3 CP 4 CP 5 CP 6
{] £ Qp2
Input unit
O-
Fig, 1.1 (h) 10TF total connecting diagram
(Digital servo, 14“ color CRT/MDI, and I/O unit are used.)
512
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
j
i
J2
J3
C±J
CZJ
C±3
Mi
M2
M18
n
M19
Power magnetic circuit (Machine side)
J5
J4
M20
At
A2
A3
I/O card A l ~ A3
9” small
J 61
(MDI ) CA4
J 62
( CRT)CA5
CRT/MD1
CA9
CNl
MPO
CN2
T
cp
J 63
<MPO)CA3
MPQ
MPG : Manual pulse
MPG
generator
T 1
DC 24 V
J 78
*/0
J 6-1
CD 1
device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
CDB
[
\
(with reels)
Punch panel
CNT4
PMC
(without reels)
AC power
cassette
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
O
T1
(Velocity
command) CV 1
J 10
1st Axis
CNl velocity
AC
J 20
CN5
Tl O
control
unit
J 15
(Feed back) CF1
J 25
o
CN6
Servo motor
CN2
Tl
J 26
(Velocity
TI O
Jn
command) CV2
CNl 2nd Axis
CN5
control
CNC unit
Tl
CN2
Tl
a
Tl
o
velocity
(Feed back) CF2
J 16
(Velocity
command) CV3
J 12
J 21
AC
Servo motor
J 27
CNl 3i<i Axis
velocity
Tl
control
J 17
(Feed back) CF3
CN6 unit
CN2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CA l
O
Spindle speed control
J 66
Servo motor
JD—
Servo
J 65
(Position coder) CA2
AC
J 22
CN5
transfotmer
O—O-N-O- AC
Input
Poshion coder
J 28
CV 4
PCB for
additional
axis
Tl Q
J 13
CNl 4th Axis
velocity
J 18
CF4
CN6
control
unit
CN5
„
11
Servo motor
O
CN2
Tl
Master PCB
CA6
J 23
][
Option card l
CD2]Q
CAB
Servo
]fl
transformer
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
J*
o—
h
AC
100V
CP 14
]
CP 1 5
30— V
Power supply unit
CP 1 1
J)C24
1
I
I
CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6
Input unit
O
Battery
£
CP2
o
—O
O— ON button
~~Q I Q OPP button
If small CRT/ MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time.
AC
ON/OFF signal
unit
Fig, 1.1 (i) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram
(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1 ~ A3 are used.)
513
—
Input
APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 2
Connection
unit 1
J 50
C01
J SI
C02
003
COP4
C04
24V DC
CPS I
Cl 1
J 53
Oi2
J
Ci 3
CP52 CCD1
cp
COP 2
COP1
\
i
T
J 55
CIO
J 52 ,
J 58
005
J 5*1
009
y
J 56
.
J 57
,
J 59
J
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
CCD 2 CP55
TJ
J 69 Flat cable
J 70
Optica] cable
9“ small
J 61
<MD( ) CA4
J 62
(CRT) GAS
CRT/MDI
OA9
MPO
CN1
MPG : Manual pulse
MPG
generator
MJ
c=n
J 63
(MPG) CA3
MPC.
ON2
DO 2-1 V
J 78
I/O
J 64
CD 1
device
Tape leader
\
with serial
inter face
CDS
(with reels)
Punch panel
CNT4
PMC
<n
cassette
“5
(without reel*)
AC power
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
-o
T)
(Velocity
command) CV 1
J 10
J 15
(Feed back) CFi
(Velocity
J
command) CV2
ON 1
TD CN6
))
1st Axis
velocity
control
unit
/ÿ4[
AC
,3 20
servo motor
J 21
AC
servo motor
ON 2
T1
CNl 2nd Axis
velocity
control
J 16
(Feed back) CF2
a
CN5
T1 O
CN6 unit
T1
CN5
a
T1
GN2
a
TI
J 27
(Velocity
command) CV3
CNl 3rd Axis
velocity
ON 6 unit
J 22
ON 5
Tl
control
J 17
(Feed back) CF3
AC
Tl O
J 12
servo motor
o
CN2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CA1
J 65
(Position
coder) CA2
.] 66
Servo
VJD
Spindle speed conirol
transformer
—
0ÿ-0-
O
AC
Input
Position coder
J 28
Tl O
PCB for
J 13
CV4
additional
axis
Master PCB
ON 1 4th Axis
velocity
control
J 18
CF4
ON 6
unit
CN5
Tl O'
CN2
J 23
AC
Servo motor
Tl
][
r-01 CA6
Servo
CD2
Option card 1
CAB
J 68
][f
>
5
X
CP M
]D
1
CP 15
,>
—
O
AC
CTM>“ Input
AC
toov
o
a
Power supply unit
CP11
transformer
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
DC 24 V
CP3
CP 4
CP 2
Battery
unit
ON/OFF signal
£
CP5
Input unit
CPC
O
—O O— ON button
—Qi Q— OFF button
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time.
Fig. 1.1 (j) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
-
514
-
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
Power
magnetic
COP4
AC power
CO
r-
CP3 I
Alarm signal
circuit
(Machine
side)
I/O unit
O Tl
COP 2
'f
COP i
Optical cable
]
"5
9” small
(MDI
J61
>CA4
J62
< CRT ) CA5
CRT/MDI
CA9
CNl
DC24V
J 78
MPG : Manual pulse
generator
1 f
f
J
J 63
(MPQ)CA3
j MPoj |~MPQ| |MPQ|
CN2
J 64
CDI
I/O
device
\
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
(with reels)
][
Punch panel
CNT4
PMC
cassette
AC power
(without reels)
CP41
(with reel*)
O
rm
T1 O
(Velocity
command) CVl
J to
1st Axis
CNl velocity
conlrol
unit
J 15
(Feed back) CF l
J 20
CN5
T1 O
CNG
CN2
Tl
CN 1
Tl Q
CN5
Tl Cr
AC
servo motor
J 26
(Velocity
command) CV2
(Feed back)
J 11
r
vc loch
contio
j16
CF2
2nd Axis
CNG unit
J 21
AC
servo motor
CN2
Tl
J 27
(Velocity
command) CV3
J12
Tl oCN5
Tl O
10—
CN l 3rd Axis
velocity
control
CN6 unl‘
J 17
(Feed back) CF3
AC
J 22
servo motor
Servo
transformer
AC
o 0"vO— Input
CN2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CAl
J65
(Position
coder) CA2
J6 C
Spindle speed contiot
—
Position coder
J 28
Tl
J 13
CV4
PCB for
velocity
axis
Master PCB
Hit CA6
[
J t8
CP 4
CN6
J 23
CN5
CNl 4th Axis
additional
O
Tl O'
control
unit
CN2
Tl
CD2
vO
Option card 1
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
CA8][}
AC
servo motor
Servo
AC
-CrvO— Input
transformer O
AC
toov
1
CP 1 4
]
Power supply unit
CPil
_
O
Battery
1—
cb
CPI 5
DC24V
i
CP 3
i
ON/OFF signal
—l
cb
t i
CP 4 CP 5 CP6
{J[ CP 2
Input unit
O
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached to NC at delivery timo.
unit
Fig. 1.1 (k) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)
515
—O O— ON button
—Oi O— OFF button
AC
Input
APPENDIX I
Connection
unit 1
CO i
J 5I
C02
Cl 1
J53
€04
Cl 2
,
J 58
cos][}
_
CIO
,
J52
CO 3
DC2 4V
Connection
unit 2
COO
,
J 50
Cl 3
q=l
J 70
X
Optica] cable
/
COP l
j
TJ69 Flat cable
hi
COP 2
CM 1)
COP 3
CA3
]
]
AC power
CP2t (9" standard)
JJ £ (14"
color)
CD!
CA3
TZJ
C__J
-O
not to be used
J
ON/OFF signal
]
up
CP2 4
(with reels)
CNT4
J 63
(without reds)
][
-—o
PMC
cassette
CDP
CM 1
Machine
CM3
panel
operator’s
?
?
generator
?
J 64
(without reels)
I/O
device
\ Punch
•t
<
panel
J 25
TlO
J 10
CN L
1st Axis
T1
AC
J 20
CNS
velocity
control
unit
J 15
(Feed back) CF1
MPG ; Manual pulse
(with reels)
o
command) CVl
]0—
CP4I
D
(Velocity
1
CM2
ggg
with serial
rfl[
CDM
J 72
CM4
interface
CDS
J75
Connection unit
for operator's
panel
1=3
Tape reader
CD!
J 59
J
/
CRT/MD1
CA5
Power
magnetic
circuit
(Machine
side)
J 57
Flat cable
9” standard or 14" color
CA4
J 56
L_J
1 J
<T>
J
,
55
OCD2 CPS5
CP52 CCDt
C-
J 54
servo motor
o
€N2
CN6
Tl
J 26
(Velocity
command) CV2
J11
-Ot CNl
J 16
(Feed back) CF2
2nd Axis
Tl
CN5
J 21
AC
servo motor
.o
velocity
control
CNG unit
o
rp
1 1
CN2
Tt
J 27
(Velocity
command) CV3
JI2
CN 1
3rd Axis
Tl O
CN5
velocity
control
CN6 unit
J 17
(Feed back) CF3
T)
J 22
AC
servo motor
a
CN2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CAl
(Position
coder) CA2
J 66
AC
Servo
J 65
]Q
UD transformer O-<rX/0— Input
Spindle speed control
(II
Position coder
J 28
Tl O
Master PCB
[
Jl3
CV4
PCB for
additional
Axis
CN l
4(h
Axis
control
CN6 unit
J 18
CP 4
AC
J 23
CNS
velocity
servo motor
Tl O'
CN2
Tl
[
CA6
CD2
Option card i
]
Servo
High-speed skip signal or
J 68
CA8][}
transformer
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
AC
CP 1 4
1IH
CP 15
]
Power supply unit
J 76
.
V-
L!
i
i
CP4
CP 2
Battery
unit
Fig. 1.1 (I)
it
CP3
CPI 1
O
100V
ON/OFF signal
10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
O
CP 5 CP6
Input unit
o-
AC
Input
(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
-
516
*
APPENDIX 1
C0P4
AC power
Power
I/O unit
CP31
Alarm signal
magnetic
circuit
(Machine
side)
O Tl
COP 2
Optical cable
/
C0P1
<-
Flat cable
I
9" standard or 14" color
CRT/MDI
CA4
CA5
CA3
---
]
3
AC power
CMD
COP 3
I
—DC
r-QC
—
PMC
cassette
*o
CM4
cp
MPO
CDS
{wilh reels)
J63
CNT4
(without reels)
MPG
(with reels)
{without reels)
] |}
MPG
J 64
MPG : Manual pulse
generator
I/O
device
\
*g.
Punch panel
u
J 25
Tl
J 10
ON l
1st Axis
velocity
control
unit
J15
(Feed back) CF]
operator’s
panel
1 7
?
iJ
ID
Machine
CP4t
<
(Velocity
command) CV1
CM2
CDP
cp
with serial
interface
J75
J7Z
CM3
Tape reader
CD I
CMI 1
CDM
CD1 CA3
J
ON/OFF signal
]
Cl» 2 4
CP21 (9" standard)
O (14" color)
not to be used
Connection unil
for operator's
panel
o
ni
AC
servo motor
J 20
CN5
Tl O
ON 6
CN2
Tl
CN1
Tl o
CN5
Tl O
CN2
J 26
(Velocity
JI 1
command) CV2
2nd Axis
velocity
control
J16
(Feed back) CF2
CN6
»«l*
AC
servo motor
J21
]Q—
Tl
(Velocity
command) CV3
(Feed back) CF3
0-
J 12
D
J17
Tl
CN1
3rd Axis
CN6
unit
velocity
control
Jÿ-QL
o
J 22
CN5
nr
AC
servo motor
Tl O-
ON 2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CA1
D
J 65
0
J CO
(Position
coder) CA2
Servo
MD transformer
Spindle speed conlrol
O—O'M}— AC
Input
Position coder
J 28
Tl
CT4
ID-
J I6
CD 2
]
CV4
PCD for
[
]0
J13
Master PC8
[
rOC CA6
Option card 1
4th Axis
velocity
additional
Axis
ON l
conlrol
CN6
unit
CN5
Tl
a
AC
servo motor
Servo
transformer
O—CTNÿO— AC
o
IQ
Tl
CN2
X)
High-speed skip signal or
Higlt -speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
CA8
J 23
J
Input
AC
l 00 V
1
CPI 4
Power supply unit
CPI
CPI 1
]
ON/OFF signal
J 76
5]
CP3
CP 4
C±D
C±D
CP 5
Cl' 6
Input unit
Daltcry
CP 2
6
a
unit
Fig. 1.1 (m)
10TA/10MA total connecting diagram
(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)
517
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
I/O card D1 D3
"‘w
J1
I'M!
“
g
J3
Ml 8
C?
COP 4
J2
M2
J5
Ml 9
DC24V
Power magnetic circuit
(Machine side)
W
CP5I
J4
M2 0
<71
t-
COP 2
]DOptical cable
Flat cable
COP1
14” color
I
CRT/MDI
CA4
CA5
CA3
1
]
AC power
not to be used
CP 2 4
O
3
ON/OFF signal
]
panel
CA3
t=P
Cp
CM 4
j MPoj j MPC.j j j
MPG ; Manual pulse
MPO
generator
UJ
(with reels)
CNT4
J 63
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
r-O
][
Machine
operator's
CDl
CD8
rD[
CM2
CM3
with serial
interface
CDl
I
JIHÿC CDP
Tape reader
J 75
for operator's
panel
CDM CM 1
CM1)
COP 3
Connection unit
J 64
i/o
device
PMC
Punch panel
cassette
J 25
Tl O
(Velocity
J10
command) CVl
CN1
1st Axis
CN5
Tl O
velocity
control
unit
J15
(Feed back) CFl
{][
J 20
AC
serYO
motor
CN2
Tl
CN6
J 26
(Velocity
command) CV2
JI1
CN 1
,\ 1 6
(Feed back) CF2
Tl O
CN5
2nd Axis
velocity
AC
servo motor
Tl O
CN2
control
CNG
J 21
ID—
unit
Tl
J27
(Velocity
command) CV3
Tl O-
JI2
:-Dt CN1
]Q
velocity
Tl
conlroi
J17
(Feed back) OF 3
CN6
)22
a
CN2
Tl
unit
Servo
(Spindle
command) CA1
J65
(Position
coder) CA2
J66
AC
servo motor
CN5
3rd Axis
transformer
Spindle speed control
Position coder
AC
o—oÿo- Input
AC
100V
—1
I
I
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
'
[
D[ CA6
CD2
Option card 1
]
CA8][}
J 68
High-speed skip function or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
1
CPI 4
](H
CP 1 5
3
Power supply unit
CPI 1
ON/OFF signal
1
CP3
—
I
Input unit
Battery
O, unit
l
6
CP4 CP5 CP 6
O
CP 2
Fig. 1.1 (n) 10TF total connecting diagram
(14" color CRT/NDI and I/O card D1 ~ D3 are used.)
518
-
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
Connection
Connection
unit
]
J 51
CO 2
CO 3
COP 4
DC 2 4V
;
CIO
J 52 ,
Cl l
J53
CO 4
CP 51
unit 2
COO
.15 0
CO I
(X7D2
an
J69 Flat cable
COP2
J 70
7
Optical cable
/
COP1
CAS
0
AC power
1
not to be used
circuit
(Machine
side)
J 59
LJ
J
Cl)P
CM2;
CD)
CA3
CM3
up
1=3
CM 4
Tape reader
with serial
Inlotface
CD8
{with reels)
J75
for operator’s
panel
CDM CMl
CP 2 4
QN/OFF sign at
Connection unit
I
CMI)
O
]
CD 1
Power
magnetic
CP55
I
COP 3
CA5
y
J 57
Flat cable
14" color CRT/MDI
CA4
J 56
CI 3
CP5Z CCD1
<J>
J
J 55
Cl 2
J 58
CO 5
J 54
J 63
CNT4
MPO
MPG
p
y
Machine
operator’s
panel
MPO MPG ; Manual pulse
generator
y
(without reels)
HlC
-o
CP41
{with reels)
(without reels)
-
][
J 64
I/O
device
PMC
\
cassette
;
Punch panel
J 25
{Velocity
command) CV1
J 10
CN1
1st Axis
velocity
control
unit
J 15
(Feed back) CF1
T 1 O'
CN5
J 20
AC
servo motor
T1 O
CN2
CN6
T1
(Velocity
command) CV2
J 11
CNl
2nd Axis
velocity
.1 1 G
(Feed back) CF2
(Velocity
command)
CN6
control
unit
J1 2
CV3
CNl
3rd Axis
CN6
unit
velocity
J 17
(feedback) CF3
control
T1
o
ON 5
T1
a
J 26
AC
J 21
servo motor
J 22
servo motor
ON 2
T1
o
T1
a
Jll
O
CN2 ID
T1 O-
CN5
AC
T.
Servo
(Spindle
command) CAl
J65
(Position
coder) CA2
J 66
MD transformer O-Or\0-AC
Input
Spindle speed control
{1
Position coder
AC
100V
cb
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
t
r0[ CA6
CD2
Option card 1
]
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
CAS
ON/OFF signal
CPI 4
][H
CPI 5
]
Power supply unit
CPU
_
°
Battery
r-i
cD
CP 3
CP 4 CP5
{][ CP2
Input unit
6
CP6
a
unit
Fig. 1.1 (o) 10TF total connecting diagram
(14" color CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)
519
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
COP 4
AC power
Power
magnetic
I/O unit
CP3 1
circuit
(Machine
side)
Alarm signal
T1
T'
COP 2
Optical cable
Flat cable
T
COP i
14” color
I
CRT/MDI
CA5
CA3
AC power
]
]
not to be used
CM2
Machine
operator's
CDI CA3
CM3
panel
C=3
CM4
CP24
O
?
ON/OFF signal
]
C=3
CDP
| MPoj j j j j
Tape reader
wjlh serial
interface
CD8
.J 7 5
CD l
I
CMD
COP 3
CM
(with reels)
J 63
CNT4
(without reels)
rC1C
fi
PMC
cassette
MPO
T
?
T
(with reels)
J 64
(without reels)
O
MPG : Manual pulse
generator
I/O
]Q
device
\
c
•*
£
<
Punch panel
u
(Velocity
command) CVl
MPO
CP41
—
,*
Connection unit
for operator's
panel
COM CM l
J 25
Tl O
J 10
CN 1
1st Axis
r
veiocll
contco
unit
J 15
CN5
T1
AC
servo motor
o
CN2
CN6
(Feed back) CFl
J 20
T1
J 26
(Velocity
command) CV2
J1 L
CN 1
velocity
control
J 16
(Feed back) CF2
2nd Axis
ON 6
unit
T1
CN5
a-
J21
AC
servo motor
Tl O
CN2
Tl
J 27
AC
Tl
f 12
CN1
CV3
3rd Axis
velocity
J17
CN6
CP3
servo motor
Servo
O
O
control
unit
J22
CNS
CN2
Tl
(Spindle
command) CAl
J 65
(Position
coder) CA2
J 66
transformer
Spindle speed control
Position coder
AC
100V
—
I
]
AC
-CTUD- Input
I
Conversational
function card
Master PCB
HJ[
][
CA6
Option card l
CD2 ]
CA8][}
High-speed skip function or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
J 68
ON/OFF signal
CPI 4
]
CPI 5
]
Power supply unit
—
I
—
CZ3
I
l
CP3
CPI 1
CP4
Input unit
O
CP2
Battery
L—J
I
CP5 CP6
a
unit
Fig. 1.1 (p) 10TF total connecting diagram
(14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)
-
520 -
AC
Input
APPENDIX 1
1.2 11 Series
Punch panel
J G4
I/O
cm
device
unit
J 63
Manual pulse
generator
CA3
fiffi
f
J 54
c-Be
J8
uT
Machine side
operator's panol
Emergency
stop
J9
SSCMI
AC 1 0 0 V
r
J76
§
CV21B ]Q—
CF91D HK
C,1J1
J 210
C12
J 59
C13
CP55 HK
CAHl
i
servo
{]JcN2anÿlir,ei
Regenerative discharge unit
Axis
PCB
7~x1
(AC motor
i
J[ control
(11 CO!'01553 IIP
_
U1j
J 25
CN1 Digital
'compot
'ÿJ70
J 57
J 50
**
Optical cable
L
Machine side
Magnetic
circuit
H
J6
•II
QN/OFF CP21 COP 3
J77
-3
C
C0P1
CIO'
J 56
J71
J 72
CP 24
C09
J 55
CMD
CRT/MDl
J220
COJDMIJQ
J51
C02 §
o
J 52
J 53
Bflcÿafei
J 58
J 211
CV22B
C03
CF92B
J 79
J26
servo
fldcN2amP,ifiei
1
DicosCWh
,
CN1 Digital
HK
Regenerative discharge unit
Optical cable:
AC motor
COP2
J 221
I
Machine side
Magnetic
I/O unit
circuit
J73
CP31
A1
J 74
CV21B
CF91B UK
Digital
servo
CN2amplifter
(
CAT
Regenerative discharge unit
CD5
J81
J 27
CN1
Note 1)
J 80
Tape reader
J 212
CAH2
nl
AC motor
$
Axis
control
IE PCB
J 222
PMC
cassette
CV22B H}External
position
display
J82
J 83
_
L>
J65A
S-analog output
for 1st axis
r—iJ 66B
Position coder for
2nd axis
S-analog output
for 2nd axis
High-speed skip/ High speed
measuring position reach signal
Magnet switch method zero
point signal
Note!)
——
——
OD
J65B
J 84
J 85
CAT: Tape reader without reels
CAi 1
J213
CNl
HK
J 28
Digital
servo
CN2amp!ifier
Regenerative discharge unit
Position coder for J—1JC6A
1st axis
—HI
CF92B
AC motor
J 223
—HI CA2A
A
•--HE CAICAH3
CA2B
ril
1!
CV21B ]{\—
J 2 14
Digital
servo
CN2 amplifier
ATUJ «K
control
PCB
CA1B
J 29
CNl
Note 2) The 5 th axis can
not used in the
Regenerative discharge unit
i
CA8
J 224
|[ CA 1 2
AC motor
[ CD3
l CD4
CD5: Tape reader with reels
CPI 2
CP14 Stabilizing circuit
CPU CPI 3
Servo
trans-
former
(
h
Magnetic
err
Fuse
ij,i
J 90
Servo
ON/OFF DOR/DOF
-fl[ CP3
CP5
CP4
CPC
trans-
former
Input unit
EXR
EXS
AC input
Fig. 1.2 (a) 11 series total connecting diagram
(Digital servo without separated pulse coder)
-
521
contactor
system (1ITT)
111at is provided
2nd spindle.
APPENDIX 1
Punch panel
J64
VO
CMD
CD1
device
CRT/MDI unit:
J 63
CP2 4
CA3
QVOFF CP21
Manual pulse
J 76
J 54
oii
CM!
J6
oil- IM2
J72
Machine side
U-ihH
IP4
y
T
J7 7
generator
J71
operators panel
Emergency stop
-QO- AC 1 00 V
ID-ÿ
°
Optical cable
COPi
009
n
J55
J 56
J 57
J 59
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
J 50
J51
J 52
J 53
J 58
010”
CV1
CPI
I
mg
C12
«
J 10
J15
%
IFT
—
gCDDz JU
CPK
Inductosyn preamplifier
CP31
01"’I ID—
CF21
ODD!
§
4:04
CV 2
CP2
J 79
o
gci‘51
oJ
J 100
j no
J31
CN1Velocity
Optical cable
I motor
Inductosyn preamplifier
CP 2 2
J74
CVS
CF3
J 1 01
J10S
-Dd
jni
J 32
J 17
Inductosyn
4
y
J 27
CN1Velocity
control unit
3% (AC>CN5|]Q
J80
Tape reader
fAcÿn|
4
COP 2
J 73
AL
il
J 21
CN2
CP 3 2
CP31
J 26
\
CNO (AOCN5DD
Regenerative discharge unit
I/O unit
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
Inductosyn
105
control unitf
J 16
C0SU00P4 1D*-ÿ
l
AC
motor
4
)Q—'
Oi cosi6
il
J 20
Regeneialive discharge unit
C135CTSS )ÿ J70
'
CO!
J25
CN1Veloctly
control unit'
CN6 (AC)
CNEIIQ
CN2
.12 2
U
AC
Regenerative discharge unit
4
J 81
CF33
CF23
motor
Inductosyn preamplifier
J 102
Inductosyn
oC3 J107
J11 2
j
PMC
cassette
CV4
CF4
J8 2
External
position
display
J 33
J 28
control unit]
J18
J 23
CNG
(AOcNshQ.
CN2
CA1 1
1
Regenerative dlschage unit
J83
motor
Inductosyn preamplifier
Position
coder
Sanalog output
High-speed skip/
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
Magne switch method
zero point signal
o
J 66
CP3 4
CF24
J 1 03
4
cC3
J 113
Inductosyn
CA2
J65
CAl
J 84
CA8
J85
AC
4
CV5
CF5
J 34
J19
CNlVelocily )
J 29
CN6
J 24
control uniti
u
<AQcN5m>
CN2
Rcgenc r at ive discharge unit
CAl 2
*
AC
motor
Inductosyn preamplifier
[ CD3
CF3 5
J 1 04
CF25
CD4
177, Cl>12
U( CPll stabilizing circuit
CPU cpi 3
S ervo
transformer
Magnetic
pusc
J90
J 91
iofV01TCP2
M0N/BDK
-D[ CF3
CP
5
CP 4
CP6
Inductosyn
ilOOr
jut
R
Cl‘1
Servo
hransformery-'
Input unit
EXR
/EXS<
AC Input
Fig. 1,2 (b) 11 series total connecting diagram
(for Analog servo without separate type pulse coder)
522
cojitactor
y
]
APPENDIX 1
I/O
device
J 64
—m
CD 1
\\\
J71
CP24 JQ
J7 2
CMD
CRT/MDI unit
J 63
CA3
mrtlf,
c«&CM2
||UM3
i>‘
aVQFF CP21 0)1*3
Manual pulse generator
J 77
J76
I
j|cM.
a
Machine side
operator’s panel
Emergency stop
AC100V
J8
J9
Optical cable
R
COPl
c-i
J 54
cw_r
J 55
CIO 3
J56
J57
§
CV1
5
CM i;
g
CF1
ClÿyCDOZ
J 30
[ CNlVeloclty
Kn?a0
J35
lÿ9
J70
Regenerative discharge unit
CI3 2CP55 |0A,
J 50
cot
C02.2
TJ
J52
C03
i
J 58
CV2
CF2
J31
J 26
J 36
I CN6 (AC) CW5D1}
J7 9
COl
Ct’Sl
06
OOIM ID-
J 21
CN2
>
Regenerative discharge unit
I
tOptical cable
AC
motor
4
COP 2
_
Separated [pa-*1
I/O unit
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
pulse coder 1
§
<3
J 53
_1
Separated !“”|
KH
3
J51
motor
iO-'
«
AC
<5
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
Ti
J 20
CN2
lu
J 59
J 25
pulse coder |
J 73
CP3 J
J7 4
CV3
CF3
J32
1|CN»ÿ,p
J3 7
J 22
K
"1CN2
J80
|
J 27
Regenerative discharge unit
AC
motor
Tape reader
J81
Separated
i
pulse coder I
I
PMC
cassette
CV4
CF4
J8 2
External
position
J3 3
J 38
J 28
(
CN5
CN2
_
,_rn
CA1 J
Regenerative discharge unit I
J83
display
(AC)
4
u
h
J 23
AC
motor
Separated
Position
coder
S-analog output
High-speed skip/
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
Magnet switch method
zero point signal
O
JOG
CA2
J65
CA1
J84
CA8
J8 5
CV5
CF5
J34
pulse coder
J 29
of
J39
J ™6
WOCNSIIQ
CN2
J24
Regenerative discharge* unit
$
AC
motor
CA1 2
ii
Separated P
[ CD 3
pulse coder I
{ CD4
u
CPI 2
Servo
transformer!
{][ CP14 Stabilizing circuit
CP11 CP 13
Magnetic
Fuse contactor
cf
J90
J 9t
R
i
Input unit
t
> ON/rit’F CP2 CPI
BOJVtoF
CP3
0I»5
Servo
transformer <
mcp*
CP6
EXR
/BXS
(
AC input
Fig. 1.2 (c) 11 series total connecting diagram
(for analog servo with separate type pulse coder)
523
I
APPENDIX 1
1) 11TT servo axes and spindle connection diagram
a) For analog servo
i) When additional axis is not connected
NC
Servo axes
1st axis
XI
2nd axis
Z1
3rd axis
X2
Tool post 1
Tool post 2
©
Spindle
Spindle
Spindle 2
5 th axis
ii) When additional axis is connected to tool post 1
Servo axes
1st axis
XI
2nd axis
Z1
Tool post 1
Additional
axis
Spindle
Spindle
4 th axis
X2
5 th axis
Z2
Tool post 2
iii) When additional axis is connected to tool post 2
Servo axes
1st axis
XI
2nd axis
Z1
3rd axis
X2
Tool post 1
Tool post 2
Spindle
Spindle
4th axis
5 th axis
For tool post 1
•(for
2-spindle system)
Z2
4th axis
3rd axis
Common spindle
(for 1 spindle system)
Z2
Additional
axis
524
For tool post 2
(for 2-spindle system)
APPENDIX 1
b) For digital servo
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
•Without additional axis
•With additional axis
XI Z1, X2, Z2
(
XI, Zl, additional axis (tool post 1)
X2,Z2
XI, Zl , X2, Z2, additional axis
(tool post 2)
4th axis
each axis connected to 1st axis to 5th axis is above order.
5th axis
1st
spindle
2nd
spindle
Spindle
Spindle 2
Common spindle (1-spindle system)
•
» 1st spindle
(2-spindle system)
2nd spindle
(Note) The additional axis can not be used when 2nd spindle is provided.
525
APPENDIX 1
1.3 12/120 Series
1)
12/120 series total connection diagram
(Connection other than servo system; Internal
unit are used.)
CRT/MDI and Built-in
type
12/120
Jl40a
J 1 40b
C22A
C22B
][}
J 1 10 c
C22C
J 1 4 Od
C22D
Built-in type
C2 2K
I/O unit
C23 A
Built-in type
additional
I/O unit
(only for free
standing type
B cabinet)
J140e
J 14 1a
J 1 4 1b
J 14 1 c
C23B
C23C
C2 3D
C23E
C2 2A
C22B
C22C
02 2D
power
magnetic
circuit
J 1 4 1e
J 14 1 f
J140g
J 140b
J 1 40 i
J 1 40 j
J 14 1 j
C22E
C2 3A
02 3D
J14 1g
J II 1 h
C23C
J I4 1 i
C23D
02 3E
MDI/CRT unit
Machine
side
J 14 1d
J 14 1i
.16 3
CAS
Manual pulse generator
CD6
Reader-puncher device
*
(Reader-puncher
0])7
(20mA current loop)
interface;
Punch panel
ASR33/43 device
J87
0 1P02/CD4
0 l PO 2/CD3
]
J84
0 1P0 2/CA19
a
3
g
r
3
o
a
01P02 or 01P13/CA1
less than more than
9 axes
8 axes
*ÿ3
01P02 or 01P13/CA2
Reader -puncher interface
High speed skip/
High speed measuring
reach signal
J65
Spindle speed
control circuit
J66
{][ Position coder
cd
3
«
01P04/CA1 7A
C
o
01P04/CA1 7B
.a
J 130a
J 130b
-Q[ 1st external
—< > position display
{j[ 2nd external
—9 position display
M
td
&
£
'C
(U
VI
8
rH
0 1P 1 3/CA 1 7C
Hybrid control
is
is not
performed performed
l
1
01 P09
or
0 1 P0 7/CA1 2
02P09 " 02P07/CA12
0 3P09 " 0 3P07>/CA12
04P09 " 04P07/CA12
05P09 " 05P07/CA12
J
1 30c
J 85a
J 85b
J 85c
J 8 5d
J85e
Input unit
{][ 3rd external
— position display
~
-1st 3rd axis
- 4 ~ 6th axis
- 7 ~ 9th axis
10 12th axis
13 15 th axis
~
~
AC power
526
near zero signal
or
reference point signal
I/O
APPENDIX 1
2)
12/120
series total connecting diagram
(Connection other than servo system; External
are used.)
Optical
12/120
o i po-i/cor2
CRT/MDI and
Separate
I/O
I/O unit
cable
73
COP 4
Macliine side
CP 3 1
power magnetic
circuit
J 7.1
External
CRT/MDI
01P04/COP1
I p-ot
Optical
cable
Connection
unit for
COP3
CMD
10
CP2I
CP24
10-01 CPD panel
01 CUM operator’s
CMI CM2 CM3 CM 4
Tp! F7 S S'
p1 OQN/OPP
CD1
=
CA3
cpT
Operator’s
panel
—<L— i— i-i—
i—
Manual pulse generator
Reader-puncher device
(Reader-puncher
CD6
interface)
Punch
panel
_
ASK33/43 device
(20mA current loop)
J 87
01P0 2/CD4
Reader .puncher interface
0 1 P0 2/CD3
0IP02/CA19
High speed skip/
high speed measuring
reach signal
J84
less than more than
6 axes 7 axes
.-H
a3
1ÿ4
a
3
o
1
l
01P02 or 01P13/CA1
Spindle speed
J 65
control circuit
.166
01P02 or 01P13/CA2
-Q[ Position coder
1
.2
01P04/CA17IJ
J 130 a
Of F04/CA17H
P
u
o
0 1 P i 3/CA 1 7C
O
l
I
0 I P09
<N
04
J 1 30b
J 1 30c
0 1 P0
2
02P07/CAI2
03P09 " 03P07/CA12
0 4 P 0 9 " 04P07/CAI2
05P09 " D5P97/CAI2
02P09
»
{][ 2nd external
—Q position display
{][ 3rd external
—p
Hibrid control
is not
is
1
performed performed
I
or
7/CAI
8
rO
-01 1st external
—Q position display
M
J85a
J 85b
J 85c
J 85 d
J 85e
position display
-1st
-4
~ 3rd axis
~ 6th axis
~ 9tli axis
TO ~ 12th axis
13 ~ 15th axis
_7
CPU 'I
CP 3
CP 6
Input unit
AC power
527
Near zero signal
or
reference point signal
unit
APPENDIX 1
3)
series total connecting diagram
(Servo system signal connection; when a pulse
inductosyn are used in DC servo motor.)
12/120
12/120
coder,
a
resolver
Velocity control unit
J 30 a
01 P0G/CV1
J3 1 a
" /CV2
"
J32a
/CV3
-
CN l
CN 1
CN 1
CN 1
J32c
CN 1
J 30d
CNi
J 3 Id
/CV2
CN i
J 3 2d
/CV3
05P06/CVI
" /CV2
/CV3
v
CNi
J 30c
CN i
J 3 1c
-
2nd axis
3rd axis
CN 1
J 32b
J 30c
J 31c
" /CV3
04P06/CV1
1st axis
CN 1
CN l
J 3 0b
J 3 1b
02P06/CV 1
" /CV2
" /CV3
03P06/CV1
" /CV2
CN)
CN i
CNi
J32e
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
lltli axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
DC servo motor
-H*
a
P
a
o
o
1
.2
K3
x)
Ctj
M
J & f\/l 6 5a
J 6 a/J 6 0a
01P06/CF5 1
« /CF5 2
" /CF5 3
02P0G/CF51
" /CF5 2
" /CF53
03P06/CF5 l
" /CP 5 2
" /CF5 3
04P06/CP51
/CP 5 2
" /CF53
05P0G/CF5 1
v
/CF5 2
" /CF5 3
J 7 a/J G 7 a
J 5 b/J 6 5b
J Gb/J 6 6b
J 7 b/J 6 7b
J 5c/J 6 5c
J 6 c/J 6 6c
J 7 c/J 6 7c
J 5d/J 6 5d
J6d/JG6d
J 7 d/J 6 7 d
J 5 c/J 6 5 e
J 6e/J 66c
J 7 e/J C 7 e
a
p
rÿH
£
o
o
.2
GO
a
rO
CO
‘G
4>
LO
o
cs
0 IPO 7/CP 7 1
--
]Q
)Q
]Q
]Q)Q)Q
/CF7 2
/CF7 3
0 2P0 7/CF7 1
v
/CF7 2
/CF7 3
O3P0 7/CF7 1 ][}
" /CF7 2 ]Q
" /CF73 |Q.
04P07/CF71 IQ
" /CF7 2 jQ
/CP 7 3 ]Q
05P07/CF71 ]Q
" /CF7 2 ]Q
/CF73 ]Q
-
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5 th axis
6 th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
Industosyn
1st axis
J 1 10a
J 1 1 la
J 1 1 2a
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5 th axis
6th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13 th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
J 1 1 0b
J 1 lib
J 1 12b
J 1 10c
J 1 1 1c
J 112 c
J 1 I0d
J 1 lid
J 1 1 2d
J 1 1 0e
J llle
J 11 2c
J 105a
J 106a
J 107a
J 1 05b
J l 06b
J l 07 b
J 105c
J 106c
J 107c
J 1 05d
J 1 06d
J 10 7d
J 10 5 e
J 106 c
J 107 e
Industosyn preamplifier
01P07/CF3 1
" /OF 3 2
" /CF3 3
0 2P07/CF3 1
" /CF3 2
" /CP 3 3
03P07/CF31
" /CP 3 2
" /CF3 3
01P07/CF3 1
" /CF32
" /CF3 3
05P07/CF31
" /CP3 2
" /CF3 3
J 10 0 a
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5 th axis
6 th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9 th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13 th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
J 101 a
J 102a
J 1 00b
J 101b
J 102b
J 10 0c
J 10 lc
J 102c
ji
o0d
J 10 1d
J 1 02d
J 1 00c
J101c
J 102c
- 528
-
J 105a
J 10 6a
J 107a
J 105b
J 10Gb
J 107b
J 1 05c
J 106c
J 107c
J 10 5d
J 1 0 >3 d
J 1 07d
J 105 e
J 1 0 6e
J 1 07e
and an
APPENDIX 1
4)
series total connecting diagram
(Additional detector connection)
12/120
Separate type pulse coder,
12/120
J i 50a
0 IPO 9/CP 61
a
%3
•3
M
S
8 a
o «
o
rH
<d
.O
oo
o
1
O
'ÿ*3
<D
3
V5
O
cd
CM
r-H
J 1 51a
" /CFG 2
" /CFG 3
02P09/CFG 1
» /CF6 2
* /CFG 3
0 3 P0 D/CFG 1
" /CFG 2
" /CFG 3
04P09/CF61
" /CFG 2
" /CFG 3
05 PO 9/CF6 I
" /CFG 2
" /CFG 3
J l 52a
J \ 50b
J l 51b
J 152b
J 1 50c
J 151c
J 152c
J 1 50(1
J 151(1
J 1 52d
J 150c
15 1C
J 152c
For pulse input type
12/120
Separate type resolver
J 155a
J 1 5G a
0 1 P09/CF7 1
o
o
/CF7 2
" /CF7 3
0 2 P0 9/CF7 1
" /CF7 2
" /CF7 3
0 3P09/CF7 L
* /CF7 2
1
04 P09/CF7 1
"
M
a
3
-H
a a
O
U
o
.a
cd
CO
<D
<D
3
Si
o
cd
CM
linear scale, magnescale
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4 th axis
5 th axis
6th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9 th axis
10th axis
11tli axis
12th axis
13 th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5 th axis
6th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10 th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15 th axis
J 15 7 a
J 1 55b
J 1 56b
J 1 57b
J 155c
J 1 56c
" /CF7 3
J 1 57c
" /CF7 2
J 1 5Cd
J 1 57d
J 1 55e
J156e
J 1 57c
J 1 55(1
" /CF7 3
0 5 P09/CF7 1
" /CF7 2
* /CF7 3
For resolver
Induetosyn
12/120
01P0 7/CF71
" /CF7 2
Jit
JO-
" /CF73 ]Q-
02P07/CF71 ]0
" /CF7 2 ](}
cd
" /CF7 3
0 3P0 7/CF7 1
" /CF7 2
" /CF7 3
0 4P0 7/CF7 1
" /CF7 2
" /CF7 3
0 5P0 7/CF7 1
" /CF72
/CF7 3
I
01 P0 7/CF31
a
h
a
o
o
1
o
•-3
-a
P
a
o
o
o
s>
cd
&
Si
•a
<D
c/J
o
(N
CM
rH
-
]Q][}
][).
JQ][t
][ÿ
][f
](}
][}jn-
J 1 1o f
J111f
J112f
J 1 1 0g
Jills
.M 1 2 g
J i ion
J 1 1 1h
J112h
J 1 10 i
J 111i
J 112i
J 1 10 j
J 111 j
J112 j
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5 th axis
6 th axis
7th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10 th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15tli axis
J 1 05 f
J i 06 f
J 107 f
J 1 0 5g
J 1 06g
J 10 7 g
J 10 5 h
J 10 6 h
J 10 7 h
J 1 05 i
J 1 0G j
J107i
J 105 j
J 106 j
J 107 j
Induetosyn preamplifier
" /CF3 2
J 100 f
j ioi
r
" /CF3 3
02P07/CF31
J l 02 f
" /CF3 2
J 10 1 g
" /CF3 3
03P07/CF3 1
/CF 3 2
" /CF33
04 P07/CF31
-
" /CF32
" /CF3 3
05P07/CF31
" /CF3 2
"
/CF3 3
J 1 OOg
J l02g
J1o0h
J10 1h
J 10 2h
J100 i
JJJLL1
J 102 i
100 i
J 10 i i
J 1 02 j
For induetosyn
529
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis
5th axis
6th axis
7 th axis
8th axis
9th axis
10th axis
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis
J 105 f
J 106 f
J 107 1
J 1 05g
J 1 0 6g
J > 07g
J 105h
J 1 06h
J 107h
J 1 05 i
J 10 6 i
J 107 i
J 105
j
JioGi
J 107 j
APPENDIX 1
5)
12/120 series
servo system connecting diagram
(When DC motor is used.)
12/120
J5~7 or J65~67
01~05P06/CF51~53
fl
Velocity control
01-05P06/CV1-3
unit
CN1
J30-32
T:
\
J40-42
DC motor with a pulse
coder or resolver and
CN2 T1
cp
0-0
Emergency stop tachogenerator
100 VAC
Servo
transformer
6-
AC power
Pulse coder or resolver is used as a position detector.
Optical scale
magnescale
12/120
01~05P06/CF51~53
Velocity control
01~05P0 6/CV1~3
unit
J30-32
T
CN1
\
J40~42
zi
DC motor with
CN2T1
a tachogenerator
Emergency stop
100 VAC
Servo
trans-
former
6-
AC power
Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector.
12/120
01~05P07/CF31~33
01~05P07/CF71~73
J100-102
Inductosyn
preamplifier
Inductosyn scale
5
3
J110-112
J65-67
01~05P06/CF51~53
01~0 5 P 0 6/C V 1 ~3
J105M07
Velocity control
unit
J30-32
CN1
T1
CN2 T1
Ip
-o~c>
Inductosyn slider
11
J40~42
\T
Z)
DC motor with
a tachogenerator
Emergency stop
100 VAC
Servo
trans- oformer
Inductosyn is used as a position detector.
-
530 -
AC power
APPENDIX 1
6)
12/120
series servo system connection diagram
(When AC motor is used.)
12/120
J15 ~17
01~05P06/CF51~53
—
J10 1 2
01~05P06/CV1~3
Velocity control
unit
CN5
CN6
J20-J22
J25-27
CN1
\
CN2 T1
Z!
T
AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
100 VAC
Servo
trans¬
-AC power
former
Pulse coder is used as a position detector.
Optical scale
Magnescale
Velocity control
12/120
01-05P06/CF51-53 ]Q01~05P06/CV1~3
JD-
'
J30--32
unit
J20-J22
CN5 ]D
J25-27
Tl 6-
[ CN6
CN1
Z1
CN2 Tl
0-0
AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
100 VAC
Servo
trans¬
former
AC power
Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector,
12/120
01~05P07/CF31~33
01~05P07/CF71~73
J100-102
Inductosyn
J105-107
Inductosyn scale
preamplifier
—
Lj *
J110 11 2
Inductosyn slider
Velocity control
unit
01~05P06/CF51~53 JD
01-05P06/CV1-3
[ CN6
J30~32
-
CN5
CN1
J20-J22
J25--27
f
Z3
CN2 T1
i=r
Emergency stop
AC motor with
a pulse coder
100 VAC
Servo
trans¬
former
Inductosyn is used as a position detector.
531
AC power
APPENDIX 1
1.4 100 Series
Connection
unit 2
Connection
unit 1
J 50
C01
J51
CO 2
DC 2 4 V
J 56
COP 2
r
x
Optical cable
D
COP1
J 70
Plat cable
CA7
CRT/MDI CD13U If)
JU
interface PCB
CD 16
CMD
CRT/MD1
-O
ON/OFF signal
CD1
CM3
9
CM4
cp
MPG
Manual pulse
J 63
CNT4
?
r
f
(without reels)
HH
CP41
-~0
B
cassette
3
o
J 25
J 220
CP9 1
(1st axis)
J 21 1
(Command) CV22
J 221
(Feedback) CF9 2
10—
J 26
AC servo
Digital
[CN1 servo
amplifier
J 65
(Spindle
command) CA1
motor
CN2
l
AC servo
O
Digital
Tl
CN1 servo
amplifier
J 210
(Command) CV 21
motor
&
O
11
CN2QQ
(2nd axis)
J 66
(Position coder)
Servo
CA2
ROM/RAM board
CV21B ] [}
!
PCB for
additional
J 27
?Ht
CF9 ID ] [}
CF92B
1th
1
I
servo
Tl
Digital
{][CN1 servo
O
Tl
amplifier
.
1
(4 th axis) CN2
CD2
CAB
CPU
=5
}
][}-
CP14
JIH
CPI 5
1
Power unit
/ —Dt
AC servo
motor
O
amplifier
(3rd axis) CN2 ][}
J 223
Option card 1
unit
QJV] j Digital
<y
J 222
1213
O
Position coder
J 212
CV22B
axis
input
former
control
] (]
{] [
Battery
AC
dans*
Spindle speed
Master PCB
generator
(with reels)
(without reels)
PMC
o
(Feedback)
operator’s
panel
0SB
(with reels)
[
Machine
CM2
CD15 CD12 CA3
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
J75
Connection
unit for
operator’s
panel
CDM CM 1
lOÿt
CP24 10ÿ1CDP
CD 13
AC power
side)
7 T
cable
1
*r
r-
1
Plat
magnetic
J 59
Ci 3
CCD2CP55
CP52 CCD1
. circuit
(Machine
J 57
Cl 2
J 58
J 69
Power
Cl 1
J 53
CP51 CO 4
CO 5
J 55
CIO
J 52
COP4 CO 3
J 54
C09
J 68
jo-
—Dt
(
AC servo
motor
][}
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
Servo
trans¬
former
AC
input
AC
100V
ON/OFF Signal'
J 76
1
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
{] [ CP2
<y
Input unit
Fig. 1.4 (a) 100T/100M total connection diagram
(Digital servo and connection unit are employed)
532 -
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
Power
COP 4
AC power
magnetic
I/O unit
CP3 I
circuit
(Machine
.side)
CO
r-~ Alarm signal
o
T1
COP 2
Optical cable
]
CD
€•—
CRT/MDI
COP 1
interface
PCB
CD13B
CRT/MDI
] [}
Connection
Flat cable unit
for
operator’s
CDll>
CA7
,-5
CDI3
CMO
AC power
CP24
CM1
llPÿt ::DP
CD 15 CD12 CA3
ON/OFF signal
?
CD
Cbl
Machine
CM3
operator’s
panel
CM4
J63
000
y
a
J*M)[
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
J 75
CM2]Q-
(with reels)
CNT4
?
?
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
rOl
r~0 CP41
(without reels)
I
PMC
a*
J 21 0
(Command) CV21
(Spindle
servo
'pi
amplifier
\
(
CN2
—
O
](}
J26
CM servo
amplifier
(2ND axis)
J 65
T1
AC servo
(Q
motor
1
CN2
ffi
J 66
(Position coder)
Servo
AC
o oo- input
>—0 trans¬
former —
CA2
ROM/RAM board
AC servo
motor
0[
O
Digital
J 22 1
CA 1
Digital
(1st axis)
J21 3
CV22
(Feedback) CF92
command)
tit™*
J 2 20
(Feedback) CF91
(Command)
(with reels)
(without reels)
5
cassette
Spindle speed
][}
control
Position coder
CV2 113
PCB for
CF91B
additional
CV22B
axis
CF92B
hft
J 27
J 21 2
TUt
]D
]Q
]Q
CN 1 Disi,al
servo
amplifier
(3rd axis)
servo
amplifier
Master PCB
(4th axis)
J 223
[
CD 2
Option card 1
CPI 4
CP15
J 68
X
Fig. 1.4 (b)
(
Q--
]0
]D
(
J 28
a
—
DI
CN2p Q-
—
O
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
AC servo
motor
Servo
trans'
former
AC
O“0x-0— input
AC
100V
ON/OFF signal
U76
CPI 1
Battery
unit
CN2 ]
T1
11
motor
{O
]0
CA8
Power unit
a
Tl
222
w*\
/ r-dl AC servo
CP4 CP 5 CPb
CP 2
Input unit
O
100T/100M total connecting diagram
(Digital servo and I/O unit are employed)
533
AC
input
APPENDIX 1
1.5 110 series
0
Battery
unit
C±3
CD15CD16CD7
CMD
[ (.’1)12
CRT/MD1
CP2M
fl[CA3
J63
655
J 70
Emergency stop
-Oÿ)-AC 100 V
j"
PCB
vn
c
J 57
Cl 2
J 59
CV21B ]Q_
CF91B ][K
*.
cot
J62
Cl
J7 0
Axis
CAH1
magnetic
J 50
J 21 0
J 25
CNl Digital <
servo
-Q[ CN2 amplifier
rii
i—i
Cl 3 55
Machine side
J 53
panel
i|“ *
C3
nicios
gj ciiJi
J 56
J52
-Machine operator’s
CRT/MDI interface
J55
J51
J7
r|pf2
J
J 77
, J54
cabinet
J 72
JG
s on
oi.
i
ON/OPPCP21 CD 13
Manual pulse
go n era tor
J71
CPI]
51
001
Regenerative discharge unit
control
II PCB
i
J 220
n
AC servo
motor
CDD
m°*.i
I
t
DDC03!
J 211
CV22B
J 79
C0|uCP
CNl Digital
CP92H ][k
51
J58
CCB CO
ptical cable
J 26
<
I
servo
fl[ CN2 amplifier
AC servo
Regenerative discharge unit
COP 2
motor
J 22 1
Machine side
magnetic
cabinet
I/O unit
c,>3.
J 73
J71
-
CV21B |jj_
Al' )
CF91B
Note 1)
CDS
J81
Axis
CAM 2
control
II PCB
J 27
HI CNl Digital
i
servo
HI CN2 amplifier
CAT
J 80
Tape reader
J212
Jit
Regenerative discharge unit
C
J 222
AC servo
motor
PMC
cassette
CV22B )Q_
External
position
display
D
J82
J 21 3
CAl l
J 28
HI CNl Digital
servo
CP92B ](V
HI CN2 amplifier
J 83
Regenerative discharge unit
rU
AC servo
motor
GCA
CA2A
Position coder for 1st axis
S-analog output for
1st axis
_
Position coder for 2nd axis
For 2nd spindle
of 110TT
S analog output for
v
2nd axis
High-speed Skip/High speed
Magnetic switch method
zero point signal
J 223
J65A
CAl A
J66B
CAl 13
ot CA2B
J65B
J84
.185
ir
CV2 1B
CP91B Plk
Axis
control
J 21 4
J 29
CNl Digital 1 (
servo
CN2 amplifier.
PCB
CAl 11
CAS
--|][ CAl 2
D[
Regenerative discharge unit
i
AC servo
motor
J 224
DE
Servo
Note 1)
CAT: Tape reader without reel
CDS: Tape reader with reel
CPI 2
HI CPI 4 Stabilizing circuit
CPU
__
—
-
J90
trans-
.
former
CPI 3
I
Magnetic
Fuse conlaclor
J9 1
AVOFP CP2 CPI
LOR/BOF
QQCP3
QI CP5
Servo
trans-
former
_
.. ,
CP4 Input unit
CP6
EXR
/BXS
AC input
Fig. 1.5 110 series total connecting diagram
(Digital servo without separated pulse coder)
534
1
ri
Note 2) The 5th axis can not
used in ihe system
(110TT) that is
provided 2nd spindle.
APPENDIX 1
1.6 Connecting of Input Power Supply
1) In case of free-standing type
—O
V
W
200/22QVAC 30 60 Hz
or 200 VAC 30 50 Hz
a
U
-o y
o w
o©
TP1 of input unit
(M5 screw terminal)
M5 screw terminal
200~550VAC 30, 50/60 Hz
when multitap transformer is used)
2) T series/M series built-in type 1, M series built-in type 2-2, built-in type
3, and unbundled type
R
S
o
o
Q
R
TP1 of input unit
(M4 screw terminal)
S
o©
200 /220V AC l')1' 60 Hz
or 200 VAC 10 50 Hz
M4 screw terminal
3) In case of M series built-in type 2
R
S
200/220VAC 10 60 Hz
or 200V AC 10 50 Hz
200-550VAC, 10 50/60 Hz
when multitap transformer is used)
R
o
G
S
TP1 of input unit
(M5 screw terminal)
o©
535
M5 screw terminal
APPENDIX 1
4) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for domestic use)
U
&
U
V
zO
V
w
o
W
G
O
G
X)
R
X)
S
220/200VAC 30 60 Hz
or 200VAC 30 SO Hz
TC5 of terminal unit 1
(M5 screw terminal)
Attached cable
5) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for countries other than Japan)
U
V
w
G
200A
200D
o
o
u
o
w
O
G
o
o
V
TC5 of terminal unit 1
(M5 screw terminal)
R
s
Control unit export transformer for overseas use
(A80L-0001-0176)
200-550VAC 30
(Note)
50/60 Hz
transformer as shown in this figure, if the
export transformer does not satisfy the power supply condition shown in
Connect the control unit
(4).
Then remove the attached cable.
-
536
-
APPENDIX 1
6) In case of
10/100
series panel-mount Type
Power supply unit
6-pins connector, black (made by Nihon Bumdy)
1
2.
J1
R
4
S
G
5
6
PA
PB
]
cm
Input unit or power
ON/OFF circuit
Connection diagram with input unit used
Connector
10/100 control unit
Input unit
]Q
CP 11
1
2.
3.
R
S
G
4
5
6
PA
PB
0C
CP 2
1
2
3
R
S
G
4
5
6
PA
PB
TP 1 M4 screw terminal
R
S
R
S
©
G
f f f
TP 2 M4 screw terminal
EON EOF COM
EON EOF COM
200V AC, 10,50 Hz
or 200/220VAC, 1ÿ, 60 Hz
? f f
ON/OFF button
For details of input unit, see 8).
-
537
APPENDIX 1
11/110 series panel-mount type
Unlike 10/100 series, our input unit should be used.
7) In case of
Connector
SMS3PK-5
11/110
CPU
1
2.
S
R
A
O
CP
11
J 90
]ÿ--
Input unit
[
CP 2
1
CP2
R
3
2.
s
Q
Connector
SMS6PW-5
CP 13
ll a | a | 4 | 5 ( a
1 2 3 4 5 6
CP 13
]
J91
CPI
CPI
1 J 3 I 3 i 11 5 i
a
1 2 3 4 5
C
TP 1 M4 screw terminal
R
s
R
s
Q
»|9
TP 2 M4 screw terminal
EON EOF COM
200VAC, X'P. 50 Hz or
200/220VAC, 10.50 Hz
EON EOF COM
ro)
©
(o)
ON/OFF button
538
APPENDIX 1
8) Input unit
The input unit receives AC input power signal and ON/OFF button signal. It
feeds the ON-OFF controlled AC power to the control unit and peripheral
units.
i) Connection block diagram
Fuse
u.v.w
3$ input /f
for servo
-CKO-
L'
-OÿJO-
Magnetic contactor
ON/OFF-controlled
input
0.3 A
niiIa
05
co
§
H
ON
button 0 O EON
n I Qr-
o O
o O
OFF
button O
O
EOF
FA -
'
TP2
To servo
}— nit
i
:
i
CP 2
o o (3P, black) I
a
2
CPI
H K
(6P, white)
I
CP2 I
(6P, black)
1
CP3 l
(3P, black)
CPU
CPIS
Master PCB
--11/110
Master PCB
-
Power
supply
unit
cpn
Power
supply
]|D
COM
FB
| o Io
p Ip Ip
transformer
O O O O
ON/OFF button is
mounted on MDI
panel in case of
standard type or
14” color CRT/
MDI unit.
I I—
"TL
200/220VAC, 10
200/220VAC, if
umt
CP 4 I
(3P, black)
]iD—\
CP21
Standard type or
14” color CRT/
MDI unit
CPU
Separate tape
reader
CP5
(3P, black)
CPG -il
- (3P, white) J|
I
i
i
i
A
Input unit is
bounded by
a dotted line
J
L
OI
ON/OFF controlled
200/220VAC
CP 31
TPI, TP2
M4 screw terminal
Alarm signal
I/O unit
Tl
M3 screw terminal
539 -
--
10/100
APPENDIX I
ii) Power system connector terminal layout
a) CP2 (10/100 series),
CP11 (11/110 series), CP31
6-pin connector, black
(made by Nihon Burndy)
1
2
3
R
S
G
4
5
6
PA
PB
PA, PB power ready signals
b) CP2 (10/100 series) CP3 , CP4 , CP5 ,
CP11 (11/110 series), CP21, CP41 •
1
2
3
R
S
G
c) CP6
3-pin connector, white
(Nihon Burndy)
2
1
(ALA/ALB receive an alarm signal from
unit and turn off the system power
supply.
3
I/O
ALB
ALA
6-pin connector, white
(made by Nihon Burndy)
d) CPI
1
1
iii)
connector, black
(made by Nihon Burndy)
3-pin
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
CPI control signal connector is used
for turning the 11/110 series
stabilizing power unit on and off.
Connect it with power supply unit
as a pair.
ON/OFF
ON/OFF-controlled 200/220 VAC, 1i> power supply can be obtained from
EXR/EXS terminals of terminal board TP1 of the input unit as shown in the
How to control servo transformer input power supply
The
block diagram.
By connecting an electromagnetic contactor (to be prepared by machine
tools builder) to these terminals, the servo power supply can be turned on
and off in synchronization with the NC power supply.
Suppress the current to be lower than 0.3A.
540
APPENDIX 1
1.7 Connection Diagram for Each Unit
I) Connection to small
CRT/MDI
unit (10 series only)
NC
CRT/MDI unit
CA9 (MR— 20RFD)
CA4 (MR-20RMD)
1 *KCM11
2 *KCM00
8 *KCM02
9 *KCM03
3 *KCM01
4 *SW06
10 *SW07
11 *SW05
5 *SW04
12 *SW03
6 *SW02
13 *SW01
7 *SW00
14 *KCM04
1
15 *KCM05
2 *KCM00
16 *KCM06
3 *KCM01
17 *KCM07
18 *KCM08
]pe, I
6 *SW02
20 *KCM10
7 *SWOO
14
2 HSNC
15
3 VSNC
16
17
OV
5 VDOl
12 OV
6
J 62
I I
4 VD02
16
17
18
12 *SW03
13 *SW01
19
20
14
9 0V
15
16
10 OV
17
0V
18
5 VDOl
19
6
18
12 0V
19
13
13
7
20
7
M4 Screw terminal
CP 15 (SMS 6RN-4)
3
5
4
2
1
0
11 *SW05
1 VD03
OV
10 OV
4 VD0 2
10 *SW07
15 *KCM05
8 OV
8 OV
3 VSYN
9 *KCM03
14 *KCM04
CN1 (MR-20RMD)
1 VD03
9
5 *SW04
+ KCM09
19
CA5 (MR— 20RMD)
2 HSYN
4 *SW06
8 *KCM02
0
+ 24
6
J 78
+24
541
I
20
CN2 (SMS 6RN-4)
6
4
3
5
1
2
0
0 +24 +24
APPENDIX 1
2) Connection to standard
CRT/MDI
unit (10/11/12 series)
NC
Standard CRT/MDI
Optical cable
COP 3
COP1
(made by Nihon Burndy)
CP3
i
R
SMS3PK-5
2
S
3
J 76
CP3
rc®0 O
COM
EON
EOF
ON
OFF COM
2
S
ON
M4 screw terminal
-
@3
Oi O
. i=©COM
<5>
(
1
R
CP21
G
OFF
M4 screw
terminal
Remove connecting fitting
between EOF and COM when
connecting these cables.
Max 200
542
tn
-
3
G
APPENDIX 1
3) Connection to 14" color
a) 10/11/12 series
CRT/MDI unit
NC
External CRT/MDI unit
Optical fiber cable
COP1
Input unit
TP2
M4 screw terminal
COP3
M4 screw terminal
EON
EOF
COM
ON
OFF
COM
Remove the connecting fitting
between EOF and COM when
connecting these cables.
(
ONI
J77
ON
)
3
R
S
G
n_n
M4 screw terminal
SMS3PK-5 connector
2
p_n
COM
CP 3
1
ON 2 OPF1 OFF2
/
J7 6
max
200
in
- 543
-
200 A
200B
Q
200 A
200 B
G
OFF
APPENDIX 1
b)
100/110/120
series
CRT/MDI
CNC
CD13
Signal
CD13
MRE20-RMA
MRE20-RMA
Input unit
TP2: M4 screw terminal
EON
EOF
M4 screw terminal
COM
ONI
ON2
OFF1 OFF2
ON
COM
COM
Power ON/OFF
OFF
ON
COM
OFF
I
Short using a short bar.
Remove the connection
attachment between EOF
and COM when connecting
a
cable.
SMS3PK-5
Input unit
CP3
2
1
200A
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
M4 screw terminal
200 B
3
G
]
200 A
200 B
G
200 A
200B
G
Power supply
2
A power cable 30/0.18 (0.75 nuiT) and over in gauge should be used.
For the signal cable, see the next page.
544
-
APPENDIX 1
4) Connection to connection unit
NC
CP 1 4
1
24E
2
COP2
ID
CP14
]Q
Optical cable
{]£ COP4
Connection unit 1
CP51
J 79
CP 51
3
2
1
24E OV
3
OV
SMS3PN-5
CP52
connector
Z_
3
T
6
5
5V 5V OV OV 24V 24V
CP52
CDD1
CD
Connector
FAS-50-17
J 70
J 69
[
]
CP 55
CDD2
Connection
unit 2
CP 55
1
2
3
4
5
6
5V 5V OV OV 24\ 24V
-
545
Connector
SMS6PN-5
APPENDIX 1
5) Connection to
I/O
unit
I/O unit
NC
COP2
]ÿ
Optical cable
[
SMS6P-1
fa[
CP 5
1
R
2
S
3
G
2
3
1
A LA ALE
J 73
CP5
Connector
SMS3PWS-5
CP 6
CP31
Connector
Connector
SMS3FK-5
-
546
2
3
s
G
4
5
6
PA PB
T 1 M3 screw terminal
ALA ALB
ALA ALB
J74
CP6
CP31
1
n
©
-
©
APPENDIX 1
6) Connection to position coder
MRE20-RMD
CA2
Note) (CA2A, CA2B)
1
OV
14
SC
15
*SC
16
PA
17
*PA
18
PB
19
*PB
Name of
signal
8
2
OV
9
3
OV
10
4
+5V
5
+5V
11
Contents
SC, *SC
Position coder C-phase signal
PA, *PA
Position coder A-phase signal
PB, *PB
Position coder B-phase signal
12
6
+5V
13
7
20
n
NC
CA2(1)(2)(3)
CA 2 (4)(5)(6)
I
CA 2 (16)
CA2 (17)
Position coder
input
CA 2 (18)
CA 2 (19)
CA 2
CA2
as
-6 ov
rs
r\
+ 5V-
fl—
O A (PA) Position coder
PA
*PA
N (*PA)
C (PB)
PB
R (*PB)
B (SC)
>I<PB
SC-
*SC-f
P (*SC)
T
I OG
Earth plate
Twisted paired unified sliield cable
characteristic impedance 100n
I
(Cable clamp)
(Note) In case of digital servo
The position coder of 11/110 series and 11TT 1st spindle is connected to
CA2A, that of 11TT 2nd spindle Is connected to CA2B.
547
APPENDIX 1
7) Connection to manual pulse generator
MRE20-RMD
CA3
1
14
OV
8
2
3
15
9
HB1
10
HA2
5
+5V
Manual pulse generator A-phase
signal
HB1V3
Manual pulse generator B-phase
signal
17
11
HB2
12
HA3
13
HB3
Contents
HAK3
16
OV
+5V
6
HA1
OV
4
Name of
signal
18
19
+5V
20
7
NO
Manual pulse
generator
CA 3 (8)
A5
-O HA 1
,
4„b, =Lra|«;rs:«.o,
CA 3 (9)
CA 3 (1)
Power supply
4> OV
CA 3 (4)
+5V
-1 -A 3
4 HA 2
OH
output for
M.P.G
CA 3 (10)
Manual pulse
generator
CA3 (11)
CA 3 (2)
—
OV
Power supply
output for
CA 3 (5)
t
M.P.G
-1-5 V
CA3 (12)
Power supply
output for
M.P.G
CA3 (13)
O4
-—O 3
I
Manual pulse
generator
----_ _.....
A4
HB3
CA3 (3)
•AoV
CA3 (6)
4>+5V
--T-6 5
.......
-O 6 3rd manual
pulse generator
-
04
O3
/
NC earth plate
(Cable clamp metal)
-
548
-
/
APPENDIX 1
8) Connection to spindle amplifier
MRE20-RFD
CA1
Note 1) (CA1A, CA1B)
14
1
8
*ALMS1
9
ALMS 2
3
10
4
*SPAL1
11
*
*ALMS 4
ENBLS2
16
17
*SPAL2
*ALMS8
18
5
12
6
13
7
19
20
CAl (15)
CAl (4)
I
CAl (8)
Spindle alarm
VCMDS,
ES
Spindle command voltage
and common
*ALMS K
S8 *C0MS
Alarm code signal and common
FANLIC spindle
servo unit
ALM1
<5 * SPA LI
DA 2
VCMDS
E
1
ES
-x-ALl
*ALMS 1
CAl (9)
t
A
*AL2
* ALMS 2
CAl (10)
zr
ALM2
•X-SPAL2
CAl (7)
CAl (19)
*SPAL1,
*SPAL2
A ENBLS2
output
100 n
Spindle enable
ENBLS1
CAl (17)
impedance
ENBLS1,
ENBLS2
Note 2
CAl (2)
±12V, 2mA
ES
*COMS
VCMDS
Contents
signal
15
ENBLS1
2
Name of
*AL4
*A LMS 4
I
CAl (11)
-X\A L 8
*ALMS 8
CAl (13)
COM
*COMS
4
>
>
I
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
In case of digital servo,
CA1A is used for 11/110 series and 11TT 1st spindle
CA1B is used for 11TT 2nd spindle
ENBLSl and ENBLS2 signals are turned on when the spindle command
voltage is effective. These NEBLS1 and NEBLS2 signals are not used
when FANUC spindle servo unit is used.
549
APPENDIX 1
9) Connection to separate tape reader
a) Connection between 10/100 series
Reader/puncher interface
and
tape
reader
10/100 control unit
without
reels
Tape reader
DB-25S-T
1
2
5
4
MR-20LMH or
MR-50LMH
V
0
ER
13
A
JL 10. 11 11
RD SD
14
15
16
18
17
[
]
20
lfl
or
30
RS CS DR
37
SD
RD
10
38
CD
39
40
41
11 RDY
43
42
SD RD SG ER
Connector. DB-25P
Lock plate: D110278
Made by Japan Aeronautical
,
Electronic Co.)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
M3 screw
terminal
CP4
1
2
3
R
S
G
200A 200B
200A 200B
]
(Nihon Burndy)
SMS3PK-5
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
FQ
9
CD2 (MR-50RF)
35
1
2
3
4
5
6
DR
7 SO
8
CD SO DR CS RS
34
Made by Japan
Aeronautical
Electronics Co.
CD1 (MR-20RF)
3
with
Connector CD1 is mounted on master PCB.
Connector CD2 is mounted on option card 1.
Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.
550
-
G
Q
APPENDIX 1
10/100
b) Connection between
series and tape reader with reels
Tape reader
F10 control unit
CD1 (MR-20 KF)
5
3
4
2
1
8.
CNT7 (MR- 2 OEM)
MR — 20LMI-I
7
6
1 2. 1 I 5.
or MR-50LMH
RD SD
14 15 16
CD.
9
8
]
10
RD SD
14 I 15 I 16
18 19 20
SG DR CS RS
17
11 12 13
17 18 19T20
SG DR CS RS
or
CD2 (MR-50 RF)
34 1 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 I 42 1 43 II
RS CS DR
CD
MR-20LFH
SD RD SG ER
CNT8
CP4
1
2
3
R
S
G
on
]
(Nihon burndy)
SMS3PK-5
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
y
ER
ER
10 11 12 13
9
6.
Connector CD1 is mounted on master PCB.
Connector CD2 is mounted on option card 1.
Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.
551
1
2
3
R
S
G
APPENDIX 1
c) Connection between
interface
11/110 control
11/110
Connector
Connector
MR50LPH
MR50LMH
/
unit
CD5
and tape reader without reels with parallel
Separate tape reader
\
J 80
without reels
CTX
MR50F
MR SOM
Connector
SMS6PN-5
CP14A
J 81a
Nihon burndy
o
(6-pin, brown)
Connector
SMS3PK-5
CP4
Nihon burndy
(3-pin, black)
(Note 1)
(Note 4)
O
+ 24V
ov
+ 5V
+ 24 V
0V
+5V
M3 screw terminal
200 A
200 B
R
S
CP14A is mounted on the master PCB below the stabilizing power
circuit. Disconnect the stabilizing power circuit once and connect
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
J 81
M4 screw terminal
CP14A.
CP4 is mounted on the input unit.
Connection of J81a
CP14A
Tape reader
1
+5V
2
+5V
+5V
+5V
3
OV
OV
OV
4
OV
+24V
+24V
5
+24V
6
**
Tape reader
Connection of J81
CP4
1
R
R
R
2
S
S
S
3
G
- 552
-
APPENDIX 1
11/110
series and tape reader with reels
The separate tape reader with reels is connectable via I/O interface,
It is also directly connectable to the master PCS in 11/110 series,
d) Connection between
Connector
11/110
PAS- 50- 17
Separate tape reader
without reels
J 80
CAT
Connector
SMS 3 PIC- 5
CP4
1
2
3
R
S
G
J 81
J80: 50 core flat cable
-
553
-
1
2
3
R
S
G
APPENDIX 1
10) Connection to external position display (11/110 series)
The external position display is provided for 2 axes, 3 axes, 4 axes, and 5
axes. The connection of signal cable more or less differs among 2/3 axes, 4
axes and 5 axes types, as shown below.
5 axes
MR20LFH
~
2 4 axes
MS 3 106B- 18- IS
NC
Position display
MR — 20LFH
/
CA 11
External reset
INPUT
cD
(If required)
J 82
+
Signal cable
W
EXR
EXS
TP 3
(Input unit)
a
I
J 83
a
O
Power cable
(AC200)
\
M4
.
R >
o
S O')
co
w Y
«
a
a <
\
/
M3
M3
Max 50m
+
a
a
a
a
I
CA11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MR20RM
14
OV
8
OV
9
DD1
10
DD2
11
DD4
12
DD8
13
DWT
15
OV
16
RSI
17
RS2
Name of
signal
19
RS4
Contents
DDHDD8
Data
DWT
Data strobe
RSKRS5
Reset input
18
RS3
0V
OV
RS5
20
554
o o
o
i
APPENDIX 1
®
Interface on position display side
2/3-axis position
4-axis position display
display
INPUT
INPUT
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
DD1
DD2
DD4
DD8
DD1
DD2
DD4
DD8
E
F
G
H
E
F
G
H
DWT
RSX
RSY
RSZ
DWT
RSX
RSY
RSZ
I
J
I
J
OV
Connector:
®
PSB
OV
OV
CANNON
MS3102A-18-1P
5-axis position display
MR20RM
1
2
3
4
14
OV
8
OV
9
DD1
10
DD2
OV
15
OV
16
RSI
17
RS2
11 DD4
5
6
7
a Position
RESET
12
DD8
13
DWT
19
RS4
RS5
20
OV
display external
2/3-axis position display
18
RS3
reset input
4-axis position display
5-axis position display
X
+
X
+
X
+
Y
+
Y
+
Y
+
Z
+
Z
+
B
+
A
+
B
+
RESET
Z
+
M3 screw terminal
M3 screw terminal
RESET
M3 screw terminal
555
APPENDIX 1
11) Connection of high-speed
arrival signal
11/110
In case of
skip
signal and high-speed measuring position
series
CA8 MR20RM
1
2
3
4
5
HSKP1
8
HSKP2
9
OV
0V
HSKP4
10
HAE1
11
OV
OV
HAE3
14
HSKP3
15
0V
16
HAE2
17
OV
Name of
signal
Contents
HSKPl'Wj
High-speed skip signal
HAEH3
High measuring position
arrival signal
18
12
6
19
OV
13
20
7
In case of 10/100 series
CA8 MRE20-RMD
1
2
3
HS01
8
HS02
9
OV
OV
HS04
14
HS03
15
OV
Name of
signal
HS0K03
High-speed skip signal
(HSKP1V1) or high-speed
measuring position arrival
signal (HAE1ÿ3)
HS04
High-speed signal (HSKP4)
16
10
4
17
OV
11
18
5
12
6
19
OV
20
OV
13
7
FS 10
KS 1 1
C A 8(1} C A 8(1)
High-speed
signal input
C A 8 (2}
C A 812)
C A 8 (8)
C A 8 (8)
C A 8(9)
C A 8(9}
C A 8(11)
C A 8(11)
USKIM
OV
HSKP2
OV
HSKP3
C A 8 (13 C A 8(19
High-speed
measuring
position
arrival signal
input
C A 8 (3)
C A 8 13)
C A 8 ('!)
C A 8 ('ll
C A 8(1)
CA8M
C A 8 (2) C A 8111)
C A 8 (3)
C A 8(19
C A 8 19)
C A 8 (11)
C A 8 (Hi
C A 8 (S)
C A 8(19
CA8(6)
OV
1
HSKP4
OV
HAE 1
ov
HAE 2
OV
HAE 3
OV
-
Contents
556
APPENDIX 1
12) Connection of magnetic switch system reference point signal (11 series)
CA12 MR20RM
1
2
3
OV
14
8
ZD4
9
ZDS
10
ZD1
11
ZD2
12
ZD3
OV
Name of
signal
15
OV
ZDKZD5
16
4
Contents
Magnetic switch system
reference point signal
17
5
18
6
19
13
7
20
1
NC
CA1 2(10)
CA 1 2 (if
CA 12(12)
CA1 2(8) !
CA1 2 (9)
CA 1 2(1)
point signal
ZD2
2nd-axis reference
point signal
ZD 3
3rd-axis reference
point signal
ZD4
4 til-axis reference
point signal
ZD5
5 th-axis reference
point signal
OV
CA1 2 (2)
C A 1 2 (3)
1st-axis reference
ZD 1
£
OV
Logic 1 means reference point.
OV
Logic 1: Open or higher than 3.1V
Logic 2: Lower than 2V
13) 20mA current loop
CD7 (when punch panel is used)
14
1
8
15
2
9
16
3
4
TTY 3
10
OV
17
11
18
5
12
19
6
TTY2
7
TTYl
13
tS]
20
557
APPENDIX 1
1.8 Connecting of I/O Unit
1)
I/O
unit signal connection diagram (In case of one group)
10
10
CA15[
IF01B
I/O base unit #3
I/O module
(IF01B used)
Powver
module
CA16[ \\
MR50F
0
10
1
0
CA15[j}
CA16[ (]-
IF01B
I/O base unit #2
(1F01B used)
I/O module
MR5 0M
Power
module
0
10
1
0
CA15[ DCA16ÿ Q-
IF'OIB
I/O base unit #1
I/O module
(IF01B used)
I/O unit Group #0
Powvei
dulc
0
10
1
0
CA15[ []CA16[
IF01A
I/O base unit #0
(IF01A used)
I/O module
Powver
dulo
nil
r~i
COP 4
Optical
fiber cable
COP2
NC
Fig. 1.8 (a) I/O unit signal connection diagram (1)
(in case of one group)
558
-
Note:
Cable No. 1 must be 1.5 m
or shorter.
Run wiring separately from
the power supply and I/O
module input signals.
rs>
w
IFOIBI . ]CA1S [
Tower
IFOIBI
I/O base unit #3
JCAISD
Power
rnMR50F
CA16 [ [p-,
IFOIBI
(IF01B is used)
IFOIBI
ICAISC
Powcr|
—
[CAIÿ;
Power
CAI6[ Q-
CAI6[ D
o
e
o
10
0
10
0
10
0
10
I/O unit group #3
I/O unit group #2
I/O unit group #1
I/O unit group #0
3
—
'
IFOIB|
—
power
I/O base unit #2
IF01Bim|CAl5[ CM
1CAIS[ o
Power
CA16[ 0-
(IF01B is used)
0
10
0
10
0
10
(i)
©
©
Power
—
CA16[ 0
CA15[
IF01B
J—
©
0
10
IFOlBj
—
0
ICA15[ 0
Power
CA16[
CA16[ D
\
H-
CA1C D
—
CD
H-
SQ
£3
S3
—
I
1
o
o
3
3
fD
D
n
©
©
IF01K
CA15
Power
I/O base unit #1
£ Q-*
|
0
IFOIBI
IFOIBIPower. CA15[ 0—J
CA16[ D
IFOIB!
CA16 [
(IF01B is used)
lCAI5C El—
Power
©
10
0
10
0
10
0
10
®
Power
—
-.
CA16[ [j
—
CAISI; D
CA16[
o*
S3
CL
H*
CD
n
CD
3
I
Ln
J81
Ln
\o
Interface module (Note 1)
l
10
I/O base unit #0
(IF01A is used)
COP 2 A
(IF04C)
0
COP 2D
OOP 20
CA16[
COPC'C
:c
.[
COP 2A
COP-i
LLs
—
IFOIA!Power|CAIS[ 0
:FftJC
OOP2D
0
10
IFOIA|
—
|CA15[ Q
Power
CA16[
0
10
©
ICAISC D—
IFOIAIPower
H
S3
o
£D
0
10
]CA15[
Power
IFOIA]
CAlÿ
CA16[
CO
fD
O
Ml
cn
OP 4
OP 4
Optical fiber
cable
fD
COP4
COP 4
COP 4
COP4
o
COP 4
C3COP4
<Q
CD
h-1
OQ
O
c
T3
Optical fiber cable
cn
COP2
(Note 1)
NC
2)
Interface module (IF)$C) for optical interface expansion is mounted on based unit #0 in group 0
as an example. It can be mounted on any type of base unit and arbitrary shot NO other than No. 0.
Cable VOZ should be shorter than 1.5 m. It should be separated from I/O signal of power I/O
module in wiring.
>
M3
M
W
z
2
Fig. 1. 8 (b) I/O unit signal connecting diagram (2)
(When several groups are used)
x
APPENDIX 1
3)
I/O
units connecting signal cable
CA15
CA 1 6
Honda Tsushin, MR-50LFH
(50-pin, female)
Honda Tsushin, MR-50LMH
(50-pin, male)
Fig. 1.8 (c)
Connector for
I/O units connecting signal cable (V021
CA1 6
CA1 5
1 9
1
2 6-
•O 2
3 6-
<? 3
4
$
?
4
Pin number
Pin number
49 O-
-i 49
6-
50
50
Fig. 1.8 (d)
Signal cable connection diagram between main unit and I/O unit
-
560
-
-O'
H
O
c
3
I/O unit
H-
rr
T5
O
=3
IF01A Power
module
Power input unit
(in NC unit)
(0
o
T1
I/O module
ALC
AID
SMS3PK-5
CP5
1
2
3
R
S
G
+24E
A
T
CP5
0
SMS3RK-4TK2
ON
I
ALC
2
3
ALD
0>
o
rr
H-
o
M3
3
cu
p.
3
cw
M4
3
3
3
rt
3-
o
Cfi
rc
o
Hi
o
CP 3 1
BURNDY
SMS 3RWS-4D28
3
3
3
SMS6P-1
0
CP 6
M3
o
M
SMS3PWS- 5
CP6
1
o
Tap
BURNDY
1
GND
CP3 1
Crimp-style
terminal
3
T
T
R
S
T
TT
G
“G
PA
PB
M
o
cn
CO
rt>
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
PA and PB of CP31 are not used.
2
Use 1.25 mm or larger wire to
ground for GND terminal of T1
BURNDY
SMS6RA- 2TK2
.
Use 30/0.18 (0.75 mm) or larger
wire for J73 and J74.
Fig. 1.8 (e) I/O unit power connection diagram (In the case of one I/O unit)
3
3
H*
r+
>
3
ta
2:
a
x
Ln
M
O
J 74
C
Power input unit (Inside NC)
3
Hrt
T 1 M3
I/O module
CP5
(
S
[XTc
T3
o
ALD
CP 31 Q|GND
TP
BURNDY
O
rt
T 1 M3
I/O module
Power
SMS3RWS-4D28
ALC
ALD
E24E
Additional
SMS3PK-5
Power
input unit |==j
CP91
CP31
B==,
H*
O
P
Q|GND
M4
R
INPUT
M4
I
2
_3_
S
G
CP 31
R
T
S
T
T
l
J 80
PA
T1 M3
ALC
T
in
09
G
»-{
PB
BURNDY
SMS6RA-2TK2
B
)
3
-t-24E
rt
o GND <
rr
rD
O
03
J 80
BURNDY
CO
SMS 3RK-4TK2
©
CP 9 2- CP 96
T
s
R
o
T1 M3
_3_
o j
rD
J73
CP94
J 73
CP9S
I/O module
Power
Hi
ALC
ALD
+24E
CP31 O GNP o-
BURNDY
SMS3RK- 4TK2
SMS6P- 1
CP96
M4
J 80
Note 1) PA and PB in CP31 are not used.
2) GND terminal (Tl) of I/O unit
(max. 4 sets) in one group is
connected by the wire with cross
section more than 1.25 mm2 .
3) Wires more than 30/0.18
(0-75 mm2) are used for J73, 74
SMS3PK5
J 82
To next I/O unit
and 80.
4) One additional power input unit
can control I/O unit power input.
(Max. 4 sets)
CP91
CP92
][}
To next I/O unit CP31
........
5) Connector contact specification
(made in Burnday)
1 Other than CP6. . RC16M-SCT3
RC16M-23D28
2 CP6
Fig. 1.8 tf)
M
ALD
SMS6P- 1
J 73
CP93
R
S
G
J73
CP92
)
R
Power
CL
H*
CP 31
IT
I/O module
SMS3PK-S
CP91
AC
i
3
ft)
CP6
SMS6P-1
ON
N3
O
O
J 80
SMS3PWS -5
3
BURNDY
Ln
rD
1
sd
SMS6P-1
SMS3RK- 4TK2
J 82
I
53
~24E
CPS
G
1
.2.
ALC ALD
(
SMS3PK-5
3
2
R
Power
I/O unit power connection diagram (When several i/O units are employed)
CD
(D
<CD
J—i
o
cr
P
co
CD
C
3
H-
rt*
cn
>
ns
M
Z
O
X
APPENDIX 1
6) Analog input module connection
AD04A (Analog input module)
Voltage input
o~d:iq;
K*
'
i.
VP1
1
IP1
Q-ÿ
--COM1
3
a
1MQ
1M(3
250(3
PQ1
o4
VP2
5
IP2
6
COM2
7
V
Channel #0
Channel #1
lMfl
1M(3
X
250(2
FG2
Multi¬
plexer
8
Current input
0/20n
[3k
I
X
9
IP3
10
COM3
11
Shielded twist pair cables
(2 cores) are required
as connecting cables.
Channel #2
1M(2
1MQ
Note 1.
VPn and IPn must always
be connected short for
current input.
Note 1:
VP 3
X
250(3
vV FG3 A 12
j
VP1
13
IP4
14
COM4
15
Channel #3
1M(2
1M(3
X
250(3
FG4
16
PGI
21
I Connect to ground plate
in power magnetic cabinet
Fig. 1.8 (g) Analog input module connection
563
AMP
—
A/D
Converter
APPENDIX 1
7) Analog output module connection
DA 0 2 A/D A 0 3 A
Voltage output
1
Voltage'
AMP
.
Channel
D/A
#0
converter
VP1
--
VN1
1
f
—T l
\
Note 1.
1
10 k«
or more
IP1
3
Current
AMP
}
Load impedance
10 kn
INI
4
m
5
VP 2
Voltage
AMPÿ
Channel
#1
D/A
converter
VN2
&
Current output
8
Curren
AMP
IP2
-
500 n
Q
£
Voltage
AMP
Channel
#2
D/A
converter
i
i
i
10
0
11
VP3
12
VN3
13
IP 3
14
IN3
1
or less
IN2
FQ
Load impedance
500 fi
4r
Current
AMP
4r
15
Q
Note 1) A 2-pair shielded cable must be used
as connection cable. The shield must
be connected to the ground at the
load side.
2) Channel #2 cannot be used in DA02A.
Fig. 1.8 (h> Analog output module connection
-
564
-
CO
w
l"d
s
H H*
O ft
rt H*
—
I
1
O
O
3
S'
OQ
3
3 3
ft)
Positioning module
D
Servo
Input power
AC220V, 30
trans¬
(Velo city control unit)
{|[
CV1
M series
’SSS
unit
CN2
former
Emergency stop
T1
AC100V for servo
rt
o
£3
0
—
H- I
3
oo
1
(D
o
o'
M 3
O 3
n
a.
n>
o
rt
H-
H- O
(DC motor feed back)
CF 1
3 3
2.
n n
00
tt
3
3
ID DC motor M series
i
ui
O'
Ul
o1
r!
a
n
in
3
r!
(Limit switch)
Machine
(Limit switch)
T1
<
o
3
o
o
>
m
Fig. 1.8 (i)
Positioning module total connecting block diagram (For DC sevo motor)
z
O
X
cr
Foi motor
For feedback signal MS3102A-28-20P
for 10M,
20M, 30MH
MS3102A-20— 29P
1
.+* ;s
y
-3
- y / -t -y —
a
/L»
Ki\ H PCS
K fit 3i K FT/.
+ S K +•5
A
N
ov
F
C| -FS
D
II
y
M
G
ov RjOHl s 0111
: Mil -20 1’4 A
3
2
PROYl ENBL1 ovti
1
MR-20LMH
8
9
5
4
6
TSA VGMU
VRDY1
10
7
11
12
13
*ALM1 *ALM2 *ALM4
14
16
15
17
PRDY2 ENBL2 0VL2 VRDY2
/
in
MR-20LFH
SMS6PW-5 (Housing)
RC16M-SCT3 (Contact) v
13
19
20
TSB
OV
Made by NIPPON BURNDY_\
LIL
X
I
Ln
O'
ON
8
OKI
7
6
+5V +5V (TL2)
3
| Al | A2 | A2j
?
O
17
15
16
18
19
PCZ *PC% PCA *PCA PCB *PCB
14
Signals in (
20
D
a
for OM, 5M
o
3
3
ft)
n
rt
o
G
P
CX.
H*
OQ
DC motor
M series
L
9 9 9 9 9 9
9
13
10
11
12
OH 2 (TSA) (TSB) (TL1) (TIP)
Note 3
iil
sq c
•*
185V jl85W| IQOAUOOBI Al
? 9 9
b-*
RM15WTR-4P (HIROSE)
1 lA> |g|A2
for 00M
CN2 ( SMS6RW- 3)
T~i~ 3 | 4 | 5 } 6
18A CT |lSB fTCHltTOHj
.|1S5U1-
MR- 20LFH
5
c
A2
o
rt
O
i<
T1 M4 screw terminal
CPI : MR-20RMA
4
1
3
2
ov +5V
ov
OV
F A2
J
A Al b
~
COM
I.' A 1 E
G_ A2 H
MS3102A-18-10P
M scries velocity contiolunit
CNl (MR-20RMA)
|6]TSA|7|CCMD
1 |>'HJI>I|2|CNHI.I 3 0V1.1UNHIIVI 5
Il2l 1i3)00mIÿ
XLsI- "•»i]9[~|S|fSB|2D| EC
M ! 'TU'r: 13 >r. H i.rjjSloVIjI 17] :|]S
'ÿ
C A1
K BOA 1. BCB M 300A
N 200H J1 G
T OV
(3V1
11
A
H
3
—ctlb— 100VAC, 1-phase
]Q
Emergency stop
SO
Servo transformer for M series
) are not used.
31
3b
run
185U 185V 1S5W
I
? ?
47
rai2
Hotel? ?
I 4? 1 4X [ 44
CdT
i
47 i 48 I 4f) 1
When using motor model 00M, connect the motor
to the MA or MAE 34 ~ 36 terminals (SOV) of
the transformer.
Note 2: The transformer in this diagram is for domestic use.
Fox export transformers, change the connection
terminals and taps according to the input voltage.
For details, see Descriptions of FANUC DC SERVO
MOTOR M Series (B-53262).
Note 1;
18A|CT]18B|I8A CTTI8B jUSÿCT) p$B)|
9
9
9
o
o
o
o
o
o
i
2
6
i
220V 200V 220V 200V 220V 200 V Note 2
i
t
Tl: M3 screw terminal board
1
2
3
4
?
?
T ?
Crimp-style terminal (M3)
220VAC, 3-phase
Note 3:
/
Note 4:
Note 5:
*DKC *-fOT *-OT DOM
O
Machine tool
(Limit switch)
BCA and BCR are power source for brakes
(100VAC, 0.6A).
200A and 200B are power source
(200VAC, 42W) for fan of 30MH.
100A and 100B are power source for electro-magnetic
contactor.
00M-30M: 100VAC,20VA
(90VA when power is on)
30MH
:
100VAC.40VA
(110VA when power is on)
>
-c
'ÿ0
cn
Z
2
Fig. 1.8 (j)
Total connection diagram of the positioning module
x
c) Total connection block diagram (when AC servo motor is used)
Servo
cvi
0
control
unit
cm
J53
CN2
Note 1
CZD
0
-"4
!
(Limit switch)
T1
-0
0
for servo
ii
n
CN5
Ln
Ob
oTo- 100VAC
-
0
CN6
CF1
Emergency stop
{J52)
T1
(Velocity control unit)
*AC motor feedback
former
Velocity
Positioning module
(Velocity control unit)
Input power
220VAC, 3-phase
trans¬
J51
AC servo motor
d.
Machine tool
(Limit switch)
&
Separate type pulse coder
Note 1: The dotted lines apply to systems with separate-type
pulse coder. In this case, the J2 connection is not necessary.
>
ns
m
t?
X
>—<
Fig. 1.8 (k) Total connecting block diagram of the positioning module (When AC servo motor is used)
Positioning module
Motor line
RM15WTP-4S
Velocity control unit for AC
oyi: MR- 20 FA
2
i
MR-20LFH
T
_L
PRDY1 QvSLl OVL1 VRDY1
IQ
_8_
_9_
T
12
11
15
16
17
/
13
16
20
19
PRDY2 ENBL2 OVL2 VRDY2
J3
Mp.«[l5|ra»«|l6|
MR-20LWFH
OV
*
ONI : MR-20RMA
1I I'ltJW 1 1 2| HMU.1
;
0
COM
*ALM1 -ALM2 *ALM4
li.
MR-20LMH
7_
VCMD
OW.I
'W
3
Ujwuivi |5l
|D|»IIU»» \s\
|6
N
b[
|20j OV
SMS6PW-5
ov
OV
\7, 3
/\
OHl
OH 2
11
15
16
PC2 + PCZ
A
r
I
Ln
MR-LFH
OV
9
+5V
f5V
10
17
11
+5V
12
13
18
19
20
PCA *PCA PCB
/
J
u
(Housing)
—0[
Note 4
*PCB
jl9ÿPCBÿ)j SG
cj
J +5V K +5V
L|C4 M
N
ov
T
ov
P C2
~
c[cT
PCA B PCB
P PC2
E
j
2_
CT
_5_
2_
| 18B |TOH1 |TOH2
A PCA;B PCB
c
EÿPCBJF PCZ
G *PCZ
J +5V k --5V
L]
T[
CV P
CV
R
DÿPCA
H|
M!
G
R|OHI js
Tl: M3 screw terminal
2_
A.
A
* fOT
*-0T
COM
A2 | A3
O
......
CT
18B
~£T
51 | 52
2_
T
(D
20, 30
G
A
Al
B
Al
C
A2
D
A2
E
A3
F
A3
G
G
Model 30R
o
rr
3
Qhu
CTQ
&3
Connect Model 3-0, and 4-0
with crimp-style terminals.
o
1
r-t
i-4
rt
AC motor series
100VAC, 1-phase
When using mofor model 4-0, 3-0 (2000 rpm max),
2-0, 1-0, connect the motors to terminals 34-36
(120V) of transformer.
Note 2:
This diagram is for the transformer used in Japan.
For export transformers, change the connection
and taps according to the input voltage.
terminals
tern
For details, see Descriptions of FANuC AC SERVO
MOTOR Series (B-54762E).
Note 3: The turning on of servo transformer input power and
the 100 VAC (for electro-magnetic contactors) must
be done before inputting power to the control system
or within 0.5 seconds after turning the power on.
Note 4: When using a separate-type pulse coder, the connection
of positioning module (CFI) and velocity control
unit for AC servo (CN6) are not necessary.
Note 1 T0H1 TOH2
?
0
?
18A
CT
18B
±
_s_
_6_
18A
CT
18B
? ? ?
A
3
3
>
o
CO
C
185U 185V 1S5W
18A
O
O
Note 1:
Transformer for AC servo
1 ? ?
Model 0, 5
O
?
cp
<£Lb
|
1
|p~
5D
h-*
O
Emergency
TT
0
A2
C
MS3106B24-1OS (Straight type)
MS3108B24-10S (Elbow type)
r*i
31 i 32
A3
Note:
1S5U 185V 18 5W 100 A 100B 1 Al
O
Q
O
O
O
O
stop
Separate type pulse-coder
Crim-style terminal M3
I
B
2
i
fa
GO
rr
H*
_6_
<h
OA
H
G
C8
OH2
CN2 : SMS6RW-3
ISA
C
MS3106B22-22S (Straight type)
MS3108B22-22S (Elbow type)
Al | B I A2
A
Model 10,
Tl: M4 screw terminal
Connected only when
separate-type pulse
coder is used.
Connect the 8-9 pins
shot when separate-type
pulse coder is used.
*D£C
CN5 : MR-20RFD
l|OV 1 2 1 ov [3[ ov |4| P5V|5[ÿ5Vj6j-P5V[7l
14 j
4
A1
A3
C
(Straight type)
MS3 108B20-29SW
(Elbow type)
Xfipiil |9|OH2 jlo| C8 |ll| C4 |E| C2 |n| C 1 IX
RC16M-SCT3
(Contact)
A
MS3106B20-29SW
7i
6
A
CF1 : MR-20RMA
A3
Model 2-0, 1-0
MS3106B18-10S (Straight type)
MS3108B18-10S (Elbow type)
Il3 [X
12
111!
\[8[CHlj9jCH2
M |p cz\s5 *PC2WPCA tm*PCAna PCB psSÿPcaao
MR- 20LWMH
AZ
o
t!3lCOM[X
Feedback signal
5
2
7
CN6 : MR-20RMD
1! 0V 2 OV 3 OV 4
a
Al
220V 200V 220V 200V 220V 200V
o
2
O
rr
O
w
Note 2
O9O9OO
-200VAC, 3-phase
oÿ-ÿ>
Fuse
Machine tool
(Limit switch)- >
>
TJ
*0
w
Fig. 1.8 (!) Total connection diagram of the positioning module
2
X
APPENDIX 1
e) Machine tool connection '(limit switch)
Positioning module
Wire material: 0.1 mm2 or thicker
Receiver circuit
(insulated type)
Deceleration signal input
for reference point return
+ direction overtravei
limit signal input
overtravei
- direction
signal input
limit
T 1 (I)
*DEC
RV
T 1( 2)
*+OT
RV
T1 (3)
RV
-6
-O
T 1 (4)
E. 24VDC
<5
COM
Fig. 1.8 (m) Machine tool connection diagram
569
±10%
APPENDIX 1
9) Pulse counter module connection
a) Total connection diagram
CAl 4 1MR-20RMA
1
OV
2
OV
OV
8
9
Note 1
+P
14
15
4
5
Note 2
Note 2
3
(+5V) (+5V) (+5V)
10
12
11
Note 1
Note 1
*+P
16
-P
17
7
6
/
Note 2
13
MR-20LFH
Detective
J1
Note 1
pulse
*-P
18
generator
19
20
MKS *MKS PAS *PAS PBS *PBS
Crimp-style terminal (M3)
T1: M3 screw terminals
1
2
3
4
CMPA CMPB CMPC COM2
5
ME
6
o
7
I
CSP COM1
J
Machine
J2
(magnetic
cabinet)
Note 1) Connect either +/- pulse (+P.*+P, +P.*P) or phase A/B pulse (PAS.*PAS,
PBS.*PBS) of the detection pulse generator to the pulse counter module.
The pulse which is not used must be connected as follows:
A. When
+/- pulse
+5
+5
B. When phase
is not used
+ 5 .5
5
\(}/Svv)
PA 16
}lOOIRlOOft
(iAm
(HW)
*PA
*+p
Aio
PB .18
*-p<y-±
*PBOÿ
_P
is not used.
+5ii
4
+p
A/B pulse
0V(U-
OV
1
Note 2) When using the +5V for the detection pulse generator, the capacity max¬
imum is 350 mA. In case it exceeds 350 mA, the power supply must be
prepared at the machine tool builder.
Fig. 1.8 (n) Pulse counter module total connecting diagram
-
570
-
APPENDIX 1
b) Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(when phase A/B pulse is used)
Puse counter module
'•v
OPA
Phase A pulse
signal input
CA 14(17)
CA 14(18)OPB
PBp-
C A 14(19)
*PBA
CA 14(14)
MKSA
CA 14(15)
,*MKS A
<b*PB
OMKS
Marker
signal input
0*MKS
Line receiver
SN75115
PAQ.
>KPAA.
0*PA
Phase B pulse
signal input
Detection pulse generator
(Note 1)
CA14U6)
Line drive
SN75113
equivaler
CA 14(4)
CA14(l)
CA14(5)
CA14(2)
CA12(6)
+ 5VO-
-Q+5V
OV A
-OOV
+ 5V Q-
0+5 V
OV
OV
AL5V
H-5V
CAW (3)
1
A
OVA
Ground
Note 1) Twisted pair unified shield wire
Recommended cable: A66L-0001-0041
2
Connect at least 6 lines thicker than 0.18 mm for the +5V, OV lines.
(The three terminals of +5V, OV will have two each.)
Fig. 1.8 (o) Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(When phase A/B pulse is used)
571
APPENDIX 1
c) Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module
(for +/- pulse)
Detectine pulse generator
Pulse counter module
CA14(8)
+ pulse
signal input
C
Q+P
+Pp-
CA 14(9)
*+PQ-
CA 14(10)
O-P
- pulse
signal input
CA 14(11)
0*-P
* P(>
CA 14(14)
*MKS
MKSA.
A+MKS
*MKSA
CA14(4)A + 5V
+ 5V 6-
Marker detection
signal input
CA 14(15)
Line receiver
SN75115
CA14( 1)
AOV
CA 14(5)
0 + 5V
CALK 2)
ovA
+ 5VA
Oov
OVA
CA14(6)
0+ 5 V
CA14(3)
OV
+ 5VQV.
/
ovA
/
(Note 1)
Grounding
Note 1) Twisted pair unified shield wire
Recommended cable specification: A66L-0001-0041
More than 6 pieces of wire should be connected to +5V and 0V
2
(each 0.18 mm or more).
Fig. 1.8 (p)
Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module
(for +/-pulse)
572
Line driver
SN75113